MgwV
umaÊOi
mw
nnr\j ut
mm
is
I
I
(lytaip*
mix %Ubuxamjuu.
NV..3lO%5"
toiWin® îyyiïfikMoïmt
Rf*^
m nn
fri.
Am* f*VW,
~
l^MS
:^A^Aa.^A^^ O '
1/
ÏWW>
*~
f
THE
ANALYTICAL THEORY OF HEAT BY
JOSEPH FOURIER
TBANSLATED, WITH NOTES,
ALEXANDER FREEMAN,
M.A.,
FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBKIDGE.
EDITED FOR THE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
©ambrfoge
:
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. LONDON: CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE,
17,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
CAMBRIDGE: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND LEIPZIG: F. A. BROCKHAUS.
1878 [All Eights reserved.]
CO.
Camfiriuge:
PRINTED BY
C. J.
CLAY, M.A.
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
PK ^Ï>IC$
C F5t
PREFACE.
In preparing
version
this
in
English of Fourier's
celebrated treatise on Heat, the translator has followed faithfully the
pended brief to
French
foot-notes, in
the subject
:
which
of Fourier
other writings
He
original.
will
ap-
be found references
and modern authors on
these are distinguished
The notes marked R. L. E.
has, however,
by the
initials
A. F.
are taken from pencil me-
moranda on the margin of a copy of the work that formerly
belonged
to
the
late
Fellow of Trinity College, and of St
have of
John's College.
been able to
Fourier's
life
It
prefix
is
Robert
now
was the to
this
Leslie
Ellis,
in the possession
translator's treatise
hope to
a Memoir
with some account of his writings
unforeseen circumstances have
however prevented
;
its
completion in time to appear with the present work.
Digitized by the Internet Archive in
2012 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium
Member
Libraries
http://archive.org/details/analyticaltheoryOOfour
TABLE CONTENTS OF THE
WORK PAGE
Preliminary Discourse
1
CHAPTER
I.
Introduction.
SECTION
I.
Statement op the Object op the Work, art. I,
Object of the theoretical researches
2—10.
.
.
.
.
.,
.«
Different examples, ring, cube, sphere, infinite prism
;
.
.
14
the variable
temperature at any point whatever is a function of the coordinates and of the time. The quantity of heat, which during unit of time crosses a given surface in the interior of the solid, is also a function of the time elapsed,
and
position of the surface.
of quantities
The
which determine the form and
object of the theory is to discover these
functions
The three
15
.
elements which must be observed, are the capacity, the conducibility proper or permeability, and the external conducibility or
II.
specific
penetrability. first
The
coefficients
which express them may be regarded at
...
as constant numbers, independent of the temperatures
First statement of the problem of the terrestrial temperatures
12.
.
.
—15. Conditions necessary to applications of the theory. Object of the experiments 16 — 21. The rays of heat which escape from the same point of a surface
19
20
13
have not the same intensity. 1
Each paragraph
The
intensity of each ray
of the Table indicates the
indicated at the left of that paragraph.
the page marked on the right.
The
is
21
proportional
matter treated of in the articles first
of these articles begins at
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
VI
PAGE
ART.
makes with the normal to the surface. Divers remarks, and considerations on the object and extent of thermological problems, and on the relations of general analysis with to the cosine of the angle
which
direction
its
22
the study of nature
SECTION
II.
General Notions and preliminary Definitions. 22
—24.
The temperature denoted The temperature of water boiling in a
Permanent temperature, thermometer.
by
is
that of melting ice.
is denoted by 1 measure quantities of heat, a certain mass of ice
26
given vessel under a given pressure 25.
The
unit which serves to
required to liquify 26.
the heat
is
27
Specific capacity for heat
ib.
—29.
Temperatures measured by increments of volume or by the addiThose cases only are here considered, in which the increments of volume are proportional to the increments of the quantity of heat. This condition does not in general exist in liquids it is sensibly true for solid bodies whose temperatures differ very much from those which cause the change of state
28
30.
Notion of external conducibility
ib.
31.
We may
27
tional quantities of heat.
;
......
at first regard the quantity of heat lost as proportional to the
temperature.
This proposition
not sensibly true except for certain
is
limits of temperature
32
29
—35. is
36.
37.
The heat lost into the medium consists compound and variable. Luminous heat
effect ib.
Measure of the external conducibility Notion of the conducibility proper. This property also may be observed
31
in liquids
ib.
38. 39.
40
The
of several parts.
—
49.
The
Equilibrium of temperatures.
First notions of radiant heat,
established in spaces void of air
;
effect is
and
independent of contact
of the
equilibrium which
.
32
is
of the cause of the reflection of rays
of the mode of communication between the internal molecules; of the law winch regulates the intensity of the rays emitted. The law is not disturbed by the reflection of
of heat, or of their retention in bodies
;
heat 50, 51.
52
—56.
First notion of the effects of reflected heat
Remarks on the
statical or
principle of elasticity.
The
.
...
dynamical properties of heat.
ib.
37
It is the
elastic force of aeriform fluids exactly indi-
cates their temperatures
39
SECTION
III.
Principle of the Communication of Heat. 57
—59.
When two molecules of the same solid are extremely near and at unequal temperatures, the most heated molecule communicates to that
which
is less
heated a quantity of heat exactly expressed by the product
of the duration of the instant, of the
extremely small difference of the
temperatures, and of a certain function of the distance of the molecules
.
41
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Vil
PAGE
ART. 60.
When
a heated body
perature,
is
placed in an aeriform
— 64.
The
may be
medium
.
.
43
propositions enunciated in the two preceding articles are founded
The primary
on divers observations. all
tem-
researches as proportional to the excess of the
first
temperature of the surface over the temperature of the CI
at a lower
instant a quantity of heat which
loses at each
it
regarded in the
medium
object of the theory is to discover
the exact consequences of these propositions.
We
can then measure
.........
the variations of the coefficients, by comparing the results of calculation
with very exact experiments
SECTION
ib.
IV.
Of the Uniform and Linear Movement op Heat. 65:
The permanent temperatures
of
an
infinite solid included
between two
by the a and b are the temperatures of the two extreme planes, e their distance, and v the temperature of the section, whose distance from the lower plane is z 67, Notion and measure of the flow of heat Measure of the conducibility proper 69. Eemarks on the case in which the direct action of the heat extends to parallel planes maintained at fixed temperatures, are expressed
equation
66,
68, 70.
(v
-
a) e
= (b - a) z
a sensible distance
same
.
71.
State of the
72.
General conditions of
;
.
.
.
SECTION Law 73
— 80.
.
.
.
•
when the upper plane is exposed the linear movement of heat
solid
.
.
.
to the air
.
51
.53 .
ib.
55
V.
of the Permanent Temperatures in a Prism of Small Thickness.
Equation of the linear movement
of heat in the prism.
Different
consequences of this equation
56
SECTION The Heating 81
45
48
VI.
of Closed Spaces.
— 84.
The final state of the solid boundary which encloses the space heated by a surface b, maintained at the temperature a, is expressed by the following equation :
m-n-(a- n) <
^
1
'
The value air,
of
P
is
-
n the temperature
(
| +
^+-0 m ,
s,
and that
boundary, and
—
the temperature of the internal
cr,
of the external surface
K its conducibility proper
H measure
respectively
that of the inner surface of the s
;
e is
the thickness of the
....
Bemarkable consequences of the preceding equation 91. Measure of the quantity of heat requisite to retain at a constant temperature a body whose surface is protected from the external air by
85, 86.
87
is
+P
of the external air, g, h,
the penetrability of the heated surface
boundary
P-
z
v
62
65
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
viii
PAGE
ART.
Remarkable
several successive envelopes.
effects of the separation of
These results applicable to many different problems
surfaces.
SECTION
The permanent temperatures
.
67
VII.
Of the Uniform Movement of Heat 92, 93.
.
the
in
three Dimensions.
of a solid enclosed between six rec-
tangular planes are expressed by the equation
v=A + ax + hy + cz. the coordinates of any point, whose temperature
is v ; A, a, extreme planes are maintained by any causes at fixed temperatures which satisfy the preceding equation, the final system of all the internal temperatures will be expressed by the
x, y, z are b, c
are constant numbers.
If the
same equation 94, 95.
Measure of the flow of heat in this prism
SECTION
......
73 75
VIII.
Measure of the Movement of Heat at a Given Point of a Given Solid. 96
—99.
The
variable system of temperatures of a solid is supposed to be
expressed by the equation
v—F (%,
y,
where v denotes the variable t had elapsed, at the Formation of the analytical expresz, t),
temperature which would be observed after the time
point whose coordinates are x, y, z. sion of the flow of heat in a given direction within the solid 100.
...
78
Application of the preceding theorem to the case in which the function jF is
....
e~^ cos x cos y cos z
CHAPTER
82
II.
Equation of the Movement of Heat,
SECTION
I.
Equation of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Eing.
101—105.
The
variable
movement
of heat in a ring is expressed
by the
equation
dt
~ CD
CDS
dx*
V'
The arc x measures the distance of a section from the origin O v is the temperature which that section acquires after the lapse of the time t K, C, D, h are the specific coefficients S is the area of the section, by ;
;
;
the revolution of which the ring the section .
is
generated;
I
is
the perimeter of
85
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
106
— 110.
The temperatures
at
IX
situated at
points
equal
distances
are
represented by the terms of a recurring series. Observation of the temperatures vlf v.2> v3 of three consecutive points gives the measure of the ratio
-
K
:
we have
—q,
vn
w-qu + 1-0,
distance between two consecutive points
The
is X,
logarithm of one of the two values of u
and
;
[
is
—— ^
.
\\logeJ
I
and log «
.
SECTION
— =-
K
the decimal .
.
.86
.
II.
Equation of the Vaeied Movement of Heat in a Solid Sphere. Ill
—113. sphere
x denoting the radius of any shell, the movement of heat in the expressed by the equation
is
dv_ K (£? ?*!\ + dt~ CD \dx2 x dxj 114
— 117.
..
..
go
.
Conditions relative to the state of the surface and to the initial
state of the solid
92
SECTION
III.
Equation of the Varied' Movement of Heat in a Solid Cylinder. 118
—120. the
The temperatures
first relates
determined by three equations
of the solid are
;.
to the internal temperatures, the second expresses the
continuous state of the surface, the third expresses the initial state of the solid
95
SECTION
IV.
Equations of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Solid Prism of Infinite Length. 121
— 123.
The system
of fixed
temperatures 2
d v dx% v is the temperature at a point
Equation relative
124, 125. first
satisfies the
equation
2
2
d v
d v
dy'2
dz l
'
whose coordinates are
to the state of the surface
section
x,y,z. and
.
.
.99
-
SECTION
97
to that of the
V.
Equations of the Varied Movement of Heat in a Solid Cube. 126
— 131.
The system
state of
of variable temperatures is determined by three one expresses the internal state, the second relates to the . the surface, and the third expresses the initial state .
F. H.
b
equations
;
.
101
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
SECTION
VI.
General Equation of the Propagation of Heat
in
the Interior
of Solids.
PAGE
ART.
132
— 139.
Elementary proof of properties of the uniform movement of heat in a solid enclosed between six orthogonal planes, the constant temperatures being expressed by the linear equation,
v=A - ax-by -cz. The temperatures cannot change, since each point of the solid receives as much heat as it gives off. The quantity of heat which during the unit of time crosses a plane at right angles to the axis of z
is the same, through whatever point of that axis the plane passes. The value of this common flow is that which would exist, if the coefficients a and b were nul
140, 141.
104
The
Analytical expression of the flow in the interior of any solid.
-Ia T
equation of the temperatures being v=f(x,
y, s, t) the function dz expresses the quantity of heat which during the instant dt crosses an
infinitely small area
coordinates are
x,
w perpendicular to the axis of z, and whose temperature
y,
whose
z,
at the point
is
v after the time
t
has elapsed 142
— 145.
It
109
is
easy to derive from the foregoing theorem the general
equation of the
movement
of heat,
dv_ dt
K
~ CD
namely
(dH \dx*
+
d*v dy*
SECTION
+
d^vX dz>)
- {A)
'
'
'
"
lM
VII.
General Equation Relative to the Surface. 146
—154.
It is
proved that the variable temperatures at points on the
surface of a body, which
cooling in
is
dv
m dx +n dv +P dv + dy
Tz
air, satisfy
h
Kn=
>
the equation
™à* + này+pdz =
t
being the differential equation of the surface which bounds the solid, and a being equal to (mï + tf+p*)*. To discover this equation we consider a molecule of the envelop which bounds the solid, and we express the fact that the temperature of this element does not change by a finite magnitude during an infinitely small instant. This condition holds and continues to exist after that the regular action of the medium has been exerted during a very small instant. Any form may be given to the element of the envelop.. The case in which the molecule is formed by rectangular sections presents remarkable properties. In the most simple case, which is that in which the base is parallel to the tangent plane,
the truth of the equation
is
evident
115
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
SECTION
XI
VIII.
Application of the General Equations. ART.
PAGE
In applying the general equation (A) to the case
155, 156.
and and
of the sphere,
we
same equations
find the
of the cylinder
as those of Section III.
of Section II. of this chapter
123
SECTION
IX.
General Eemarks. 157
— 162.
Fundamental considerations on the nature of the quantities x, t, v, K, h, C, D, which enter into all the analytical expressions of the Theory of Heat. Each of these quantities has an exponent of dimension which relates to the length, or to the duration, or to the temperature. These exponents are found by making the units of measure vary .
CHAPTER Propagation of Heat in an
163
— 166.
I.
Statement oe the Problem.
•
If
of a rectangular plate included bemaintained at the temperature 0, are
infinite sides,
d^v expressed by the equation -r^
—170.
rectangular solid.
The constant temperatures
tween two parallel
167
126
III.
infinite
SECTION •
.
we consider the
d 2v
+ y^=0
131
from two points whose
state of the plate at a very great distance
the transverse edge, the ratio of the temperatures of
coordinates are x1 , y and x 2 ,y changes according as the value of y increases x 1 and x2 preserving their respective values. The ratio has ;
a limit to which it is
it
approaches more and more, and when y
This remark
suffices to disclose the general
v^r^aie~ It
is infinite,
expressed by the product of a function of x and of a function of
is
easy to ascertain
effected»
.
=
l2i
~ 1)x .
form
of v,
y.
namely,
cos (2i -l).y.
how the movement
of heat
in
the plate
is
134
.
0%
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
xii
SECTION
II.
Fiest Example of the use of Trigonometric Series in the
Theory of Heat, AGE
art.
171
i"
—178.
Investigation of the coefficients in the equation
\—a cos x + b cos Bx + c cos 5x +d cos 7x+ etc. From which we
conclude
T =rcosx-^cos3a! + 7;0os5x- = cos 5 4 3 7
or
SECTION
7a;
+
137
etc
III.
Eemarks on these Series. 179
— 181.
To
find the value of the series
the number
m of
terms
which forms the second member,
supposed to be limited, and the series becomes This function is developed according to powers of
is
......
a function of x and m. the reciprocal of m, and m is made infinite 182 184. The same process is applied to several other series
— 185 — 188.
.
.
.
145 147
In the preceding development, which gives the value of the function of x and m, we determine rigorously the limits within which the
sum
of all the terms is included, starting from a given term Very simple process for forming the series
189.
I = -C*2TTl
COS(2{ - 1)aJ
SECTION
-
v
.
.
.
...
150
153
IV.
General Solution. Analytical expression of the
190, 191.
slab
192
;
— 195.
of heat in a rectangular
154
to verify the solution
side
..........
parallel or perpendicular to the base.
196 — 199.
movement
decomposed into simple movements Measure of the quantity of heat which crosses an edge or
it is
This expression of the flow
suffices
Consequences of this solution. The rectangular slab must be considered as forming part of an infinite plane the solution expresses the permanent temperatures at all points of this plane 200 204. It is proved that the problem proposed admits of no other solution different from that which we have just stated ;
—
....
156
159 161
TABLE OF CONTENTS. SECTION
Xlll
V.
Finite Expression of the Eesult op the Solution.
PAGE
ART.
The temperature
205, 206.
ordinates are x and y,
at a point of the rectangular slab
is
whose
co-
expressed thus
p=arc.tang 2
..«».»•..
_A
(- ,,._
SECTION
166
VI.
Development op an Arbitrary Function in Trigonometric Series. 207
—214.
The development obtained by determining the values of the unnumber
known
coefficients in the following equations infinite in
:
A=a + 2b + 3c + éd + &c, B= a + 2 5 + 33e + 4?d + &c, 3
C = a + 2 5 6 + 3 5 c + 45 d + &c,
D =a + 2?6+ 3'c + 47d + &c, &c.
&c. f
To
solve these equations,
we
suppose the number of equations to be
first
m, and that the number of unknowns all
number m, and the
value of the
m
a, b, c, d, &c. is
The unknowns
the subsequent terms.
only, omitting
are determined for a certain
which the values of the
limits to
coeffi-
cients continually approach are sought; these limits are the quantities
which
it is
Expression of the values of
required to determine.
when m is infinite 216. The function
a, b, c, d,
168
&c. 215,
a
which 217, 218.
sinxc + 6 sin 2x
—221.
Any
sin4a; + &c.,
........
.a
function whatever -a x sin
The
+ c shxBx + d
supposed to contain only odd powers of x . . « . Different expression of the same development. Application to the is first
function e x - e~ x
219
the form
ce
+ «j
$ (x) may be developed under
sina 2a; + a3 sin3a;+...+aj sinicç +
— If" dxfi(x)
181
the form
(
2
value of the general coefficient. at is
.
179
sin we.
Whence we
derive the very simple theorem
—(f>(x)
= smxf
da
—
whence
+ sm2xj da
(x)
2
= H,
sinix
cia 0(a)
sin ia
Jo
i=l
Application of the theorem
222, 223.
/
sin 2a + sin Sx
:
from
is
it
C
+ &c,
da
....
184
derived the remarkable
series,
t
T4
2.
cos x = •-— since
l.o
4..
8... +
6 sin 4.r + ^-= sin 7« + ,=-— +—— 5.7 7. y 3.5 .
_
sin
9a;
&c.
, or> .
.
188
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
xiv
PAGE
ART. 224,
Second theorem on the development of functions in trigono-
225.
metrical series
:
-f « AppUcations
from
:
it
1 •
226
=2
cos ix
we
f da cos ia ^ (a).
Jo
2=0
derive the remarkable series
cos cos 6a; 1„ cos 2a; mx =2--i^---2^---57r&G 4a;
.
.
i**
•
(x)
„
'
'
'
'
19 °
—230.
The preceding theorems are applicable to discontinuous functions, and solve the problems which are based upon the analysis of Daniel Bernoulli in the problem of vibrating cords. The value of the series, sin x versin a + 5 sin
-,
is
if
we
versin 2a + 5 sin Sx versin 3a + &c.
2a;
x a quantity greater than
attribute to
and
less
than
a;
and
any quantity included between a and \ir. Application to other remarkable examples curved lines or surfaces which coincide in a part of their course, and differ in all the other parts .
the value of the series
is 0, if
x
is
;
.
231
—233.
Any
F
function whatever,
(a;),
may
193
be developed in the form
a x cos x + a2 cos 2x + a3 cos 3a; + &c, sin x + & 2 sin 2as + b s sin 3a; + &c.
Each
of the coefficients is a definite integral.
dxF(x),
Trcti
-IT
and
-n-bi
We thus
=
We have in general
= J •"JT
dxF(x) cos
ix,
dxF(x)sinix.
I
form the general theorem, which
is
one of the chief elements of
our analysis ;
,
2irF(x)
=S
(
cos
fa;
/
daF(a) cos ia + sin ix J
daF(a) sin
ia J
,
......
199
The values of .F(a:) which correspond to values of x included between - ir and + it must be regarded as entirely arbitrary. We may also choose any limits whatever for x Divers remarks on the use of developments in trigonometric series . 235.
206
i=+«)
or 27ri? (x)
l>
=S
+„
daF{a) cos(ix-ia).
J
234.
SECTION
204
VII.
Application to the actual Problem, 236, 237.
Expression of the permanent temperature in the infinite rectangular
slab,
the state of the transverse edge being represented by an arbitrary
function
.
.
.
.
.
.
209
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
CHAPTER Of
XV
IV.
and varied Movement of Heat in a
the linear
SECTION
ring.
I.
General solution op the Problem. ART.
238—241.
The
PAGE
°
"
variable
movement which we
are considering
is
composed
of
In each of these movements, the temperatures pre-
simple movements.
serve their primitive ratios, and decrease with the time, as the ordinates v of a line whose equation is v=A. e~ mt . Formation of the general ex-
213
pression
—244.
242
Application to
some remarkable examples.
Different consequences
218
of the solution
The system
245, 246.
and
of temperatures converges rapidly towards a regular
final state, expressed
by the
first
The sum
part of the integral.
of
the temperatures of two points diametrically opposed is then the same, whatever be the position of the diameter. It is equal to the mean temperature.
In each simple movement, the circumference
equidistant nodes.
All these partial
movements
divided by
is
successively disappear,
first; and in general the heat distributed throughout the solid . . assumes a regular disposition, independent of the initial state
except the
SECTION
221
II.
Of the Communication oe Heat between separate
masses.
—250.
Of the communication of heat between two masses. Expression Eemark on the value of the coefficient which measures the conducibility 251 255. Of the communication of heat between n separate masses, arranged in a straight line. Expression of the variable temperature of each mass ; it is given as a function of the time elapsed, of the coefficient which measures the conducibility, and of all the initial temperatures 247
of the variable temperatures.
225
—
..... "
regarded as arbitrary
.
.
,
Remarkable consequences of this solution Application to the case in which the number of masses is infinite 258. . 259 266. Of the communication of heat between n separate masses arranged Differential equations suitable to the problem integration of circularly. these equations. The variable temperature of each of the masses is expressed as a function of the coefficient which measures the conducibility, of the time which has elapsed since the instant when the communication began, and of all the initial temperatures, which are arbitrary but in 256, 257.
.
228
236 237
—
;
;
........
order to determine these functions completely,
the elimination of the coefficients
267
—271. these
it is
necessary to effect
238
Elimination of the coefficients in the equations which contain
unknown
quantities
and the given
initial
temperatures
.
.
.
247
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
xvi
PAGE
ART.
Formation
272, 273.
of the general solution
analytical expression of the
:
....
result
274
—276.
Examination
277, 278.
We
Application and consequences of this solution of the case in
253
255
which the number n is supposed infinite.
obtain the solution relative to a solid ring, set forth in Article 241,
and the theorem of Article 234. We thus ascertain the origin of the analysis which we have employed to solve the equation relating to con-
....
tinuous bodies Analytical expression of the two preceding results
279.
280—282.
It is
proved that the problem of the movement of heat in a ring
The
admits no other solution.
integral of the equation
-j-
=
k
at
-r-s
dx2
is
evidently the most general which can be formed
CHAPTER Of
259 .262
the
263
V.
Propagation of Heat in a solid sphere.
SECTION
I.
General Solution. 283
—289. is
The
ratio of the variable
temperatures of two points in the solid
in the first place considered to approach continually a definite limit.
This remark leads to the equation v = A the simple
movement
infinity of values given
e~^n2i which ,
of heat in the sphere.
by the
definite equation
nX — = t till
radius of the sphere sphere,
is
expresses
The number n has an 1
- hX.
The
7ZS.
denoted by X,.and the radius of any concentric is v after the lapse of the time t, by x; h
whose temperature
K
are the specific coefficients; A is any constant. Constructions adapted to disclose the nature of the definite equation, the limits and
and
values of
290
—292.
293.
its
roots
Formation
.
.
.
.
of the general solution
268
.
;
final state of the solid
.
.
Application to the case in which the sphere has been heated by a prolonged immersion
SECTION
274 277
II.
Different remarks on this Solution.
—296.
294
Eesults relative to spheres of small radius, and to the final tem-
peratures of any sphere
.279
298—300. Variable temperature of a thermometer plunged into a liquid which is cooling freely. Application of the results to the comparison and use of thermometers
282
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
XV11 PAGB
ART.
Expression
301.
of the
mean temperature
of the sphere as a function of the
286
time elapsed 302
— 304.
Application to spheres of very great radius, and to those in which
287
the radius is very small 305.
Remark on the nature of n .
We
306, 307.
the
the values
all
289
CHAPTER Of
which gives
of the definite equation
VI.
Movement of Heat
remark in the
first
in a solid cylinder.
place that the ratio of the variable tem-
peratures of two points of the solid approaches continually a definite limit,
and by
this
The function by a
differential
this function,
308, 309.
of
ascertain the expression of the simple
one of the factors equation of the second order.
and must
is
it is
proved that
The function u
all
=— IT
311, 312.
A number
g enters into
By means
/
JO
x
is
theorems of
...
294
complete value X.
296
expressed by
dr cos (xJg sin
r)
;
hu + -=- =0, giving to x
definite equation is
The development
291
of the principal
the roots of the equation are real
of the variable
« and the
movement.
of this expression is given
satisfy a definite equation
Analysis of this equation.
algebra, 310.
we
x which
of the function
4>{z)
its
being represented by
a + Js+Cg+rfg-g-f&c, the value of the series
a+
cP 22
—
is
IT
+
+
du(t
/
J
et*
2 2 .4 2
314.
315
—
+ '
smu).
r,
.......
Remark on 313.
gt s
2 2 .4 2 .6 2
this use of definite integrals Expression of the function u of the variable a; as a continued fraction . Formation of the general solution 318. Statement of the analysis which determines the values of the co-
efficients
319.
General solution
320.
Consequences of the solution
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
298 300 301 303 308 309
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
xviii
CHAPTER
VII.
Propagation of Heat in a rectangular prism. ART.
321
_
—323.
PAGE
o
Expression of the simple movement determined by the general properties of heat, and by the form of the solid. Jnto .this expression
enters an aro
e
which
transcendental equation,
satisfies a
all of
whose 311
roots are real
unknown
All the
325.
General solution of the problem
326. 327.
The problem proposed admits no other Temperatures
.
.... ....
solution
on the axis of the prism Application to the case in which the thickness of the prism
328, 329.
330.
determined by definite integrals
coefficients are
324.
at points
is
The
how
the uniform
movement
of heat is established
319
Application to prisms, the dimensions of whose bases are large
CHAPTER Of
.
.
340.
Expression of the
Comparison of
movement which 341.
.
.
Application to the simple case considered in Art. 100
—347.
consider the linear
movement
of heat in
the initial state
v — F(x).
is
proved
|
Jo
dq cos qx
JJ o
.
.
327
.
.
328
324
ib.
cube, with the
....
in an Infinite Line.
;
-F(x) =
323
I.
part of which has been heated
The following theorem
.
of Heat.
Of the eeee Movement, op Heat
We
-
e
IX.
the Diffusion
SECTION ,
.
...
of heat in the
CHAPTER
342
.
takes place in the sphere
Of
322
solid cube.
Expression of the simple movement. Into it enters an aro which must satisfy a trigonometric equation all of whose roots are real 335,336. Formation of the general solution 337. The problem can admit no other solution Consequence of the solution 338.
mean temperature the final movement
.
VIII.
Movement of Heat in a
the
.
333, 334.
339.
315
317
318 solution shews
in the interior of the solid 332.
314
very
small 331.
313
dd
an
infinite line, a
is
represented by
:
F (a) cos qa.
329 331
XIX
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
I^ 012
ABT.
F (x) = F (-x)
satisfies tho condition
The function F(x)
Expression of
.
833
the variable temperatures Application to the -case in which
348.
have received the same
temperature.
initial
— sin a cos ox do
r if
1
The
integral
.
is
2
we give to a; a value included between 1 and - 1. The definite integral has a nul value, if as is not included between and - 1 . . .
338
Application to the ease in which the heating given results from the
349.
final state
which the action of a source
of heat determines
.
.
339
.
Discontinuous values of the function expressed by the integral
350.
[ïTiï 351
the points of the part heated
all
—353.
We
consider the linear
G0Bqx '
movement
of heat in a line
whose
uo
initial
temperatures are represented by v=f{x) at the distance x to the right of the origin, and by v — - f (x) at the distance x to the left of the origin.
The
Expression of the variable temperature at any point. derived from the analysis which expresses the
movement
infinite line
354.
solution
of heat in
.
ib.
343
.
355
an
Expression of the variable temperatures when the initial state of the part heated is expressed by an entirely arbitrary function .
.
— 358.
The developments
.
of functions in sines or cosines of multiple arcs
are transformed into definite integrals
The
359.
following theorem
is
— f(x)= "
The function / (x)
proved
I
dqsinqx
daf (a)
J
sin q a.
Jo
Jo
satisfies
345
:
the condition
:
/(-») = -/(*)
—362.
360
Use
by the general equation
:
7r0(x)=
This equation
is
348
Proof of the theorem expressed
of the preceding results.
I
da(j>(a)
I
dq cos (qx -
evidently included in equation
qa).
(II)
stated in Art. 234.
(See Art. 397) 363.
The foregoing
ib.
solution shews also the variable
movement
of heat in
an
one point of which is submitted to a constant temperature also be solved by means of another form of the integral. Formation of this integral . 365. 366. Application of the solution to an infinite prism, whose initial
352
Eemarkable consequences problem of the diffusion of heat. The solution which we derive from it agrees with that which has been
356
stated in Articles 347, 348
362
infinite line,
364.
.
The same problem may
temperatures are nul.
367
— 369.
The same
354
integral applies to the
...
....
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Xx -ART.
Kemarks on
370, 371.
forms of the integral of the equation
different
du _ d 2u dt ~ dx 2
365
SECTION
II.
Of the free Movement of Heat The expression
372—376.
for the variable
in an Infinite Solid.
movement
that of the linear
movement.
The
dv
d 2v dx2
_
dt
solves the proposed problem. it is
It
an infinite immediately from
of heat in
solid mass, according to three dimensions, is derived
integral of the equation
d?v
d 2v
dy 2
dz'
2
cannot have a more extended integral
;
derived also from the particular value v
— e~ nU cos nx,
or from this: e it
which both
satisfy the equation
tegrals obtained is founded
and of
377
if
t
—382.
.
at the
if
^v 2
The
.
upon the following
generality of the in-
proposition,
which may be
Two
functions of the variables x, y, they satisfy the differential equation
regarded as self-evident. necessarily identical,
d —=— dv
dv
cPv
d2 v
dt
dx2
dy 2
dz 2
z,
t
are
'
same time they have the same value
for a certain value
368
.
The heat contained
in a part of
an
infinite prism, all the other
points of which have nul initial temperature, begins to be distributed
throughout the whole mass and after a certain interval of time, the state of any part of the solid depends not upon the distribution of the The last result is not due initial heat, but simply upon its quantity. to the increase of the distance included between any point of the mass and the part which has been heated; it is entirely due to the increase ;
of the
time elapsed.
In
all
problems submitted to analysis, the expo-
nents are absolute numbers, and not quantities. We ought not to omit the parts of these exponents which are incomparably smaller than the
whose absolute values are extremely small The same remarks apply to the distribution of heat in an
others, but only those
383
—385.
.
.
376
infinite
382
solid
SECTION The Highest Temperatures
in. in an Infinite Solid.
The heat contained in part of the prism out the whole mass. The temperature at a
386, 387.
gressively, arrives at its greatest value,
distributes itself through-
distant point rises pro-
and then decreases.
The time
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
XXI PAGE
ART.
maximum
which this
after
occurs,
a function of the distance
is
Expression of this function for a prism whose heated points have same initial temperature
x.
re-
ceived the
388
— 391.
392
—395.
Solution of a problem analogous to the foregoing.
385
Different
results of the solution
387
The movement
of heat in
an
infinite solid is considered;
and
the highest temperatures, at parts very distant from the part originally heated, are determined
392
SECTION
IV.
Comparison of the Integp»als.
— = -^
O/O
396.
First integral
the 397.
movement
first
(/3)
of heat in
an
infinite solid
It expresses
(a).
.
the linear
398
.
Second development according to the powers of
t.
must contain a
single arbitrary function of
t
.
is
derived from
it
d?v
d 2v
^ = ^ + ^-,
:
,
.
dt 2
dv
di
4
d
v
and7
(c) '
Application to the equations d-v
,
d2v
E
'
'
'
m
'
'
'
m
.
°
{d)
d*v
d*v
dy*
(e *'
d ev
= a d X-^ h d^ + C d^ +&C
Use of the theorem
dS>
^ + ^=
:
d*v
+ dxi+ + dxXdf d2v
of Article 361, to
(/)
'
form the integral of equation (/)
of the preceding Article
Use
of the
407
same theorem
to
form the integral of equation
407. 408.
(d)
which
........ ....
belongs to elastic plates 406.
Second form of the same integral Lemmas which serve to effect these transformations The theorem expressed by equation (E), Art. 361, applies to any number of variables
409.
Use
410.
Application of
399
402
,
Application to the equations
and
.
The
dispenses with effecting the develop-
in series
d2 v
405.
%b,
The
v.
,
.
Notation appropriate to the representation of these developments. analysis which
404.
396
same equation
of the
First development of the value of v according to increasing powers
ment
403.
This integral expresses
(.«)
other forms (y) and (5) of the integral, which are derived, like the preceding form, from the integral (a) of the time
402.
flil)
Two
399. 400.
401.
the equation
of heat in a ring
Second integral
movement 398.
(a) of
form the integral of equation the same theorem to the equation
of this proposition to
d?v
dH
d^v_
dx2
dy'1
dz 2
(c)
of Art.
402
.
409 412 413
415 416
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
xxii
....
ART.
411.
Integral of equation
412.
Second form
Use
413.
series
of
the
of vibrating elastic surfaces
(e)
of the integral
same theorem
.
*
to obtain the integrals, by
d?v _ = 2
dl
summing the
'
dz
. Integral under finite form containing two arbitrary functions of t The expressions change form When we use other limits of the definite .
Construction which serves to prove the general equation
f[x)
417.
422 425
integrals
415. 416.
419 421
Application to the equation
which represent them.
dv
414.
PAGB
=
n 4" 00
*4~°û
1
^J_
daf{a)f_^dpeoa{px-pa)
(B)
.
.
ib.
Any limits a and 6 may be taken for the integral with respect to a. These limits are those of the values of x which correspond to existing values of the function f(x). Every other value of x gives a nul result
far»)
429
The same remark
418.
applies to the general equation
»)= — 2_ the second
The
419.
member
of
420.
cos—
{x-a),
which represents a periodic function theorem expressed by equation (B) consists .
.
.
432
chief character of the
in this, that the sign a,
daf(a)
J_^
/
of the function is transferred to another
and that the chief variable x is only under the symbol cosine Use of these theorems in the analysis of imaginary quantities dPv
-p2 +
d2v
Application to the equation
422.
General expression of the fluxion of the order
d
l
.
.
433
.
.
435
=
421.
-j-j
unknown
436 i,
.f{x)
437
dxi Construction which serves to prove the general equation. Consequences
423.
relative to the extent of equations of this kind, to the values of
/ (x)
which correspond to the limits of x, to the infinite values of f(x). 424 427. The method which consists in determining by definite integrals the unknown coefficients of the development of a function of x under the form .
—
CHp is
(fl-^x)
+ h
derived from the elements of algebraic analysis.
the distribution of heat in a solid sphere.
Example
relative to
By examining from
this
point of view the process which serves to determine the coefficients,
we
which may arise on the employment of all the terms of the second member, on the discontinuity of functions, on singular or infinite values. The equations which are obtained by this method express either the variable state, or the initial state of masses of infinite dimensions. The form of the integrals which belong to the theory of solve easily problems
438
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
XX111
ART.
PAGE heat, represents at the
and that
of
an
same time the composition
infinity of partial effects,
of simple
due to the action
movements,
of all points of
the solid 428.
441
General remarks on the method which has served to solve the analytical
problems of the theory of heat General remarks on the principles from which we have derived the
450
.
429.
ferential equations of the
movement
...... ....
of heat
dif-
Terminology relative to the general properties of heat 431. Notations proposed 432. 433. General remarks on the nature of the coefficients which enter into 430.
the differential equations of the
movement
of heat
.....
EEEATA. Page
9, line 28, for III. read IV. Pages 54, 55, for k read K. Page 189, line 2, The equation should be denoted Page 205, last line but one, for x read X.
~ read ^ dr dx
Page 298,
line 18, for
Page 299,
line 16, for of read in.
,,
,,
last line,
/ JO
Page 300, Page 407, Page 432,
du
(A).
read sin u)
line 3, for
= 7T0 + tSrf + -, £2 l
A2
,
A 4 A G read ,
,
line 12, for d
line 13, read (x-a).
>"
+ &o.
Jt
irA^, TrA it
wA G
.
456 462 463 464
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. Primary
unknown to us; but are subject to simple which may be discovered by observation, the
causes are
and constant
laws,
study of them being the object of natural philosophy. Heat, like gravity, penetrates every substance of the universe, its
rays occupy
parts of space.
all
The
object of our
work
is
to
mathematical laws which this element obeys. The theory of heat will hereafter form one of the most important set forth the
branches of general physics.
The knowledge
of rational mechanics, which the
nations had been able to acquire, has not
the history of this science,
harmony,
is
we except the
if
most ancient to us, and
come down first
theorems in
not traced up beyond the discoveries of Archimedes.
This great geometer explained the mathematical principles of the equilibrium of solids and
About eighteen centuries
fluids.
elapsed before Galileo, the originator of dynamical theories, dis-
covered the laws of motion of heavy bodies. science
Newton comprised the whole system
Within
this
successors of these philosophers have extended these theories,
given them an admirable perfection
phenomena
the most diverse
:
new The
of the universe.
and
they have taught us that
are subject to a small
fundamental laws which are reproduced in
all
number
of
the acts of nature.
It is recognised that the
same
ments of the
form, the inequalities of their courses,
stars, their
principles regulate all the
move-
the equilibrium and the oscillations of the seas, the harmonic vibrations of air
and sonorous
bodies, the transmission of light,
capillary actions, the undulations of fluids, in fine the
plex effects of F.
H.
all
most com-
the natural forces, and thus has the thought 1
THEORY OF HEAT.
2
Newton been confirmed
of
geometria gloriatur
:
quod tarn paucis tarn multa
prcestet
1 .
But whatever may be the range do not apply to the
of mechanical theories, they
These make up a special
effects of heat.
order of phenomena, which cannot be explained
by the
principles
We
have for a long time been in possession of ingenious instruments adapted to measure many of these effects; valuable observations have been collected; but in this manner partial results only have become known, and not the mathematical demonstration of the laws which include of motion and equilibrium.
them I
all.
have deduced these laws 'from prolonged study and
tentive comparison of the facts
known up
at-
to this time: all these
have observed afresh in the course of several years with
facts I
the most exact instruments that have hitherto been used.
To found the distinguish
theory, it was in the first place necessary to and define with precision the elementary properties
which determine the action of heat.
I
then perceived that
all
the
phenomena which depend on this action resolve themselves into a very small number of general and simple facts whereby every ;
physical problem of this kind tion of
mathematical analysis.
brought back to an investigaFrom these general facts I have
is
concluded that to determine numerically the most varied move-
ments of heat,
it is sufficient
fundamental observations. in the
to submit each substance to three
Different bodies in fact do not possess
same degree the power to contain
heat, to receive or transmit
through the interior of These are the three specific qualities which our theory clearly distinguishes and shews how to measure. It is easy to judge how much these researches concern the physical sciences and civil economy, and what may be their influence on the progress of the arts which require the employment and distribution of heat. They have also a necessary connection with the system of the world, and their relations become known when we consider the grand phenomena which take place
it across their surfaces,
nor to conduct
it
their masses.
near the surface of the terrestrial globe. 1
Ac
Philosophiez naturalis principia mathematica.
gloriatur
prsestet.
geometria
[A. F.]
Auctoris prœfatio ad lectorem.
quod tarn paucis principiis aliunde
petitis tarn
multa
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. In its
sun in which this planet
the radiation of the
fact,
incessantly plunged, penetrates the
ô
air,
is
the earth, and the waters
;
elements are divided, change in direction every way, and,
penetrating the mass of the globe, would raise perature more and more,
if
mean tem-
the heat acquired were not exactly
balanced by that which escapes in rays from surface
its
all
points of the
and expands through the sky.
Different climates, unequally exposed to the
action of solar
an immense time, acquired the temperatures proper to their situation. This effect is modified by several accessory causes, such as elevation, the form of the ground, the neighbourhood and extent of continents and seas, the state of the
heat, have, after
surface, the direction of the winds.
The
succession
of day
and night, the alternations of the
seasons occasion in the solid earth periodic variations, which are
repeated every day or every year: less
and
less sensible as
but these changes become
the point at which they are measured
No
recedes from the surface.
diurnal variation can be detected
at the depth of about three metres [ten feet]
variations cease to be appreciable sixty metres.
The temperature
at
;
a depth
and the annual
much
less
than
at great depths is then sensibly
but it is not the same at all points of the same meridian in general it rises as the equator is approached. The heat which the sun has communicated to the terrestrial globe, and which has produced the diversity of climates, is now subject to a movement which has become uniform. It advances within the interior of the mass which it penetrates throughout, and at the same time recedes from the plane of the equator, and
fixed at a given place
:
;
proceeds to lose itself across the polar regions.
In the higher regions of the atmosphere the air is very rare and transparent, and retains but a minute part of the heat of the solar rays: this places.
The lower
is
the cause of the excessive cold of elevated
layers,
and water, expand and fact of expansion.
The
denser and more heated by the land
rise
up they are cooled by the very movements of the air, such as :
great
the trade winds which blow between the tropics, are not de-
termined by the attractive forces of the action
of these
oscillations
celestial
bodies
in a fluid so rare
produces
and at
moon and scarcely
so great
sun.
The
perceptible
a distance.
1—2
It
\
THEORY OF HEAT.
4 is
the changes of temperature which periodically displace every
part of the atmosphere.
The waters
of the
ocean are differently exposed at their
sun, and the bottom of the basin which contains them is heated very unequally from the poles These two causes, ever present, and combined to the equator. with gravity and the centrifugal force, keep up vast movements They displace and mingle all the in the interior of the seas. parts, and produce those general and regular currents which navigators have noticed. Radiant heat which escapes from the surface of all bodies, and traverses elastic media, or spaces void of air, has special laws, and occurs with widely varied phenomena. The physical explanation of many of these facts is already known the mathematical theory which I have formed gives an exact measure of them. It consists, in a manner, in a new catoptrics which
surface to the rays of the
;
has
its
own
theorems, and serves to determine by analysis
all
the effects of heat direct or reflected.
The enumeration of the chief objects of the theory sufficiently shews the nature of the questions which I have proposed to myself.
What
are the elementary properties which
it is
requisite
observe in each substance, and what are the experiments most suitable to determine them exactly? If the distribution of heat in solid matter is regulated by constant laws, what is the mathematical expression of those laws, and by what analysis may we derive from this expression the complete solution of the principal problems ? Why do terrestrial temperatures cease to be variable at a depth so small with respect to the radius of the earth ? Every inequality in the movement of this planet necessarily occasioning an oscillation of the solar heat beneath the surface, what relation is there between the duration of its period, and the depth at which the temperatures become conto
stant
?
What time must have
elapsed before the climates could acquire
now maintain and what now vary their mean heat ?
the different temperatures which they are the different causes which can
;
Why
do not the annual changes alone in the distance of the sun from the earth, produce at the surface of the earth very considerable changes in the temperatures
?
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.
From what
characteristic
can we ascertain that the earth
has not entirely lost its original heat laws of the loss as
If,
is
5
;
and what are the exact
?
several
observations indicate, this
not wholly dissipated,
it
fundamental heat
must be immense
at great depths,
and nevertheless it has no sensible influence at the present time on the mean temperature of the climates. The effects which are observed in them are due to the action of the solar rays. But independently of these two sources of heat, the one fundamental and primitive, proper to the terrestrial globe, the other due to the presence of the sun, is there not a more universal cause, which determines the temperature of the heavens, in that part Since the obof space which the solar system now occupies? served facts necessitate this cause, what are the consequences of an exact theory in this entirely new question how shall we be able to determine that constant value of the température of space, and deduce from it the temperature which belongs to each ;
planet
?
To these questions must be added others which depend on The physical cause of the re-
the properties of radiant heat.
flection of cold, that is to say the reflection of a lesser degree
of heat,
is
very distinctly
expression of this effect
On what
known
;
but what
is
the mathematical
?
general principles do the atmospheric temperatures
depend, whether the thermometer which measures them receives
on a surface metallic or unpolished, or whether this instrument remains exposed, during the night, under a sky free from clouds, to contact with the air, to radiation from terrestrial bodies, and to that from the most distant and coldest parts of the atmosphere ? The intensity of the rays which escape from a point on the surface of any heated body varying with their inclination according to a law which experiments have indicated, is there not a necessary mathematical relation between this law and the general and what is the physical cause of fact of the equilibrium of heat the
solar
rays
directly,
;
this inequality in intensity
?
when heat penetrates fluid masses, and determines in movements by continual changes of the temperature and density of each molecule, can we still express, by differential Lastly,
them
internal
THEORY OF HEAT.
6
equations, the laws of such a
compound
effect
;
and what
is
resulting change in the general equations of hydrodynamics
the
?
chief problems which I have solved, and which submitted to calculation. If we consider been have never yet further the manifold relations of this mathematical theory to
Such are the
civil
uses and the technical arts,
the extent of entire
its
completely
shall recognize
It is evident that it includes
an
phenomena, and that the study of
it
applications.
of distinct
series
we
cannot be omitted without losing a notable part of the science of nature.
The
theory are derived, as are those of
principles of the
from a very small number of primary facts, the causes of which are not considered by geometers, but which they admit as the results of common observations confirmed by all rational mechanics,
experiment.
The
differential equations of the propagation of heat express
the most general conditions, and reduce the physical questions to
problems of pure analysis, and this
They are not
the proper object of theory.
is
than the general equations In order to make this comparison more perceptible, we have always preferred demonstrations analogous to those of the theorems which serve as the foundation less rigorously established
of equilibrium and motion.
of statics
These equations
and dynamics.
a different form,
when they
still
exist,
but receive
express the distribution of luminous
heat in transparent bodies, or the movements which the changes of temperature and density occasion in the interior of fluids.
which they contain are subject to variations whose not yet known but in all the natural problems measure is exact which it most concerns us to consider, the limits of temperature differ so little that we may omit the variations of these co-
The
coefficients
;
efficients.
The equations
of the
movement
of heat, like
those which
express the vibrations of sonorous bodies, or the ultimate oscillations of liquids, belong to one of the
branches of analysis, which
it is
most recently discovered
very important to perfect.
After
having established these differential equations their integrals must be obtained
;
this
process
consists
in passing from a
expression to a particular solution subject to ditions.
This
difficult
all
common
the given con-
investigation requires a special
analysis
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.
7
founded on new theorems, whose object we could not in this place
make known.
leaves nothing vague
them up
The method which is derived from them and indeterminate in the solutions, it leads
to the final numerical applications, a necessary condition
which we should only arrive at
of every investigation, without useless transformations.
The same theorems which have made known movement of heat, apply directly to
equations of the
blems
to
us
and dynamics whose solution has
of general analysis
the
certain profor a
long time been desired.
Profound study of nature matical discoveries.
is
the most fertile source of mathe-
Not only has
this study, in offering a de-
terminate object to investigation, the advantage of excluding
vague questions and calculations without issue it is besides a method of forming analysis itself, and of discovering the elements which it concerns us to know, and which natural science ;
sure
ought always to preserve these are the fundamental elements which are reproduced in all natural effects. :
We
see, for
example, that the same expression whose abstract
properties geometers
had considered, and which in
this respect
belongs to general analysis, represents as well the motion of light in the atmosphere, as solid matter,
in
it
determines the laws of diffusion of heat all the chief problems of the
and enters into
theory of probability.
The
analytical equations,
which Descartes was the
and
unknown
to the ancient geometers,
to introduce into the study of curves
first
surfaces, are not restricted to the properties of figures,
those properties which are the object of rational mechanics
and ;
to
they
extend to all general phenomena. There cannot be a language more universal and more simple, more free from errors and from obscurities, that is to say more worthy to express the invariable relations of natural things.
Considered from this point of view, mathematical analysis extensive as nature itself;
measures times, spaces, is
it
forces,
defines
temperatures
is
as
perceptible relations,
all ;
this difficult science
formed slowly, but it preserves every principle which it has once it grows and strengthens itself incessantly in the midst
acquired of the
;
many
variations
and
errors of the
Its chief attribute is clearness
;
it
human mind.
has no marks to express con-
THEORY OF HEAT.
8
phenomena the most
It brings together
fused notions.
and discovers the hidden analogies which unite them.
by
diverse,
If matter
extreme tenuity, if bodies are placed far from us in the immensity of space, if man wishes to know the aspect of the heavens at successive epochs escapes us, as that of air and light,
its
separated by a great number of centuries, if the actions of gravity and of heat are exerted in the interior of the earth at depths which will be always inaccessible, mathematical analysis can yet It makes them present lay hold of the laws of these phenomena. and measurable, and seems to be a faculty of the human mind destined to supplement the shortness of life and the imperfecand what is still more remarkable, it follows tion of the senses same course in the study of all phenomena it interprets them the by the same language, as if to attest the unity and simplicity of the plan of the universe, and to make still more evident that unchangeable order which presides over all natural causes. ;
;
many examples which spring from the if the order which is established in these phenomena could be grasped by our senses, it would produce in us an impression comparable to the sensation of musical sound. The problems
of the theory of heat present so
and constant general laws of nature and of the simple
dispositions
;
The forms
of bodies are infinitely varied
;
the distribution of
the heat which penetrates them seems to be arbitrary and confused
but
all
;
the inequalities are rapidly cancelled and disappear as time
passes on.
The
progress of the
phenomenon becomes more regular
and simpler, remains finally subject to a definite law which same in all cases, and which bears no sensible impress of the
is
the
initial
arrangement. All
observation confirms these consequences.
The
analysis
from which they are derived separates and expresses clearly, 1° the general conditions, that is to say those which spring from the natural properties of heat, 2° the
effect,
of the form or state of the surfaces
;
3°
accidental but continued,
the
effect,
not permanent,
of the primitive distribution.
In this work we have demonstrated theory of heat, and solved
all
all
the principles of the
the fundamental problems.
They
could have been explained more concisely by omitting the simpler
problems, and presenting in the results;
first instance the most general but we wished to shew the actual origin of the theory and
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.
9
gradual progress. When this knowledge has been acquired and the principles thoroughly fixed, it is preferable to employ at once the most extended analytical methods, as we have done in the later investigations. This is also the course which we shall hereafter follow in the memoirs which will be added to this work, and which will form in some manner its complement *; and by this means we shall have reconciled, so far as it can depend on ourselves, the necessary development of principles with the precision which becomes the applications of analysis. The subjects of these memoirs will be, the theory of radiant heat, the problem of the terrestrial temperatures, that of the its
temperature of dwellings, the comparison of theoretic results with those which we have observed in different experiments, lastly the demonstrations of the differential equations of the movement of
heat in
fluids.
The work which we now publish has been written a long time since
;
different circumstances
the printing of
it.
In
have delayed and often interrupted been enriched by
this interval, science has
the principles of our analysis, which had been grasped, have become better known the results which we had deduced from them have been discussed and confirmed. We ourselves have applied these principles to new problems, and have changed the form of some of the proofs.
important observations not at
The
;
first
;
delays of publication will have contributed to
clearer
The
make
the work
and more complete. subject of our
first
analytical investigations on the transfer
amongst separated masses; these have been preserved in Chapter III., Section II. The problems relative to continuous bodies, which form the theory rightly so cahed, were solved many years afterwards this theory was explained for the first time in a manuscript work forwarded to the Institute of France at the end of the year 1807, an extract from which was of heat was its distribution
;
published in the Bulletin des Sciences (Société Philomatique, year 1808, page 112). We added to this memoir, and successively forwarded very extensive notes, concerning the convergence of series, the diffusion of heat in an infinite prism, its emission in spaces 1
These memoirs were never
collectively published as a sequel or
to the Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur.
complement
But, as will be seen presently, the author had written most of them before the publication of that work in 1822. [A. F.]
THEOEY OF HEAT.
10 void of
air,
the constructions suitable for
exhibiting the chief
movement
theorems, and the analysis of the periodic
at the sur-
Our second memoir, on the propagation
face of the earth.
of
on the 28th of September, 1811. It was formed out of the preceding memoir and the geometrical constructions and the notes already sent in those details of analysis which had no necessary relation to the
was deposited
heat,
in the archives of the Institute,
;
physical problem were omitted,
and
to it
was added the general
equation which expresses the state of the surface.
work was sent
to press in the course of 1821, to
the collection of the
Academy
of Sciences.
any change or addition the text agrees ;
This second
be inserted in
It is printed without
literally
with the deposited
manuscript, which forms part of the archives of the Institute \
In
this
found a 1
memoir, and in the writings which preceded it, will be explanation of applications which our actual work
first
appears as a memoir and supplement in volumes IV. and V. of the MéFor convenience of comparison with the table
It
moires de V Académie des Sciences. of contents of the Analytical
Theory of Heat, we subjoin the
titles
and heads
of
memoir Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps solides, par M.
the chapters of the printed
:
[Mémoires de l'Académie Royale des Sciences de V Institut de France.
Fourier.
Tome IV.
(for
year 1819).
Paris 1824.]
Exposition.
I.
Notions générales
II.
Du
IV.
V.
et définitions préliminaires.
Equations du mouvement de la chaleur.
III.
De
mouvement
la
linéaire et varié de la chaleur dans une armille. propagation de la chaleur dans une lame rectangulaire dont
les
températures
sont constantes.
De
VI. VII.
VIII.
la
communication de
la chaleur entre des masses disjointes.
Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans une sphère solide. Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans un cxjlindre solide.
De la propagation de la chaleur dans un prisme dont V extrémité est assujettie à une température constante. X. Du mouvement varié de la chaleur dans un solide de forme cubique. XI. Du mouvement linéaire et varié de la chaleur dans les corps dont une dimension IX.
est infinie.
Suite du mémoire intitule Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps solides ; par M. Fourier. [Mémoires de V Académie Royale des Sciences :
de l'Institut de France.
Des températures
XII.
Tome
V. (for year 1820).
terrestres, et
Paris, 1826.]
du mouvement de
la chaleur dans l'intérieur
d'une sphère solide, dont la surface est assujettie à des changemens périodiques
de température.
XIII.
XIV.
Des lois mathématiques de l'équilibre de la chaleur rayonnante. Comparaison des résultats de la théorie avec ceux de diverses expériences.
[A. F.]
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE.
11
does not contain; they will be treated in the subsequent memoirs at greater length, and, if
The
ness.
are
also
it
1
be in our power, with greater clear-
results of our labours concerning the
same problems
The
indicated in several articles already published.
extract inserted in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique shews
the aggregate of our researches (Vol.
We
III.
page 350, year 1816).
published in the Annales two separate notes, concerning
radiant heat (Vol. IV. page 128, year 1817, and Vol. VI. page 259,
year 1817). Several other articles of the same collection present the most constant results of theory and observation
;
the utility and the
extent of thermological knowledge could not be better appreciated
than by the celebrated editors of the Annales 2 In the Bulletin des Sciences (Société philomatique year 1818, page 1, and year 1820, page 60) will be found an extract from a memoir on the constant or variable temperature of dwellings, .
and an explanation of the chief consequences of our analysis of the terrestrial temperatures.
M. Alexandre de Humboldt, whose researches embrace
all
the
great problems of natural philosophy, has considered the observations
of the
temperatures
proper to the different climates
from a novel and very important point of view (Memoir on Isothermal lines, Société d 'Arcueil, Vol. III. page 462) (Memoir on the inferior limit of perpetual snow, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. V. page 102, year 1817). ;
As
to the differential equations of the
movement
of heat in
3
mention has been made of them in the annual history of the Academy of Sciences. The extract from our memoir shews (Analyse des travaux de l'Acaclearly its object and principle. démie des Sciences, by M. De Lambre, year 1820.) The examination of the repulsive forces produced by heat, which determine the statical properties of gases, does not belong fluids
1
2
See note, page 9, and the notes, pages 11 Gay-Lussac and Arago. See note, p. 13.
— 13.
3 Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome XII., Paris, 1833, contain on pp. 507—514, Mémoire d'analyse sur le mouvement de la chaleur dans les fluides, par M. Fourier. Lu à V Académie Royale des Sciences, 4 Sep. 1820. It is followed on pp. 515 530 by Extrait des notes manuscrites conservées par l'auteur. The memoir is signed Jh. Fourier, Paris, 1 Sep. 1820, but was published after the death of the
—
author.
[A. P.]
THEOEY OF HEAT.
12 to the analytical subject
which we have considered.
This question
connected with the theory of radiant heat has just been discussed
by the
illustrious
author of the Mécanique
the chief branches
mathematical
of
céleste,
analysis
to
whom
all
owe important
{Connaissance des Temps, years 1824-5.)
discoveries.
The new
work are united for ever and rest like them on invariable foundations all the elements which they at present possess they Instruwill preserve, and will continually acquire greater extent. ments will be perfected and experiments multiplied. The analysis which we have formed will be deduced from more general, that is to say, more simple and more fertile methods common to many For all substances, solid or liquid, for classes of phenomena. vapours and permanent gases, determinations will be made of all the specific qualities relating to heat, and of the variations of the 1 coefficients which express them At different stations on the will earth observations be made, of the temperatures of the ground at different depths, of the intensity of the solar heat and theories explained in our
to the mathematical sciences, ;
.
its effects,
and
constant or variable, in the atmosphere, in the ocean
in lakes
;
and the constant temperature of the heavens proper become known 2 The theory itself
to the planetary regions will 1
.
Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences, Tome VIII., Paris 1829, contain on 622, Mémoire sur la Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur, par M. Fourier.
pp. 581
—
This was published whilst the author was Perpetual Secretary to the Academy. The first only of four parts of the memoir is printed. The contents of all are
Determines the temperature at any point of a prism whose terminal initial temperature at any point being a function of its distance from one end. II. Examines the chief consequences of the general solution, and applies it to two distinct cases, according as the temperatures of the ends of the heated prism are periodic or not. III. Is historical, enumerates the earlier experimental and analytical researches of other writers stated.
I.
temperatures are functions of the time, the
relative to the theory of heat
;
considers the nature of the transcendental equations
remarks on the employment of arbitrary functions ; adds some remarks on a problem of the replies to the objections of M. Poisson motion of waves. IV. Extends the application of the theory of heat by taking account, in the analysis, of variations in the specific coefficients which measure appearing in the theory
;
;
the capacity of substances for heat, the permeability of solids, and the penetrability of their surfaces. 2
[A. P.]
Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome VIL, Paris, 1827, contain on pp. 569—604, Mémoire sur les températures du globe terrestre et des espaces planéThe memoir is entirely descriptive ; it was read before the taires, par M. Fourier. Academy, 20 and 29 Sep. 1824 (Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1824, xxvii. p. 136).
[A. F.]
13
PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE. will direct
these measures, and assign their precision.
all
considerable progress can hereafter be
made which
is
No
not founded
on experiments such as these; for mathematical analysis can deduce from general and simple phenomena the expression of the laws of nature but the special application of these laws to very ;
complex
The complete
list of
Annales de Chimie 1816.
demands a long
effects
et
the Articles on Heat, published by M. Fourier, in the
de Physique, Series
350
III. pp.
series of exact observations.
—375.
2, is
as follows
:
Théorie de la Chaleur (Extrait).
Description by the
author of the 4to volume afterwards published in 1822 without the chapters on radiant heat, solar heat as it affects the earth, the comparison of analysis with experiment, and the history of the rise and progress of the theory of heat.
—145.
Note sur la Chaleur rayonnante. Mathematical Proves the author's paradox on the hypothesis of equal intensity of emission in all directions. VI. pp. 259 303. Questions sur la théorie physique de la chaleur 1817. 1817.
128
IV. pp.
sketch on the sine law of emission of heat from a surface.
—
rayonnante.
An
elegant physical treatise on the discoveries of Newton, Pictet,
Wells, Wollaston, Leslie and Prévost. 1820.
XIII. pp. 418
— 438.
Sur
le
refroidissement séculaire de la terre (Extrait).
Sketch of a memoir, mathematical and descriptive, on the waste of the earth's initial heat.
1824.
XXVII.
terrestre et
pp. 136
rayonnante.
Remarques générales sur
les
températures du globe
memoir referred to Tome VII. pp. 236 281, Résumé théorique des propriétés de la chaleur Elementary analytical account of surface-emission and absorption
Mem. Acad. 1824. XXVII.
above,
— 167.
des espaces planétaires.
This
is
the descriptive
d. Sc.
—
based on the principle of equilibrium of temperature.
—
XXVILT. pp. 337 365. Remarques sur la théorie mathématique de la Elementary analysis of emission, absorption and reflection by walls of enclosure uniformly heated. At p. 364, M. Fourier promises a Théorie 1825.
chaleur rayonnante.
physique de la chaleur to contain the applications of the Théorie Analytique omitted from the work published in 1822. 1828. XXXVII. pp. 291 315. Recherches expérimentales sur la faculté con-
—
ductrice des corps minces soumis à Vaction de la chaleur, et description d'un nouveau
thermomètre de contact.
A
tions is also described.
M. Emile Verdet in
thermoscope of contact intended for lecture demonstrabis Conférences de Physique, Paris,
has stated the practical reasons against relying on tbe theoretical indications of the thermometer of contact. [A. F.] 1872.
Part
I.
p.
22,
Of the three notices of memoirs by M. Fourier, contained in the Bulletin des par la Société Philomatique, and quoted here at pages 9 and 11, the first was written by M. Poisson, the mathematical editor of the Bulletin, the other two by M. Fourier. [A. F.] Sciences
THEOEY OF HEAT. Et ignem regunt numeri.
—Plato
CHAPTER
1 .
I.
INTRODUCTION.
FIRST SECTION. Statement of the Object of the Work.
The
1.
effects of
heat are subject to constant laws which
cannot be discovered without the aid of mathematical analysis. The object of the theory which we are about to explain is to
demonstrate these laws;
it
reduces
all
physical researches on
the propagation of heat, to problems of the integral calculus
whose elements are given by experiment. No subject has more extensive relations with the progress of industry and the natural sciences
;
for the action of
heat
is
always present,
it
penetrates
bodies and spaces, and occurs in all the phenomena of the universe. it
all
When
heat
is
influences
the processes of the
arts,
unequally distributed among the different parts
tends to attain equilibrium, and passes slowly from the parts which are more heated to those which are less and at the same time it is dissipated at the surface, and lost in the medium or in the void. The tendency to uniform distribution and the spontaneous emission which acts at the surface of bodies, change continually the temperature at their different points. The problem of the propagation of heat consists in of a solid mass,
it
;
1
Cf. Plato, Timccus, 53, b.
ô're ô'
^7r€%etpeîro Koa/xeiadai to ndv, irvp irpwrov
dieo'xmj aT craTO [° deo$\ -
'-
ei'Sect
re
/cat dpiQ/xoîs,
/cat
[A. F.]
yrjv koX
àépa
/cat
vôup
CH.
I.
SECT.
INTRODUCTION.
I.]
15
determining what
is the temperature at each point of a body a given instant, supposing that the initial temperatures are known. The following examples will more clearly make known
at
the nature of these problems.
we expose
If
2.
to the continued
and uniform action of a
source of heat, the same part of a metallic ring, whose diameter is
large,
the molecules nearest to the source will be
and, after a
certain time,
acquired very nearly the highest temperature which
This limit or greatest temperature points
becomes
it
;
less
first
heated,
every point of the solid will have
is
it
can attain.
not the same at different
and less according as they become more which the source of heat is directly
distant from that point at applied.
When
the temperatures have become permanent, the source
of heat supplies, at each instant, a quantity of heat which exactly
compensates
for that
which
is
dissipated at all the points of the
external surface of the ring. If
now the
source be suppressed, heat will continue to be
solid, but that which is lost no longer be compensated as formerly by the supply from the source, so that all the temperatures will vary and diminish incessantly until they have be-
propagated in the interior of the
medium
in the
come equal 3.
or the void, will
to the temperatures of the surrounding
medium.
Whilst the temperatures are permanent and the source
if at every point of the mean circumference of the ring be raised perpendicular to the plane of the ring, ordinate an whose length is proportional to the fixed temperature at that
remains,
which passes through the ends of these ordinates will represent the permanent state of the temperatures, and it is very easy to determine by analysis the nature of this It is to be remarked that the thickness of the ring is line. supposed to be sufficiently small for the temperature to be sensibly equal at all points of the same section perpendicular point, the curved line
to the
mean
circumference.
When
the source
is
removed, the
which bounds the ordinates proportional to the temperatures The at the different points will change its form continually. variable equation, the one by expressing, in consists problem
line
THEORY OF HEAT.
16
form of all
this curve,
and in thus including
[CHAP.
I.
in a single formula
the successive states of the solid.
Let z be the constant temperature at a point
4.
mean that
m
of the
circumference, x the distance of this point from the source,
is
to say the length of the arc of the
m
included between the point to the position
the source; z
of
is
mean
circumference,
which corresponds highest temperature the
and the point
o
which the point m can attain by virtue of the constant action of the source, and this permanent temperature z is a function f(x) of the distance x. The first part of the problem consists in determining the function f(x) which represents the permanent state of the solid.
Consider next the variable state which succeeds to the former state as soon as the source has
been removed
;
denote by
t
the
time which has passed since the suppression of the source, and
by
value of the temperature at the point
v the
time
The quantity
t.
the distance x and the time discover this function
that the initial value
equation
/
If
5.
(or)
we
=F
(x,
m after F {x,
v will be a certain function
F is
(x,
f
t
;
t),
(x),
the object of the problem
the t)
of
is
to
which we only know as yet so that we ought to have the of
o).
place a solid homogeneous mass, having the form
medium maintained at a constant temremains immersed for a very long time, it will points a temperature differing very little from
of a sphere or cube, in a perature,
and
acquire at
all its
that of the to transfer
pated at
mass into
its
fluid. it
Suppose the mass to be withdrawn in order medium, heat will begin to be dissi-
to a cooler
the temperatures at different points of the be sensibly the same, and if we suppose it divided
surface
will not
an
if it
;
infinity of layers
by
surfaces parallel to its external sur-
each of those layers will transmit, at each instant, a certain quantity of heat to the layer which surrounds it. If it be
face,
imagined that each molecule carries a separate thermometer, which indicates its temperature at every instant, the state of the solid will from time to time be represented by the variable system of all these thermometric heights. It is required express the successive states by analytical formulae, so that
to
we
SECT.
INTRODUCTION.
T.]
may know
17
any given instant the temperatures indicated by and compare the quantities of heat which flow during the same instant, between two adjacent layers, or into the surrounding medium. at
each thermometer,
If the
6.
mass is spherical, and we denote by x the distance mass from the centre of the sphere, by t the
of a jDoint of this
time which has elapsed since the commencement of the cooling,
and by that
v the variable
all
temperature of the point m,
it is
easy to see
same distance x from the centre
points situated at the
same temperature v. This quantity v is a of the radius x and of the time t it must be such that it becomes constant whatever be the value of x, when we suppose t to be nothing for by hypothesis, the temperature at all points is the same at the moment of emersion. The problem consists in determining that function of x and t which expresses of the sphere have the certain function
F (x,
f)
;
;
the value of
v,
In the next place
7.
it is
to be remarked, that during the
cooling, a certain quantity of heat escapes, at each instant,
the external surface, and passes into the medium. this quantity is not constant
;
it is
through
The value
of
greatest at the beginning of the
however we consider the variable state of the internal whose radius is x, we easily see that there must be at each instant a certain quantity of heat which traverses that surface, and passes through that part of the mass which is more distant from the centre. This continuous flow of heat is variable like that through the external surface, and both are quantities comparable with each other their ratios are numbers whose varying values are functions of the distance x, and of the time t which cooling.
If
spherical surface
;
has elapsed. 8.
It is required to
If the mass,
determine these functions.
which has been heated by a long immersion in we wish to calculate, is
a medium, and whose rate of cooling of cubical form, and
if
we determine the position
three rectangular co-ordinates of the cube,
and
x, y, z,
for axes lines perpendicular to the faces,
that the temperature v of the point tion of the four variables x, y, F.
H.
of each peint
z,
m after the
and
m by
taking for origin the centre
t.
The
time
t,
is
we
see
a func-
quantities of heat
2
THEORY OF HEAT.
18
[CHAP.
I.
which flow out at each instant through the whole external surface their of the solid, are variable and comparable with each other exprestime t, the analytical functions depending the are on ratios ;
sion of
9.
which must be assigned. Let us examine also the case in which a rectangular prism
of sufficiently great thickness
mitted at
and of
infinite length,
being sub-
extremity to a constant temperature, whilst the air
its
which surrounds
it is
maintained at a
arrived at a fixed state
which
it is
less
temperature, has at last
required to determine.
All the
points of the extreme section at the base of the prism have, hypothesis, a
common and permanent
same with a
section distant from the source of heat
temperature.
It ;
is
by
not the
each of the
points of this rectangular surface parallel to the base has acquired
a fixed temperature, but this
is
not the same at different points of
the same section, and must be less at points nearer to the surface
exposed to the
air.
"We see
also that, at each instant, there flows
across a given section a certain quantity of heat,
which always
remains the same, since the state of the solid has become constant.
The problem
consists in determining the permanent temperature any given point of the solid, and the whole quantity of heat which, in a definite time, flows across a section whose position is
at
given.
10.
Take
as origin of co-ordinates
x,
y, z,
the centre of the
base of the prism, and as rectangular axes, the axis of the prism itself,
and the two perpendiculars on the sides
:
the permanent
temperature v of the point m, whose co-ordinates are a function of three variables
F (x,
y,
z):
it
x, y, z,
is
has by hypothesis a
when we suppose x nothing, whatever be the values Suppose we take for the unit of heat that quantity
constant value,
y and z. which in the unit of time would emerge from an area equal to a unit of surface, if the heated mass which that area bounds, and which is formed of the same substance as the prism, were continually maintained at the temperature of boiling water, and immersed in atmospheric air maintained at the temperature of melting ice. We see that the quantity of heat which, in the permanent of
state of the rectangular prism, flows, during a unit of time, across
a certain section perpendicular to the
axis,
has a determinate ratio
SECT.
INTRODUCTION.
I.]
to the quantity of heat taken as unit. for all sections
the section
is
:
a function
it is
>
(so)
This ratio
is
not the same
which an analytical expres-
of the distance x, at
It is required to find
situated.
sion of the function
19
(x)
The foregoing examples suffice to give an exact idea of we have discussed. The solution of these problems has made us understand that 11.
the different problems which
the effects of the propagation of hea/t depend in the case of every
on three elementary
qualities, which are, its capaand the exterior conducibility. It has been observed that if two bodies of the same volume and of different nature have equal temperatures, and if the same quantity of heat be added to them, the increments of temperature are not the same; the ratio of these increments is the ratio of their capacities for heat. In this manner, the first of the three specific elements which regulate the action of heat is exactly defined, and physicists have for a long time known several methods of determining its value. It is not the same with the two others their effects have often been observed, but there is but one exact theory which can fairly distinguish, define, and measure them
solid substance,
city for heat, its
own
conducibility,
;
with precision.
The proper facility
or interior conducibility of a
with which heat
molecule to another.
is
body expresses the
propagated in passing from one internal
The
external or relative conducibility of a
body depends on the facility with which heat penetrates the and passes from this body into a given medium, or passes from the medium into the solid. The last property is modified by the more or less polished state of the surface it varies also accordbut the ing to the medium in which the body is immersed interior conducibility can change only with the nature of the solid
surface,
;
;
solid.
These three elementary qualities are represented in our by constant numbers, and the theory itself indicates experiments suitable for measuring their values. As soon as they
formulas
are determined, all the problems relating to the propagation of
heat depend only on numerical analysis. specific properties
may be
the physical sciences;
it
The knowledge
of these
directly useful in several applications of is
besides an element in the study and
2—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
20
description of different substances.
[CHAP.
It is a very imperfect
I.
know-
ledge of bodies which ignores the relations which they have with
one of the chief agents of nature.
In general, there
is
no mathe-
matical theory which has a closer relation than this with public
economy, since practice of the
ment
it
serves to give clearness and perfection to the
numerous
arts
which are founded on the employ-
of heat.
The problem
12.
of the
terrestrial
temperatures presents
one of the most beautiful applications of the theory of heat general idea to be formed of
it is
this.
;
the
Different parts of the
surface of the globe are unequally exposed to the influence of the solar rays; the intensity of their action
the place
;
it
depends on the latitude of
changes also in the course of the day and in the
course of the year, and
is
subject to other less perceptible in-
between the variable state of the and that of the internal temperatures, a necessary relation exists, which may be derived from theory. We know that, at a certain depth below the surface of the earth, the temperature at a given place experiences no annual variation: this permanent underground temperature becomes less and less according as the place is more and more distant from the equator. We may then
equalities.
It is evident that,
surface
leave out of consideration the exterior envelope, the thickness of
which is iu comparably small with respect to the earth's radius, and regard our planet as a nearly spherical mass, whose surface is subject to a temperature which remains constant at all points on a given parallel, but is not ,the same on another parallel. It follows from this that every internal molecule has also a fixed temperature determined by its position. The mathematical problem consists in discovering the fixed temperature at any given point, and the law which the solar heat follows whilst penetrating the interior of the earth.
This diversity of temperature interests us
still
more,
if
we
consider the changes which succeed each other in the envelope itself
on the surface of which we dwell.
Those alternations of
heat and cold which are reproduced everyday and in the course of
every year, have been up to the present time the object of repeated observations.
a
common
These we. can now submit to calculation, and from all the particular facts which experience
theory derive
SECT.
INTRODUCTION.
I.]
has taught
us.
The problem
every point of a vast sphere
is
is
21
reducible to the hypothesis that
by periodic temperatures what law the intensity of these the depth increases, what is the
affected
;
analysis then tells us according to
variations decreases according as
amount
of the annual or diurnal changes at a given depth, the
how the fixed value of the underground deduced from the variable temperatures observed
epoch of the changes, and
temperature
is
at the surface.
13.
The general equations
of the propagation of heat are
and though their form is very simple the known methods 1 do not furnish any general mode of integrating them; we could not therefore deduce from them the values
partial differential equations,
of the temperatures after a definite time.
The numerical
inter-
however necessary, and it pretation of the results of analysis is a degree of perfection which it would be very important to give So long to every application of analysis to the natural sciences. as it is not obtained, the solutions may be said to remain incomplete and useless, and the truth which it is proposed to discover is no less hidden in the formulae of analysis than it was in the physical problem itself. We have applied ourselves with much care to this purpose, and we have been able to overcome the difficulty in all the problems of which we have treated, and which contain the chief elements of the theory of heat. There is not one of the problems whose solution does not provide convenient and exact means for discovei-ing the numerical values of the is
temperatures acquired, or those of the quantities of heat which 1
For the modern treatment
of these equations consult
Partielle Differentialgleichungen, von B.
The
fourth section, Bewegung der
Wdrme
Riemann, Braunschweig, 2nd Ed., 1876.
in festen Korpern.
Cours de physique mathématique, par E. Matthieu, Paris, 1873.
The
parts
relative to the differential equations of the theory of heat.
The Functions of Laplace, Lamé, and Bessel, by I. Todhunter, London, 1875. XXV. XXIX. which give some of Lamé's methods. Conférences de Physique, par E. Verdet, Paris, 1872 [Œuvres, Vol. iv. Part i.]. Leçons sur la propagation de la chaleur par conductibilité. These are followed by Chapters XXI.
—
a very extensive bibliography of the whole subject of conduction of heat.
For an interesting sketch and application of Fourier's Theory see Theory of Heat, by Prof. Maxwell, London, 1875 [4th Edition], Chapter XVIII. On the diffusion of heat by conduction. Natural Philosophy, by Sir W. Thomson and Prof. Tait, Vol. i. Oxford, 1867. Chapter VII. Appendix D, On the secular cooling of the earth. [A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
22
[CHAP.
I.
have flowed through, when the values of the time and of the known. Thus will be given not only the
variable coordinates are differential equations
which the functions that express the values
of the temperatures must satisfy; but the functions themselves will be given under a form which facilitates the numerical applications.
In order that these solutions might be general, and have an extent equal to that of the problem, it was requisite that they should accord with the initial state of the temperatures, which is 14.
The examination
arbitrary.
develop in convergent
of this condition shews that
series,
or
we may
express by definite integrals,
functions which are not subject to a constant law, and which
represent the ordinates of irregular or discontinuous
property throws a
new
light
lines.
This
on the theory of partial differen-
equations, and extends the employment of arbitrary functions by submitting them to the ordinary processes of analysis.
tial
remained to compare the facts with theory. With and exact experiments were undertaken, whose results were in conformity with those of analysis, and gave them an authority which one would have been disposed to refuse to them in a new matter which seemed subject to so much uncertainty. These experiments confirm the principle from which we started, and which is adopted by all physicists in spite of the diversity of their hypotheses on the nature of heat. 15.
It
still
this view, varied
16.
Equilibrium of temperature
of contact,
it
is
is
effected not only
by way
established also between bodies separated from
each other, which are situated for a long time in the same region. This effect observed
it
is
independent of contact with a medium; we have To complete our theory
in spaces wholly void of air.
was necessary to examine the laws which radiant heat follows, on leaving the surface of a body. It results from the observations of many physicists and from our own experiments, that the intensities of the different rays, which escape in all directions from any point in the surface of a heated body, depend on the angles which their directions make with the surface at the same point. We
it
have proved that the intensity of a ray diminishes as the ray
SECT.
23
INTRODUCTION.
I.]
makes a smaller angle with the element proportional to the
sine
of that
of surface, and that
angle \
it is
This general law of
emission of heat which different observations had already indicated, is a necessary consequence of the principle of the equilibrium
and of the laws of propagation of heat in
of temperature
solid
bodies.
Such are the chief problems which have been discussed this
work; they are
all
directed to one object only, that
is
in
to
establish clearly the mathematical principles of the theory of heat,
and and
to
keep up
in this
way with the progress
of the useful arts,
of the study of nature. 17.
class of
From what precedes it is evident that a very extensive phenomena exists, not produced by mechanical forces, but the presence and accumulation of heat.
resulting simply from
This part of natural philosophy cannot be connected with dyit has principles peculiar to itself, and is founded on a method similar to that of other exact sciences. The solar heat, for example, which penetrates the interior of the globe, dis-
namical theories,
which does not depend on the laws of motion, and cannot be determined by the The dilatations which the repulsive principles of mechanics. force of heat produces, observation of which serves to measure temperatures, are in truth dynamical effects; but it is not these dilatations which we calculate, when we investigate the laws of tributes itself therein according to a regular law
the propagation of heat.
There are other more complex natural effects, which 18. depend at the same time on the influence of heat, and of attractive forces: thus, the variations of temperatures which the movements of the sun occasion in the atmosphere and in the ocean, change continually the density of the different parts of the air and the waters. The effect of the forces which these masses obey is modified at every instant by a new distribution of heat, and it cannot be doubted that this cause produces the regular winds, and the chief currents of the sea; the solar and lunar attractions occasioning in the atmosphere effects but slightly sensible, and not general displacements. 1
Mém. Acad.
d. Sc.
Tome
It -V.
was therefore necessary, in order Paris, 1826, pp.
179—213.
[A. F.]
to
THEORY OF HEAT.
2-i
[CHAP.
I.
submit these grand phenomena to calculation, to discover the mathematical laws of the propagation of heat in the interior of masses.
It will
19.
be perceived, on reading this work, that heat at-
tains in bodies a regular disposition independent of the original
which may be regarded as arbitrary. In whatever manner the heat was at first distributed, the system of temperatures altering more and more, tends to coincide sensibly with a definite state which depends only on the form of
distribution,
the
In the ultimate state the temperatures of all the points same time, but preserve amongst each other the
solid.
are lowered in the
same
ratios
:
in order to express this property the analytical for-
mulas contain terms composed of exponentials and of quantities
analogous to trigonometric functions. Several problems of mechanics present analogous results, such as
the isochronism of oscillations, the multiple resonance of sonorous bodies. Common experiments had made these results remarked, and analysis afterwards demonstrated their true cause. As to those results which depend on changes of temperature, they could but not have been recognised except by very exact experiments ;
mathematical analysis has outrun observation, our senses, and has
harmonic vibrations 20.
made
it
has supplemented
us in a manner witnesses of regular and
in the interior of bodies.
These considerations present a singular example of the which exist between the abstract science of numbers
relations
and natural
When
causes.
a metal bar
of a source of heat,
is
exposed at one end to the constant action
and every point of
has attained
it
its
highest
temperature, the system of fixed temperatures corresponds exactly to a table of logarithms
mometers placed at the
;
the numbers are the elevations of therdifferent points,
and the logarithms are In general heat
the distances of these points from the source.
distributes itself in the interior of solids according to a simple law
expressed by a partial differential equation
problems of different order.
The
of a heated surface, differ
to physical
an evident which depart from the very much from each other,
relation to the tables of sines, for the rays
same point
common
irradiation of heat has
SECT.
INTKODUCTION.
I.]
and their intensity
rigorously proportional to the sine of the
is
the direction of each ray
angle which
25
makes with the element
of
surface.
If
we
could observe the changes of temperature for every in-
stant at every point of a solid
homogeneous mass, we should
dis-
cover in these series of observations the properties of recurring series,
as of sines
example
and logarithms
they would be noticed for
;
in the diurnal or annual variations of temperature of
different points of the earth near its surface.
We
should recognise again the same results and
all
the chief
elements of general analysis in the vibrations of elastic media, in the properties of lines or of curved surfaces, in the movements of the
stars,
and those of
tained by successive differentiations,
development of
Thus the functions obwhich are employed in the
light or of fluids.
infinite series
and in .the solution of numerical
The
equations, correspond also to physical properties.
first
of
these functions, or the fluxion properly so called, expresses in
geometry the inclination of the tangent of a curved line, and in dynamics the velocity of a moving body when the motion varies in the theory of heat it measures the quantity of heat which flows at each point of a body across a given surface. Mathematical
;
analysis has therefore necessary relations with sensible its
object
is
not created by
human
intelligence;
element of the universal order, and or fortuitous
21.
;
it is
is
it is
not in any
imprinted throughout
all
phenomena
;
a pre-existent
way contingent
nature.
Observations more exact and more varied will presently
by causes which have not yet been perceived, and the theory will acquire fresh perfection by the continued comparison of its results with the results of experiment it will explain some important phenomena which we have not yet been able to submit to calculation it will shew how to determine all the thermometric effects of the solar ascertain whether the effects of heat are modified
;
;
temperature which would be observed at different distances from the equator, whether in the interior of rays, the fixed or variable
the earth or beyond the limits of the atmosphere, whether in the
ocean or in different regions of the
air.
From
it
will
be derived
the mathematical knowledge of the great movements which result
from the influence of heat combined with that of gravity.
The
THEORY OF HEAT.
26
same
principles will serve to
measure the
[CHAP.
I.
conducibilities, proper or
and their specific capacities, tinguish all the causes which modify the emission of heat surface of solids, and to perfect thermometric instruments. relative, of different bodies,
to disat the
The theory of heat will always attract the attention of mathematicians, by the rigorous exactness of its elements and the it, and above all by the extent for all its consequences conand usefulness of its applications cern at the same time general physics, the operations of the arts, domestic uses and civil economy.
analytical difficulties peculiar to
;
SECTION
II.
Preliminary definitions and general notions.
Of
22.
the nature of heat uncertain hypotheses only could be
formed, but the knowledge of the mathematical laws to which hypothesis
its
it requires only independent of all an attentive examination of the chief facts which common observations have indicated, and which have been confirmed by exact
effects are subject is
;
experiments. It is necessary
then to
set forth, in the first place,
the general
results of observation, to give exact definitions of all the elements
of the analysis, and to establish the principles
upon which
this
analysis ought to be founded.
The
expand all bodies, solid, liquid or which gives evidence of its presence. Solids and liquids increase in volume, if the quantity of heat which
gaseous
action of heat tends to
;
this is the property
they contain increases; they contract
When
all
if it
diminishes.
the parts of a solid homogeneous body, for example
those of a mass of metal, are equally heated, and preserve without
any change the same quantity of heat, they have the same density.
This state
is
also
and retain
expressed by saying that through-
out the whole extent of the mass the molecules have a common and permanent temperature.
The thermometer 23. volume can be appreciated
is ;
it
a body whose smallest changes of serves to measure temperatures
by
SECT.
PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.
II.]
the dilatation of a fluid or of
We
air.
27
assume the construction,
use and properties of this instrument to be accurately known.
The temperature which keeps
when
it
is
body equally heated in every part, and thermometer indicates and remains in perfect contact with the body in of a
heat, is that which the
its
question.
Perfect contact
mersed in a
is
when the thermometer is completely imwhen there is no point of
fluid mass, and, in general,
the external surface of the instrument which of the points of the solid or liquid
is
not touched by one
mass whose temperature
is to be In experiments it is not always necessary that this condition should be rigorously observed but it ought to be assumed
measured.
;
in order to
make
Two
24.
the definition exact.
fixed temperatures are determined on,
temperature of melting ice which perature of boiling water which
we
is
denoted by
will
0,
denote by 1
namely the and the temthe water is :
:
supposed to be boiling under an atmospheric pressure represented
by a
certain height of the barometer (76 centimetres), the
mercury
of the barometer being at the temperature 0.
Different quantities of heat are measured
25.
how many
by determining
times they contain a fixed quantity which
is taken as Suppose a mass of ice having a definite weight (a kilogramme) to be at temperature 0, and to be converted into water at the same temperature by the addition of a certain quantity of heat the quantity of heat thus added is taken as the unit of measure. Hence the quantity of heat expressed by a number G contains G times the quantity required to dissolve a kilogramme of ice at the temperature zero into a mass of water at the same
the unit.
:
'
zero temperature.
To
26.
gramme
temperature
which
is
raise
a metallic mass having a certain weight, a kilo-
of iron 1,
a
for
example, from the temperature
new quantity
already contained in the mass.
denotes this additional quantity of heat, iron for heat; the substances.
to
the
of heat must be added to that
number G has very
is
The number
G
which
the specific capacity of
different values for different .
,
THEORY OF HEAT.
28 If a
27.
body of
definite nature
V at
mercury) occupies a volume greater volume
that
is
to say,
V+ A,
when
when
(a
it
I.
kilogramme of oecupy a
0, it will
has acquired the temperature
the heat which
specific capacity of the
and weight
temperature
1,
contained at the tempera-
new
has been increased by a
ture
quantity G, equal to the
But if, instead of adding zG is added (z being a number the new volume will be V 4- 8 instead body
for heat.
quantity G, a quantity
this
positive
of
it
[CHAP.
or
negative)
V + A.
Now
experiments shew that
volume 8
increase of
is
that in general the value of 8
added
is
if
z
is
equal to
\,
the
only half the total increment A, and is
zA,
when the quantity
of heat
zG.
28. The ratio z of the two quantities zC and G of heat added, which is the same as the ratio of the two increments of volume 8 and A, is that which is called the temperature; hence the quantity which expresses the actual temperature of a body represents the excess of its actual volume over the volume which it would occupy at the temperature of melting ice, unity representing the whole excess of volume which corresponds to the boiling point of water, over the volume which corresponds to the melting point
of
ice.
The increments
29.
of
volume of bodies are
in general pro-
which must be remarked that this proportion is exact only in the case where the bodies in question are subjected to temperatures remote from those which determine The application of these results to all their change of state. liquids must not be relied on; and with respect to water in portional to
the increments
produce the dilatations, but
particular,
dilatations
of the
quantities
of heat
it
do not always follow augmentations of
heat.
In general the temperatures are numbers proportional to the of heat added, and in the cases considered by us,
quantities
these
numbers
are
proportional
also
to
the
increments
of
volume. 30.
Suppose that a body bounded by a plane surface having (a square metre) is maintained in any manner
a certain area
SECT.
PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.
II.]
29
whatever at constant temperature 1, common to all its points, and that the surface in question is in contact with air maintained at temperature the heat which escapes continuously at the surface and passes into the surrounding medium will be replaced :
always by the heat which proceeds from the constant cause to whose action the body is exposed; thus, a certain quantity of heat
denoted by h will flow through the surface in a definite time
(a
minute).
This amount
h, of a flow continuous and always similar to which takes place at a unit of surface at a fixed temperature, is the measure of the external conducibility of the body, that is to say, of the facility with which its surface transmits heat to the itself,
atmospheric
The
air.
supposed to be continually displaced with a given uniform velocity but if the velocity of the current increased, the air is
:
quantity of heat communicated to the the same would happen
if
medium would vary also medium were :
the density of the
increased.
If the excess of the constant temperature of the
31.
body
over the temperature of surrounding bodies, instead of being equal to
1,
as has
been supposed, had a
less value,
The
dissipated would be less than h. as
we
the quantity of heat
result of observation
is,
may be
shall see presently, that this quantity of heat lost
regarded as sensibly proportional to the excess of the temperature of the
body over that
of the air
and surrounding
Hence
bodies.
the quantity h having been determined by one experiment in
which the surface heated
at temperature 1,
is
and the medium at
temperature 0; we conclude that hz would be the quantity, if the temperature of the surface were z, all the other circumstances This result must be admitted
remaining the same.
when
z
is
a
small fraction. 32.
The value h
of the quantity of heat
across a heated surface varies for the surface.
The
is
same body according effect
surface
the value
of
so that
h
is
dispersed
is
;
and
it
to the different states of the
irradiation
of
becomes more polished;
which
different for different bodies
diminishes as the
by destroying the polish
considerably increased.
A
surface of the
heated
THEORY OF HEAT.
30 metallic body will be
more quickly cooled
if its
[CHAP.
I.
external surface
is
covered with a black coating such as will entirely tarnish
its
metallic lustre. rays of heat which escape from the surface of a
The
33.
body
pass freely through spaces void of air; they are propagated also in atmospheric air: their directions are not disturbed in the intervening air:
by agitations
they can be reflected by metal mirrors
and collected at their foci. Bodies at a high temperature, when plunged into a liquid, heat directly only those parts of the mass with which their surface is in contact. The molecules whose distance from this surface heat;
is
not extremely small, receive no direct
not the same with aeriform fluids; in these the rays of
it is
heat are borne with extreme rapidity to considerable distances,
whether air,
it
be that part of these rays traverses freely the layers of
or whether these layers transmit the rays suddenly without
altering their direction.
When
34.
the heated body
is
placed in air which
is
main-
tained at a sensibly constant temperature, the heat communicated to the air
body
makes the
heated, and is
layer of the fluid nearest to the surface of the
lighter; this layer rises is
more quickly the more intensely
replaced by another mass of cool
thus established in the air whose direction
air. is
A
it is
current
vertical,
and
whose velocity is greater as the temperature of the body is higher. For this reason if the body cooled itself gradually the velocity of the current would diminish with the temperature, and the law of cooling would not be exactly the same as if the body were exposed to a current of air at a constant velocity. 35.
When bodies
are sufficiently heated to diffuse a vivid light,
part of their radiant heat mixed with that light can traverse trans-
parent solids or liquids, and refraction.
becomes
The quantity
less as
is
subject to the force which produces
of heat
insensible for very opaque bodies
A
which possesses
the bodies are less inflamed
;
it is,
this faculty
we may
say,
however highly they may be heated.
thin transparent plate intercepts almost
all
which proceeds from an ardent mass of metal
the direct heat
but it becomes heated in proportion as the intercepted rays are accumulated in ;
SECT.
it
;
PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.
II.]
whence,
if it is
plate of ice
amount
formed of
ice, it
becomes liquid
exposed to the rays of a torch
is
31
it
;
but
if this
allows a sensible
of heat to pass through with the light.
We
have taken as the measure of the external conducih, which denotes the quantity of heat which would pass, in a definite time (a minute), from the 36.
a solid body a coefficient
bility of
surface of this body, into atmospheric air, supposing that the surface
had a
extent (a square metre), that the constant
definite
temperature of the body was
1,
and that of the
air 0,
and that
the heated surface was exposed to a current of air of a given invariable velocity.
The quantity
This value of h
of heat expressed
is
determined by observation.
by the coefficient
is
composed of
which cannot be measured except by very exact is the heat communicated by way of contact to the surrounding air the other, much less than the first, is the
two
distinct parts
One
experiments.
:
We
radiant heat emitted.
must assume,
in our first investigations,
that the quantity of heat lost does not change tures of the body and of the
medium
are
when the tempera-
augmented by the same
sufficiently small quantity.
Solid substances differ again, as
37.
by
their property of being
quality
is
more
we have already remarked,
or less permeable to heat
their conducibility proper:
we shall give
its
;
definition
this
and
exact measure, after having treated of the uniform and linear pro-
pagation of heat.
Liquid substances possess also the property of
transmitting heat from molecule to molecule, and the numerical value of their conducibility varies according to the nature of the substances
:
but this
effect
is
observed with difficulty in liquids,
since their molecules change places on change of temperature.
The
propagation of heat in them depends chiefly on this continual dis-
where the lower parts of the mass are most If, on the contrary, the source of heat be applied to that part of the mass which is highest, as was the case in several of our experiments, the transfer of heat, which is very slow, does not produce any displacement,
placement, in
all cases
exposed to the action of the source of heat.
at least
when
volume, as of state.
is
the increase of temperature does not diminish the
indeed noticed in singular cases bordering on changes
THEORY OF HEAT.
32
To
38.
[CHAP.
I.
this explanation of the chief results of observation, a
general remark must be added on equilibrium of temperatures;
which consists in this, that different bodies placed in the same region, all of whose parts are and remain equally heated, acquire also a common and permanent temperature. have a common and Suppose that all the parts of a mass constant temperature a, which is maintained by any cause what-
M
body m be placed in perfect contact with the assume the common temperature a. In reality this result would not strictly occur except after an infinite time but the exact meaning of the proposition is that if the body m had the temperature a before being placed in contact, The same would be the case it would keep it without any change. with a multitude of other bodies n, p, q, r each of which was placed separately in perfect contact with the mass all would acquire the constant temperature a. Thus a thermometer if successively applied to the different bodies m, n, p, q, r would indicate the same temperature. ever: if a smaller
mass M,
it will
:
M
The
39.
would
still
the solid
M,
effect
in
question
is
:
independent of contact, and
occur, if every part of the
body
m
were enclosed in any of its parts.
as in an enclosure, without touching
For example,
if
the solid were a spherical envelope of a certain
by some external cause at a temperature a, and containing a space entirely deprived of air, and if the body m could be placed in any part whatever of this spherical space, without touching any point of the interDal surface of the enclosure, it would acquire the common temperature a, or rather, it would preserve it if it had it already. The result would be the same for all the other bodies n, p, q, r, whether they were placed separately or all together in the same enclosure, and whatever also their substance and form might be.
thickness, maintained
40.
Of
all
modes
of presenting to ourselves the
action of
which seems simplest and most conformable to observation, consists in comparing this action to that of light. Molecules separated from one another reciprocally communicate, across heat, that
empty
space, their rays of heat, just
their light.
r.s
shining bodies transmit
GENERAL NOTIONS.
SECT. IL]
33
If within an enclosure closed in all directions, and maintained by some external cause at a fixed temperature a, we suppose different bodies to be placed without touching any part of the boundary,
be observed according as the bodies,
different effects will
introduced into this space free from If,
in the first instance,
same temperature its
surface as
rounds
it,
and
air,
are
more
or less heated.
insert only one of these bodies, at the
as the enclosure,
much is
we
heat as
it
it will
send from
points of
all
receives from the solid which sur-
maintained in
its
original state
by
this
exchange
of equal quantities.
we
body whose temperature b is less than a, from the surfaces which surround it on all sides without touching it, a quantity of heat greater than that which it gives out it will be heated more and more and will absorb through its surface more heat than in the first instance. The initial temperature b continually rising, will approach without ceasing the fixed temperature a, so that after a certain time If
it
insert a second
will at first receive
:
the difference will be almost insensible. posite if
we placed within the same
temperature was greater than 41.
The
effect
would be op-
enclosure a third body whose
a.
All bodies have the property of emitting heat through
their surface
;
the hotter they are the more they emit
;
the
intensity of the emitted rays changes very considerably with the state of the surface.
Every surface which receives rays of heat from surroundthe heat which is not
42.
ing bodies reflects part and admits the rest reflected,
the solid; and so long as irradiation, the
The
43.
:
but introduced through the surface, accumulates within it
temperature
exceeds the quantity dissipated by
rises.
rays which tend to go out of heated bodies are
arrested at the surface
by a
the interior of the mass.
force which reflects part of them into The cause which hinders the incident
rays from traversing the surface, and which divides these rays into
two
parts, of
which one
is
reflected
and the other admitted,
acts in
the same manner on the rays which are directed from the interior of the F.
body towards external H.
space.
3
THEOEY OF HEAT.
34
[CHAP.
I.
If by modifying the state of the surface we increase the force by which it reflects the incident rays, we increase at the same time the power which it has
equally diminished in quantity.
44.
If within the enclosure
above mentioned a number of
bodies were placed at the same time, separate from each other
and unequally heated, they would receive and transmit rays of heat so that at each exchange their temperatures would continually vary, and would all tend to become equal to the fixed temperature of the enclosure.
which occurs when which compose these bodies are separated by spaces void of air, and have the property of receiving, accumulating and emitting heat. Each of them sends out rays on all sides, and at the same time This effect
heat
is
precisely the
is
same
as that
propagated within solid bodies
receives other rays from the molecules
;
for the molecules
which surround
it.
The heat given out by a point situated in the interior of mass can pass directly to an extremely small distance only; it is, we may say, intercepted by the nearest particles; these particles only receive the heat directly and act on more distant points. 45.
a solid
It is different with gaseous fluids
become 46.
sensible in
them
;
the direct effects of radiation
at very considerable distances.
Thus the heat which escapes
in all directions
from a part but
of the surface of a solid, passes on in air to very distant points
;
emitted only by those molecules of the body which are extremely near the surface. point of a heated mass situated at a very small distance from the plane superficies which separates the mass
is
A
from external space, sends to that space an infinity of rays, but they do not all arrive there; they are diminished by all that quantity of heat solid.
less
which
The part
according as
by the intermediate molecules of the becomes traverses a longer path within the mass. Thus
is
arrested
of the ray actually dispersed into space it
the ray which escapes perpendicular to the surface has greater intensity than that which, departing from the
same
point, follows
SECT.
GENERAL NOTIONS.
II.]
an oblique
direction,
35
and the most oblique rays are wholly
inter-
cepted.
The same consequences apply
which are near
to all the points
enough to the surface to take part in the emission of heat, from which it necessarily follows that the whole quantity of heat which escapes from the surface in the normal direction
very
is
much
is oblique. We have submitted and our analysis proves that the intensity of the ray is proportional to the sine of the angle which the ray makes with the element of surface. Experiments had
greater than that whose direction this question to calculation,
already indicated a similar result. 47.
This theorem expresses a general law which has a neces-
sary connection with the equilibrium and
mode
of action of heat.
which escape from a heated surface had the same intensity in all directions, a thermometer placed at one of the points of a space bounded on all sides by an enclosure maintained at a constant temperature would indicate a temperature incomparably 1 greater than that of the enclosure Bodies placed within this enclosure would not take a common temperature, as is always noticed; the temperature acquired by them would depend on the place which they occupied, or on their form, or on the forms of If the rays
.
neighbouring bodies.
The same opposed to
results
common
would be observed,
or other effects equally
experience, if between the rays which escape
from the same point any other relations were admitted different from those which we have enunciated. We have recognised this law as the only one compatible with the general fact of the equilibrium of radiant heat. 48.
If a space free from air
is
bounded on
enclosure whose parts are maintained at a
temperature ture
a, is
a,
and
if
all sides
without any change.
its
temperature
It will receive therefore at
each instant from the inner surface of the enclosure as as it gives out to
space 1
is,
it.
solid
constant
a thermometer, having the actual tempera-
placed at any point whatever of the space,
will continue
by a
common and
much
heat
This effect of the rays of heat in a given
properly speaking, the measure of the temperature
See proof by M. Fourier, Arm.
d.
Ch. et Ph. Ser.
2, iv. p. 128.
:
[A. F.]
3—2
but
THEORY OF HEAT.
36
this consideration presupposes the
[CHAP.
I.
mathematical theory of radiant
heat.
If
now between the thermometer and
the enclosure a body
thermometer
M
a part of the surface of
be placed whose temperature
is a,
the
from one part of the inner surface, but the rays will be replaced by those which it will receive from the interposed body M. An easy calculation proves that the compensation is exact, so that the state of the thermometer will be unchanged. It is not the same if the temperature will cease to receive rays
M
from that of the enclosure. When which the interposed body sends to the thermometer and which replace the intercepted rays convey more heat than the latter; the temperature of the thermometer must of the
it is
body
is
different
M
greater, the rays
therefore rise.
on the contrary, the intervening body has a temperature a, that of the thermometer must fall; for the rays which this body intercepts are replaced by those which it gives out, that is to say, by rays cooler than those of the enclosure; thus the thermometer does not reçoive all the heat necessary to maintain If,
less
its
than
temperature 49.
which
Up all
a.
to this point abstraction has
been made of the power which are
surfaces have of reflecting part of the rays
sent to them. If this property were disregarded we should have only a very incomplete idea of the equilibrium of radiant heat.
Suppose then that on the inner surface of the enclosure, maintained at a constant temperature, there is a portion which enjoys,
m a -certain degree, the power flecting surface will
in question
;
each point of tho re-
the one go ; out from the very interior of the substance of which the enclosure is formed, the others are merely reflected by the same surface against
send into space two kinds of rays
which they had been sent. But at the same time that the surface repels on the outside part of the incident rays, it retains in the inside part of its is
own
rays.
In this respect an exact compensation own rays which the
established, that is to say, every one of its
surface hinders from going out
is
replaced by a reflected ray of
equal intensity.
The same affected in
result would happen, if the power of reflecting rays any degree whatever other parts of the enclosure, or the
SECT.
GENERAL NOTIONS.
II.]
surface of bodies placed within the
the
common
37
same space and already
at
temperature.
Thus the
reflection of heat does not disturb the equilibrium
and does not introduce, whilst that equilibrium any change in the law according to which the intensity of rays which leave the same point decreases proportionally to the of temperatures, exists,
sine of the angle of emission.
50. Suppose that in the same enclosure, all of whose parts maintain the temperature a, we place an isolated body M, and
a polished metal surface R, which, turning
body;
if
we
concavity towards
its
the body, reflects great part of the rays which
it
received from the
place a thermometer between the body ilfand the re-
flecting surface
R, at the focus of
this mirror, three different effects
temperature of the body
will be observed according as the
common temperature
equal to the
or
a,
is
greater or
M
is
less.
In the first case, the thermometer preserves the temperature a it receives 1°, rays of heat from all parts of the enclosure not 2°, rays given out hidden from it by the body or by the mirror ;
M
;
by the body 3°, those which the surface E sends out to the focus, whether they come from the mass of the mirror itself, or whether its surface has simply reflected them and amongst the last we may distinguish between those which have been sent to the mirror by the mass M, and those which it has received from the enclosure. All the rays in question proceed from surfaces which, by hypothesis, have a common temperature a, so that the thermometer is precisely in the same state as if the space bounded by the enclosure contained no other body but itself. In the second case, the thermometer placed between the heated and the mirror, must acquire a temperature greater than body it receives the same rays as in the first hypothesis reality, In a. differences one arises from the fact that remarkable but with two to the mirror, and reflected upon the the rays sent by the body thermometer, contain more heat than in the first case. The other difference depends on the fact that the rays sent directly by the to the thermometer contain more heat than formerly. body Both causes, and chiefly the first, assist in raising the tempera;
;
M
;
:
M
M
ture of the thermometer.
In the third case, that
is
to say,
when
the temperature of the
THEORY OF HEAT.
38
mass
M
is less
than
perature less than
a.
a,
[CHAP.
I.
the temperature must assume also a tem-
In
fact, it receives
again
all
the varieties of
we distinguished in the first case but there are two kinds of them which contain less heat than in this first hypothesis, that is to say, those which, being sent out by the body M, are
rays which
:
by the mirror upon the thermometer, and those which sends to it directly. Thus the thermometer does not receive all the heat which it requires to preserve its original temperature a. It gives out more heat than it receives. It is inevitable then that its temperature must fall to the point at which the rays which it receives suffice to compensate those which This last effect is what is called the reflection of cold, it loses. and which, properly speaking, consists in the reflection of too The mirror intercepts a certain quantity of heat, and feeble heat. replaces it by a less quantity. reflected
the same body
If in the enclosure, maintained at a constant temperature
51. a,
M
a body
M be
placed,
whose temperature a
is
less
than
a,
presence of this body will lower the thermometer exposed to
the its
and we may remark that the rays sent to the thermometer from the surface of the body M, are in general of two kinds, namely, those which come from inside the mass M, and those which, coming from different parts of the enclosure, meet the surface and are reflected upon the thermometer. The latter rays have the common temperature a, but those which belong to the body contain less heat, and these are the rays which cool the thermometer. If now, by changing the state of the surface of the body M, for example, by destroying the polish, we diminish the power which it has of reflecting the incident rays, the thermometer will fall still lower, and will assume a temperature a" less than a. In fact all the conditions would be the same as in the preceding case, if it were not that the body gives out a greater quantity of its own rays and reflects a less quantity of the rays which it receives from the enclosure; that is to say, these last rays, which have the common temperature, are in part replaced by cooler rays. Hence the thermometer no longer receives so much rays,
M M
M
heat as formerly. If,
we
independently of the change
in
the surface of the body M,
place a metal mirror adapted to reflect
upon the thermometer
SECT.
GENERAL NOTIONS.
II.]
the rays which have
a"
than
less
M, the temperature
left
The
a".
39
assume a value
will
mirror, in fact, intercepts from the thermo-
meter part of the rays of the enclosure which all have the temperature a, and replaces them by three kinds of rays namely, 1°, those which come from the interior of the mirror itself, and which have the common temperature 2°, those which the different ;
;
parts of the enclosure send to the mirror with the
and which are
ture,
reflected to the focus
;
3°,
same tempera-
those which, coming
from the interior of the body M, fall upon the mirror, and are The last rays have a temperareflected upon the thermometer. ture less than a hence the thermometer no longer receives so ;
much
heat as
it
received before the mirror was set up.
we proceed
Lastly, if
the mirror, and by giving
power of fact, all
change
to
a more perfect polish, increase
it
reflecting heat, the
the conditions exist
also the state of the surface of its
thermometer will fall still lower. In which occurred in the preceding case.
happens that the mirror gives out a less quantity of its and replaces them by those which it reflects. Now, amongst these last rays, all those which proceed from the interior Only,
own
it
rays,
of the mass
M are
less
than if they had come from the hence the thermometer receives still will assume therefore a temperature
less intense
interior of the metal mirror
heat than formerly
it
:
;
a"" less than a".
By
the same principles
all
the
known
facts of the radiation of
heat or of cold are easily explained. 52.
The
effects of
heat can by no means be compared with
those of an elastic fluid whose molecules are at
rest.
would be useless to attempt to deduce from this hypothesis the laws of propagation which we have explained in this work, and which all experience has confirmed. The free state of heat is the same as that of light the active state of this element is then entirely different from that of gaseous substances. Heat acts in the same manner in a vacuum, in elastic fluids, and in liquid or solid masses, it is propagated only by way of radiation, but its It
;
sensible effects differ according to the nature of bodies.
53.
force
Heat
is
the origin of
all elasticity
which preserves the form of
;
it
solid masses,
is
the repulsive
and the volume of
THEOEY OF HEAT.
40 In
liquids.
solid masses,
higher
its
effect
were not destroyed by the
elastic force is greater according as
which
;
why
the reason
is
I.
neighbouring molecules would yield to
mutual attraction, if heat which separates them. their
This
[CHAP.
the temperature
bodies dilate or contract
is
when
their temperature is raised or lowered.
54
The equilibrium which
exists, in
the interior of a solid
mass, between the repulsive force of heat and the molecular attraction, is stable
;
that
is
to say, it re-establishes itself
by an accidental cause.
when
disturbed
If the molecules are arranged at distances
proper for equilibrium, and
if
an external force begins to increase
without any change of temperature, the
this distance
attraction begins
effect
of
by surpassing that of heat, and brings back the
molecules to their original position, after a multitude of oscillations
which become
A
less
and
similar effect
is
less sensible.
exerted in the opposite sense
when
a me-
chanical cause diminishes the primitive distance of the molecules
such
and of
;
the origin of the vibrations of sonorous or flexible bodies,
is
all
55.
pressure
the effects of their elasticity.
In the liquid or gaseous state of matter, the external is additional or supplementary to the molecular attrac-
tion, and, acting
on the surface, does not oppose change of form,
but only change of the volume occupied. will best
shew how the repulsive
Analytical investigation
force of heat, opposed to the
attraction of the molecules or to the external pressure, assists in
the composition of bodies, solid or liquid, formed of one or more elements, and determines the elastic properties of gaseous fluids
;
but these researches do not belong to the object before appear in dynamic theories. It cannot be doubted that the
56.
always
consists, like that of light, in
of rays,
and
mode
;
but
phenomena under this aspect
it is
and
of action of heat
the reciprocal communication
this explanation is at the present
the majority of physicists
us,
time adopted by
not necessary to consider the
in order to establish the theory of heat.
In the course of this work it will be seen how the laws of equilibrium and propagation of radiant heat, in solid or liquid masses,
SECT.
PRINCIPLE OF COMMUNICATION.
III.]
41
can be rigorously demonstrated, independently of any physical explanation, as the necessary consequences of common observations.
SECTION
III.
Principle of the communication of heat.
We
57.
now proceed
to
examine what experiments teach us
concerning the communication of heat. If two equal molecules are formed of the same substance and have the same temperature, each of them receives from the other as much heat as it gives up to it their mutual action may then be ;
regarded as null, since the result of this action can bring about no
change in the state of the molecules. is hotter than the second, it sends to from
it
;
on the contrary, the first more heat than it receives
If,
it
the result of the mutual action
is
the difference of these
two quantities of heat. In all cases we make abstraction of the two equal quantities of heat which any two material points reciprocally give
up
we
;
conceive that the point most heated
acts only on the other, and that, in virtue of this action, the loses a certain quantity of heat
Thus the action
of
which
is
first
acquired by the second.
two molecules, or the quantity of heat which is the difference of the two
the hottest communicates to the other, quantities which they give
up
to each other.
Suppose that we place in air a solid homogeneous body, have unequal actual temperatures each of the molecules of which the body is. composed will begin to receive heat from those which are at extremely small distances, or will 58.
whose
different points
;
communicate it to them. This action exerted during the same instant between all points of the mass, will produce an infinitesimal resultant change in all the temperatures the solid will ex:
perience at each instant similar
effects, so
that the variations of
temperature will become more and more sensible. and Consider only the system of two moleeules,
m
extremely near, and
let
n,
equal and
us ascertain what quantity of heat the
can receive from the second during one instant we may then apply the same reasoning to all the other points which are
first
:
THEORY OF HEAT.
42
[CHAP.
near enough to the point m, to act directly on
during the
it
I.
first
instant.
The quantity
of heat communicated by the point n to the depends on the duration of the instant, on the very small distance between these points, on the actual temperature of each
point
m
point,
and on the nature of the
solid substance
;
that
is
to say, if
one of these elements happened to vary, all the other remaining the same, the quantity of heat transmitted would vary also. Now experiments have disclosed, in this respect, a general result:
it
consists in this, that all the other circumstances being the same,
the quantity of heat which one of the molecules receives from the other
is
proportional to the difference of temperature of the two
molecules.
Thus the quantity would be double,
triple,
quadruple,
if
everything else remaining the same, the difference of the temperature of the point n from that of the point or quadruple.
action of n on
To account
for this result,
m became
we must
double, triple,
consider that the
m is always just as much greater as there
is
a greater
between the temperatures of the two points it is null, if the temperatures are equal,, but if the molecule n contains more heat than the equal molecule m, that is to say,, if the temperature of m being v, that of n is v + A, a portion of the exceeding heat will pass from n to m. Now, if the excess of heat were double, or, which is the same thing, if the temperature of n were v + 2A, the exceeding heat would be composed of two equal parts corresponding to the two halves of the whole difference of temperature 2 A each of these parts would have its proper effect as if it alone existed thus the quantity of heat communicated by n to m would be twice as great as when the difference of temperature is only A. difference
:
;
:
This simultaneous action of the different parts of the exceeding heat
is
of heat.
that which constitutes the principle of the communication It follows
from
it
that the
sum
of the partial actions, or
which m receives from n the difference of the two temperatures.
the total quantity of heat to
5=9.
cules
is
proportional
Denoting by v and v the temperatures of two equal moletheir extremely small distance, and by dt, the
m and n, by p,
infinitely small duration of the instant, the quantity of heat
m
receives
instant will be
from n during this
(V —v)cj> (p) .dt.
We
denote by
$>
which
expressed by
{p) a certain function of the
SECT.
PRINCIPLE OF COMMUNICATION.
III.]
solid bodies
and in
distance
p which, in
when p
has a sensible magnitude.
becomes nothing is the same for
liquids,
The
every point of the same given substance
43
function
varies with the nature
it
;
of the substance.
The quantity
60.
face
is
same
subject to the
principle.
atmospheric
air,
v,
if
through their surthe area,
whose points have
all of
a represents the temperature of the
the coefficient h being the measure of the ex-
ternal conducibility, for the
and
lose
we denote by a
If
the surface,
finite or infinitely small, of
the temperature
which bodies
of heat
we
shall
have ah
(v
—
a) dt as the expression
quantity of heat which this surface
a-
transmits to the air
during the instant dt
When
the two molecules, one of which transmits to the other
a certain quantity of heat, belong to the same
the exact
solid,
we have and since the molecules are extremely near, the difference of the temperatures is extremely It is not the same when heat passes from a solid body into small. a gaseous medium. But the experiments teach us that if the expression for the heat communicated
given in the
difference
preceding article
that which
is
;
a quantity sufficiently small, the heat transmitted
is
may, in these
first
researches
1 ,
is
number h
sensibly proportional to that difference, and that the
be considered as having a constant
value, proper to each state of the surface, but independent of the
temperature.
These propositions relative to the quantity of heat com61. municated have been derived from different observations. We see
first,
that if
as an evident consequence of the expressions in question,
we
increased by a
common
quantity
ratures of the solid mass, and that of the
the
all
medium
placed, the successive changes of temperature
the same as is
if this
increase
by the physicists who 1
More exact laws
first
;
it
have observed the
it
is
Now
this result
has been admitted effects of heat.
of cooling investigated experimentally
by Dulong and
be found in tbe Journal de VEcole Polytechnique, Tome [A. F.] Paris, 1820, or in Jamin, Cours de Physique, Leçon 47.
will
tempe-
would be exactly
had not been made.
sensibly in accordance with experiment
initial
in which
xi.
pp. 234
Petit
—294,
THEORY OF HEAT.
44 If the
62.
and
if
medium
[CHAP.
I.
maintained at a constant temperature, is placed in that medium has
is
the heated body which
dimensions sufficiently small for the temperature, whilst falling more and more, to remain sensibly the same at all points of the body,
it
follows from the
same
portional to the excess of
medium.
Whence
it is
propositions, that a quantity of heat
through the surface of the body pro-
will escape at each instant
its
actual temperature over that of the
easy to conclude, as will be seen in the
course of this work, that the line whose abscissae represent the
times elapsed, and whose ordinates represent the temperatures corresponding to those times, servations also furnish the
is
same
a logarithmic curve
:
now, ob-
when the excess of the the medium is a sufficiently
result,
temperature of the solid over that of small quantity.
Suppose the medium to be maintained at the constant 0, and that the initial temperatures of different points a, b, c, d &c. of the same mass are a, /3, 7, S &c, that at the end of the first instant they have become a, ft', y h' &c, that at the end of the second instant they have become a", /?'', 7", 8" &c, 63.
temperature
,
and
so on.
We may
easily conclude
ciated, that if the initial
from the propositions enun-
temperatures of the same points had
been go., g ft, gy, gS &c. (g being any number whatever), they would have become, at the end of the first instant, by virtue of g/3', gy, gS' &c, and at the end of the second instant, go.", g(S" gy" gS" &c, and so on. For instance, let us compare the case when the initial temperatures of the points, a, b, c, d &c. were a, /3, 7, 8 &c. with that in which they are 2a, 2/3, 27, 2S &c, the medium preserving in both cases the temperature 0. In the second hypothesis, the difference of the temperatures of any two points whatever is double what it was in the first, and the excess of the temperature of each point,
the action of the different points, gx, ,
,
over that of each molecule of the medium,
is also double consequently the quantity of heat which any molecule whatever sends to any other, or that which it receives, is, in the second
hypothesis, double of that which
it
was in the
;
first.
The change
of temperature which each point suffers being proportional to the
quantity of heat acquired,
it
change
was
is
double what
it
follows that, in the second case, this in the first case.
Now we
have
SECT. IV.]
UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
supposed that the
initial
temperature of the
45
which was end of the first hence if this initial temperature had been 2a, and if all the other temperatures had been doubled, it would have become 2a\ The same would be the case with all the other molecules b, c, d, and a similar result would be derived, if the ratio instead of being 2, were any number whatever g. It follows then, from the principle of the communicaa,
became
a!
at the
tion of heat, that if all
instant
we
first point,
;
any given
ratio
increase or diminish in the
same
increase or diminish in
the initial temperatures,
we
ratio all the successive temperatures.
two preceding results, is confirmed by observahave existed if the quantity of heat which passes from one molecule to another had not been, actually, proThis, like the
It could not
tion.
portional to the difference of the temperatures.
64. Observations have been made with accurate instruments, on the permanent temperatures at different points of a bar or of a metallic ring, and on the propagation of heat in the same bodies and in several other solids of the form of spheres or cubes. The results of these experiments agree
from the preceding propositions. ent
if
with those which are derived They would be entirely differ-
the quantity of heat transmitted from one solid molecule to air, were not proportional to the
another, or to a molecule of of temperature.
excess
It
is
necessary
rigorous consequences of this proposition ; chief part of the quantities
By comparing then
know all the we determine the
to
first
by
it
which are the object of the problem.
the calculated values with those given by
numerous and very exact experiments, we can easily measure the variations of the coefficients, and perfect our first researches.
SECTION On
We
65.
ment
the
uniform and linear movement of heat
shall consider, in the first place, the uniform
of heat in the simplest case,
solid enclosed
We
IV.
between two
which
is
move-
that of an infinite
parallel planes.
suppose a solid body formed of some homogeneous sub-
stance to be enclosed between two parallel and infinite planes;
THEORY OF HEAT.
46
A
the lower plane
is
is
I.
maintained, by any cause whatever, at a
constant temperature a
mass
[CHAP.
;
we may imagine
prolonged, and that the plane J.
the solid and to the enclosed mass, and
is
for
is
example that the
a section
heated at
common
all its
to
points
by a constant source of heat; the upper plane B is also maintained by a similar cause at a fixed temperature h, whose value is less than that of a the problem is to determine what would be ;
the result of this hypothesis
if it
were continued
for
an
infinite
time, If to be
we suppose the b,
it is
initial
temperature of
all
parts of this body
evident that the heat which leaves the source
A
will
be propagated farther and farther and will raise the temperature of the molecules included
between the two planes
:
but the tem-
perature of the upper plane being unable, according to hypothesis to rise above
b,
the heat will be dispersed within the cooler mass,
contact with which keeps the plane b.
The system
final state,
B at
the constant temperature
more and more to a but which would have the
of temperatures will tend
which
it
will never attain,
we shall proceed to shew, of existing and keeping up without any change if it were once formed. In the final and fixed state, which we are considering, the permanent temperature of a point of the solid is evidently the same at all points of the same section parallel to the base; and we property, as itself
shall prove that this fixed temperature,
common
to all the points
an intermediate section, decreases in arithmetic progression from the base to the upper plane, that is to say, if we represent the constant temperatures a and b by the ordinates Act. and B{3 of
J
B S
\
A
\
Fig.
1.
(see Fig. 1), raised perpendicularly to the distance AB between the two planes, the fixed temperatures of the intermediate layers will be represented by the ordinates of the straight line a/3 which
UNIFOEM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
47
and /3; thus, denoting by z the height of an intermediate section or its perpendicular distance from the plane A, by e the whole height or distance AB, and by v the temperature of the section whose height is z, we must have the b — a
joins the extremities a
equation v
— a-\
z.
e
In
fact, if
the temperatures were at
ance with this law, and
if
established in accord-
first
always kept at the temperatures a and
happen
in
A and B were no change would
the extreme surfaces b,
To convince
the state of the solid.
ourselves of this,
compare the quantity of heat which would traverse an intermediate section A' with that which, during the same time, would traverse another section B'. Bearing in mind that the final state of the solid is formed and continues, we see that the part of the mass which is below the plane A! must communicate heat to the part which is above
it
will
be
sufficient to
is cooler than the first. and m, very near to each Imagine two points of the solid, other, and placed in any manner whatever, the one m below the plane A', and the other m above this plane, to be exerting their action during an infinitely small instant m the hottest point will communicate to iri a certain quantity of heat which will cross the plane A'. Let x, y, z be the rectangular coordinates of the point m, and x, y, z the coordinates of the point m consider also two other points n and ri very near to each other, and situated with respect to the plane in the same manner in which m and m are placed with respect to the plane A' that is to say, denoting by £ the perpendicular distance of the two sections A' and the coordinates of the point n will be x, y, z + Ç and those of the point ri, x', y, z + Ç the two distances mm and nn will be equal: further, the difference of the temperature v of the point m above the temperature v' of the point will be the same as the difference of temperature of the two points n and ri. In fact the former difference will be determined by substituting first z and then z in the general equation
that plane, since this second part
m
:
:
B
',
:
B
1
,
;
m
v
=a
b
—a z,
-\
e
and subtracting the second equation from the
first,
whence the
THEORY OF HEAT.
48
result
—
v
v
=
(z
We
— z).
shall
[CHAP.
then
find,
I.
by the sub-
stitution of z + £ and z + Ç, that the excess of temperature of the point n over that of the point n is also expressed by
b
-a
It follows
by the point n
sent
,.
*
from this that the quantity of heat sent by the
m to the point m
point
.
K
e
will
be the same as the quantity of heat which
to the point n, for all the elements
concur in determining this quantity of transmitted heat are the same. It is manifest that
we can apply the same reasoning
to every
system of two molecules which communicate heat to each other across the section A' or the section B' whence, if we could sum up the whole quantity of heat which flows, during the same ;
instant, across the section this quantity to
From
B\ we
A' or the section
should find
be the same for both sections.
this it follows that the part of the solid included be-
tween A' and B' receives always as much heat as it loses, and since this result is applicable to any portion whatever of the mass included between two parallel sections, it is evident that no part of the solid can acquire a temperature higher than that which it has at present. Thus, it has been rigorously demonstrated that the state of the prism will continue to exist just as it was at first. Hence, the permanent temperatures of different sections of a solid enclosed between two parallel infinite planes, are represented by the ordinates of a straight line a/3, and satisfy the linear .
equation v
66.
=a+
b-a
By what
z.
precedes
we
see
distinctly
what constitutes
the propagation of heat in a solid enclosed between two parallel
and
infinite planes,
temperature.
each of which
is
maintained at a constant
Heat penetrates the mass gradually
across
the
the temperatures of the intermediate sections are but can never exceed nor even quite attain a certain limit which they approach nearer and nearer this limit or final temperature is different for different intermediate layers, and
lower plane
:
raised,
:
UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
decreases
in
49
arithmetic progression from the fixed temperature
of the lower plane to the fixed temperature of the
The
upper plane.
final temperatures are those which would have to be
given to the solid in order that
its state
the variable state which precedes analysis, as
we
it
shall see presently:
might be permanent
may
also
but we are now considering
only the system of final and permanent temperatures. last state,
to
;
be submitted to In the
during each division of time, across a section parallel
the base,
or
a definite portion
quantity of heat flows, which
This uniform flow
is
are equal.
that section, a certain
of
constant
is
if
the divisions of time
the same for
all
the intermediate
sections it is equal to that which proceeds from the source, and to that which is lost during the same time, at the upper surface of the solid, by virtue of the cause which keeps the temperature ;
constant.
The problem now
67.
which
is
to
measure that quantity of heat
propagated uniformly within the
is
solid,
during a given
time, across a definite part of a section parallel to the base
we
:
it
on the two extreme temperatures a and 6, and on the distance e between the two sides of the solid it would vary if any one of these elements began to change, the other remaining the same. Suppose a second solid to be formed of the same substance as the first, and enclosed between two
depends, as
shall see,
;
V I
\ /»'
\
if <
%
y
\
/p
\
a
a,'
Fig. 2.
whose perpendicular distance is e (see maintained at a fixed temperature a, and the upper side at the fixed temperature b' both solids are considered to be in that final and permanent state which has the property of maintaining itself as soon as it has been formed. planes,
infinite
parallel
fig.
the lower side
2)
:
is
;
f. h.
-i
THEORY OF HEAT.
5.0
Thus the law
of the temperatures
by the equation u=a
tion
-\
V —— a ;
expressed for the
is
—
a
z,
v in the first solid,
v
z,
-\
and
[CHAP.
body-
by the equa-
for the second,
and u in the second, being
the temperature of the section whose height
we
first
I.
is z.
compare the quantity of heat which, during the unit of time traverses a unit of area taken on an intermediate section L of the first solid, with that which during the same time traverses an equal area taken on the section L' of the second, e being the height common to the two sections, that is to say, the distance of each of them from their own base. We shall consider two very near points n and ri in the first body, one of which n is below the plane L and the other and x, y z x, y, z are the co-ordinates of n ri above this plane the co-ordinates of ri, e being less than z, and greater than z. This arranged,
will
:
We
,
:
shall consider also in the second solid the instantaneous
action of two points
p and p, which same manner
to the section L', in the
respect to the section
ordinates x, y,
L
of the first solid.
and x y
z,
,
are situated, with respect
'
,
z
n and ri with Thus the same co-
as the points
referred to three rectangular axes
in the second body, will fix also the position of the points
and
p
p'
Now, the distance from the point n to the point ri is equal to the distance from the point p to the point p, and since the two bodies are formed of the same substance, we conclude, according to the principle of the communication of heat, that the action of
n on
ri',
or the quantity of heat given
by n
to
and
ri,
the action of p on p are to each other in the same ratio as the differences of the temperature v — v and u — u. ',
Substituting
the
first solid,
have
also
v
and then
v'
which belongs to
in the equation
and subtracting, we ûnàv — v' =
by means
of the second equation
{z
u — u=
— z")\ we
—— ;
(z
—
z),
6
T
whence the a
— b'
ratio of the
two actions in question
is
that of
to
UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
We may the
first
now imagine many
51
other systems of two molecules,
of which sends to the second across the plane L, a certain
quantity of heat, and each of these systems, chosen in the
may be compared
solid,
second,
first
with a homologous system situated in the
and whose action
exerted across the section L'
is
;
we
can then apply again the previous reasoning to prove that the ratio of the
two actions
that of always J
is
Now, the whole quantity
——
to
.
-,
e
e
of heat which, during one instant,
from the simultaneous action of a multitude of systems each of which is formed of two points hence this quantity of heat and that which, in the second solid, crosses during the same instant the section L' are also to each crosses the section L, results
;
}
other in the ratio of
——
to
;
It is easy
.
e
e
then to compare with each other' the intensities of
the constant flows of heat which are propagated uniformly in the
two
solids,
that
is
to say, the quantities of heat which, during
unit of time, cross unit of surface of each of these bodies.
—— n
7
>
-,
1
two quotients are equal, the flows are the same,
If the
.
whatever in other respects the values in general, denoting the first flow by
we
and
two quotients
ratio of these intensities is that of the
The
,,
,
shall
68.
,
have
F ™ He
= a—b
V
,
e,
may be
;
solid,
the permanent tempera-
—
-,
q
Suppose that in the second is
that of boiling water, 1
of the upper plane
e
a,
and the second by F',
a'—b' ;
ture a of the lower plane
temperature
a, b, e,
F
is
that of melting
;
that the
ice,
0; that
two planes is the unit of measure (a metre); let us denote by the constant flow of heat which, during unit of time (a minute) would cross unit of surface in exthis last solid, if it were formed of a given substance; the
distance e
of the
K
K
pressing a certain
number
number
of units of heat, that
is
to say a certain
of times the heat necessary to convert a
of ice into water
:
we
shall have, in general, to
kilogramme
determine the
4—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
52
[CHAP.
I.
constant flow F, in a solid formed of the same substance, the
F a — b or ^= K
equation u
„ Jf
—b
T^a =K
e
The value
of
F
.
e
denotes the quantity of heat which, during
the unit of time, passes across a unit of area of the surface taken
on a section parallel to the base. Thus the thermometric state of a
solid enclosed between two whose perpendicular distance is e, and which are maintained at fixed temperatures a and b, is represented by the two equations
parallel infinite plane
sides
:
v
= a-\
b
—a
,
z,
and
F=K a — b -r,
TT
e
TT dv F=—KT az ,-,
or
e
.
The first of these equations expresses the law according to which the temperatures decrease from the lower side to the opposite side, the second indicates the quantity of heat which,
during a given time, crosses a definite part of a section parallel to the base.
We
69.
have taken this
coefficient
K, which enters into
the second equation, to be the measure of the specific conducibility of
each substance
;
this
number has very
different values
for different bodies.
It represents, in general, the quantity of heat which, in
homogeneous between two
a
formed of a given substance and enclosed infinite parallel planes, flows, during one minute, across a surface of one square metre taken on a section parallel to the extreme planes, supposing that these two planes are maintained, one at the temperature of boiling water, the other at the temperature of melting ice, and that all the intermediate planes have acquired and retain a permanent temperature. We might employ another definition of conducibility, since
we
solid
could estimate the capacity for heat by referring
of volume, instead
of referring
definitions are equally
it
to unit of mass.
it
to unit
All these
good provided they are clear and pre-
cise.
We value
shall
shew presently how
K of the
stances.
to
determine by observation the
conducibility or conductibility in different sub-
UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
53
the equations which we have would not be necessary to suppose the 68, their action across the planes to be at expoints which exert
In order to
70.
cited in Article
establish
it
tremely small distances.
The
results
would
be the same
still
points had any magnitude whatever
if
the distances of these
they would therefore apply
;
where the direct action of heat extended within
also to the case
the interior of the mass to very considerable distances,
all
the
circumstances which constitute the hypothesis remaining in other respects the same.
We
need only suppose that the cause which maintains the
temperatures at the surface of the part of the mass which its
to
The
solid.
affects not
this case the
The equation
only that
v
=a
permanent temperatures
-z
of
we give the mass the temperatures expressed by the
true sense of this proposition
points of
all
solid,
extremely near to the surface, but that
action extends to a finite depth.
will still represent in
the
is
is
that, if
equation, and
if besides any cause whatever, acting on the two extreme laminae, retained always every one of their molecules at the temperature which the same equation assigns to them, the interior points of the solid would preserve without any change
their initial state.
we supposed
If
that the action of a point of the mass could
would be necessary that the is maintained by the external cause, should be at least equal to e. But the extend to a
finite
distance
e,
it
thickness of the extreme laminse, whose state
quantity
e
having in
fact,
in the natural state
of solids, only
an inappreciable value, we may make abstraction of this thickness; and it is sufficient for the external cause to act on each This of the two layers, extremely thin, which bound the solid. is always what must be understood by the expression, to maintain the temperature of the surface constant.
71.
same air
We
solid
proceed further to examine the case in which the would be exposed, at one of its faces, to atmospheric
maintained at a constant temperature. Suppose then that the lower plane preserves the fixed tem-
perature
a,
by virtue of any external cause whatever, and that
THEORY OF HEAT.
54
[CHAP.
I.
the upper plane, instead of being maintained as formerly at a
temperature
less
exposed to atmospheric air maintained
is
b,
at that temperature
b,
the perpendicular distance of the two
planes being denoted always by e
:
the problem
is
to determine
the final temperatures.
Assuming that
common
in the initial state of the solid, the
temperature of its molecules is b or less than b, we can readily imagine that the heat which proceeds incessantly from the source
A
penetrates the mass, and raises more and more the tempera-
tures of the intermediate sections
;
the upper surface
gradually
is
heated, and permits part of the heat which has penetrated the solid
to escape into the air.
The system
of temperatures con-
which would exist of itself if it were once formed in this final state, which is that which we are considering, the temperature of the plane B has a fixed but unknown value, which we will denote by ft, and since the lower plane A preserves also a permanent temperature a, the system of temperatures is represented by the general equation ft — a tinually approaches a final state ;
v
=
a-\
z,
v denoting always the fixed temperature of the
section whose height is z. The quantity of heat which flows during unit of time across a unit of surface taken on any section
whatever
is
k
a
— ft ,
k denoting the
interior conducibility.
G
We
must now consider that the upper
temperature
is
ft,
B, whose
surface
permits the escape into the air of a certain
quantity of heat which must be exactly equal to that which crosses
any section whatever
L
of the solid.
If it
were not
so,
the part of the mass included between this section L and the plane B would not receive a quantity of heat equal to that
which
it
loses;
hence
contrary to hypothesis fore equal to that
it ;
would not maintain
its state,
the constant flow at the surface
which traverses the
solid
:
which is
is
there-
now, the quantity
of heat which escapes, during unit of time, from unit of surface
taken on the plane B, fixed temperature of the bility
k
is
expressed by h
(ft
— b),
b
being the
and h the measure of the conduciof the surface B; we must therefore have the equation
= h(ft — b),
which
air,
will
determine the value of
ft.
UNIFORM LINEAR MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
From
may be
this
derived a
whose second member
known
is
— /3 = —j
Introducing this value of a v
=a+—
we
known
j—
for the
;
Je,
— /3
an equation
,
temperatures a and
the general equation
into
— v=—?-
equation a
the
b
e.
shall have, to express the temperatures of
of the solid,
section
and
z,
—
1
are given, as are also the quantities h,
55
j-^
any
in which
,
quantities only enter with the corresponding variables v
z.
So
72.
far
and permanent state between two infinite and at unequal temperatures.
we have determined the
final
of the temperatures in a solid enclosed
plane surfaces,
parallel
This
first
case
is,
maintained
properly speaking, the case of the linear and
uniform propagation of heat, for there
is
the plane parallel to the sides of the solid
no transfer of heat in that which traverses ;
the solid flows uniformly, since the value of the flow for ail instants
We
and
the same
is
for all sections.
now restate the three chief propositions which result they are susceptible of a examination of this problem from the great number of applications, and form the first elements of our will
;
theory. If at the
1st.
we
two extremities of the thickness
the solid
e of
erect perpendiculars to represent the temperatures a
of the
two
sides,
and
we draw
if
the extremities of these two
first
and b
the straight line which joins ordinates, all the intermediate
temperatures will be proportional to the ordinates of this straight line
;
they are expressed by the general equation a — v
v denoting the temperature of the section whose height
The quantity
=
z,
is z.
which flows uniformly, during across unit of time, unit of surface taken on any section whatever 2nd.
parallel
to
the sides,
of heat
all
other things being equal,
proportional to the difference a
—b
and inversely proportional
the
to
is
directly
of the extreme temperatures,
distance
e
which separates 7
these sides.
The quantity
of heat
is
expressed by
K
,
or
THEORY OF HEAT.
5G
[CHAP.
I.
j
K—
— dv -j-
which
derive from the general equation the value of
we
if
,
may
constant; this uniform flow
is
always be repre-
and in the solid under examination, by the tangent of the angle included between the perpendicular e and the straight line whose ordinates represent the temperasented, for a given substance
tures.
3rd.
of the extreme surfaces of the solid being submitted
One
always to the temperature
a, if
the other plane
maintained at a fixed temperature b the air acquires, as in the preceding greater than
b,
and
it
;
is
exposed to air
the plane in contact with
case, a fixed
temperature
the air across unit of surface, during unit of time, which pressed by h(/3
— b),
/3,
permits a quantity of heat to escape into is
ex-
h denoting the external condncibility of
the plane.
The same
flow of heat
traverses the prism
the equation h
fore
of
h(ft
— b)
and whose value (ft
is
— b) = K
is
equal to that which
K {a — ,
ft);
we have
there-
which gives the value
ft.
SECTION Law
V.
of the permanent temperatures in a prism of small thickness.
"We shall easily apply the principles which have just 73. been explained to the following problem, very simple in itself, but one whose solution it is important to base on exact theory. A metal bar, whose form is that of a rectangular parallelopiped infinite in length, is exposed to the action of a source of heat which produces a constant temperature at all points of its extremity A. It is required to determine the fixed temperatures '
at the different sections of the bar.
The
section perpendicular to the axis
square whose
side 21
is
so small that
is
supposed to be a without sensible
we may
error consider the temperatures to be equal at different points
of the
same
section.
The
air in
which the bar
is
placed
is
main-
STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.
SECT. V.]
tained
at
a constant temperature
57
and carried away by a
0,
current with uniform velocity.
Within the all
interior of the solid, heat will pass successively
the parts situate to the right of the source, and not exposed
directly to its action; they will be heated
more and more, but
the temperature of each point will not increase beyond a certain
maximum
This
limit.
section
;
it
temperature
is
not the same for every
in general decreases as the distance of the section
from the origin increases
:
we
shall denote
by
v the fixed tem-
perature of a section perpendicular to the axis, and situate at a distance
x from the
origin A.
Before every point of the solid has attained
its
highest degree
of heat, the system of temperatures varies continually,
proaches more and more to a fixed state, which
we
is
and ap-
that which
once been formed.
is kept up of itself when it has In order that the system of temperatures
may
it
This final state
consider.
be permanent,
is
necessary that the quantity of heat
which, during unit of time, crosses a section
from the
made
origin, should balance exactly all the
at a distance
x
heat which, during
the same time, escapes through that part of the external surface of the prism which is situated to the right of the same section.
The lamina whose thickness is
8ldx, allows the
is
dx, and whose external surface
escape into the
a quantity of heat expressed by 8klv
air, .
the external conducibility of the prism.
measure of
Hence taking the
in-
x — oo we shall find the quantity heat which escapes of from the whole surface of the bar during unit of time and if we take the same integral from x = to x = x, we shall have the quantity of heat lost through the part of the surface included between the source of heat and the section made at the distance x. Denoting the first integral by C, whose value is constant, and the variable value of the second by fôhlv.dx; the difference C — f8hlv.dx will express the whole quantity of heat which escapes into the air across the part of
tegral jSlilv
.
dx from x
=
during unit of time, of
dx, h being the
to
,
;
the surface situate to the right of the section.
On
the other
between two sections infinitely near at distances x and x + dx, must resemble an infinite solid, bounded by two parallel planes, subject to fixed temperatures v and v + dv, since, by hypothesis, the temperature
hand, the lamina of the
solid,
enclosed
THEORY OF HEAT.
58
[CHAP.
I.
does not vary throughout the whole extent of the same section.
The thickness
M
2 :
and the area
of the solid is dx,
of the section
is
hence the quantity of heat which flows uniformly, during
unit of time, across a section of this solid,
—
preceding principles, ducibility
:
we must
4l
2
k y-, k being the
is,
according to the
specific internal con-
therefore have the equation
-M k^=C-J8hlv.dx, 2
M ax — 2hv.
whence
74.
-r-.2
We
should obtain the same result by considering the
equilibrium of heat in a single lamina infinitely thin, enclosed
between two sections at distances x and x +
In
dx.
section situate at distance x,
flows during the at distance
into
x+
same time we must
dx,
x + dx, which
gives
— él k dv -y2
is
dx
To
,
find
the
fact,
quantity of heat which, during unit of time, crosses the
first
that which
across the successive section situate in the preceding expression
dv
—Uk 2
,
\dx
first
we
change x
y
If
dx
the second expression from the
fdv
shall find
we
subtract
how much
acquired by the lamina bounded by these two sections during unit of time and since the state of the lamina is per-
heat
is
;
manent,
it
follows that all the 'heat acquired
is
dispersed into
the air across the external surface 8ldx of the same lamina the last quantity of heat
Shlvdx
is
we
:
:
now.
shall obtain therefore the
same equation Shlvdx
75.
—
êl
2
M
(
-7-)
whence -j—2
,
In whatever manner
this
=
equation
-rjV.
is
formed,
it
is
necessary to remark that the quantity of heat which passes into
the lamina whose thickness its
exact expression
is
is
dx, has a finite value, and that
— 4>l k -j-
between, two surfaces the
2
first
.
of
The lamina being enclosed which has a temperature
v,
STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.
SECT. V.]
59
and the second a lower temperature v', we see that the quantity of heat which it receives through the first surface depends on the difference v — v, and is proportional to it but this remark :
is
The quantity
not sufficient to complete the calculation.
question
not a differential
is
equivalent to
has a finite value, since
it
:
is
the heat which escapes through that part of
all
the external surface of the prism which of the section.
in
it
To form an exact idea
situate to the right
is
of
it,
we must compare
terminated by two parallel planes whose distance is e, and which are maintained The quantity of heat which at unequal temperatures a and b.
the lamina whose thickness
dx, with a solid
is
passes into such a prism across the hottest surface,
—b
proportional to the difference a
but
it
does not depend only on this difference
being equal,
less
it is
when the prism d
it
is
Q
proportional to
.
which passes through the
This
We
is
first
did not
is
—v —3
proportional to
lay stress on this
been the
we
dx,
is
in
fact
is
:
thicker,
why
all
other things
and in general
the quantity of heat
surface into the lamina, whose
first
v
thickness
is
of the extreme temperatures,
—
.
remark because the neglect of
it
has
obstacle to the establishment of the theory.
If
make
a complete analysis of the elements of the
we should obtain an equation not homogeneous, and, fortiori, we should not be able to form the equations which express the movement of heat in more complex cases.
problem,
a
It
was necessary
also to introduce into the calculation the
we might not regard, as which observation had furnished in a parwas discovered by experiment that a bar
dimensions of the prism, in order that general, consequences ticular case.
Thus,
it
of iron, heated at one extremity, could not acquire, at a distance of six feet from the source, a temperature of one degree (octo-
gesimal
1 ) ;
for to
produce this
effect,
it
would be necessary
for
the heat of the source to surpass considerably the point of fusion of iron; but this result depends on the thickness of the prism
employed.
If
it
had been
greater, the heat
propagated to a greater distance, that
is
to
would have been say,
the point of
the bar which acquires a fixed temperature of one degree 1
Reaumur's Scale
of
Temperature.
[A. F.]
is
THEORY OF HEAT.
60
much more remote from
[CHAP.
when the bar
the source
We
other conditions remaining the same.
is
I.
thicker, all
can always raise by
one degree the temperature of one end of a bar of iron, by heating we need only give the radius of the
the solid at the other end
base a sufficient length of
which
The
and
B
x
infinite,
= Ae'
XSJ
«
+ Be +X* «
evident,
and
thus the equation v ;
law
we suppose
if
+X
the
/ifc
* m does not exist in the in-
= Ae~ xsj/-m
represents the permanent
the temperature at the origin
the constant A, since that
This
,
now,
;
is
the value of the temperature v must be
hence the term Be
state of the solid
is
say,
integral of the preceding equation
infinitely small; :
we may
is,
being two arbitrary constants
distance
tegral
which
(Art. 78).
v
A
;
besides a proof will be found in the solution of the
problem 76.
:
according
is
to
the value of v
which
the
when x
is
denoted by
is zero.
temperatures
the same as that given by experiment
;
decrease
several physicists
have observed the fixed temperatures at different points of a metal bar exposed at its extremity to the constant action of a source
of heat,
and they have ascertained that the distances
from the origin represent logarithms, and the temperatures the corresponding numbers. 77.
The numerical value of the constant quotient of two conby observation, we easily
secutive temperatures being determined
deduce the value of the ratio
=-•
for,
denoting by v 1} v2 the tem-
peratures corresponding to the distances
% = «f^Vl wh ence v2
M V A
k
a?19
x2 we have ,
= log *' ~ hg v* Jl y x -œ 2
1
As for the separate values of h and h, they cannot be determined by experiments of this kind we must observe also the :
varying motion of heat. 78.
Suppose two bars of the same material and different
dimensions to be submitted at their extremities to the same tern-
STEADY TEMPERATURE IN A BAR.
SECT. V.]
perature
A
let
;
two
l
be the side of a section in the
x
we
in the second,
61
shall have, to express the
first bar,
= Ae~
vx
^
x
kl ^
and v2 =Ae~
Xz
2
^ kl *,
v 1} in the first solid, denoting the temperature of a section at distance
x v and
made
When
l
the equations
solids,
section
and
temperatures of these
v2
,
made
in the second solid, the temperature of a
x2
at distance
.
these two bars have arrived at a fixed state, the tem-
perature of a section of the source, will not
first,
at a certain distance from the
be equal to the temperature of a section of the
second at the same distance from the focus fixed temperatures
we wish
may be
in order that the
;
equal, the distances
must be
different.
compare with each other the distances xt and x2 from the origin up to the points which in the two bars attain the same temperature, we must equate the second members of x2 I these equations, and from them we conclude that -\ = j. Thus If
to
the distances in question are to each other as the square roots of the thicknesses.
two metal bars of equal dimensions, but formed of with the same coating, which 1 gives them the same external condueibility and if they are submitted at their extremities to the same temperature, heat will 79.
If
different substances, are covered
,
be propagated most easily and to the greatest distance from the origin in that which has the greatest condueibility. To compare with each other the distances x, and xn from the common origin O
12
up
which acquire the same fixed temperature, we
to the points
must, after denoting the respective conducibilities
of the
two
substances by k t and h2 write the equation ,
-nJ— vk = e -xj— w 1
e
l
2
ic 2 i
i
}
whence
x h ^=r x k
i
2
Thus the
ratio of the
two conducibilities
of the distances from the
attain the 1
same
Ingenhousz
common
is
.
2
that of the squares
origin to the points
which
fixed temperature.
(1789),
Sur
de Physique, xxxiv., 68, 380.
les
métaux comme conducteurs de
Gren's Journal der Physik, Bd.
la chaleur. i.
[A. F.]
Journal
THEOEY OF HEAT.
62 80.
It is easy to ascertain
[CHAP.
how much
I.
heat flows during unit
of time through a section of the bar arrived at its fixed state this quantity
is
expressed by
— 4K
2
-=-
or 4
,
3 .
e
:
^ and ,
have 4
we take
its
value at the origin,
we
shall
;
square root of the cube of the thickness.
We
should obtain the same result on taking the integral
J8hlv dx from x nothing .
to
x
infinite.
SECTION VL On 81.
We
the heating of closed spaces.
shall again
make
use of the theorems of Article 72
in the following problem, whose solution offers useful applications it
consists in determining the extent of the
;
heating of closed
spaces.
Imagine a closed space, of any form whatever, to be filled with all sides, and that all parts of the boundary are homogeneous and have a common thickness e, so atmospheric air and closed on
small that the ratio of the external surface to the internal surface differs little
nates
is
by means
of a surface
temperature
We
from unity.
The space which
heated by a source whose action
whose area
is
is
this
boundary termi-
constant
a maintained
;
for example,
at a constant
a.
mean temperature
consider here only the
of the air con-
tained in the space, without regard to the unequal distribution of
heat in this mass of air
;
thus
we suppose
incessantly mingle all the portions of
that the existing causes
air,
and make
their
tem-
peratures uniform.
We
see first that the heat
which continually leaves the source
spreads itself in the surrounding air and penetrates the mass of
which the boundary
is
formed,
is
partly dispersed at the surface,
HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.
SECT. VI.]
63
and passes into the external air, which we suppose to be maintained at a lower and permanent temperature n. The inner air is the same is the case with the solid heated more and more boundary the system of temperatures steadily approaches a final state which is the object of the problem, and has the property of existing by itself and of being kept up unchanged, provided the surface of the source
:
the external air at the temperature
n.
In the permanent state which we wish to determine the air preserves a fixed temperature m the temperature of the inner surface s of the solid boundary has also a fixed value a lastly, the ;
;
which terminates the enclosure, preserves a fixed temperature b less than a, but greater than n. The quantities cr, a, s, e and n are known, and the quantities m, a and b are unknown. outer surface
s,
The degree
m
over
n,
of heating consists in the excess of the temperature
the temperature of the external air; this excess evi-
dently depends on the area
temperature a
cr
of the heating surface
and on
its
closure,
depends also on the thickness e of the enon the area s of the surface which bounds it, on the
facility
with which heat penetrates the inner surface or that
which
is
;
it
opposite to
it
;
on the
finally,
the solid mass which forms the enclosure
specific conducibility of :
for if
any one of these
elements were to be changed, the others remaining the same, the degree of the heating would vary
mine how 82.
all
The
also.
The problem
these quantities enter into the value of solid
each of which
is
is
to deter-
m — n.
boundary is terminated by two equal surfaces, maintained at a fixed temperature every ;
prismatic element of the solid enclosed between two opposite por-
and the normals raised round the contour same state as if it belonged to an infinite solid enclosed between two parallel planes, maintained at unequal temperatures. All the prismatic elements which comThe points pose the boundary touch along their whole length. of the mass which are equidistant from the inner surface have
tions of these surfaces,
of the bases,
is
therefore in the
equal temperatures, to whatever prism they belong
;
consequently
there cannot be any transfer of heat in the direction perpendicular to the length of these prisms.
The
case
is,
therefore, the
same
THEORY OF HEAT.
G4 as that of to it
which we have already
[CHAP.
treated,
I.
and we must apply
the linear equations which have been stated in former
articles.
Thus
83.
in the
permanent
state
which we are considering,
the flow of heat which leaves the surface a during a unit of time, is equal to that which, during the same time, passes from the
surrounding
the inner surface of the enclosure
air into
;
it
is
equal also to that whieh, in a unit of time, crosses an inter-
mediate section made within the solid enclosure by a surface lastly, equal and parallel to those which bound this enclosure ;
the same flow
is
enclosure aeross
again equal to that which passes from the solid external surface, and
its
dispersed into the
is
If these four quantities of flow of heat were not
equal,
air.
some
variation would necessarily occur in the state of the temperatures,
which
is
The
contrary to the hypothesis. first
quantity
is
expressed by a
(a.
g the external conducibility of the surface the source of heat.
The second
is s (ni
— a) h,
— m) g,
denoting by
which belongs to
the coefficient h being the measure
of the external conducibility of the surface
s,
which
is
exposed
to the action of the source of heat.
The
third
K, the
is s
K being the measure of
coefficient
the conducibility proper to the homogeneous substance which
forms the boundary.
The
H
— n)H,
denoting by the external conwhich the heat quits to be dispersed may have very unequal The coefficients h and into the air. values on account of the difference of the state of the two surfaces which, bound the enclosure they are supposed to be known, as also the coefficient we shall have then, to determine the three unknown quantities m, a and b, the three equations fourth
is
s(b
ducibility of the surface
s,
H
;
K
:
:
a (ol — m) g = s
(in
— a) h,
a — b-rr a(a-m)g = s-—K .
,
rel="nofollow">
a (z- m) g =
s (b
— n)
H.
HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.
SECT. VI.]
The value
84.
may
of
m
is
65
the special object of the problem.
It
be found by writing the equations in the form
S
s
b
—n=s
adding,
K
K
'
^-Jct-m);
H
m — n = (a — m) P,
we have
denoting by
11/
P the
known quantity
-
f|
4-
^.
+ JU
;
whence we conclude
P = m -n = (a-n) T T
m
— n, the extent of the heating, 85. The result shews how depends on given quantities which constitute the hypothesis. We will indicate the chief results to be derived from it \ The extent
1st.
of the heating
m—n
is
directly proportional
to the excess of the temperature of the source over that of the
external 2nd.
air.
The value
the enclosure nor on
m—n
of its
does not depend on the form of
volume, but only on the ratio
surface from which the heat proceeds to the surface it,
and If
also
on
e
- of
the
which receives
the thickness of the boundary.
we double a the
surface of the source of heat, the extent
become double, but increases according which the equation expresses.
of the heating does not to a certain law 1
These results were stated by the author in a rather different manner in the from his original memoir published in the Bulletin par la Société Philo-
extract
matique de Paris, 1818, pp. 1 F.
H.
—
11.
[A. F.]
5
THEORY OF HEAT.
66
[CHAP.
I.
All the specific coefficients which regulate the action
3rd.
of the heat, that
dimension
m—n
in the value of
e,
H and
K,
to say, g,
is
h,
compose, with the
a single element
t+tï+ 4t, K ±L
h
whose value may be determined by observation. If we doubled e the thickness of the boundary, we should have the same result as if, in forming it, we employed a substance whose conducibility proper was twice as great.
Thus the employment of substances which are bad conductors of heat permits us to make the thickness of the boundary small the ;
which
effect
is
source
:
obtained depends only on the ratio -^
K
If the conducibility
4th.
that
is
to say, the inner air
the same
is
the case
nothing,
is
we
m—n=a
find
;
assumes the temperature of the
if
H
is zero,
or h zero.
These con-
sequences are otherwise evident, since the heat cannot then be dispersed into the external
air.
K
5th. The values of the quantities g, H, h, and a, which we supposed known, may be measured by direct experiments, as we shall shew in the sequel; but in the actual problem, it will
be
sufficient to notice the value oî
to given values of
a-
and of
determine the whole coefficient tion
m — n — (a — n) - p
efficient sought.
of -
and a —
n,
-j- (
and
a,
f-
which corresponds may be used to
+ ^ + J^. by means ,
—p
1 H
m—n
this value
in J
of the equa-
which p denotes the
"We must substitute in
this equation,
the values of those quantities, which
co-
instead
we suppose
given, and that of m — n which observation will have made known. From it may be derived the value of p, and we may then apply the formula to any number of other cases.
The
6th.
coefficient
H
enters
into the value of
m—n
in
the same manner as the coefficient h; consequently the state of the surface, or that of the envelope which covers
the same
effect,
whether
it
it,
produces
has reference to the inner or outer
surface.
We
should have considered
it
useless to take notice of these
HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.
SECT. VI.]
different consequences,
new problems, whose
We
86.
know
we were not
if
results
may be
67
treating here of entirely-
of direct use.
that animated bodies retain a temperature
we may regard as independent of the temmedium in which they live. These bodies are,
sensibly fixed, which
perature of the after
some
fashion, constant
sources of heat, just as inflamed
substances are in which the combustion has become uniform.
We may
by aid
then,
regulate exactly the
number
of
men
temperature in places where a great
are collected together.
If
we
there observe the
height of the thermometer under given circumstances,
determine in advance what that height would be, of
men In
assembled in the same space became very reality,
modify the
and
of the preceding remarks, foresee
rise of
if
we
shall
the number
much
greater.
there are several accessory circumstances which
results,
such as the unequal thickness of the parts
of the enclosure, the difference of their aspect, the effects which
the outlets produce, the unequal distribution of heat in the
We
air.
cannot therefore rigorously apply the rules given by analysis
;
nevertheless these rules are valuable in themselves, because they
contain the true principles of the matter
;
they prevent vague
reasonings and useless or confused attempts.
same space were heated by two or more sources were itself contained in a second enclosure separated from the first by a mass of air, we might easily determine in like manner the degree of heating and the temperature of the surfaces. 87.
If the
of different kinds, or if the first inclosure
If
we suppose
heated surface conducibility
j,
it,
that, besides the first source
we
shall find, all the other
retained, the following equation (a
—
n)
ag
If
there
is ft,
is
a second
and external
denominations being
:
-f (ft
+
itself
whose constant temperature
œj
/ e
\K + H + k
s
we suppose only one source contained in a second, s,
— n)
a,
li,
and
if
K' H', ,
the e,
first
enclosure
is
representing the
5—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
68
[CHAP.
I.
elements of the second enclosure which correspond to those of
we shall find, first which were denoted by s, h, K, H, e the exsurrounds which the air temperature of the denoting p ternal surface of the second enclosure, the following equation the
;
:
(a-p)P The quantity
P
represents
-fl + 9J + 9\ + -(9 + ffe + 1 s \h K H) s \lï K' R' '
We
'
'
we had three or a greater number of successive enclosures and from this we conclude that these solid envelopes, separated by air, assist very much in inshould obtain a similar result
if
;
creasing the degree of heating, however small their thickness
may
be.
88.
To make
this
remark more evident, we
will
compare the
quantity of heat which escapes from the heated surface, with that which the same body would lose, if the surface which en-
were separated from it by an interval filled with air. body A be heated by a constant cause, so that its surface preserves a fixed temperature b, the air being maintained at a less temperature a, the quantity of heat which escapes into the air in the unit of time across a unit of surface will be
velopes
it
If the
expressed by h ducibility.
temperature
(6
— a),
Hence b,
it
h being the measure of the external conmass may preserve a fixed
in order that the
is
it may hS (6 — a), S de-
necessary that the source, whatever
be, should furnish a quantity of heat equal to
noting the area of the surface of the
solid.
Suppose an extremely thin shell to be detached from the body A and separated from the solid by an interval filled with air; and suppose the surface of the same solid A to be still maintained at the temperature b. We see that the air contained between the shell and the body will be heated and will take a temperature a greater than a. The shell itself will attain a permanent state and will transmit to the external air whose fixed temperature is a all the heat which the body loses. It follows that the quantity of heat escaping from the solid will
HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.
SECT. VI.]
be hS(b the
new
— a),
hS(b
instead of being
— a),
for
69
we suppose
have likewise the same external conducibility
shell
that
surface of the solid and the surfaces which bound the It
h.
is
evident that the expenditure of the source of heat will be less
than
was
it
at
The problem
first.
to determine the exact ratio
is
of these quantities.
Let
89.
ture of
its
e
be the thickness of the
inner surface, n that of
We
internal conducibility.
shell,
the
the fixed tempera-
K
its
as the expression of the
shall have,
quantity of heat which leaves
m
outer surface, and
its
solid
through
its
surface,
hS(b-a').
As
that of the quantity which penetrates the inner surface
of the shell,
As that of the
same
hS
(a
— m) which crosses any section whatever
of the quantity shell,
KS e
Lastly, as the expression of the quantity
the outer surface into the
air,
All these quantities must be equal, following equations
we have
h
a)
K = — (m — n),
= h (a — m), (n — a) = h (b — a).
h (n —
a)
moreover we write down the identical equation h (n
and arrange them
all
— a) = h
(n
— a),
under the forms
n
— a = n — a,
he (n — a), m — n = jr .
.
a b
we
therefore the
:
h(n —
If
which passes through
hS (n — a).
find,
—m = n — a, —a =
n
—
a,
on addition, b
-a=
(n
— a)
(
3
+
r=j
THEORY OF HEAT.
70
The quantity its
or
surface
of heat lost
communicated
hS(n — a), which
by the
I.
was hS(b — a), when
solid
freely with the air, it
equivalent to
is
[CHAP.
hS
now hS (b — a)
is
.
;
The 3
+
first
% to
quantity
greater than the second in the ratio of
is
1.
In order therefore to maintain at temperature b a solid whose air, more than three times as much heat is necessary than would be required to maintain surface communicates directly to the
it
at temperature b,
when
its
extreme surface
is
not adherent
but separated from the solid by any small interval whatever with
filled
air.
If
we suppose the
thickness e to be
infinitely
small,
the
be 3, which would also were infinitely great. be the value if We can easily account for this result, for the heat being unable to escape into the external air, without penetrating several ratio of the quantities of heat lost will
K
surfaces,
the quantity which flows out must diminish as the
surfaces increases but we should have been unable to arrive at any exact judgment in this case, if the problem had not been submitted to analysis.
number
90. effect
of interposed
;
We
have not considered, in the preceding article, the of radiation across the layer of air which separates the
two surfaces
;
nevertheless this' circumstance modifies the prob-
lem, since there
is
the intervening
air.
a portion of heat which passes directly across
more
We
shall suppose then, to
make
the object
between the surfaces is free from air, and that the heated body is covered by any number whatever of parallel laminas separated from each of the analysis
distinct, that the interval
other.
which escapes from the solid through its plane superficies maintained at a temperature b expanded itself freely in vacuo and was received by a parallel surface maintained at a less temperature a, the quantity which would be dispersed in unit of time across unit of surface would be proportional to (b — a), this quantity the difference of the two constant temperatures If the heat
:
HEATING OF CLOSED SPACES.
SECT. VI.]
H
would be represented by tive conducibility wliicli
The
is
(b
71
H being the value of the rela-
— a),
not the same as
source which maintains the solid in
k.
its original state
must
therefore furnish, in every unit of time, a quantity of heat equal to
HS (b - a). We must
now determine the new value
in the case where the surface of the successive laminse separated
always that the solid
is
body
by intervals
of this expenditure
covered by several
is
from
free
supposing
air,
subject to the action of any external
cause whatever which maintains
its
surface at the temperature
b.
Imagine the whole system of temperatures to have become let m be the temperature of the under surface of the first lamina which is consequently opposite to that of the solid, let n be the temperature of the upper surface of the same lamina,
fixed
;
e its thickness,
m
m
K
and ns z
m
its specific
conducibility
;
denote also by
m
it n i} &c. the temperatures of the under 2 x and upper surfaces of the different laminse, and by K, e, the con-
n1
,
,
ducibility
,
n2
,
,
,
and thickness of the same laminas;
lastly,
suppose
all
these surfaces to be in a state similar to the surface of the solid, so that the value of the coefficient
The quantity
of heat
a lamina corresponding to .
crosses this
from
and
its
all
lamina
is
—
K8
upper surface
H
-w
(wfy-
4),
common
to them.
an d the quantity which escapes
HS{n — m
is
is
which penetrates the under surface of au y suffix * is HSin^—m?), that which
i
These three quantities,
iJr ^).
those which refer to the other laininse are equal
therefore form the equation in question with the
first
by comparing
of them,
which
is
all
HS
thus have, denoting the number of laminas hjj: h
—m =b—m 1
1 ,
He n n1
.
— m = b — mv 2
He n
K
.
;
we may
these quantities {b
—m
t)
;
we
shall
THEORY OF HEAT.
72
Adding these equations, we
.
1
find
1
of the source of heat necessary to maintain
the surface of the body
when
A
at the temperature b
this surface sends its rays to a fixed surface
the temperature
a.
I.
= (b-m )j(l + ^).
(b-a) The expenditure
=b — m
a
7ij—
[CHAP.
The expenditure
is
HS (b — mj
is
HS (b — a),
maintained at
when we
place
between the surface of the body A, and the fixed surface maintained at temperature a, a number/ of isolated laminae; thus the quantity of heat which the source
must furnish is very much less in the first, and the ratio of the two
second hypotheses than in the quantities
„
is
•
If
we suppose the
thickness e of the
-.
The expenditure
laminae to be infinitely small, the ratio of the source
is
is
then inversely as the number of laminae which
cover the surface of the
solid.
The examination of these results and of those which we when the intervals between successive enclosures were occupied by atmospheric air explain clearly why the separation of surfaces and the intervention of air assist very much in re91.
obtained
taining heat.
Analysis furnishes in addition analogous consequences
we suppose
when
the source to be external, and that the heat which
emanates from it crosses successively different diathermanous envelopes and the air which they enclose. This is what has happened when experimenters have exposed to the rays of the sun thermometers covered by several sheets of glass within which have been enclosed. For similar reasons the temperature of the higher regions the atmosphere is very much less than at the surface of the
different layers of air
of
earth.
MOVEMENT
SECT. VII.]
IN
THREE DIMENSIONS.
73
In general the theorems concerning the heating of air in closed spaces extend to a great variety of problems.
would
It
be useful to revert to them when we wish to foresee and regulate temperature with precision, as in the case of green-houses, dryinghouses, sheep-folds, work-shops, or in
many
civil
establishments,
such as hospitals, barracks, places of assembly.
we must
In these different applications
attend to accessory
circumstances which modify the results of analysis, such as the
unequal thickness of different parts of the enclosure, the introduction of air, &c. but these details would draw us away from ;
our chief object, which
is
the
exact
demonstration of general
principles.
For the rest, we have considered only, in what has just been the permanent state of temperature in closed spaces. We can in addition express analytically the variable state which precedes, or that which begins to take place when the source of said,
heat
is
withdrawn, and we can also ascertain in this way,
we employ,
the specific properties of the bodies which
dimensions affect the progress and duration of the heating these researches require
which
will
92.
ment same
;
but
a different analysis, the principles of
be explained in the following chapters.
SECTION On
how
or their
the
Up
VII.
uniform movement of heat in three dimensions. to this
time we have considered the uniform move-
of heat in one dimension only, but
principles to the case in
which heat
it is
is
easy to apply the
propagated uniformly
in three directions at right angles.
Suppose the different points of a
solid enclosed
by
six planes
at right angles to have unequal actual températures represented
by the
linear
equation
v
=A
-f
ax + by +
cz,
x, y, z,
being the
rectangular co-ordinates of a molecule whose temperature
is
v.
Suppose further that any external causes whatever acting on the six faces of the prism maintain every one of the molecules situated on the surface, at its actual temperature expressed by the general equation v
- A + ax +
by
+ cz
,
(a),
THEORY OF HEAT.
74
we
shall
[CHAP.
I.
prove that the same causes which, by hypothesis, keep
the outer layers of the solid in their initial state, are sufficient to preserve also the actual temperatures of every one of the inner
molecules, so that their temperatures do not cease to be repre-
sented by the linear equation.
The examination general theory,
movement
it
of
question
this
an
is
element of the
determine the laws of the varied
will serve to
any form whatever, for every one of the prismatic molecules of which the body is composed is during an infinitely small time in a state similar We may then, to that which the linear equation (a) expresses. by following the ordinary principles of the differential calculus, easily deduce from the notion of uniform movement the general equations of varied movement. of heat in the interior of a solid of
In order to prove that when the, extreme layers of the temperatures no change can happen in the interior of the mass, it is sufficient to compare with each other 93.
solid preserve their
the quantities of heat which, during the same instant, cross two parallel planes.
we
m
b
suppose parallel to the horizontal plane of x and
and
the
be the perpendicular distance of these two planes which
Let first
m
first
be two infinitely near molecules, one of which horizontal plane and the other below
the co-ordinates of the second.
first
it
:
y. is
Let above
let x, y, z
be
molecule, and x, y, z those of the
M
and M' denote two infinitely let by the second horizontal plane and that plane, in the same manner as m and
In like manner
near molecules, separated situated, relatively to
m of
are relatively to the
M are
x, y,
z
+ b,
plane
first
and those
of
that
;
W
is
to say, the co-ordinates
are x, y
,
+
z
b.
It is evident
two molecules m and m' is equal and M' further, to the distance MM' of the two molecules let v be the temperature of m, and v that of m, also let V and and M', it is easy to see that the V' be the temperatures of are equal in fact, substituting two differences v — v and V— first the co-ordinates of m and m in the general equation that the distance
mm
of the
M
M
V
v
we
find
v
—
v
=A
-f
— a (x - x)
;
ax + by + -f
6 (y
cz,
— y) +
c(z
— z),
;
MOVEMENT
SECT. VII.]
THREE DIMENSIONS.
IN
75
M
and M', we find also and then substituting the co-ordinates of V— = a [x — x) +b(y — y') + c (z — z). Now the quantity of heat which m sends to m depends on the distance mm', which separates these molecules, and it is proportional to the difference
V
— v of their temperatures. may be represented by
This quantity of heat transferred
v
(v
q
— v')
dt
;
the value of the coefficient q depends in some manner on the distance mm, and on the nature of the substance of which the solid is formed, dt is the duration of the instant.
of heat transferred from
M to
The quantity
M', or the action of
M on
M'
is
expressed likewise by q (V— V) dt, and the coefficient q is the same as in the expression q {v — v) dt, since the distance MM' is
equal to ram and the two actions are effected in the same solid
furthermore
V—
V
is
equal to v
— v,
:
hence the two actions are
equal.
we choose two other points n and n, very near to each which transfer heat across the first horizontal plane, we shall find in the same manner that their action is equal to that and N' which communicate heat of two homologous points We conclude then that the across the second horizontal plane. whole quantity of heat which crosses the first plane is equal to If
other,
N
that which
We
crosses
the second plane during the same instant.
should derive the same result from the comparison of two
x and z, or from the comparison two other planes parallel to the plane of y and z. Hence any part whatever of the solid enclosed between six planes at right angles, receives through each of its faces as much heat as hence no portion of the solid it loses through the opposite face
planes parallel to the plane of of
;
can change temperature. 94.
From
this
we
see
that,
across
question, a quantity of heat flows which stants,
and which
is
also the
same
one of the planes in is
the same at
all
in-
for all other parallel sections.
In order to determine the value of this constant flow we compare it with the quantity of heat which flows uniformly The in the most simple case, which has been already discussed. case is that of an infinite solid enclosed between two infinite
shall
THEORY OF HEAT.
76
[CHAP.
We
planes and maintained in a constant state.
I.
have seen that
the temperatures of the different points of the mass are in this case represented
by the equation v=
A + cz
;
we proceed
to prove
that the uniform flow of heat propagated in the vertical direction in the infinite solid
equal to that which flows in the same
is
by
direction across the prism enclosed
This equality necessarily exists v
= A + cz,
belonging to the
cient c in the
represents
if
first solid, is
more general equation
the state
six planes at right angles.
the coefficient
v
c in
the equation
the same as the
= A + ax +
coeffi-
+ cz which
by
H
fact, denoting by a and by m and /x two the first of which m is below
of the prism.
In
plane in this prism perpendicular to molecules very near to each other,
z,
the plane H, and the second
above this plane, let v be the whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and w the temperature of fx whose co-ordinates are x + a, y + fi, z + y. Take a third molecule // whose co-ordinates are x — a,y — /3,z + y, and whose temperature may be denoted by w. We see that /x and fi are on the same horizontal plane, and that the vertical drawn from the middle point of the line /x/x', which joins these two points, passes through the point m, so that the distances m/x and The action of m on /x, or the quantity of heat m/x' are equal. which the first of these molecules sends to the other across the plane H, depends on the difference v — w of their temperatures. The action of m on /jf depends in the same manner on the temperature of
difference
v
—w
the distance of
m
m
of the temperatures of these molecules, since
from
//,
is
the same as that of
m
from
/x'.
Thus,
expressing by q (v — w) the action of on fx during the unit of time, we shall have q (v — w) to express the action of on /x',
m
m
q being a common unknown m/x and on the nature of the
factor,
depending on the distance
solid.
Hence the sum
actions exerted during unit of time If instead of x, y,
and v
we we
z,
is
q (v
of the
two
— to + v — w).
in the general equation
= A + ax -f by + cz,
substitute the co-ordinates of
m
and then those
shall find
—
v
— w = — aoi —
v
— w — + aa + 5/3 — cy.
&/3
cy,
of
fx
and
//,
MOVEMENT
SECT. VII.]
The sum fore
of the
IN
THREE DIMENSIONS.
two actions of
m
on
and of
ft
77
m
on
fi
is
there-
— 2qcy.
H
belongs to the infinite solid Suppose then that the plane whose temperature equation is v = A + cz, and that we denote also by on, /x and yi! those molecules in this solid whose coordinates are x, y, z for the first, x + a, y + (3, z + 7 for the second, and x — a,y — {3,z+y for the third we shall have, as in the preceding case, v — 10 + v — w — — 2cy. Thus the sum of the two actions of m on and of m on fi', is the same in the infinite solid as in the prism enclosed between the six planes at right angles. :
yu,
We
should obtain a similar result,
if
situated at
we considered the
H
n below the plane the same height above the
of another point
action
on two others v and plane.
v',
Hence, the sum
which are exerted across the plane whole quantity of heat which, during unit of time, passes to the upper side of this surface, by virtue of the action of very near molecules which it separates, is always the
of all the actions of this kind,
H, that
same
to say the
in both solids.
95.
by two v
is
In the second of these two bodies, that which is bounded infinite planes, and whose temperature equation is
— A + cz, we know
that the quantity of heat which flows during
unit of time across unit of area taken on any horizontal section
whatever
is
—
conducibility
cK,
;
c
being the coefficient of
z,
and
K the
specific
hence, the quantity of heat which, in the prism
enclosed between six planes at right angles, crosses during unit of time, unit of area taken on is
also
— cK, when
peratures of the prism
is
v
In the same way
any horizontal section whatever,
the linear equation which represents the tem-
it
= A + ax + by + cz.
may be
proved that the quantity of heat
which, during unit of time, flows uniformly across unit of area
taken on any section whatever perpendicular to x, is expressed by — aK, and that the whole quantity which, during unit of time, crosses unit of area taken on a section perpendicular to y, is expressed by — bK. The theorems which we have demonstrated in this and the
two preceding
articles,
suppose the direct action of heat in the
THEORY OF HEAT.
78 interior of the
mass
but they would
still
to
[CHAP.
I.
be limited to an extremely small distance, if the rays of heat sent out by each
be true,
molecule could penetrate directly to a quite appreciable distance,
but
it
would be necessary
in this case, as
we have remarked
in
tem-
Article 70, to suppose that the cause which maintains the
peratures of the faces of the solid affects a part extending within
the mass to a finite depth.
SECTION
VIII.
Measure of the movement of heat at a given point of a 96.
It
still
solid mass.
remains for us to determine one of the principal
elements of the theory of heat, which consists in defining and in
measuring exactly the quantity of heat which passes through every point of a solid mass across a plane whose direction If heat
is
is
given.
unequally distributed amongst the molecules of the
same body, the temperatures at any point will vary every instant. Denoting by t the time which has elapsed, and by v the temperature attained after a time t by an infinitely small molecule whose co-ordinates are x, y, z the variable state of the solid will be (of, y, z, t). expressed by an equation similar to the following v = Suppose the function to be given, and that consequently we can determine at every instant the temperature of any point whatever; imagine that through the point m we draw a horizontal plane parallel to that of x and y, and that on this plane we trace an infinitely small circle a», whose centre is at m it is required to determine what is the quantity of heat which during ;
F
F
;
the instant dt will pass across the circle
co
from the part of the
below the plane into the part above it. All points extremely near to the point m and under the plane exert their action during the infinitely small instant dt, on all those which are above the plane and extremely near to the point m, that is to say, each of the points situated on one side of this plane will send heat to each of those which are situated on the solid
which
is
other side.
We
shall consider as positive
transport
an action whose
effect is
to
a certain quantity of heat above the plane, and as
negative that which causes heat to pass below the plane.
The
MOVEMENT
SECT. VIII.]
sum
IN
of all the partial actions
m, that is to say the
sum
A SOLID MASS.
79
which are exerted across the
circle
of all the quantities of heat which,
crossing any point whatever of this circle, pass from the part of the solid below the plane to the part above, compose the flow whose expression is to be found. It is easy to imagine that this flow may not be the same throughout the whole extent of the solid, and that if at another
m
point
we
traced a horizontal circle
eo
equal to the former, the
two quantities of heat which rise above these planes &> and m' during the same instant might not be equal these quantities are comparable with each other and their ratios are numbers which :
may
be easily determined.
97.
We know
already the value of the constant flow for the
and uniform movement; thus in the solid enclosed between two infinite horizontal planes, one of which is maintained at the temperature a and the other at the temperature b, the flow of heat is the same for every part of the mass we may regard it as case of linear
;
taking place in the vertical direction only. The value corresponding to unit of surface and to unit of time
is
K
,
(
]
the perpendicular distance of the two planes, and conducibility
e
denoting
K the specific
the temperatures at the different points of the
:
solid are expressed
by the equation
v
=a— e
When
the problem
is
that of a solid comprised between six
rectangular planes, pairs of which are parallel, and the tem-
peratures at the different points are expressed by the equation v
= A + ax + by + cz,
the propagation takes place at the same time along the directions of x, of y, of z
;
the quantity of heat which flows across a definite
portion of a plane parallel to that of x and y
out the whole extent of the prism
;
its
is
the same through-
value corresponding to unit
and to unit of time is — cK, in the direction of z, it is and — aK in that of x. In general the value of the vertical flow in the two cases which we have just cited, depends only on the coefficient of z and on of surface,
— bK,
in the direction of y,
the specific conducibility
K;
this value is always equal to
dv — K-j-
.
THEORY OF HEAT.
80
The
[CHAP.
I.
expression of the quantity of heat which, during the in-
flows across a horizontal circle infinitely small, whose area and passes in this manner from the part of the solid which is below the plane of the circle to the part above, is, for the two cases
stant
dt,
is co,
— K -r- codt.
in question,
It
98.
that
it
now
easy
is
Let us in its
fact denote
by x
the co-ordinates of a point
w
is
to the co-ordinates x
molecules
;
,
and
£,
y
17, ',
,
they determine the position of
;
near to the point m, with respect to three
infinitely
at m, parallel to the axes of
is
Differentiating the equation
z.
v
w
the value of dv
+ f y + 1), z + £, be near to the point m, and
Let x
£ are quantities infinitely small added
z
=f
(
x
and replacing the differentials by
,
of heat ex-
the co-ordinates of this point
,
infinitely
/x
rectangular axes, whose origin x, y,
z
y',
,
actual temperature by v.
whose temperature
movement
= F (x, y, z, t).
pressed by the equation v
m, and
and to recognise
to generalise this result
exists in every case of the varied
f.
>
y> z > *) f,
rj,
Ç,
we
shall have, to express
+ dv,
which
is
dv
dv' . dv ,, , -7- b; the coefficients v , -j—
w — v + j-ç + -7- V +
equivalent to v
™
the linear equation
dv dv
,
,
~j~>~j~
n
5
are tunc-
which the given and constant values x y z which belong to the point m, have been substituted for x, y, z. Suppose that the same point m belongs also to a solid enclosed between six rectangular planes, and that the actual temperatures of the points of this jDrism, whose dimensions are finite, are expressed by the linear equation w = A +afj + br) + cÇ; and that the molecules situated on the faces which bound the solid are maintained by some external cause at the temperature which is tions of x, y,
assigned to
z,
in
t,
them by
',
,
the linear equation.
co-ordinates of a molecule of the prism, referred to three axes
This arranged, cients
A,
;
uv
cLv
civ
tion
we take
if
is
ij,
Ç are the rectangular
whose temperature
>
~J~
>
~j~
1
is
w,
at m.
as the values of the constant coeffi-
which enter into the equation
a, b, c,
quantities v, ~y
whose origin
£,
',
which belong to the
for the prism, the
differential
the state of the prism expressed by the equation
equa-
MOVEMENT
SECT. VIII.]
_
IN A SOLID MASS.
^M
' i
dy
will coincide as nearly as possible is
dv dz
dv
c.
dx
81
y,
with the state of the
we
the same temperature, whether or in the prism.
consider
them
;
that
will
have
solid
m
to say, all the molecules infinitely near to the point
to be in the solid
This coincidence of the solid and the prism
is
quite analogous to that of curved surfaces with the planes which
touch them. It
is
evident, from this, that the quantity of heat which flows
in the solid across the circle
during the instant
co,
the same
dt, is
which flows in the prism across the same circle; for all the molecules whose actions concur in one effect or the other, have the same temperature in the two solids. Hence, the flow in as that
question, in one solid or the other,
It
would be
—
d K ay ~r 1
expressed by
—
K
-j-
wdt.
)
codt,
if
perpendicular to the axis of perpendicular to the axis of
The value
is
the circle w, whose centre
and
y,
dv — K -j-
is
m, were
wdt, if this circle were
x.
we have just determined varies from one point to another, and it varies also with the time. We might imagine it to have, at all the points of a unit of surface, the same value as at the point m, and to preserve this value during unit of time the flow would then be expressed of the flow which
in the solid
;
by
dv
— K -j-
in that
G/o
,
it
would be
of x.
We
— K-j-
shall
.
.
in the direction of y,
ordinarily
employ
in
and
dv — K-j-
calculation this
value of the flow thus referred to unit of time and to unit of surface.
This theorem serves in general to measure the velocity
99.
with which heat tends to traverse a given point of a plane situated in any
manner whatever
whose Through the given point m, a perpendicular must be raised upon the plane, and at every point of this perpendicular ordinates must be drawn to represent in the interior of a solid
temperatures vary with the time.
the actual temperatures at will thus F.
H.
its
different points.
be formed whose axis of abscissa?
is
A
plane curve
the perpendicular. b'
THEORY OF HEAT.
82
The
[CHAP.
I.
fluxion of the ordinate of this curve, answering to the point
m, taken with the opposite
which heat
is
ordinate
known
is
the velocity with
expresses
sign,
This fluxion of the
transferred across the plane.
formed by
to be the tangent of the angle
the element of the curve with a parallel to the abscissae.
The
which we have just explained
result
of heat.
We
cannot discuss the
is
made
the most frequent applications have been
that of which
the theory
in
problems
different
without
forming a very exact idea of the value of the flow at every point of a body whose temperatures are variable. insist
about to refer to will
been made of
of
It is necessary to
an example which we are indicate more clearly the use which has
on this fundamental notion
;
in analysis.
it
100. Suppose the different points of a cubic mass, an edge which has the length tt, to have unequal actual temperatures
by
represented
equation
the
=
v
cos
x
cos
y
cos
The
z.
z are measured on three rectangular
co-
whose
ordinates x, y, origin is at the centre of the cube, perpendicular to the faces.
The
axes,
points of the external surface of the solid are at the actual
and
temperature
0,
maintain at
all
supposed
is
it
also
that external
these points the actual temperature
0.
causes
On
this
hypothesis the body will be cooled more and more, the temperatures of will
all
the points situated in the interior of the mass
vary, and, after
temperature
an
time, they will all attain
infinite
Now, we
of the surface.
that the variable state of this solid v
the coefficient g bility of the
density and
We
C
to find
gt
cos x cos
y cos
z,
SK
—^, K
equal to
the specific
—,
heat
;
t is
the
prove in the sequel,
expressed by the equation
is
the specific conduci-
substance of which the solid
is
formed,
D
is
the
the time elapsed.
here suppose that the truth of this equation
is
admitted,
examine the use which may be made of it the quantity of heat which crosses a given plane parallel
and we proceed to
is
= e~
is
shall
to
one of the three planes at the right angles. If, through the point m, whose co-ordinates are
draw a plane perpendicular
to
z,
we
we mode
x, y, z,
shall find, after the
MOVEMENT
SECT. VIII.]
A CUBE.
IN
83
of the preceding article, that the value of the flow, at this point
and across the plane,
— K -r-
is
,
Ke~9t cos x
or
on this
situated
small rectangle,
cos
y
sin
.
The
z.
an infinitely plane, and whose sides are
quantity of heat which, during the instant
dx and
.
dt, crosses
dy, is
K
e
gt
x cos y
cos
sin z
dx dy dt.
Thus the whole heat which, during the instant same plane, is
dt, crosses
the
entire area of the
K
e
9t
sin z
dt
cos
\
j
x cos ydxdy;
the double integral being taken from x
= — - ir up
and from y
to
y
We
= ^ 7r.
= — ~ it up find
x
to
==
ir,
then for the ex-
pression of this total heat,
K e~
fft
4i
sin z
.
dt.
to t, from t = which has crossed the same plane since the cooling began up to the actual moment.
If then
t
=
t,
we
we take the
integral with respect to
shall find the quantity of heat
This integral
—
47v
is
sin
z(l
—e
9( ),
value at the surface
its
is
—9 (l-O.
4/v
so that after
an
one of the faces
time the quantity of heat
infinite is
-
to each of the six faces,
.
The same reasoning being
we conclude
g
is
equivalent to
-^
.
The
through
applicable
that the solid has lost by
complete cooling a total quantity of heat equal to since
lost
total heat
24iT
which
or
is
its
8CD,
dissipated
during the cooling must indeed be independent of the special conducibility
K, which can only
influence
more
or
less
velocity of cooling.
G—
the
THEORY OF HEAT.
84
We may
100. A.
[CH.
fact,
in
SECT. VIII.
determine in another manner the quantity
and
of heat which the solid loses during a given time,
serve
I.
some degree
this will
In
preceding calculation.
to verify the
the mass of the rectangular molecule whose dimensions are
dx, dy, dz,
D dx dy dz,
is
which must be given to that of boiling water is raise this
it
consequently to bring
CDdxdy
molecule to the temperature
would be v
CD dx dy
the
quantity of heat
to from the temperature dz, and if it were required to it
the expenditure of heat
v,
dz.
from this, that in order to find the quantity by which the heat of the solid, after time t, exceeds that which it contained at the temperature 0, we must take the mulIt follows
tiple integral
1
III v
CD
1
We
dx dy
between the limits x
dz,
1
=—
~
it,
1
1
thus find, on substituting for v
is
to say
that the excess of actual heat over that which belongs
to the
e~
temperature 8 CD, as
is
cos
—
that
x cos y cos z,
gt
an
infinite
time,
described, in this introduction, all the elements
which
is
we found
We have it
8 CD
9t
its value,
(1
e~
)
before.
know in order movement of heat
necessary to
relating to the
;
after
or,
to
solve
different
in solid bodies,
problems
and we have
given some applications of these principles, in order to shew the
mode
use which
them we have been able
of employing
in analysis
make
;
the most important
of them,
is to deduce from them the general equations of the propagation of heat, which is the subject of the next chapter.
to
of J. D. Forbes on the temperatures of a long is not conshew conclusively that the conducting power stant, but diminishes as the temperature increases. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. xxm. pp. 133 146 and Vol. xxiv. pp. 73 110. Note on Art. 98. General expressions for the flow of heat within a mass in which the conductibility varies with the direction of the flow are investigated by
Note on Art. 76.
The researches
K
iron bar heated at one end
—
Lame
in his Théorie Analytique de la Chaleur, pp. 1
—
—
8.
[A. F.]
CHAPTER
IL
EQUATIONS OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT.
SECTION
I.
Equation of the varied movement of heat in a ring. 101.
We
might form the general equations which represent
movement of heat in solid bodies of any form whatever, and apply them to particular cases. But this method would often the
involve very complicated calculations which
may
easily be avoided.
There are several problems which it is preferable to treat in a special manner by expressing the conditions which are appropriate to them; we proceed to adopt this course and examine separately the problems which have been enunciated in the first section of the introduction; we will limit ourselves at first to forming the differential equations, and shall give the integrals of them in the following chapters.
102.
We
have already considered the uniform movement of
heat in a prismatic bar of small thickness whose extremity
is
immersed in a constant source of heat. This first case offered no difficulties, since there was no reference except to the permanent state of the temperatures, and the equation which expresses them The following problem requires a more prois easily integrated. found investigation; of a solid ring
whose
its
object
is
to determine the variable state
different points
have received
initial
tempe-
ratures entirely arbitrary.
The
solid ring or armlet is generated
by the revolution of
a rectangular section about an axis perpendicular to the plane of
THEORY OF HEAT.
86 the ring (see figure is
II.
the perimeter of the section whose area
3), I is
S, the coefficient
K
ducibility,
h measures the external con-
G
the
The
line
the internal conducibility,
specific capacity for heat,
oxx'x" represents the or that
armlet,
[CHAP.
line
D
the density.
mean
circumference of the
which passes through the
centres of figure of all the sections; the distance
of a section from the origin o arc whose length It
is
is
x;
R
is
the radius of the
is
measured by the
mean
circumference.
supposed that on account of the small dimensions and of we may consider the temperature at the
the form of the section, different points of the
103.
same
Imagine that
section to be equal.
initial arbitrary
temperatures have been
and that the solid is then exposed to air maintained at the temperature 0, and displaced with a constant velocity; the system of temperatures will continually vary, heat will be propagated within the ring, and dispersed at the surface it is required to determine what will be the state of the solid at any given instant. Let v be the temperature which the section situated at distance x will have acquired after a lapse of time t v is a certain function of x and t, into which all the initial temperatures also must enter this is the function which is to be discovered. given to the different sections of the armlet,
:
;
:
104.
small
We
slice,
movement of heat in an infinitely made at distance x and distance x + dx. The state of this slice
will consider the
enclosed between a section
another section
made
for the duration of
at
one instant
is
that of an infinite solid termi-
nated by two parallel planes maintained at unequal temperatures thus the quantity of heat which flows during this instant dt across ;
first section, and passes in this way from the part of the solid which precedes the slice into the slice itself, is measured according to the principles established in the introduction, by the product of four factors, that is to say, the conducibility K, the area of the
the
section S, the ratio
dv — -j-
,
and the duration of the instant
;
its
ace
expression
is
civ — KS -pdt
To determine the quantity
of heat
SECT.
VARIED MOVEMENT IN A RING.
I.]
which escapes from the same
87
the second section, and
slice across
passes into the contiguous part of the solid,
it is
only necessary
change x into x + dx in the preceding expression, or, which is the same thing, to add to this expression its differential taken with respect to x thus the slice receives through one of its faces ^ dv a quantity of heat equal to — KS-^-dt, and loses through the to
;
opposite face a quantity of heat expressed by
— KS^r
dt
ax
— KS -y- dx dt. dx
2
by reason of its position a quantity of heat the difference of the two preceding quantities, that is
It acquires therefore
equal to
cPv KS -jdx dt dx 9
On
same
whose external surface is little from v, allows a quantity of heat equivalent to hlvdxdt to escape into the air during the instant dt; it follows from this that this infinitely the other hand, the
slice,
Idx and whose temperature differs infinitely
small part of the
KS
represented by rature vary
105.
-j-^
dx dt
The amount
u
The
in
solid retains
coefficient
reality
— hlv dx dt
which makes
of this change
C
expresses
a quantity of heat
obtain
have
its
to
temperature 1
;
how much heat
CD Sdx
by
C
is
required
from tempe-
consequently, multiplying the
of the infinitely small slice
weight, and
tempe-
must be examined.
to raise unit of weight of the substance in question
rature up volume Sdx
its
by the density D,
the specific capacity for heat,
we
to
shall
which would raise the volume of the slice from temperature up to temperature 1. Hence the increase of temperature which results from the addition d2v of a quantity of heat equal to KS -^ dx dt — Mv dx dt will be as the quantity of heat
found by dividing the fore,
last
quantity by
CDS dx.
Denoting there-
according to custom, the increase of temperature which takes
place during the instant dt by
-=- dt,
we
shall
have the equation
THEORY OF HEAT.
We
dv
K
dt
CD
II.
M
d2 v dx2
.(b)
CDS
shall explain in the sequel the use
which may be made of
determine the complete solution, and what the
this equation to
problem
difficulty of the
[CHAP.
we
consists in;
limit ourselves here to
a remark concerning the permanent state of the armlet. 106.
Suppose
that, the
plane of the ring being horizontal,
sources of heat, each of which exerts a constant action, are placed
below different points m, n, p, q etc. heat will be propagated in the solid, and that which is dissipated through the surface being ;
incessantly replaced by that which emanates from the sources, the
temperature of every section of the solid will approach more and more to a stationary value which varies from one section to another.
In order to express by means of equation
(b)
the law of
the latter temperatures, which would exist of themselves
if
they
were once established, we must suppose that the quantity v does not vary with respect to
t;
which annuls the term
dv -j-.
We
thus
have the equation
dx
A IS
M and N being two constants 1
This equation
is
1 .
the same as the equation for the steady temperature of a
bar heated at one end (Art. 76), except that I here denotes the perimeter of a section whose area is 8. In the case of the finite bar we can determine two and for, if V be the temperature at the relations between the constants finite
M
N
:
where x = 0,- V—M+N; and if at the end of the bar remote from the source, where x — L suppose, we make a section at a distance dx from that end, the flow source,
through this section
is,
in unit of time,
-
A'<S'
-=-
,
and
of heat through the periphery and free end of the hence ultimately, dx vanishing,
hv +
= 0, K— dx
when x=L,
that is
Cf. Verdet, Conférences de Physique, p. 37.
[A. F.]
this is equal to the waste slice,
hv [ldx + S) namely;
SECT.
STEADY MOVEMENT IN A RING.
I.]
S&
Suppose a portion of the circumference of the
107.
ring,
situated between two successive sources of heat, to be divided
and denote by v lf v 2 v a v v &c, the temperatures whose distances from the origin are œv x2 x3 xv &c; the relation between v and x will be given by the preceding equation, after that the two constants have been determined by means of the two values of v corresponding to into equal parts,
at the
points
,
,
of division
,
,
lia
KS Denoting by a the quantity e and by A the distance x2 — xx of two consecutive points of division, we shall have the equations
the sources of heat.
,
:
v1 v2
= -Mf* + NaT**, = Mol x a*» + Nj.~kûT^, = i¥a V* + iVa" 2Aa"% .
2
v.
3
whence we derive the following
relation
—v
-\-
1
v3
= a* + oT\
v2
We
L
should find a similar result for the three points whose
temperatures are v 2 v3 v4 and in general for any three consecutive ,
,
It follows
points.
,
from this that
if
we observed the temperatures
vv v2 v z vv v 5 &c. of several successive points, all situated between the same two sources and n and separated by a constant ,
,
m
interval
A-,
we should
perceive that any three consecutive tempe-
ratures are always such that the
by the mean 108.
If,
sum
of the
gives a constant quotient aK
in the space included
two extremes divided
+ a~\
between the next two sources of
heat n and p, the temperatures of other different points separated by the same interval A were observed, it would still be found that
any three consecutive
for
temperatures, a\
-j-
oT\
points,
the
sum
of the
two extreme
divided by the mean, gives the same quotient
The value
of this
quotient depends neither on the
position nor on the intensity of the sources of heat.
109.
Ave see
by
Let q be this constant value, we have the equation
this that
when
the circumference
is
divided into equal
parts, the temperatures at the points of division, included between
THEORY OF HEAT.
90
[CHAP.
II.
two consecutive sources of heat, are represented by the terms of a recurring series whose scale of relation is composed of two terms q and — 1. Experiments have fully confirmed this result. We have exposed a metallic ring to the permanent and simultaneous action of different sources of heat, and we have observed the stationary temperatures of several points separated by constant intervals; we always found that the temperatures of any three consecutive points, not separated by a source of heat, were connected by the
Even if the sources of heat be multiplied, and in whatever manner they be disposed, no change can be
relation in question.
v —
effected in the numerical value of the quotient
-4-
v3 ;
it
depends
only on the dimensions or on the nature of the ring, and not on
the manner in which that solid
When we
110.
is
it
A
a
,
by means
derive
the value of ax
3
1
a
,
of the equation ax
and other root
we may
heated.
have found, by observation, the value of the
constant quotient q or
from
is
is
from
a~\
+
tx~
x
= q.
(log of.
One
derived
of the roots
This quantity being determined,
the value of the ratio -^, which
it
Of
j
may be
Denoting ax by w, we
shall
the ratio of the two conducibilities
have a? is
is
— qco + 1 = 0. Thus
found by multiplying
y
by the square
of the hyperbolic logarithm of one of the roots of
the equation
2
o>
— qw + 1 =
0,
and dividing the product by A2
SECTION
.
II.
Equation of the varied movement of heat in a solid sphere.
A
homogeneous mass, of the form of a sphere, for an infinite time in a medium maintained at a permanent temperature 1, is then exposed to air which is kept at temperature 0, and displaced with constant velocity it is required to determine the successive states of the body during 111.
solid
having been immersed
:
the whole time of the cooling.
SECT.
VARIED MOVEMENT IN A SPHERE.
II.]
91
Denote by x the distance of any point whatever from the same point, and suppose, to make the problem after a time t has elapsed more general, that the initial temperature, common to all points situated at the distance x from the centre, is different for different values of x which is what would have been the case if the immersion had not lasted for an infinite time. Points of the solid, equally distant from the centre, will not cease to have a common temperature v is thus a function of x and t. When we suppose t = 0, it is essential that the value of this function should agree with the initial state which is given, and which is entirely arbitrary. centre of the sphere, and by v the temperature of the ;
;
;
112.
We
shall consider the instantaneous
in an infinitely thin shell,
x and x + dx: the quantity
radii are
movement
of heat
bounded by two spherical surfaces whose an whose radius which is nearest to
of heat which, during
infinitely small instant dt, crosses the lesser surface is
x,
and
so passes
from that part of the solid
the centre into the spherical factors 2
and the
é7rx of surface,
it is
shell, is
equal to the product of four
which are the conducibility K, the duration
expressed by
dv ratio -j-
— ^Kirx
2
,
the extent
dt,
taken with the negative sign
;
-j- dt.
To determine the quantity
which flows during the same instant through the second surface of the same shell, and passes from this shell into the part of the solid which envelops it,
x must be changed is
to say, to the
tial of this
into
x + dx,
term - ^Kirx
2
of heat
in the preceding expression
dv -j- dt
term taken with respect
-
must be added the
We
to x.
:
that
differen-
thus find
kKirx2 -^-dt- 4iK7rd (x2 ^-). dt dx) ax \
as the expression of the quantity of heat which leaves the spherical shell across its second surface;
and
from that which enters through the
iKird (x
2
-j-
)
dt.
This difference
is
if
we
first
subtract this quantity
surface,
we
evidently the
shall
have
quantity of
THEORY OF HEAT.
92
[CHAP.
heat which accumulates in the intervening is
shell,
and whose
II.
effect
to vary its temperature.
The
113.
C
coefficient
denotes the quantity of heat which
necessary to raise, from temperature
D
is
to temperature 1, a definite 2
dx is the volume of the intervening layer, differing from it only by a quantity which may be omitted hence kirGDx^dx is the quantity of heat necessary to raise the intervening shell from temperature
unit of weight
;
the weight of unit of volume,
is
4
:
to temperature
Hence
1.
it is
requisite to divide the quantity
by ^TrGDx'dx, and we
of heat which accumulates in this shell shall dt.
then find the increase of its temperature v during the time We thus obtain the equation
K
_
,
X
\jJJ
do
_
2
CI)
dt
'
QiX
fd v
2 dv\
Kdx
x dx)
2,
The preceding equation
114.
ment
K
dx)
y
,
,.
represents the law of the move-
of heat in the interior of the solid, but the temperatures of
points in the surface are subject also to a special condition which
must be expressed. surface
cussed
:
This condition relative to the state of the
may vary according to. the nature of the problems diswe may suppose for example, that, after having heated
the sphere, and raised
all its
boiling water, the cooling
is
surface the temperature 0,
molecules to the temperature of
by giving to all points in the and by retaining them at this tem-
effected
may
perature by any external cause whatever.
In this case we
imagine the sphere, whose variable state
desired to determine,
to be covered exerts
its
action.
It
may
be supposed,
thin envelope adheres to the solid, that
and that
as the solid
of the mass
;
it is
by a very thin envelope on which the cooling agency
2°,
that
jected to temperature
it
all
1°,
it is
forms a part of
it,
that this infinitely
of the
same substance
like the other portions
the molecules of the envelope are sub-
Obya
cause always in action which prevents
the temperature from ever being above or below zero. this condition theoretically, the function
v,
To
express
which contains x and
t,
SECT.
VARIED MOVEMENT IN A SPHERE.
II.]
must be made value of
t
to
become
nul,
when we
give to
93
x
complete
its
X equal to the radius of the sphere, whatever else the value
may
value of
We
be.
denote by
>
(x, t)
if
we
which expresses the
t,
the two equations
v,
dv
K
= is
it
2
fd v
CZ>U?
3*
Further,
should then have, on this hypothesis, the function of x and
"
2 dv\
+
,
,
and
/tr
jN
•M-M=°-
Ï
necessary that the initial state should be repre-
sented by the same function
second condition
(x,0)
>
= 1.
(x, t)
:
we
Thus the
shall therefore
have as a
variable state of a solid
we have first described will be which must satisfy the three preceding general, and belongs at every instant to
sphere on the hypothesis which represented by a function
The
equations.
first
is
points of the mass
all
;
v,
the second affects only the molecules at
the surface, and the third belongs only to the initial state. If the solid
115.
is
being cooled in
air,
the second equation
is
must then be imagined that the very thin envelope maintained by some external cause, in a state such as to pro-
different; it is
duce the escape from the sphere, at every instant, of a quantity of heat equal to that which the presence of the medium can carry
away from
Now instant
it.
the quantity of heat which, during an infinitely small
dt,
flows within the interior of the solid across the spheri-
cal surface situate at distance x, is equal to this general expression
supposing x =
is
—
^Kitx%
applicable to all values of
-y-
x.
dt
;
and
Thus, by
X we shall ascertain
the quantity of heat which in the variable state of the sphere would pass across the very thin
envelope which bounds
it
;
on the other hand, the external surface which we shall denote
of the solid having a variable temperature,
F, would permit the escape into the air of a quantity of heat proportional to that temperature, and to the extent of the surface, The value of this quantity is 4<JnrX2 Vdt. which is 4<7rX 2
by
.
To
express, as
is
supposed, that the action of the envelope
supplies the place, at every instant, of that which would result from
the presence of the medium, 4th7rX
z
Vdt
to the
it is
value which
sufficient to
the
equate the quantity
expression
— ^KirX
2
(hi)
-.-
dt
THEORY OF HEAT.
94 receives
when we
the equation
-j-
give to x
= — -^v
complete value
its
-r and v we put instead of x ax it
The value
116.
a constant ratio
same
form
in the
value X, which
K dV— h V= —,
obtain
we
when x = X, must
to the value of
shall denote
0.
I-
ax
Thus we
point.
its
of -r- taken
— -^
X; hence we
II.
which must hold when in the functions
}
(XV
by writing
[CHAP.
v,
therefore have
which corresponds to the
shall suppose that the external cause of
the cooling determines always the state of the very thin envelope,
manner that the value
in such a
state, is proportional to
and that the constant
dv
ax
the value of
means
of
which prevents the extreme value of
—
but
of the
v,
y^
v,
results
— v?
is
some cause always
dv -j-
*
= X, This
present,
from being anything
else
the action of the envelope will take the place of that
air.
It is not necessary to suppose the envelope to thin,
from this
corresponding to x
two quantities
ratio of these
condition being fulfilled by
which
of -^-
and
it
indefinite
be seen in the sequel that
will
Here the thickness
thickness.
it
considered to be
is
indefinitely small, so as to fix the attention
be extremely
may have an
on the
state of the
surface only of the solid.
Hence
117.
follows that the three equations which are
it
required to determine the function
dv
_
K
2
/d v
,
2 dv\
T
$
rdV
(x, t)
j
Tr
or v are the following, _
,
.
_.
^
dt~Cn[dx
2
The is
applies to all possible values of x and t the second when x = X, whatever be the value of t; and the satisfied when t = 0, whatever be the value of x. first
satisfied
third
is
;
SECT.
VARIED MOVEMENT IN A CYLINDER.
III.]
95
might be supposed that in the initial state all the spherical have not the same temperature which is what would necessarily happen, if the immersion were imagined not to have lasted for an indefinite time. In this case, which is more general than the foregoing, the given function, which expresses the initial temperature of the molecules situated at distance x from the centre of the sphere, will be represented by F (x) the third equation will then be replaced by the following, <£ (x, 0) = {x). Nothing more remains than a purely analytical problem, whose solution will be given in one of the following chapters. It consists in finding the value of v, by means of the general condition, and the two special conditions to which it is subject. It
layers
:
;
F
SECTION
III.
Equations of the varied movement of heat in a solid cylinder.
A
118.
in a liquid
whose
solid cylinder of infinite length,
pendicular to
circular
its
whose temperature
side
is
per-
having been wholly immersed
base,
uniform, has been gradually
is
manner that all points equally distant from have acquired the same temperature it is then exposed
heated, in such a
the axis to
a
;
current
of colder air
;
it
is
determine
required to
the
temperatures of the different layers, after a given time.
x denotes the
radius of a cylindrical surface, all of whose
points are equally distant from the axis
the cylinder
;
v
is
;
X
is
the radius of
the temperature which points of the
solid,
x from the axis, must have after the lapse of a time denoted by t, since the beginning of the cooling. Thus v is a function of x and t, and if in it t be made equal to 0, the function of x which arises from this must necessarily satisfy the initial state, which is arbitrary. situated at distance
119.
Consider the
portion of radius
is
x,
the
movement
cylinder,
of heat in an infinitely thin
included between the surface whose
and that whose radius
is
+ dx.
x
The quantity
heat which this portion receives during the instant part of the solid which
which during the same
it
envelops, that
time
crosses
is
the
dt,
of
from the
to say, the quantity
cylindrical
surface
THEORY OF HEAT.
96
whose radius to unity,
is
is
x,
and whose length
II.
supposed to be equal
is
expressed by
2Kttx ~dt
To
[CHAP.
ax
find the quantity of heat which, crossing the second surface
x+
from the infinitely thin shell into which envelops it, we must, in the foregoing expression, change x into x + dx, or, which is the same thing, add to the term
whose radius
is
dx, passes
the part of the solid
— 2Kttx -=- dt, ax
the differential of this term, taken with respect to x.
Hence
the difference of the heat received and the heat
or
lost,
the
quantity of heat which accumulating in the infinitely thin shell
determines the changes of temperature,
the same differential
is
taken with the opposite sign, or
2Kir dt .dix
dv\
.
?
on the other hand, the volume of this intervening shell is 2irxdx, and 2CDrrxdx expresses the quantity of heat required to raise it from the temperature to the temperature 1, G being the specific heat, and D the density. Hence the quotient
2Kir .dt.di x-— y
ax
2CDTTxdx is
the increment which the temperature receives during the Whence we obtain the equation dt.
instant
dt
120.
The quantity
CD \dx
by 2Kirx
'
x dx)
of heat which,
crosses the cylindrical surface
in general
2
dv -y- dt,
during the instant
whose radius
we
shall
find
is x,
dt,
being expressed
that quantity which
escapes during the same time from the surface of the solid, by \n the foregoing value on the other hand, the
making x =
X
;
STEADY MOVEMENT IN A PRISM.
SECT. IV.]
97
same quantity, dispersed into the air, is, by the principle of the communication of heat, equal, to 2irXhvdt we must therefore ;
have at the surface the definite equation nature of these equations
dv — K-j-=hv.
The
explained at greater length, either
is
which refer to the sphere, or in those wherein the general equations have been given for a body of any form whatever. The function v which represents the movement of heat in an infinite cylinder must therefore satisfy, 1st, the general equain the articles
dv K /d v + - dv\ — = -_ 2
tion
I
1
-7-
-5-2
fil)
Il
the variable
= F(x).
of be.
v,
t
may
The
be,
.
,
,
which applies whatever x and
be; 2nd, the definite equation -^ v
v
,.
,
.
.
,
)
-f -j-
when x = X;
= 0,
which
is
true,
,
t
may
whatever
3rd, the definite equation
must be
satisfied by all values when t is made equal to 0, whatever the variable x may The arbitrary function F(x) is supposed to be known it
condition
last
;
corresponds to the initial state.
SECTION
IV.
Equations of the uniform movement of heat in a solid prism
of
A
121.
infinite length.
prismatic bar
immersed
is
at one extremity in a
constant source of heat which maintains that extremity at the
temperature
A
;
the rest of the bar, whose length
continues to be exposed to
maintained at temperature
a'
is
infinite,
uniform current of atmospheric ;
it
is
air
required to determine the
highest temperature which a given point of the bar can acquire.
from that of Article 73, since we now take into consideration all the dimensions of the solid, which is necessary in order to obtain an exact solution,
The problem
We
differs
are led, indeed, to suppose that in a bar of very small
thickness
all
points of the
equal temperatures
;
same
section
would acquire sensibly may rest on the
but some uncertainty
results of this hypothesis.
It is therefore preferable to solve the
problem rigorously, and then to examine, by analysis, up to what point, and in what cases, we are justified in considering the temperatures of different points of the same section to be equal. F. H.
7
THEORY OF HEAT.
08
The
122.
section
made
[CHAP.
II.
at right angles to the length of the
whose side is 21, the axis of the bar is the axis and the origin is at the extremity A. The three rectangular co-ordinates of a point of the bar are x, y, z, and v denotes the fixed temperature at the same point. The problem consists in determining the temperatures which
bar, is a square
of x,
must be assigned they
may
to different points
of the bar, in order that
continue to exist without any change, so long as the
extreme surface A, which communicates with the source of heat, remains subject, at all its points, to the permanent temperature
A
;
thus v
123.
is
a function of
and
x, y,
z.
Consider the movement of heat in a prismatic molecule,
enclosed between of x, y, and
z.
six
The
planes perpendicular to the three axes
first
three planes pass through the point
m
whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and the others pass through the point in whose co-ordinates are x + dx, y + dy, z + dz. To find what quantity of heat enters the molecule during unit of time across the first plane passing through the point m and perpendicular to x, we must remember that the extent of the surface of the molecule on this plane is dydz, and that the flow across this area is, according to the theorem of Article 98, equal to
dv — K -j-
;
thus the molecule receives across the rectangle dydz
m
passing through the point
dv
— Kdydz-j-.
To
a quantity of heat expressed by
find the quantity of heat
opposite face, and escapes from the molecule,
x + dx
in the preceding expression, thing,
for x, or,
which crosses the
we must
add to this expression its differential whence we conclude that the molecule
to x only
substitute,
which is the same taken with respect
;
loses, at its
second face perpendicular to x, a quantity of heat equal to
— K dydz we must
-j
—K
dydzd
i-j-
therefore subtract this from that which enters at the
opposite face
;
the differences of these two quantities
K dydz d (J^J
,
or,
Kdxdydz—;
is
STEADY MOVEMENT IN A PRISM.
SECT. IV.]
this expresses the quantity of heat
99
accumulated in the molecule
x which accumulated heat would make the temperature of the molecule vary, if it were not balanced by that which is lost in some other in consequence of the propagation in direction of
;
direction.
It is
found in the same manner that a quantity of heat equal
dv
to
—Kdzdx-j-
enters
through the point
which escapes
m
the molecule across the plane passing
perpendicular to y, and that the quantity
at the opposite face is
— Kdzdx -j
— Kdzdxd
dij
(
4-
J
\dy)
Hence
the last differential being taken with respect to y only.
Kdxdydz
the difference of the two quantities, or
d 2v -p^* expresses
the quantity of heat which the molecule acquires, in consequence of the propagation in direction of y. Lastly, it
is
proved in the same manner that the molecule
consequence of the propagation in direction of
acquires, in
a quantity of heat equal to
d2v Kdxdydz-j-^. dz
there
Now,
in order that
may be no change of temperature, it is necessary much heat as it contained at first,
molecule to retain as the heat
for the
so that
acquires in one direction must balance that which
it
z,
it
Hence the sum we form the equation
of the three quantities of heat
loses in another.
acquired must be nothing; thus
d2 v -1
da?
d2 v dy 2
d 2v -|
dz
—
2,
.
o
124.
It
remains now to express the conditions relative to the
surface.
If
we suppose the
of the prismatic bar, see
that the
quantity of
V denoting what
(f>
equal to the
rectangle
heat
m to
face to
belong to one of the faces be perpendicular to z, we
dxdy, during unit
equal to
Vh dx dy
the temperature of the point
(x, y, z) I,
point
and the
to
of time, permits
escape
the
into
m of the surface,
the function sought becomes
half the dimension of the prism.
when
On
z
a
air,
namely is
made
the other hand,
quantity of heat which, by virtue of the action
of the
7—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
100
[CHAP.
II.
molecules, during unit of time, traverses an infinitely small surface to,
—
within the prism, perpendicular to
situated
equal to
is
z,
dv Kai-j-, according to the theorems quoted above.
pression
is
general,
ordinate z has
its
and applying
complete value
quantity of heat which traverses surface
-Kdxdy-j-,
is
value
plete
it
which the co-
we conclude from it that the rectangle dxdy taken at I,
giving to z in the function
Hence the two
I
to points for
This ex-
quantities
-v-
its
the the
com-
—K dxdy dv
-j-,
and
h dx dy v, must be equal, in order that the action of the molecules may agree with that of the medium. This equality must also exist
when we
which
it
dv
give to z in the functions
has at the face opposite to that
-j-
first
and v the value
considered.
—
I,
Further,
the quantity of heat which crosses an infinitely small surface w,
perpendicular to the axis of
that which flows across a rectangle dz
prism perpendicular to y
dv function
-=- its
is
dv — K œ -=-
being
y,
complete value
face of the
dv -r-
Now
I.
follows that
dx taken on a
K dz dx
—
it
,
,
giving to y in the
this
rectangle dz dx
permits a quantity of heat expressed by hv dx dy to escape into the equation hv
the air;
when y
is
125.
made equal
to
I
= — K-ror
—I
becomes therefore necessary,
in the functions v
and
dv -j-
The value of the function v must by hypothesis be when we suppose x = 0, whatever be the values of Thus the required function v is determined by the
equal to A,
y and
z.
following conditions
:
1st, for all
values of
x, y, z,
it satisfies
the
general equation
d2v
d 2v
+ dy~2+ dx^ 2nd,
it
satisfies
the equation
d2 v
_
d?~
'
y^v+ ^-=0, when y
is
equal to
VARIED MOVEAtENT IN A CUBE.
SECT. V.]
I
or
Y^v
be
;
—
I,
+ -j- = 0, when 3rd,
y and
z
may
whatever x and z
it
may
z
satisfies
is
equal to
I
or
be,
—
or
the equation v
I,
101
satisfies
the equation
whatever x and y may-
= A, when x = 0,
whatever
be.
SECTION
V.
Equations of the varied movement of heat in a solid cube. 126.
A solid in
the form of a cube,
acquired the same temperature,
atmospheric
air,
is
all of
whose points have
placed in a uniform current of
maintained at temperature
0.
It is required to
determine the successive states of the body during the whole
time of the cooling.
The
centre of the cube
is
taken as the origin of rectangular
on and z 21 is the side of the cube, v is the temperature to which a point whose coordinates are x, y, z, is lowered after the time t has elapsed since the commencement of the cooling: the problem consists in determining the function v, which depends on x, y, z and t. coordinates; the three perpendiculars dropped from this point
the faces, are the axes of
x, y,
;
To form the general equation which v must satisfy, we must ascertain what change of temperature an infinitely small portion of the solid must experience during the instant dt, by virtue of the action of the molecules which are extremely 127.
near to
between
it.
We
consider then a prismatic molecule
six planes at right angles; the first three pass
enclosed
through
the point m, whose co-ordinates are x, y, z, and the three others, through the point m', whose co-ordinates are
x+
dx,
y + dy,
z
+ dz.
The quantity of heat which during the instant dt passes into the molecule across the first rectangle dydz perpendicular to x, is
—Kdydz-j-
dt,
and that which escapes in the same time from
the molecule, through the opposite face,
is
x + dx in place of x in the preceding expression,
— Kdy dz
[-f)dt — Kdy dzd(-r-)
found by writing it is
dt,
THEORY OF HEAT.
102
[CHAP.
the differential being taken with respect to x only.
II.
The quantity
which during the instant dt enters the molecule, across the first rectangle dz dx perpendicular to the axis of y, is dv — Kdz dx -j- dt, and that which escapes from the molecule during ay the same instant, by the opposite face, is of heat
— Kdz
K dz dx d \dyj
dx -=- dt — dy
-j-
[
)
dt,
the differential being taken with respect to y only. The quantity of heat which the molecule receives during the instant dt, through its
lower
perpendicular to the axis of
face,
and that which
it
loses
z,
—
is
through the opposite face
— K dx dy -j- dt — K dx dy d
(-J-)
K dx dy -y
dt,
is
dt,
the differential being taken with respect to z only.
The sum which
it
which escape from the
of all the quantities of heat
molecule must
now be deducted from
receives,
and the difference
is
the
increase of temperature during the instant
K dy dzdl j-\ dt + Kdz
dx.
d
l-j-
)dt
:
7
If the quantity is
2
^
7
7j
which has just been found be divided by
necessary to raise the molecule from the temperature
which
to the temperature 1, the increase of temperature
effected during the instant dt latter
its
this difference is
+ Kdxdydii-) dt,
2
_
128.
of the quantities
(d v d"v d v) T_ Kdœdydz^ + + ^dt
or
that which
sum
that which determines
quantity
is
CD dx dy dz
the substance for heat; of the molecule.
will
D
its
become known.
C
denotes the capacity of
density,
and dxdydz the volume
:
for
The movement of heat by the equation
in the interior of the
solid is therefore expressed
_ dt~ dv
K
(dS
CDW
is
Now, the
i
d\ tZV\ + dyli+
d?J
W ,j.
"
VARIED MOVEMENT IN A CUBE.
SECT. V.]
form the equations which relate to the
It remains to
129.
state of the surface,
103
which presents no difficulty, in accordance we have established. In fact, the
with the principles which
quantity of heat which, during the instant
dt, crosses
dz dy, traced on a plane perpendicular to x, This result, which applies to
when the value
of
x
dv — K dy dz ydt.
points of the solid, ought to hold
all
equal to
is
is
the rectangle
half the thickness of the prism.
I,
In this case, the rectangle dy dz being situated at the surface, the quantity of heat which crosses
during the instant fore to have,
dt, is
when x =
and
it,
dispersed into the air
is
expressed by hv dy dz
the equation hv
I,
dt,
we ought
= — K -j-
.
there-
This con-
also be satisfied when x = — I. be found also that, the quantity of heat which crosses the rectangle dz dx situated on a plane perpendicular to the axis
dition
must
It will
of y being in general
— K dz dx -^- and
surface into the air across the
same rectangle being hvdzdxdt,
we must have the equation hv +
we
Lastly,
that which escapes at the
,
obtain in like
manner the
K du = -=-
0,
when y =
I
or
—
I.
definite equation
T ^dv
7
dz
which
is
satisfied
when
z
=I
or
—
I.
The function sought, which expresses the varied move130. ment of heat in the interior of a solid of cubic form, must therefore be determined by the following conditions :
1st.
It satisfies the general equation
K
dv dt
2nd.
2
C.DKdx2
d 2v
d' v
fd'*v '
dy 2
'
dz"
It satisfies the three definite equations
hv+.Kf- = 0, dx
which hold when
x= ±1,
hv
y
+ K~ = 0, dy
=
±1, z
= 0, hv+K^ dz
— ±l;
THEORY OF HEAT.
104
If in the function v
3rd.
[CHAP.
which contains
x, y, z,
t,
II.
we make
= 0,
whatever be the values of x, y, and z, we ought to have, according to hypothesis, v = A, which is the initial and common t
value of the temperature. 131.
represents
The equation arrived at in the preceding problem the movement of heat in the interior of all solids.
Whatever, in
fact,
by decomposing
it
We may
result.
the form of the body
be,
it is
we
evident that,
shall obtain this
therefore limit ourselves to demonstrating in
manner the equation
this
may
into prismatic molecules,
But
of the propagation of heat.
in
make the exhibition of principles more complete, and. we may collect into a small number of consecutive articles
order to
that
the theorems which serve to establish the general equation of the
propagation of heat in the interior of
which
solids,
relate to the state of the surface,
two following
sections, to
we
and the equations
shall proceed, in the
the investigation of these equations,
independently of any particular problem, and without reverting to the elementary propositions
which we have explained in the
introduction.
SECTION
VI.
General equation of the propagation of heat in the interior of solids. 132.
Theorem
If the
I.
different points
of a homogeneous
solid mass, enclosed between six planes at right angles, have actual
temperatures determined by the linear equation v
and if
= A — ax —
the molecules
by
—
cz,
(a),
situated at the external surface on the six
planes which bound the prism are maintained, by any cause whatever,
at the temperature expressed by the
moleades situated in
the interior
&f
equation (a)
the onass will
:
all
the
of themselves
retain their actual temperatures, so that there will be no change in the state of the prism.
v
denotes the actual temperature of the point whose co-
ordinates are x,
y,
z\ A,
a, b, c,
To prove this proposition,
are constant coefficients.
consider in the solid any three
points whatever mMfi, situated on the same straight line
nifi,
GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.
SECT. VI.]
M
105
two equal parts denote by x, y, z the co-ordinates of the point M, and its temperature by v, the co-ordinates of the point /x by x + a, y + (3, z + y, and its temperature by w, the co-ordinates of the point m by x — a, y — /3, z — y, and its temperature by u, we shall have
which the point
divides into
;
= A — ax — by — cz, w = A — a (ps + a) — b (y,+ (3) — c (z +
whence we conclude v
that,
— w = ax + b/3 + cy, v
therefore
Now
u — v = ax +
and
— w =u—
6/3
+ cy
;
v.
the quantity of heat which one point receives from
another depends on the distance between the two points and on the difference of their temperatures. Hence the action of the point
M on
thus the point to the point
the point
M
/jl
is
receives as
m
equal to the action of
much
heat from
m
as
it
M;
on
gives
up
fi.
We obtain the same result, whatever be the direction and magnitude of the line which passes through the point M, and Hence it is impossible for this is divided into two equal parts. point to change its temperature, for it receives from all parts as
much
heat as
it
gives up.
The same reasoning
applies to all
change can happen in the state of the 133.
Corollary
infinite parallel
A
I.
planes
A
solid
and B,
other points
hence no
;
solid.
being enclosed between two if the actual temperature of
be expressed by the equation and the two planes which bound it are maintained by any cause whatever, A at the temperature 1, and B at the this particular case will then be included in temperature the preceding lemma, if we make A'.'= 1, a = 0, b = 0, c = 1. its
v
different points is supposed to
= 1 — z,
;
Corollary 134. we imagine a plane
II.
M
If in
the interior of the same solid
parallel to those
which bound
it,
we
see
that a certain quantity of heat flows across this plane during unit of time
;
for
two very near
points, such as
m
and
n,
one
THEOEY OF HEAT.
106
[CHAP.
II.
below the plane and the other above it, are unequally first, whose temperature is highest, must therefore send to the second, during each instant, a certain quantity of heat which, in some cases, may be very small, and even insensible, of
which
is
heated; the
according to the nature of the body and the distance of the two molecules.
The same is true for any two other points whatever separated by the plane. That which is most heated sends to the other a certain quantity of heat, and the sum of these partial actions, or of all the quantities of heat sent across the plane, composes a continual flow whose value does not change, since all the molecules preserve their temperatures.
It is easy to prove that
this flow, or the quantity of heat which crosses the plane
the unit
of time,
equivalent to that ivhich crosses, during the
is
time, another plane
N
the mass which
enclosed between
N will
M during
is
parallel to the
first.
In
M,
as
same
the part of
the two surfaces
receive continually, across the plane across the plane N.
fact,
M and
much
heat
If the quantity of heat,
which enters the part of the mass which is in passing the plane considered, were not equal to that which escapes by the opposite surface JV, the solid enclosed between the two surfaces would acquire fresh heat, or would lose a part of that which it has, and its temperatures would not be constant; which is contrary to the preceding lemma. as
it
loses
M
The measure
135.
substance
is
of the specific conducibility of a given
taken to be the quantity of heat which, in an
infinite
formed of this substance, and enclosed between two parallel planes, flows during unit of time across unit of surface, taken solid,
on any intermediate plane whatever, parallel to the external between which is equal to unit of length, one of them being maintained at temperature 1, and the other planes, the distance
at temperature 0.
This constant flow of the heat which crosses
the whole extent of the prism
and
is
is
denoted by the coefficient K,
the measure of the conducibility.
136.
Lemma. If we suppose
all the
temperatures of the solid in
question under the preceding article, to be multiplied by
whatever
g, so
that
instead of being v
the
= 1 — z,
any number
of temperatures is v = g — gz, and if the two external planes are main-
equation
GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.
SECT. VI.]
107
and the other at temperature 0, of heat, in this second hypothesis, or the quantity ivhich during unit of time crosses unit of surface taken on an intermediate plane 'parallel to the bases, is equal to the product tained, one at the temperature g, the constant flow
of the first flow multiplied by g. In 'fact, since all the temperatures have been increased in the ratio of 1 to g, the differences of the temperatures of any
two points whatever m and fi, are increased in the same ratio. Hence, according to the principle of the communication of heat, in order to ascertain the quantity of heat which m sends to on the second hypothesis, we must multiply by g the quantity on the first hypothesis. which the same point m sends to The same would be true for any two other points whatever. Now, the quantity of heat which crosses a plane results from the sum of all the actions which the points m, m, m", m", etc., situated on the same side of the plane, exert on the points //, Hence, if in the first /jf, //', fj!", etc., situated on the other side. hypothesis the constant flow is denoted by K, it will be equal to gK, when we have multiplied all the temperatures by g. //,
fx,
M
137.
Theorem
II.
In a prism whose constant temperatures = A — ax — by — cz, and ivhich
are expressed by the equation v
of whose points are maintained at constant temperatures determined by the preceding
is
bounded by six planes at right angles
all
equation, the quantity of heat which, during unit of time, crosses
any intermediate plane whatever perpensame as the constant flow in a solid of the
unit of surface taken on
dicular to
z,
is the
same substance would be, if enclosed between two infinite parallel and for which the equation of constant temperatures is V = c — cz. To prove this, let us consider in the prism, and also in the infinite solid, two extremely near points m and p, separated
planes,
Fig. 4.
by the plane the plane, and
M perpendicular m
below
it
being above ; fi and above the same plane
to the axis of z
(see fig. 4),
THEORY OF HEAT.
108
[CHAP.
II.
us take a point to such that the perpendicular dropped from
let
on the plane may its middle point
be perpendicular to the Denote by x, y, z + h, the co-ordinates of the point fi, whose temperature is w, by x — a, y — (S, z, the co-ordinates of m, whose temperature is v, and by x-\-a, y + /3, z, the co-ordinates of m whose temperature is v. The action of m on fi, or the quantity of heat which m sends The to (M during a certain time, may be expressed by q(v — w). factor q depends on the distance mpu, and on the nature of the The action of to' on /x will therefore be expressed by mass. — and the factor q is the same as in the preceding w) [v q and expression hence the sum of the two actions of m on or the quantity of heat which ft receives from m and of m' on the point
/j,
also
distance toto' at
h.
,
;
//.,
;
fju,
from
to', is
expressed by
q(v — w + Now,
if
the points m,
[i,
to'
v'
— w).
belong to the prism,
we have
w = A — ax — by — c (z + h), v = A — a (x — a) — b v' = A — a [x + a) — h (y + /3) — cz and
(y
— /3) — cz,
;
and
the same points belonged to an infinite
if
have,
by
w = c — c(z+h), In the
first case,
we
v
(v
we
the quantity of heat which
is
v
hypothesis,
(i
receives
and
still yu,
v
= c — cz.
have the same
receives from to
when the equation
= A — ax — by —
which
= c — cz,
— w + v — w) = 2qch,
and, in the second case,
first
we should
find
q
the
solid,
hypothesis,
cz,
from
constant temperatures
is
is
to
v
Hence to'
on
of constant temperatures
equivalent to the quantity of heat
and from
to'
when the equation
of
= c — cz.
The same conclusion might be -drawn with other points whatever
result.
and from
respect to any three
provided that the second f/ be at equal from placed distances the other two, and the altitude of to', //, to",
to' /j! to" be parallel to z. Now, the quantity which «rosses any plane whatever M, results from the sum of the actions which all the points to, to', to", to'" etc., situated on
the isosceles triangle of heat
GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.
SECT. VI.]
109
one side of this plane, exert on all the points [x, jx //', /jl", etc hence the constant flow, which, during ',
situated on the other side
:
unit of time, crosses a definite part of the plane solid, is
M in the
infinite
equal to the quantity of heat which flows in the same time
across the
same portion
of the plane
M in the prism,
all
of
whose
temperatures are expressed by the equation
= A — ax — by - cz.
v
Corollary.
138. solid,
when the In
surface.
the
The
rprism
cK
flow has the value
part of the plane which also it has the
in the infinite
crosses has unit of
it
same value cK or
— K dv -ydz
same manner, that the constant flow which takes unit of time, in the same prism across unit of surface,
It is proved in the place, during,
on any plane whatever perpendicular
bK and
that which crosses
The
139.
equal
or
to
-K^;
a plane perpendicular
aK
articles
or
to y, is
—K
propositions which
-^-
to
x has
the value
.
dx
we have proved
in the preceding
apply also to the case in which the instantaneous action of
a molecule
is
exerted in the interior of the mass
up
to
an appre-
In this case, we must suppose that the cause which maintains the external layers of the body in the state expressed by the linear equation, affects the mass up to a finite depth. All observation concurs to prove that in solids and liquids ciable distance.
the distance in question 140.
Theorem
III.
is
extremely small. If the temperatures at the points of a
by the equation
=f
which x, y, z are the co-ordinates of a molecule whose temperature is equal to v after the lapse of a time t; the flow of heat which crosses part of a plane traced in the solid, perpendicular to one of the three axes, is no longer constant its value is different for different parts of the plane, and it varies also with the time. This variable quantity may be determined by analysis. solid
are expressed
v
;
(x,
y, z, t),
in
THEORY OF HEAT.
110 Let
ft)
the point
be an
m
II.
whose centre coincides with and whose plane is perpendicular to the
infinitely small circle
of the solid,
vertical co-ordinate z
during the instant dt there will flow across
;
which
this circle a certain quantity of heat
below the plane of the
of the circle
part
[CHAP.
will pass
circle into
from the the upper
This flow is composed of all the rays of heat which depart part. from a lower point and arrive at an upper point, by crossing a point of the small surface co. We proceed to shew that the expression of the value of the flow is
— K dv t- &>dt.
Let us denote by x y z the coordinates of the point ra whose is v and suppose all the other molecules to be ',
,
temperature
;
referred to this point to the
former axes
referred to the origin
w
m chosen as the
let £,
:
m;
£,
77,
origin of
new
axes parallel
be the three co-ordinates of a point
in order to express the actual temperature
of a molecule infinitely near to
m, we
shall
have the linear
equation
'dv'
,
The
dv
dv
dv
coefficients v, -7—, -7—, -7- are the values
& }j
QjOG
y
z,
which are found
CLZ
by substituting in the functions v,—r, x,
dv
dv'
-,—
,
-7- , for
the variables
the constant quantities x, y z', which measure the disfrom the first three axes of x, y, and z. ,
tances of the point
m
m
Suppose now that the point
is
also
an internal molecule of
a rectangular prism, enclosed between six planes perpendicular to the three axes whose origin
is
m
;
that
w
the actual temperature of
each molecule of this prism, whose dimensions are
w=
A + a% +
finite,
is
ex-
+ c£
and that the six faces which bound the prism are maintained at the fixed temperatures which the last equation assigns to them. The state of the internal molecules will also be permanent, and a quantity of heat measured by the expression —Kcwdt will flow during the pressed by the linear equation
instant dt across the circle
This arranged,
A,
a, b,
c,
if
br]
&).
we take
the quantities v, -j—
as
the values of the constants
,
-~f-,
-j—, the fixed state of the
GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.
SECT. VI.]
Ill
prism will be expressed by the equation dv
,
&
dx Thus the molecules during the instant
whose
state
Hence the
dv
dy
dz
near to the point
therefore expressed
From
this
If in a
and in the prism whose
we
by
—K
will have,
state
is
constant.
same
in either solid
dt, ;
it
-7— wdt.
derive the following proposition
vary with
solid whose internal temperatures
virtue of the action of the molecules,
and
m
flow which exists at the point m, during the instant
across the infinitely small circle œ, is the is
.,
the same actual temperature in the solid
dt,
variable,
is
infinitely
dv
we
trace
any
the time, by
straight line what-
erect {see fig. 5), at the different points
of this line, the températures of these points taken at the same moment; the floiu of heat, at each point p of the straight line, will be proportional to the tangent of the angle a which the element of the curve makes with the parallel to the ever,
ordinates
pm
abscissœ
that
;
of a plane curve equal
is
to the
to say, if at the point Fig.
infinitely small circle
w
p we
place the centre of an
5.
perpendicular to the
heat which has flowed during the instant
line,
dt,
the quantity of
across this circle, in
the direction in which the abscissas op increase, will be measured
by the product a,
of four factors,
which
are,
the tangent of the angle
a constant coefficient K, the area w of the
circle,
and the dura-
tion dt of the instant.
141.
COROLLARY.
If
we represent by
e
the abscissa of this
curve or the distance of a point p of the straight line from a
THEORY OF HEAT.
112 fixed point
o,
and by
[CHAP.
II.
which represents the tem-
v the ordinate
perature of the point p, v will vary with the distance e and will be a certain function /(e) of that distance; the quantity of heat
point
which would flow across the
p perpendicular
circle
denoting the function
placed at the
— K -=-
to the line, will be
— Kf (e)
&>,
codt,
or
wdt,
by f'(e).
,
CLG
We may
express this result in the following manner, which
facilitates its application.
To obtain
the actual floiv
of heat at a point p of a straight
drawn in a solid, whose temperatures vary by action of the molecules, we must divide the difference of the temperatures at two points infinitely near to the point p by the distance between line
these points.
142.
The flow
Theorem
is
proportional
From
IV.
to the quotient.
the preceding Theorems
it
is
easy to deduce the general equations of the propagation of heat.
Suppose the different points of a homogeneous solid of any whatever, to have received initial temperatures which vary successively by the effect of the mutual action of the molecules,
form
and suppose states
the equation v
of the solid, it
= f (x,
may now
y, z, t) to
be
represent the successive
shewn that v a function of four
variables necessarily satisfies the equation
_K_ /dV
dv dt
In
fact, let
~ CD
Ux
us consider the
2
+
dV dy 2
+
dVv dzV
movement
"
of heat in a molecule
enclosed between six planes at right angles to the axes of x, y, and z\ the first three of these planes pass through the point
m
whose coordinates are x, y, z, the other three pass through m, whose coordinates are x + dx, y + dy, z + dz. During the instant dt, the molecule receives, across the lower rectangle dxdy, which passes through the point m, a the point
quantity of heat equal to
— K dx dy
dv
~
dt.
To obtain the quantity
which escapes from the molecule by the opposite face, it is sufficient to change z into z -f dz in the preceding expression,
GENERAL EQUATIONS OF PROPAGATION.
SECT. VI.]
that
is
to say, to
add
;
*
<*(»)
dz
dz
as the value of the quantity
taken
dz dt
7
which escapes across the upper
The same molecule receives also across the first dz dx which passes through the point to, a quantity
rectangle.
rectangle of heat
equal to
pression
its
own
dv — K-rdz dx dt
;
and
we add
if
to this ex-
taken with respect to y only, we which escapes across the opposite face
differential
find that the quantity is
differential
we then have
—Kdx duJ -T- dt —Kdx dya
dz dx
own
to this expression its
with respect to z only
113
expressed by
JÊ) - dy dz dx
dv — iT— dz dxdt — K
dy
,
dt.
dy
Lastly, the molecule receives through the first rectangle dy dz
a quantity of heat equal to
dv — K -jdy dz
dt,
and that which
it
m
is
Q/00
loses across the opposite
rectangle which
passes
through
expressed by
dv — K-r dy dz dt —K dx
We
°
must now take the sum
d
,— —Ê) dx
-
dx dy J dz dt.
of the quantities of heat
the molecule receives and subtract from
which
it
Hence
loses.
it
the
it
sum
which
of those
appears that during the instant
dt,
a total quantity of heat equal to 2
'd v rrfd^v
d2 v
eZV dh'\
7
-,
7
7
,
dy*
accumulates in the interior of the molecule. to obtain the increase of temperature
It remains only which must result from
this addition of heat.
D
being the density of the solid, or the weight of unit of volume, and G the specific capacity, or the quantity of heat which raises the unit of weight from the temperature to the temperature 1 the product CDdxdydz expresses the quantity ;
F.
h.
8
THEORY OF HEAT.
114
[CHAP.
II.
from to 1 the molecule whose volume dxdydz. Hence dividing by this product the quantity of heat which the molecule has just acquired, we shall have its increase of temperature. Thus we obtain the general equation of heat required to raise
is
dv
_
K
(d\
dt~CD\d? which
+
d2 v
df
d 2v\
+ dz~
.
.
{
2
J
}'
the equation of the propagation of heat in the interior
is
of all solid bodies.
Independently of this equation the system of tempera-
143.
tures
is
often subject to several definite conditions, of which no
general expression can be given, since they depend on the nature of the problem.
If the dimensions of the
and
finite,
if
given state
;
the surface
example,
for
is
mass in which heat
if all its
(f>
function v by
(x, y, z, t)
=
which belong value of
body
to
;
propagated are
points retain, by virtue of that
cause, the constant temperature 0,
unknown
is
maintained by some special cause in a
we
(x, y, z, t),
which must be
shall have,
denoting the
the equation of condition
satisfied
by
all
values of
x, y, z
whatever be the temperatures of the
to points of the external surface,
Further, if we suppose the initial be expressed by the known function F(x,
t.
also the equation
<j>
(x, y,
z,
0)
= F (x,
y, z)
;
y, z),
we have
the condition ex-
pressed by this equation must be fulfilled by all values of the co-ordinates x, y, z which belong to any point whatever of the solid.
144.
Instead of submitting the surface of the body to a con-
stant temperature,
we may suppose the temperature not
the same at different points of the surface, and that the time according to a given law
;
it
to
be
varies with
which is what takes place in In this case the equation
the problem of terrestrial temperature.
relative to the surface contains the variable
145.
In order to examine by
itself,
t.
and from a very general
point of view, the problem of the propagation of heat, the solid
whose
initial
state is given
must be supposed
to
have
all
its
dimensions infinite; no special condition disturbs then the dif-
GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.
SECT. VII.]
115
fusion of heat, and the law to which this principle
becomes more manifest
;
it is
_ K ~dt~CD
2
dv
to
is
submitted
expressed by the general equation
/d v
[dx
+
2
d2v
df
dv
+ dz*.
which must be added that which relates to the
initial arbitrary
state of the solid.
Suppose the
initial
ordinates are x, y,
the
z,
unknown value
equation
to
v
y, z, 0)
<£ (x,
temperature of a molecule, whose co-
be a known function F(x,
by
(/>
y, z), and denote have the definite thus the problem is reduced to
(x, y, z, t),
= F (x,
y, z)
;
we
shall
manner that
the integration of the general equation (A) in such a it
may
agree,
when the time
is zero,
with the equation which con-
tains the arbitrary function F.
SECTION
VII.
General equation relative
If the solid has a definite form,
146. is
to
the surface.
and
if its
original heat
dispersed gradually into atmospheric air maintained at a con-
stant temperature, a third condition relative to the state of the
must be added to the general equation (A) and to that which represents the initial state. We proceed to examine, in the following articles, the nature of the equation which expresses this third condition. Consider the variable state of a solid whose heat is dispersed Let « be an into air, maintained at the fixed temperature 0. infinitely small part of the external surface, and a point of w, through which a normal to the surface is drawn different points of this line have at the same instant different temperatures. Let v be the actual temperature of the point fi, taken at a definite instant, and w the corresponding temperature of a point v of the solid taken on the normal, and distant from /x by an infinitely small quantity a. Denote by x, y, z the co-ordinates of the point fi, and those of the point v by x + Sx, y + Sy, z + Sz surface
jjl
;
;
let/(^, y,
and v
=
z)
=
be the known equation to the surface of the
(x, y, z, t)
solid,
the general equation which ought to give the
8—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
116
value of v as a function of tiating the equation
y
four variables x, y,
,the
= 0, we
y, z)
(a?,
[CHAP.
m,
n,
p
being functions of
Differen-
t
have
shall
mdx + ndy + pdz =
z,
II.
;
x, y, z.
from the corollary enunciated in Article 141, that the flow in direction of the normal, or the quantity of heat which during the instant dt would cross the surface co, if it were placed It follows
at is
any point whatever of
this line, at right angles to its direction,
proportional to the quotient which
distance.
normal
Hence the expression
infinitely near
for the flow at the
by
their
end of the
is
—A
K denoting the specific hand, the surface air,
obtained by dividing the
is
two points
difference of temperature of
;
conducibility of the mass.
a permits a
during the time
coat
a
dt,
equal to hvœdt
relative to atmospheric air.
On
the other
quantity of heat to escape into the ;
h being the conducibility of heat at the end of
Thus the flow
the normal has two different expressions, that
—K
hvœdt and
hence these two quantities are equal
codt
is
to say
:
:
a
and
;
by the expression
it is
of this equality that the condition relative to the surface
is
in-
from the principles of geometry, that the
co-
troduced into the analysis.
We
147.
have ~ dv (Ik w = v + ov = v + -r- Sx + ^— cy + -y- Sz. ,
ç.
,
dv
c,
ax
Now,
it
follows
dy
^
dz
ordinates Sx, Sy, Sz, which fix the position of the point v of the
normal relative to the point
fi,
satisfy the following conditions
pSx = mSz,
We
p$y =
nSz.
have therefore dv dv dv\ w — v = -1 / w "T— + w -r- + xP-7™ ,
p
\
dx
dy
dz
J
Sz
:
:
we have
117
GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.
SECT. VII.] also
«
a
or
=
= J 8a? + -
Bz
By
2
+ Bz =- (m + n + p2 P 2
2
2
2
8z,
)
2
,
denoting by q the quantity (m
w—v=
hence
1 dv\ dv dv I [m-j- + n -j-+p-jay L azj y ax \
2
2
+n +
p
)' ,
,
)
a
'>
consequently the equation hvcodt
becomes the following
=-k(
J
adt
1 :
dv h dv dv m dH +n + r£c + vi = n> -dï K
n
/T3 (B)
'
This equation surface
;
it is
and applies only to points at the must be added to the general equation of heat (A), and to the condition which, deter-
is
definite
that which
the propagation of
mines the
-
initial state of
the solid
;
m,
n,
p, q, are
known
functions
of the co-ordinates of the points on the surface.
148.
The equation
(B) signifies in general that the decrease of
the temperature, in the direction of the normal, at the boundary of the solid, is such that the quantity of heat which tends to escape by virtue of the action of the molecules, is equivalent always to that which the body must lose in the medium. The mass of the solid might be imagined to be prolonged, in such a manner that the surface, instead of being exposed to the air, belonged at the same time to the body which it bounds, and If, on this to the mass of a solid envelope which contained it. hypothesis, any cause whatever regulated at every instant the decrease of the temperatures in the solid envelope, and determined it in such a manner that the condition expressed by the equation (B) was always satisfied, the action of the envelope would take the 1
Let
N be the normal, dN dv titf
dN
the rest as in the text.
[E. L. E.]
=
—
mdv y-
q ax
+
&c.
;
THEORY OF HEAT.
118 place of that of the
air,
[CHAP.
II.
and the movement of heat would be the
same in either case we can suppose then that this cause exists, and determine on this hypothesis the variable state of the solid which is what is done in the employment of the two equations (A) and (B). By this it is seen how the interruption of the mass and the action of the medium, disturb the diffusion of heat by submitting :
;
it
an accidental condition.
to
149.
We may
which relates under another point of view but we derive a remarkable consequence from Theorem III. also consider the equation (B),
to the state of the surface
must
first
(Art. 140).
We retain
:
the construction referred to in the corollary
of the same theorem (Art. 141). of the point p,
Let
x, y, z
be the co-ordinates
and
x+
Bx,
y
+ By,
z
+
Bz
those of a point q infinitely near to p, and taken on the straight if we denote by v and w the temperatures of the line in question :
two points p and q taken at the same
w=v+ ,
J
dv = v + -jox + ç.
bv
instant,
dv
.
J, -y- by
we have dv
~
+ -j- bz T -
hence the quotient Bv
=
-8l
Bx
dv dx-
l«
dy
dv
dv' Sz
+ ûc Je+Jz
-
/.s—
^,^doe = j8x .
—+ r—+ s-0
?r^
bz;
8
thus the quantity of heat which flows across the surface
co
placed
at the point m, perpendicular to the straight line, is xr
The The
first
term
n±
is
latter quantity
{dv
Sx
dv
By
dv
Bz
[ax
be
dy
be
dz
be
the product of
is,
— K-j- by
dt
and by w -~—
according to the principles of geometry, the
area of the projection of
œ on the plane
of
y and
z
;
thus the
product represents the quantity of heat which would flow across
the area of the projection, dicular to the axis of x.
if it
were placed at the point
p
perpen-
GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION.
SECT. VII.]
The second term — K-r-w^-dt
represents the quantity of
heat which would cross the projection of
x and
z,
if this
119
co,
made on
the plane of
projection were placed parallel to itself at the
point p. Lastly, the third
— K -j-
at
j—dt
represents the quantity
which would flow during the instant dt, across the projecon the plane of x and y, if this projection were placed at
of heat
tion of
term
on
the point p, perpendicular to the co-ordinate z. By this it is seen that the quantity of heat which flows across every infinitely small part of a surface
drawn
in the interior of the
can always he decomposed into three other quantities of flow, which penetrate the three orthogonal projections of the surface, along The the directions perpendicular to the planes of the projections.
solid,
result
gives
rise
to
properties
been noticed in the theory of 150. co,
The quantity
infinitely small,
to that
analogous to those which have
forces.
of heat
which flows across a plane surface
given in form and position, being equivalent
which would
cross its three orthogonal projections,
it fol-
an element be imagined of any form whatever, the quantities of heat which pass into this polyhedron by its different faces, compensate each other reciprolows that,
if
in the interior of the solid
or more exactly, the sum of the terms of the first order, cally which enter into the expression of the quantities of heat received by the molecule, is zero so that the heat which is in fact accumulated in it, and makes its temperature vary, cannot be expressed except by terms infinitely smaller than those of the first order. :
;
This result
is
distinctly seen
when
the general equation (A)
has been established, by considering the movement of heat in a prismatic molecule (Articles 127 and 142) the demonstration may be extended to a molecule of any form whatever, by sub;
stituting for the heat received
through each
face,
that which
its
three projections would receive.
In other respects
it is
necessary that this should be so
:
for, if
one of the molecules of the solid acquired during each instant a quantity of heat expressed by a term of the tion of its temperature
would be
first order,
infinitely greater
the varia-
than that of
THEORY OF HEAT.
120 other molecules, that
is
We
II.
to sa)7 during each infinitely small instant ,
its temperature would increase which is contrary to experience.
151.
[CHAP.
or decrease
by a
finite quantity,
proceed to apply this remark to a molecule situated
at the external surface of the solid. Fig. 6.
a. Through a point a (see fig. 6), taken on the plane of x and y, draw two planes perpendicular, one to the axis of x the other to the axis of y. Through a point b of the same plane, infinitely near to a, draw two other planes parallel to the two preceding planes the ordinates z, raised at the points a, b, c, d, up to the external surface of the solid, will mark on this surface four points d, b', c, d', and will be the edges of a truncated prism, whose base If through the point a which denotes the is the rectangle abed. least elevated of the four points a, V c, d', a plane be drawn parallel to that of x and y, it will cut off from the truncated prism a molecule, one of whose faces, that is to say db'c'd', coincides ;
,
with the surface of the ad, cc,
dd', bb' are
solid.
The
values of the four ordinates
the following:
ad =
z,
dz
,
cc
= z + -T~ ax,
bb'
= z + j— dx + -j-
,
dx
dy.
152.
121
GENERAL SURFACE EQUATION*.
SECT. VII.]
One
of the faces perpendicular to
the opposite face
is
The
a trapezium. 1
7
dz
a triangle, and
is
a?
area of the triangle
7
and the flow of heat in the direction perpendicular being °
we have, -Z-r doc
omitting the factor T rdv 1
is
dz
-,
to this surface
at,
,
which in one instant
as the expression of the quantity of heat
passes into the molecule, across the triangle in question.
The area
of the opposite face is 1
7
(
dz
-,
and the flow perpendicular to
dz
dz
,
,
\
dv — K -j—
this face is also
,
suppress-
ing terms of the second order infinitely smaller than those of the first;
subtracting the quantity of heat which escapes by the second
face from that
which enters by the -yA„dv dx
first
dz
,
we
find
7
-j- doc
dit.
d
dx
This term expresses the quantity of heat the molecule receives
through the faces perpendicular to x. It will be found, by a similar process, that the same molecule receives,
through the faces perpendicular to
K -^— dy
y,
a quantity of heat
T- dx dii. u dy The quantity of heat which the molecule receives through the
equal to 1
-
rectangular base
is
— K-f-dx dy.
Lastly, across the upper sur-
face a'b'cd', a certain quantity of heat
is
permitted to escape,
equal to the product of hv into the extent
The value of
dxdy
of
w
is,
according to
known
multiplied by the ratio -;
e
on
of that
principles, the
same
surface.
as that
denoting the length of the
normal between the external surface and the plane of x and e
fdzY 1 = *U + fdzV (^r \dxj )
(dz\ fdzV +.'" \dy J
y,
and
THEOKY OF HEAT.
122
hence the molecule loses across
[CHAP.
surface
its
a'b'c'd'
II.
a quantity of
heat equal to hv dx dy -
Now, the terms
which enter into the expression by the molecule, must cancel each other, in order that the variation of temperature may not be at each instant a finite quantity we must then have the equation of the first order
of the total quantity of heat acquired
;
dv dz —dx=— dx dyJ + dvdy K \dx -,
,
—.
153.
-=.
h
€
K
z
dz , , j- ax dy * dy
_
—dzdv dx ay 7
7
j-
J
\
, — hv -e dx du J = 0,
dv dz
dv dz
dv
dx dx
dy dy
dz
Substituting for
-y-
ax
and
.
7
z
'
-7- their values derived
ay
from
the equation
mdx + ndy +pdz = 0, and denoting by q the quantity
(nf+tf+p
1
)
,
we have dv _ dv dv\ R„ / m dz + "Ty + PTj +kv i =
/T> .
^'
,
{
we know distinctly what is represented by each of the terms of this equation. Taking them all with contrary signs and multiplying them
thus
by dx dy, the
first
expresses
how much heat
through the two faces perpendicular to
x,
the molecule receives the second
how much
two faces perpendicular to y, the third how much it receives through the face perpendicular to z, and the fourth how much it receives from the medium. The equation
it
receives through its
therefore expresses that the
order
is
zero,
sum
of all the terms of the first
and that the heat acquired cannot be represented
except by terms of the second order. 154.
To
arrive
of the molecules
at
equation (B),
whose base
is
we
in
a vessel which receives or loses heat through
The equation
fact
consider one
in the surface of the solid, as
signifies that all the
its different faces.
terms of the
first
order which
GENERAL EQUATIONS APPLIED.
SECT. VIII.]
123
enter into the expression of the heat acquired cancel each other;
by terms
so that the gain of heat cannot be expressed except
We may
of the second order. either, of a right
give to the molecule the form,
prism whose axis
normal
is
to the surface of the
that of a truncated prism, or any form whatever.
solid, or
The general equation terms of the mass, which
supposes that
(Art. 142)
(A),
all
the
order cancel each other in the interior of the
first
evident for prismatic molecules enclosed in the
is
The equation
(B), (Art. 147) expresses the same result molecules situated at the boundaries of bodies.
solid.
for
Such are the general points
of view -from
may
which we
look
at this part of the theory of heat.
dv
m1
lhe equation
-y-
K
=
CD
-~tt\
dt
ment
2
d
fd v ^— \dx2
2
2
d v\
v
+ dy + -=-g dz -,
2
'
'
of heat in the interior of bodies.
2
.
,,
represents the move-
It enables us to ascer-
tain the distribution from instant to instant in all substances or
solid
liquid
from
;
we may
it
derive
the equation which
belongs to each particular case.
In the two following to the
we
articles
problem of the cylinder, and
shall
make
this application
to that of the sphere.
SECTION
VIII.
Application of the general equations.
Let us denote the variable radius of any cylindrical
155.
envelope by instant a
r
r,
is
as formerly, in Article
common temperature
a function of
evident in the to
and suppose,
118, that
the molecules equally distant from the axis have at
all
x
is
nul
;
;
t
;
given by the equation r2 = y 2 + z 2 It is place that the variation of v with respect
y, z,
first
each
and
v will be a function of r .
thus the term
d 2v -=-%
We
must be omitted.
shall
have
then, according to the principles of the differential calculus, the
equations
dv dy
_dv
dv
_dv
dz
dr
dr dy dr
, '
'
d 2v dy 2 2
,
dv
anCl
dr dz
dz
2
2
_dv 2
/dr\ 2
dr \dy)
_ d v fdr\ 2 dv ~ d? \dz) + Tr 2
2
dv fd r dr \dy*
(d 2 r\
WJ
;
THEORY OF HEAT.
124
[CHAP.
II.
whence dy2
+ dz 2 ~ dr
2
member
In the second
+
\{dy)
+
\dz)
2 dr \dy
+
2
dZ )]
W
'
of the equation, the quantities
d 2r
dr
dr
d 2r
dy' dz' djf' d?' must be replaced by
we
their respective values
derive from the equation y
dr
z
=
dr
2
+
z
= r2
2
for
which purpose
d 2r
2
,
_
fdr\
,
,
fdr\'
r-r-
;
,
d'r
dz
and consequently
y
„ 2= fdr\* +
The
first
equation, whose
fdr\*
(d'r
w
+r
{d-J
member
first
is
d'r
+
m-
equal to r
2 ,
gives
(ÏHDthe second gives,
when we
substitute for
value
\dz
1,
dV
c£V
2
2
<% If the values given
tuted in
2
/dr"
fdr\ dy) its
««
(a),
_
1
r
cte
*
by equations
(6)
d 2v _ d 2 v
1 dv
2
r dr
and
(c)
be now substi-
we have d 2v dy2
dr
dz*
'
Hence the equation which expresses the movement in the cylinder, is
dv
_
K
2
1 dv\
fd v
di~'GDW
i
as
'"
was found formerly, Art. 119.
'ir
~rdr)'
of heat
EQUATIONS APPLIED TO A SPHERE.
SECT. VIII.]
We
might
125
that particles equally distant from
also suppose
common initial temperature much more general equation.
the centre have not received a in this case
156.
we
should arrive at a
To determine, by means
of equation (A), the
;
movement
which has been immersed in a liquid, we shall regard v as a function of r and t; r is a function of a;, y, z, given by the equation of heat in a sphere
2
2
2
+
r =a;
+s
2/
2 ,
r being the variable radius of an envelope.
dv dr
dv
dx
dr
dv
_dv
dv
_dv
dx
doc
d 2v
,
dy
dr
Making these
dz
K
_
_d
2
2
We have then 2 dv d r
2
dr dx2
v /dr\ 2
dv d r
dr \dx)
dr \dy)
2
2
dr \dz)
'
2
2
2
(d v
dt~ TÎD shall
v fdr\
2
dr dy
2
'
2
dv d r
dr dz 2
'
substitutions in the equation
dv
we
2
d 2v __d 2v /dr\ 2
,
dr dz
dz
_d
v 2
dr dr dy
dy
d
_.
2
2
\dx~
+
d 2v
df
d 2v
+ d?
have
fo_K^\dh((drY fdr\ (dz_\*\ dv_[d\_ d^r tZV + + + dy + dz dr \dx dt~CDldr \{dx) {dy) + \dr J \ 2
2
2
2
The equation x2 + y2 + z 2 = x
dr
j
2
r gives the following results _
_
dx dr
dr
'='& The three equations
-,
-,
and
of the
-
/dr\ \dx)
2
fdr\
2
dr
2
z
2
dr dx2
'
2
1= fdr\ +r d r
-
(srJ
first
s?-
order give
:
^PfcH&t-
C
2
J
;
_
THEORY OF HEAT.
126
The three equations
of the second order give
~ \dx) + [dy) + and substituting
its
value
1,
[CHAP.
\dz
+ r \daf +
J
dy2
II.
:
+ dz'
for
dry
(dr_V
fdrV
dx)
\dyj
\dz J
we have
Making
d?r
d*r
d?r_2
dx*
dy 2
dz 2
r
these substitutions in the equation (a)
we have the
equation
which
is
dv
_ K^
dt
CD
2 (fo\
jdS)
\dr
2
^
r dr)'
the same as that of Art. 114.
The equation would contain a greater number of terms, if we supposed molecules equally distant from the centre not to have same initial temperature. might also deduce from the definite equation (B), the equations which express the state of the surface in particular cases, in which we suppose solids of given form to communicate their heat to the atmospheric air but in most cases these equations present themselves at once, and their form is very simple,
received the
We
;
when
the co-ordinates are suitably chosen.
SECTION
IX.
General Remarks. 157. solids
now
The
movement
of heat in
consists in the integration of the equations
which we
investigation of the laws of
have constructed
We
;
this is the object of the following chapters.
conclude this chapter with general remarks on the nature
which enter into our analysis. In order to measure these quantities and express them numerically, they must be compared with different kinds of units, five of the quantities
GENERAL REMARKS.
SECT. IX.}
127
number, namely, the unit of length, the unit of time, that of temperature, that of weight, and finally the unit which serves to measure quantities of heat. For the last unit, we might have chosen the quantity of heat which raises a given volume of a certain substance from the temperature to the temperature 1. in
The
choice
of this unit
would have been preferable in many mass
respects to that of the quantity of heat required to convert a
an equal mass of water at 0, without raising its temperature. We have adopted the last unit only because it had been in a manner fixed beforehand in several works on physics besides, this supposition would introduce no change of ice of a given weight, into
;
into the results of analysis.
The
158.
specific
elements which in every body determine
the measurable effects of heat are three in number, namely, the conducibility proper to the body, the conducibility relative to the
atmospheric
air,
and the capacity
for heat.
The numbers which
express these quantities are, like the specific gravity, so
many
natural characters proper to different substances.
We
have already remarked, Art. 36, that the conducibility of if we had
the surface would be measured in a more exact manner, sufficient observations
deprived of
may be
It
Chapter
on the
seen, as has
L, Art.
and we
;
adapted to 159. multiplied
heat in spaces
been mentioned in the
first
section of
K, h, C, they must be determined by obser-
11, that only three specific coefficients,
enter into the investigation
vation
effects of radiant
air.
shall point
;
out in the sequel the experiments
make them known with
precision.
The number G which enters into the analysis, is always by the density D, that is to say, by the number of
units of weight which are equivalent to the weight of unit of
volume for
;
thus the product
CD may
be replaced by the
coeffi-
In this case we must understand by the specific capacity to heat, the quantity required to raise from temperature
cient
c.
temperature 1 unit of volume of a given substance, and not unit of
weight of that substance.
With the view of not departing from the common definition, we have referred the capacity for heat to the weight and not to
THEORY OF HEAT.
128
[CHAP.
II.
would be preferable to employ the coefficient c which we have just defined magnitudes measured by the unit of weight would not then enter into the analytical expressions we should have to consider only, 1st, the linear dimension x, the temperature v, and the time t\ 2nd, the coefficients c, h, and K. the volume
;
but
it
;
:
The
three
first
for each
are,
quantities are undetermined, and the three others
substance,
As
determines.
constant
elements which experiment
to the unit of surface
and the unit of volume,
they are not absolute, but depend on the unit of length.
must now be remarked that every undetermined magnitude or constant has one dimension proper to itself, and that the terms of one and the same equation could not be comWe have pared, if they had not the same exponent of dimension. 160.
It
introduced this consideration into the theory of heat, in order to
make
our definitions more exact, and to serve to verify the
it is derived from primary notions on quantities for which reason, in geometry and mechanics, it is the equivalent of the fundamental lemmas which the Greeks have left us Avith-
analysis
;
;
out proof.
In the analytical theory of heat, every equation (E)
161.
expresses a necessary relation between the existing magnitudes x,
t,
v, c, h,
K.
This relation depends in no respect on the choice
of the unit of length, which from its very nature
we took a
is
contingent,
measure the linear dimensions, the equation (E) would still be the same. Suppose then the unit of length to be changed, and its second value to be equal to the first divided by m. Any quantity whatever x which in the equation (E) represents a certain line ah, and which, conthat
is
to say, if
different unit to
number
sequently, denotes a certain
of times the unit of length,
becomes mx, corresponding to the same length ah the value t of the time, and the value v of the temperature will not be changed the same is not the case with the specific elements ;
;
h,
K,
c: the first, h,
becomes
—
2
;
for it expresses the quantity of
heat which escapes, during the unit of time, from the unit of surface at the temperature
of the coefficient
K,
as
1.
If
we have
we examine defined
it
attentively the nature
in Articles 68
and 135,
UNITS AND DIMENSIONS.
SECT. IX.]
we
perceive that
—
becomes
it
for the
;
129
flow
of heat
varies
directly as the area of the surface, and inversely as the distance between two infinite planes (Art. 72). As to the coefficient c which represents the product CD, it also depends on the unit of
—
length and becomes
3
hence equation
;
change when we write nix instead of
— — >
s
1,
5
instead of K.
these substitutions
unit of length is
—
3.
If
we
;
and at the same time
m
number
the
disappears after
thus the dimension of x with respect to the
:
is 1,
h, c
x,
must undergo no
(JE)
that of
K
— 1,
is
that of h
attribute to each quantity its
is
— 2,
and that of
own exponent of
c
di-
mension, the equation will be homogeneous, since every term will
have the same
Numbers such
total exponent.
as 8,
which repre-
sent surfaces or solids, are of two dimensions in the
and of three dimensions
in the second.
first case,
Angles, sines, and other
trigonometrical functions, logarithms or exponents of powers, are,
according to the principles of analysis, absolute numbers which do
not change with the unit of length fore be taken equal to 0,
which
their dimensions
;
the dimension of
is
must thereall
abstract
numbers. If the unit of time,
which was at
first 1,
becomes -, the number n
and the numbers x and v will not change. The h -, c. coefficients K, h, c will become —, Tims the dimensions n n of x, t, v with respect to the unit of time are 0, 1, 0, and those of K, h, c are — 1,-1, 0.
t
become
will
nt,
K
If the unit of temperature be changed, so that the temperature becomes that which corresponds to an effect other than the boiling of water and if that effect requires a less temperature, which is to that of boiling water in the ratio of 1 to the number p v will become vp, x and t will keep their values, and the coeffi1
;
;
cients
K,
h, c will
become
— p
,
-, -
p
.
p
The following table indicates the dimensions of the three undetermined quantities and the three constants, with respect to each kind of unit. F. H.
9
THEORY OF HEAT.
130
Quantity or Constant.
Exponent
of
SECT. IX.
Temperature.
...
t
...
v
...
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
,,
1 1
1
specific conclucibility,
K
...
The
surface conclucibility,
h
...
—
The
capacity for heat,
c
...
-3
we
2
1
retained the coefficients
has been represented by weight, and
II.
dimension of x
„
If
Duration.
Length.
The
162.
[CH.
we should
c,
C and
we should have
D, whose product
to consider the unit of
find that the exponent of dimension, with
respect to the unit of length,
is
—
3 for the density D, and
a
for
On
applying the preceding rule to the different equations and
their transformations,
it
will
be found that they are homogeneous
with respect to each kind of unit, and that the dimension of every angular or exponential quantity is nothing. If this were not the
some
case,
error
must have been committed
in the analysis, or
abridged expressions must have been introduced. If,
for
example, we take equation
dv
_
K
dt~GD we
d 2v dx ~ l
(6)
of Art. 105,
Id
CM V
'
find that, with respect to the unit of length, the dimension of
each of the three terms
and
—1
for
is
;
it is 1
for the unit of temperature,
the unit of time.
In the equation v = Ae~x Kl of Art. 76, the linear dimension of each term is 0, and it is evident that the dimension of the exponent ^
\l
jt-i
is
always nothing, whatever be the units of
length, time, or temperature.
CHAPTER
III.
PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN AN INFINITE RECTANGULAR SOLID.
SECTION
I.
Statement of the problem. 163.
the varied
Problems relative movement of heat
to the uniform propagation, or to in the interior of solids, are reduced,
by the foregoing methods,
to problems
of pure
and
analysis,
the progress of this part of physics will depend in consequence
upon the advance which may be made
The
differential
equations which
chief results of the theory
in the art of analysis.
we have proved contain the
they express, in the most general
;
and most concise manner, the necessary relations of numerical to a very extensive class of phenomena; and they connect for ever with mathematical science one of the most analysis
important branches of natural philosophy. It
remains now to discover the proper treatment of these
equations in order to derive their complete solutions and an
The following problem offers the it example of analysis which leads to such solutions appeared to us better adapted than any other to indicate the elements of the method which we have followed. easy application of them.
first
;
164. Suppose a homogeneous solid mass to be contained between two planes B and G vertical, parallel, and infinite, and to be divided into two parts by a plane A perpendicular to the other two (fig. 7) we proceed to consider the temperatures of the mass BAG bounded by the three infinite planes A, B, C. ;
The other
part
BAG'
of the infinite solid
constant source of heat, that tained at the temperature
is
1,
is
supposed to be a
to say, all its points are main-
which cannot
alter.
The two
9—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
132 lateral
solids
produced,
[CHAP.
III.
C and the plane A and the plane A pro-
bounded, one by the plane
by the plane
other
the
Fig.
B
7.
vr so
[d
duced, have at
the constant
points
all
them always
external cause maintaining lastly,
the
temperature
temperature
initial
A
Heat
0.
into the solid
will
BAC, and
the longitudinal direction, which
infinité,
time will turn towards the cool masses sorb great part of
be raised gradually
it.
;
B
be propagated there in and at the same
will is
some
and C have pass continually from the
the molecules of the solid bounded by A,
source
0,
at that temperature
B
The temperatures
and
C,
which
of the solid
will ab-
BA C
will
but will not be able to surpass nor even to attain a maximum of temperature, which is different for
different final
:
points of the mass.
and constant
state to
.
It
is
required to determine the
which the variable
state continually
approaches.
known, and were then formed, it would property which distinguishes it from all other states. Thus the actual problem consists in determining the permanent temperatures of an infinite rectangular solid, bounded by two masses of ice B and C, and a mass of boiling water A the consideration of such simple and primary problems is one of the surest modes of discovering the laws of natural phenomena, and we see, by the history of the sciences, that every theory has been formed in this manner. If this final state were
subsist
of
itself,
and
this is the
;
165.
To express more
a rectangular plate base A, and
to
BA G,
briefly
the same problem, suppose
of infinite length, to be heated at
preserve at
all
its
points of the base a constant
SECT.
INFINITE EECTANGULAR SOLID.
I.]
temperature
1,
two
whilst each of the
perpendicular to the base A, to a constant temperature
is
B
and
G,
required to determine what
is
must be the stationary temperature It is supposed that there is
infinite sides
submitted also at every point
it
;
133
at
no
any point of the
loss
plate.
of heat at the surface
of the plate, or, which is the same thing, we consider a solid formed by superposing an infinite number of plates similar to the straight line Ax which divides the plate the preceding :
two equal parts is taken as the axis of x, and the co-ordinates of any point m are x and y lastly, the width A of the plate is represented by 21, or, to abridge the calculation, by w, the
into
;
value of the ratio of the diameter to the circumference of a circle.
Imagine a point m of the solid plate BA 0, whose co-ordinates x and y, to have the actual temperature v, and that the quantities v, which correspond to different points, are such that no change can happen in the temperatures, provided that the are
temperature of every point of the base the sides
B and G retain
If at each point
the temperature
v,
m
A
is
always
1,
and that
at all their points the temperature 0.
a vertical co-ordinate be raised, equal to
a curved surface would be formed which
would extend above the plate and be prolonged to infinity. We shall endeavour to find the nature of this surface, which passes through a line drawn above the axis of y at a distance equal to unity, and which cuts the horizontal plane of xy along two infinite straight lines parallel to x. 166.
To apply the general equation
_ dt~ dv
we must made
K
2
/d v
d 2v
2
2
2
dv
GD\^ + dy + dz
consider that, in the case in question, abstraction
of the co-ordinate
with respect to the
first
z,
so that
member
is
d 2v the term -^ must be omitted
-j-
,
vanishes, since
it
determine the stationary temperatures
;
we wish
;
to
thus the equation which
THEORY OF HEAT.
134
[CHAP.
III.
belongs to the actual problem, and determines the properties of the required curved surface,
d
2
is
the following
d
v
2
v
d^ + df
:
= °_
,
.
(a) -
(x, y), which represents the perThe function of x and y, manent state of the solid BAG, must, 1st, satisfy the equation 2nd, become nothing when we substitute — \ ir or -f- \tt for y, (a) whatever the value of x may be 3rd, must be equal to unity when we suppose x = and y to have any value included between — -| 7T and + 1 7T.
;
;
Further, this function small
when we
give to
y)
ought to become extremely
a very large value, since
a;
all
the heat
proceeds from the source A.
In order to consider the problem in
167.
shall in the first place
and
y,
which
satisfy
seek
for
the
equation
(a)
we
value of v in order to satisfy
method the shall
all
;
its
elements, Ave
simplest functions of shall
x
then generalise the
the stated conditions.
By
this
and we problem proposed admits of no other
solution will receive all possible extension,
prove
the
that
solution.
Functions of two variables often reduce to pressions,
of
them
when we
less
complex ex-
attribute to one of the variables or to both
infinite values
;
this is
what may be remarked
in alge-
braic functions which, in this particular case, take the form of
the product of a function of
x by a
function of y.
We shall examine first if the value of v can be represented by such a product for the function v must represent the state of the plate throughout its whole extent, and consequently that We shall then of the points whose co-ordinate x is infinite. write v = F(x)f(y); substituting in equation (a) and denoting ;
SFJrf by F"
(x)
and
$M by/"
(y),
we
*"(*) ,/"(y)Q U Fix) f(y) '"
we then suppose
F"(x) „ / .
=m
shall
have
'
.
'
f"(v) and J {
= — m, m
being any
SECT.
INFINITE RECTANGULAR PLATE.
I.]
constant quantity, and as
value of
135
proposed only to find a particular equations F(x) =e~ mx
it is
we deduce from the preceding
v,
f (y) = cos my. We 168.
could not suppose
m
,
to be a negative
number,
and we must necessarily exclude all particular values of v, into mx which terms such as e might enter, m being a positive number, since the temperature v cannot become infinite when x is infinitely great. In fact, no heat being supplied except from the constant source A, only an extremely small portion can arrive at those parts of space which are very far removed from the The remainder is diverted more and more towards the source. infinite edges B and G, and is lost in the cold masses which
bound them.
m
The exponent is
which enters into the function
unknown, and we may choose
number
in
but,
:
y = — ^ 7T
y=+
or
order J
may may
to be one of the terms of the series,
169.
A
be
will
more general value
cos
my
exponent any positive become nul on making
that v
means the second condition
mX/
for this
whatever x
tt,
e~
be,
m
3,
5,
1,
must be taken by this 7, &c. ;
fulfilled.
of v
easily
is
formed by adding we have
together several terms similar to the preceding, and v
It
= ae~x cos y + is
3 £e~ * cos
Sy +
ce~
5x
cos 5y
+ de~ lx cos 7y + &c
evident that the function v denoted by
the equation
A third
dv -7-2 + -7-5 = 0,
d2 v
<£ [x,
y)
(b) .
satisfies
2
and the condition
cf>
±
(x,
1
7r)
= 0.
which is expressed thus, remark that this result must (0, exist when we give to y any value whatever included between — \ 7T and + \ ir. Nothing can be inferred as to the values which the function (0, y) would take, if we substituted in place of y a quantity not included between the limits — J ir and -\-\ir. Equation (b) must therefore be subject to the following condition cf)
condition remains to be
y) = 1,
and
it
is
fulfilled,
essential to
(/>
:
1
The
= a cos y +b cos Sy + c cos
coefficients, a, b,
c,
d,
5y
+ d cos 7y + &c.
&c, whose number
is
infinite, are
determined by means of this equation.
The second member
is
a function of
y,
which
is
equal to
1
THEORY OF HEAT.
136
[CHAP.
III.
y is included between the limits — \ir be doubted whether such a function exists,
so long as the variable
and +^7T. but this
may
be fully cleared up by the sequel.
Before giving the
170.
may
It
difficulty will
calculation
the series in equation
we
of the coefficients,
by each one
notice the effect represented
of the terms of
(b).
Suppose the fixed temperature of the base A, instead of being equal to unity at every point, to diminish as the point of the line A becomes more remote from the middle point, being proportional to the cosine of that distance in this case it will easily be seen what is the nature of the curved surface, ;
vertical ordinate expresses the temperature v or
whose
cf>
(x, y).
by a plane perpendicular the curve which bounds the section will have
If this surface be cut at the origin to the axis of x,
for its equation v
be the following
=a a
and
so on,
cos
y
;
the values of the coefficients will
:
— a, b=
c
0,
= 0, d — 0,
and the equation of the curved surface x v = ae~
will
be
cos y.
If this surface be cut at right angles to the axis of y, the
section
be a logarithmic
will
towards the axis; the section will
spiral
whose convexity
is
turned
be cut at right angles to the axis of be a trigonometric curve whose concavity if it
x, is
turned towards the axis. It follows
from this that the function
d2v -=-^ is
always positive,
CLOG
and
d
2
v
-r"2
is
always negative.
Now
the quantity of heat which
a molecule acquires in consequence of others in the direction of (Art. 123)
:
it
x
its
position between
two d?v
is
proportional to the value of
-?-$
follows then that the intermediate molecule receives
from that which precedes it, in the direction of x, more heat than it communicates to that which follows it. But, if the same molecule be considered as situated between two others in the direction of y, the function
d\ -=—, ay
t
being negative,
it
appears that the in-
SECT.
TRIGONOMETRIC SERIES.
II.]
V37
termediate molecule communicates to that which follows it more heat than it receives from that which precedes it. Thus it follows that the excess of the heat which it acquires in the direction of x,
direction
is
exactly compensated
of y,
as
the
equation
by that which
+ -— =
-y-2
2
loses in the
it
denotes.
Thus
then the route followed by the heat which escapes from the source A becomes known. It is propagated in the direction
and at the same time it is decomposed into two parts, one of which is directed towards one of the edges, whilst the other part continues to separate from the origin, to be decomposed like the preceding, and so on to infinity. The surface which we are considering is generated by the trigonometric curve which corresponds to the base A, moved with its plane at right angles to the axis of x along that axis, each one of its ordinates decreasing indefinitely in proportion to successive powers of the same fraction. of x,
Analogous inferences might be drawn, tures of the base
A
b cos
and in
ment
this
if
the fixed tempera-
were expressed by the term Sy or
c cos 5y, &c.
;
manner an exact idea might be formed
of heat in the
most general case
;
of the
for it will
move-
be seen by
the sequel that the movement is always compounded of a multitude of elementary movements, each of which is accomplished as if
it
alone existed.
SECTION
II.
First example of the use of trigonometric series in the theory
of heat.
Take now the equation
171. 1
=a
in which
cos
y+b
cos 3y
the coefficients
+c
a,
In order that this equation
cos 5y
b,
may
c,
d,
+d
cos
7y + &c,
&c. are to be determined.
exist,
the constants must neces-
THEORY OF HEAT.
138 sarily satisfy
the
differentiations 1
=a =a =a
III.
equations which are obtained by successive
whence the following
;
[CHAP.
y+
results,
+ c cos 5y + d cos 7y + &c, sin y + 3& sin Sy + oc sin oy + 7d sin 1y + &c, cos y + S b cos 2y + 5 c cos 5y + Td cos 7y + &c, = a sin + 3 ô sin Sy + 5 c sin oy + 7 c? sin 7y + &c, cos
Sy
b cos
2
2
3
3
3
?/
and so on
to infinity.
These equations necessarily hold when y = 1
0,
thus
we have
= a+ b+ c+ d+ e+ f+ g+...&c, = a + 3 6 + 5 c + 7 cZ + 9 e + ll / + ... &c, = a + tfb + 5 c + 7V+ 9 e + ... &c, = a + 3 b + 5 c + 7 d+...&c, = a + 3 6 + 5 c+...&c, 2
2
G
6
8
8
2
2
2
4
4
s
&c.
The number unknowns a, b, c,
of these equations d, e, ...
is
infinité
The problem
&c.
like that of the
consists in eliminating
the unknowns, except one only.
all
In order to form a distinct idea of the result of these number of the unknowns a, b, c, d, ... &c, will be supposed at first definite and equal to to. We shall employ 172.
eliminations, the
the
first
to equations only, suppressing all the terms containing
the unknowns which follow the
be made equal to
m
first.
If in
succession
m
and so on, the values of the unknowns will be found on each one of these hypotheses. The quantity a, for example, will receive one value for the case of two unknowns, others for the cases of three, four, or successively a greater number of unknowns. It will be the same with the unknown b, which will receive as many different values as there have been cases of elimination each one of the other unknowns is in like manner susceptible of an infinity of different values. Now the value of one of the unknowns, for the case in which their number is infinite, is the limit towards which the values which it receives by means of the successive eliminations tend. 2,
3,
4,
5,
;
required then to examine whether, according as the
It
is
of
unknowns
increases, the value of each one of a,
does not converge proaches.
to a finite
limit
which
it
b,
c,
number d
...
continually
&c.
ap-
SECT.
DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.
II.]
six following equations to
Suppose the 1
= a 4- b = a+3 b =a+36 =a+S b = a+3«b
+ +5
2
4
6
=a+3 The
10
+ d + Td + Td + Td +7 ^
c 2
c
+ 5*c +5c +5 c 6+ 5 c+ 7 G
8
8
10
10
+ +9
be employed
:
f + &c,
+ +ll /+&c, + 9 e 4- ll / + &c., + 9 e + IVf -f &c, +9 e +ll /+&c, tZ + 9 e + ll / + &c. e
2
2
e
4
4
G
8
8
10
10
y are
equations which do not contain
five
139
:
ir=a(ll -l )+ &(ll -3 )+ c(ll -5 )+ J(ll -7 )+ e(ll 2-9 ), =a(ll 2-l 2)+3 2 ô(ll 2 -3 )+5 2 c(ll 2 -5 2 )+7 ^(ll 2 -7 )+9 2 e(ll 2 -9 ), 0=a(ll -l )+3 4è(ll 2-3 )+5 4c(ll 2 -5 )+74J(ll 2 -7 )+9 4 e(ll -9 2 ), 0=a(ll 2 -l )+3 6(ll 2-3 )+5 6c(ir-5 )+7^(ll 2 -7 )4-9 6 e(ll 2-9 ), 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
2
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0=a(ll -l )+3 6(ir-3 )+5 c(H -5 )+7 ^(ll -7 )+9 e(ir-9 2
8
2
8
2
2
Continuing the elimination we shall obtain the in a, which
a
(11"
-
is
2
2 )
(9
8
final
2
).
equation
:
-
2
2
)
(7
-l
2
2
)
(5
-
2
2 )
(3
-l = 2
ll 2 9 2 7 2 5 2 3 2 I 2 .
)
.
.
.
.
.
we had employed a number of equations greater by unity, we should have found, to determine a, an equation analogous to the preceding, having in the first member one 2 2 and in the second member 13 2 factor more, namely, 13 — l The law to which these different values of for the new factor. 173.
If
,
a are subject
and
evident,
is
corresponds to an infinite
a
a
or
Now Wallis'
32
_
~3 -i 2
5 2
'5 2
it
follows that the value of a
number 2
-r
7 ,
7
2
of equations 2
9
-r'9
2
2
'4.
'6. 8 "8.
ll
the last expression
is
known
Theorem, we conclude that a
.
2 '
&c.
and, in
= —4
:
8
,
10*10.12
which
expressed thus
-r ir-i
= 3.34 5.56 7.7 9.9 11.11 2.
is
accordance with
It is required
then
7T
only to ascertain the values of the other unknowns.
The
five equations which remain after the elimination with the five simpler equations which compared of f may be would have been employed if there had been only five unknowns.
174.
THEORY OF HEAT.
140
The
equations differ from the
last
them
that in tively
by the ii
2
-9
ii
d,
e,
equations of Art. 172, in
factors 2
ii
a
•" '
2
-t
ii
follows from
It
III.
are found to be multiplied respec-
a
b,
c,
[CHAP.
ir-o
2
ii
'
that
this
ir-3
2
2
ii
'
we had
if
2
ii
2
2
-r
ii 2
'
*
solved the five linear
equations which must have been employed in the case of five
unknowns, and had calculated the value of each unknown, it would have been easy to derive from them the value of the unknowns of the same name corresponding to the case in which It would suffice to six equations should have been employed. d, c, b, a, found in the first case, by the be easy in general to pass from the value of one of these quantities, taken on the supposition of a certain number of equations and unknowns, to the value of the same
multiply the values of
known
factors.
e,
It will
case in which there should have been
quantity, taken in the
one unknown and one equation more.
found on the hypothesis of
For example, if the value and five unknowns,
five equations
of
e,
is
represented by E, that of the same quantity, taken in the case
of one
unknown more,
—
ir — IV — 9
be E—~.
will
9
.
The same
value,
taken in the case of seven unknowns, will be, for the same reason,
F and
H
ir-9
2
11 E ir-9
and
so
from
it
2,
13 2 -9
unknowns
in the case of eight
value of
13 2
2
13 2 2
"13 2
it
2
'
will
be
2
-9
2
lo '15 2 -9 2
'
In the same manner it will suffice to know the corresponding to the case of two unknowns, to derive that of the same letter which corresponds to the cases on. b,
of three, four, five
We
unknowns, &c. by
shall only
this first value of b
5 5
2
T
2
-3
2,
7
2
-3
9 2-
9
2
2
-3
2
"
have to multiply
SECT.
DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.
II.]
Similarly
if
unknowns, we
we knew
the value of
for the case
c
of three
should multiply this value by the successive factors 7
2
9
2
ll
2
&c.
7*_5V9*_.5«-11»_5«
We
141
should calculate the value of d for the case of four unknowns
only,
and multiply
by
this value
9
2
13 2
11 2
,..&<$.
W-T'lV'-T'ltf-T The
calculation of the value of
for if its value
be taken
is
subject to the
same
rule,
one unknown, and multi-
by
plied successively
3
3
a
for the case of
2
5
_l
2
T
2
9
2
F^T r^T F^T
2J
2
2
'
2
'
'
the final value of this quantity will be found. 175.
The problem
therefore reduced to determining the-
is
unknown, the value of b in the case in the case of three unknowns, and so
value of a in the case of one of two unknowns, that of c
on
for the other
unknowns.
It is easy to conclude,
by inspection only
of the equations
and
without any calculation, that the results of these successive eliminations
must be
a=l,
r
1o
- 1% _
c
I
=
g2
2
3 5
d
e
=
2
— l
,
*
3
2
2
l«_-7«
= 12_
3
jï
•
3
2
9
•
5K2
'
2
5
-7 3
2
2
2
-7
•
5 *_
5 9
2
2
5
2
3 2_
2
'
2
'
2
y
*
«
T _$<
remains only to multiply the preceding quantities by the series of products which ought to complete them, and which we have given (Art. 174). We shall have consequently, for the 176.
It
THEORY OF HEAT.
142
unknowns
values of the
final
expressions
a,
b,
[CHAP.
d,
c,
e,
*
_ 12 v
Q2 32
ir
~
l
l
l
J-
i
3
*
2
2
3
_n
2
3
'
5
-9
2
2
2
5
*
9 1-2
7
2
5
-ll
2
2
5
'
2
7
"
7
-ll
7
*
ir-52
•
-1-12
2
2
ll
'
2
2
13 2
-9 9
*
9
2
&c,
2
2
-ir
'
172
11
2 2
J
2
'
2
-9
2
^ C,
32
ll (72
2
-9
2
2
2
Q2
•
n2_ ll
-5
2
2
K2
•
9
'
1 lS2
ll 2 •
2
9 2
_
112 ll2
. '
2
_ 32
92
•
2
-5
2
5 Ij2
3 2
7
'
2
02
•
2
l 2
3
-9
7 2
9
_ 32
72
•
2
-5
2
3
'
IJ2
l 2
2
2
1 a
e_
3
-5
2
5
32
12 r_v
(\2
. •
2
7
_
2
2
l C
•
2
.
2
5
¥~72?
_ 12-172 r 72 _ 1r
r2 52
. •
2
l
following-
:
9*
^
&c, the
f,
III.
2 "
13
2
-9
2
2 '
13 2
-ir
'
13
2
„
-11
2 '
or,
3.3
a
= + _1
b
= -hl 2
~+4
2
"
e
.
6
+
2
3.3 6
10 12
'
.
8
The quantity lent,
4
*
3.3
1.1 •'
.
.
'
2
5.5
12
14
.
14
.
2
6
.
16
4
*
16
4
.
18
.
'
11.11 *
2
18
20
.
13.13
'
2
.
20
4
'
9.9
7.7 '
'
11.11
16
.
11
.
6.16
7.7 "
5.5 "
11 '
9.9
12
.
'
.
5.5 2
12
4 14
'
.
'
.
9.9
2 12
*
.
*
6
7.7
8
.
lii&c "
.
3.3
10
.
'
4 10
*
1.1 8
8
.
3.3 '
1.1 678
~
7.
7".
Ll 4 10
Il 5
4
.
1.1
C
5.5
-2^-4T6-678 &C "
.
,
22
'
13.13 '
2
.
15.15
24
"
4 26 .
^tt or a quarter of the circumference is equiva-
according to Wallis' Theorem, to
2.2
4.4
1.3*
3.
6.6
8.8
5*5. 7*7. 9"
10.10 ~9~7TT
*
12.12 ÎT7Ï3
14.14 '
13 15 .
'
SECT.
143
VALUES OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
II.]
now
in the values of a, b, c, d, &c, we notice what are the which must be joined on to numerators and denominators complete the double series of odd and even numbers, we find
If
factors to
that the factors to be supplied are
:
a=
3.3
2
-2
.
for b
6 for c
for
d
'
14
c
18
The
'
^-
in
7tt'
2
=
9^'
11.11
o
22
/=
coefficients a,
b, c, d,
effected,
&c, determined in the equation cos 5y
+ d cos 7y + e cos 9# + &c.
1111
substitution of these coefficients gives the following equa-
tion 7T
_2
d=-2
= a cos y + b cos 3y + c
1
2_ r=-
.
Thus the eliminations have been completely
177.
and the
2
£>7T
e
for/
=
whence we conclude
'
9.9 for
A 3^
= -2
5.5 TO"' 7.7
= cos2/ — kCos 3y-\- -cos
5^ — = cos7y + Q cos
9,y
—
&c.
2
The second member is a function of y, which does not change value when we give to the variable y a value included between
— \tv
and
-f \ir.
would be easy
It
always convergent, that
is
to prove that this
series
to say that writing instead of
is
y any
number whatever, and following the calculation of the coefficients, we approach more and more to a fixed value, so that the difference of this value from the sum of the calculated terms becomes less than any assignable magnitude. 1
It is a little better to
2
The
coefficients a,
of Section vi.,
cos 5y,
&c,
b,
Without stopping
deduce the value of b in a, of c in b, &c. [E. L. E.] c, &c, might be determined, according to the methods
by multiplying both sides of the
respectively,
for a proof,
and integrating from -
first
^
D. F. Gregory, Cambridge Mathematical Journal, Vol.
t i.
equation by cosy, cos 3y, to
+g
ir,
p. 106.
as
was done by
[A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
144
[CHAP.
III.
which the reader may supply, we remark that the fixed value which is continually approached is \tt, if the value attributed and \ir, but that it is — ^ir, if y is to y is included between included between \tt and \ir for, in this second interval, each term of the series changes in sign. In general the limit of the in other respects, the series is alternately positive and negative convergence is not sufficiently rapid to produce an easy approxima;
;
tion,
but
178.
the truth of the equation.
it suffices for
The equation y u
=
cos
x
—
1
o
s cos 6x 3
1
+ - cos
1
.
ox — l= cos tx
o
+
&c.
/
belongs to a line which, having x for abscissa and y for ordinate, is composed of separated straight lines, each of which is parallel to the axis, and equal to the circumference. These parallels are situated alternately above and below the axis, at the distance \-rr, and joined by perpendiculars which themselves make part of the line. To form an exact idea of the nature of this line, it must be
supposed that the number of terms of the function cos
has
first
x
—1
-^
1
cos
3
= cos x —
— &c.
o
In the latter case the equation
a definite value.
y
Zx + - cos ox
1
~ cos
o Sx
+
1 -^
cos
ox
— &c.
belongs to a curved line which passes alternately above and below
the axis, cutting
it
every time that the abscissa x becomes equal
to one of the quantities
0,
± g
T,
± g 7T, ± g 7T,
&c.
According as the number of terms of the equation increases, the curve in question tends more and more to coincidence with the preceding line, composed of parallel straight lines and of perpendicular lines
;
so that this line is the limit of the different curves
which would be obtained by increasing successively the number of terms.
SECT.
REMARKS ON THE
III.]
SECTION Remarks on 179.
We may
of view,
and prove
7 4
directly the equation
o
where
a;
7T
I
We
same equations from another point
look at the
3
case
shall
III.
these series.
= cos x — = cos 3a; + = cos ox —
The
145
SERIES.
nothing
is
is
l,
cos 7a;
7
+
77
cos 9x
by Leibnitz'
verified
1,1 =1- -31,1 + 5-7 + 9- &C
— &c.
y series,
,
'
next assume that the number of terms of the series cos
a;
1
1
5
7
~ — ô1 cos OSx + - cos oa; — = cos
3
HT
7a;
+
&c.
and equal to m. We shall conbe a function of x and m. We shall express this function by a series arranged according to negative powers of on; and it will be found that the value of the function approaches more nearly to being constant and independent of x, as the number m becomes greater. instead of being infinite
is finite
sider the value of the finite series to
Let y be the function required, which
y
= cos x —
q cos 3a;
O
+ - cos ox — = cos 7a;+ O
is
. . .
given by the equation
~ JLllt
4
—
m, the number of terms, being supposed even. differentiated with respect to x gives
—ax =sin«dy
.
f-
.
sin
Sx
+
„
.
sin
ox —
.
+ sin multiplying by 2 sin
—
du ax
2 -^ sin 2x
—
2a?,
2 sin
+ 2 sin F. H.
a;
t,
sin 7a;
(2m
+
cos
(2m — 1)
x,
J.
This equation
...
— S)x — sin
—
1)
5a; sin
2#
(2>n
x
we have sin
(2w
2x
— 2 sin 3a; sin 2a; +
2 sin
— 3) x sin 2a; — 2 sin [2m — ï)x sin 2a?. 10
.
.
;
THEORY OF HEAT.
146
[CHAP.
III.
Each term of the second member being replaced by the difference of two cosines, we conclude that
— 2 -;-
ax
sin
2x = cos (—
— cos Sx
x)
— cos x + cos 5x 4-
cos
Sx - cos 7x
—
cos
5x
+
9x
cos
+ cos (2m — 5) x - cos (2m — 1) x — cos (2m — Sx) + cos (2m -f 1) x. The second member reduces
+ 1) x —
(2m
cos
cos
(2m 1 f/
,
to
— 1) x, 7
— 2sin 2mx sin x
or
\
sin 2?ftaA
y=2j[dx -^x-)-
hence
We
180.
shall integrate the second
member by
tinguishing in the integral between the factor sin
must be integrated °
successively, J
'
and the
parts, dis-
2mxdx
factor
cos
X
which
or
sec
x
which must be differentiated successively denoting the results &c, we shall of these differentiations by sec' a?, sec" x, sec'" x, have ;
..
2)/
—
const.
—
— — cos 2mx sec x + —, 2'?
,-,
2m
:,
sin
. .
2mx sec' x
— t^»—
9
ZT.V
cos
2mx sec" x +
&c.
:
thus the value of y or COS
X—
1
1 -
COS
à
Sx + -
•
COS OX
—
o
„
1 zz
7
cos
7x
+
—zm— 1
...
cos 1
— (2m v
1)y X,
a function of x and in, becomes expressed by an infinite and it is evident that the more the number m increases, the more the value of y tends to become constant. For this
which
is
series;
reason,
m is infinite, the function y has a always the same, whatever be the positive
when the number
definite value
which
is
SECT.
PARTICULAR CASES.
III.]
value of
x, less
than
Now,
£ir.
we have
4
7T
is
equal to
the arc x be supposed nothing,
1111.
i
which
if
Hence generally we
\ir.
147
= COS X — K COS Sx + = COS OX — = COS 7x + 3
o
have
shall
7
7T
cos
1 7T
181.
we assume x = ^ —
If in this equation
= 1+ 3-5-7 +
i72 by giving
,
we
11 + .,11111 +
7T
x other
to the arc
other series, which
it
particular values,
useless to set down,
is
—r =
Making
sin
x—
1
Sx
-^ sin
2
8
but
;
to determine, different series
y J
=
it
1
1
=1- +
&C
-
;
we should
several of
— ^ sin we
+
If
we
&c.
find
1
1
7a;
find
which
„
^ + ^ + r + ^ +&c
-'
Particular cases might be enumerated
a series already known.
182.
5x
in the last equation x=-\ir, 7T
to infinity
+ ^ sin
(b). v '
find
have been already published in the works of Euler. multiply equation (b) by dx, and integrate it, we have IT JO
. . .
'
n-Î3-r5
9
— &c.
9x
9
agrees better with the object of this work
by following the same process, the values of the formed of the sines or cosines of multiple arcs.
Let 1
sin
1
x — s sin «zx -f ^ •
2
•
sin
3
+
1
o
, Sx - 7 sihm... 4
—
•
m — 1 sm (m —l)x on sin mx, We derive from this equation 7
'
m being any j-
= cos x —
even number. cos
2x
+ cos Sx —
cos 4<x
.
.
+ cos (m —
1)
a?
— cos mx 10—2
;
THEORY OF HEAT.
148
[CHAP.
III.
multiplying by 2 sin x, and replacing each term of the second
member by 2 sin x
the difference of two sines,
= sin
-jr
(a?
+ x) — sin
(x
—
we
sin (2a?
-f
+ sin
(2a?
— x)
+
sin (3a;
+ x) — sin
(3a?
— x)
+
sin
{(m
— 1) a? — x) — sin
—
sin
(mx
+
+
a?)
sin
have
x)
—
%)
shall
{(m
(mx — a?)
+
1)
a?
— x)
;
and, on reduction,
2
sm a? -i- = sin
a?
+ sm mx — sin
(ma;
+ x)
the quantity sin
or is
sin
we have
mx — sin {mx + x),
(mx + \x — \x)
—2
equal to
:
'
aa?
— sin (mx + ^x + ^x),
\ x cos
sin
(ma; + \x)
;
therefore
dy -r«a?
1
sin^-a;
2
sma;
= ~—
.
,
N
+ £a0,
cos (ma; 4-^ x)
1
c??/
,
cos (ma;
2 cos
^a?
'
whence we conclude
y=\x-
/",
j
If
we
integrate
r— or
factor
sec \x,
cos|a?
and the
this
factor cos
*
*
by
cos
fawa?
parts,
we
distinguishing between the
which must be successively J
(mx + \ x), which
times in succession,
+ ^a?)
2 cos ^a;
shall
form a
is
to be integrated several
series in
which the powers
of
m+^
is
nothing, since the value of y begins with that of
enter into the denominators.
differentiated,'
As
to
the constant x.
it
SECT.
from
It follows
sm x —
is
1 -Tz
this that the value of the finite series
_
.
1
.
.
zx+~
sin
2
sin
3
very
differs
149
SPECIAL SERIES.
III.]
1
3x — •=
.
K ox
sin
5
+
I
.'-,.
= sin
7a?
—
1
.
m sin mx
. .
7
from that of \x, when the number of terms and if this number is infinite, we have th.e known
little
very great
;
equation 1
s 2
1 1 = sin a? — — sm «2a; + « •
a;
From
-1 A K * — <xc. — 1 sin kx-\--= sm 5a?
n sin 3a?
•
•
'
,
-.
4
3
2
5
the last series, that which has been given above for
the value of \it might also be derived.
Let now
183.
y c
=
1
s cos 2
— v1 cos 4a? + ! cos bx—
«
a
2a?
7;
4
...
6
1
1
—~ cos (2m — 2) x — 2m =r— cos 2mx. + ^— 2m — 2 v
by 2 sin 2a?, substituting and reducing, we shall have
multiplying
Differentiating,
differences of cosines,
_
dy = ax
2 -/ „
zy
or
= c—
- tan x + sin (2m + 1) ,
f,
f
,
fax tan
7 x + lax
supposing supposing
equation
V
=
by
m
sin
(2m
+ 1)—
a? ;
a;
parts the last term of the second
1111 2a?
—T 4
2/
éx + -
find
=ô
1°» 2
Thus we meet with the log (2 cos \x)
cos
we
nothing,
therefore
member, and
we have y = c + 5 log cos a?. A
infinite,
« cos z
we suppose x
,
x
cos
J
+
cos 6a;
~ log cos
o
cos 805
g cos
_l
2a;
+
If
. . .
in the
&c.
a-.
111
series given
= cos x -
— -x
by Euler,
+
~ cos 3a?
O
the
x
;
cos
J
integrating
'
-
-r TB
cos 4a?
+ &c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
150
184
Applying the same process y ^
we
1
= sin x+
1
•
3
-
7T
= sin x +
3
•
p
/
7
which has not been noticed,
+ - sin
sin 3a;
-r
1
"r+ = sin x + *xc.,
oa;
o
find the following series,
4
III.
to the equation
„
•
- sin ox + - sin
[CHAP.
ox
+
o
- sin 7
7a;
+
~ sin 9a;
-f
&c.
l
9
must be observed with respect to all these series, that the equations which are formed by them do not hold except when the variable x is included between certain limits. Thus It
the function
—
x
cos
;
cos
ox
= cos ox
-f
6
not equal to
is
\ir,
—
^ cos
o
when
except
7a;
+
&c.
(
the variable x
between the limits which we have assigned.
contained
is
It is the
same
with the series sin
x
—
This infinite
\x
1
2
:
sm azx + .
series,
not equal to \x,
if
x
is
from x
=
7T
to
x=
—
to
x = ir.
—
1
T 4
.
.
sm ix +
oa;
—
p &c.
always convergent, has the value
is
and
\x
;
ir; it
less
than
ir.
But
has on the contrary
evident that in the in-
for it is
the function takes with the contrary
had
it
in the preceding interval from
This series has been known for a long time,
but the analysis which served to discover
why
1.. - sin o
greater than
2tt,
sign all the values which,
x
ox
the arc exceeds
values very different from terval
.
.
sin
3
which
so long as the arc
it is
1-
the result ceases to hold
The method which we
when the
it
did not indicate
variable exceeds
ir.
employ must therefore be examined attentively, and the origin of the limitation to which each of the trigonometrical series is subject must be sought. .
185.
To
arrive at
it,
are about to
it
is
consider that the
sufficient to
values expressed by infinite series are not known with exact certainty except in the case where the limits of the sum of the terms which complete them can be assigned it must therefore be supposed that we employ only the first terms of these series, ;
i
This
may
be derived by integration from
to
x
as in Art. 222.
[E. L. E.]
SECT.
LIMITS OF THE REMAINDER.
III.]
151
and the limits between which the remainder
is
included must
he found.
"We will apply this remark to the equation 1
=
y
x — - cos oSx
cos
~ — 1= cos +-! cos o« ds 7x
3
o
+ The number
of terms
derived the equation *
value of
by
y,
.
sin k
—~ =
— 1) x 2m -
x
cos(2>ri
represented by
is
2??i#7
m
whence we may J
,
by
3)
2m - 3
cos#
ax
integration
(2m —
cos
even and
is
Quii
is
.
i
Now
parts.
may be resolved into a series composed may be desired, u and v being functions of
;
from
it
infer the
the integral Juvdx
many terms
of as
We may
x.
as
write, for
example, \uvdx
=c+
u \vdx
— -j-
\dx ivdx +-j-^ \dx\ dxlvdx
d an equation which Denoting 2?/ ^
=c—
sin
verified
2mx by
by
and
v
x by
u, it will
1 ~
1 — sec x cos 2???# +^r2'm
the integral -^—3
1
be given to the arc
up
sec'.£
sin
2m#
be found that l
4-
from
0,
,
sec'x cos ^r^ 2 m
an
2otoj
between which
2mx) which completes the
this integral
x,
Idxldxl vdx J
to ascertain the limits
[d (sec" x) cos
To form
included.
now
9
-T-5
differentiation.
sec
2m
It is required
186.
is
is
(
infinity of values
series
must
the limit at which the integral
which is the final value of the arc for each one x the value of the differential d (sec" x) must be determined, and that of the factor cos 2mx, and all the partial products must be added now the variable factor cos 2mx is begins,
to x,
;
of these values of
:
negative fraction
necessarily
a positive
integral
composed
of the
d
multiplied respectively by these fractions.
is
differential
(sec" x),
or
sum
;
consequently the
of the variable values of the
THEORY OF HEAT.
152
The
total value of the integral is
d
differentials
(sec" x),
than this sum taken negatively the variable factor cos
we
the second case
Jd (sec" x), taken from x = function of x, and sec"0
+ that
(sec"a;
negative,
x—
:
sec"
;
sec"
a; is
a certain
is
nothing.
therefore included between
— sec" 0)
and
—
(sec"
x—
by k an unknown
to say, representing
is
replace
1,
the value of this function, taken on
is
is
greater
and in by — 1 now the sum of the same thiûg, the integral
is
0, is sec"
the supposition that the arc x integral required
is
we
it
the constant quantity
which
x), or
and
to x,
for in the first case
:
2mx by
up
III.
than the sum of the
less
=
replace this factor
the differentials d (sec"
The
then
taken from x
[CHAP.
sec" 0)
;
fraction positive or
we have always / [d (sec" x) cos 2mx)
=k
(sec"
x
— sec" 0).
Thus we obtain the equation 2u J
=c
—2m— 1
sec
x
cos
2mx +
— 1
1
-^-^sec'
2m
x
sin
2mx-\-- z, sec"xcos2i)ix 2*m
+^ I'm in
k which the quantity ^—3
sum
of
(sec"
x — sec"
the last terms of the infinite
all
*
(sec"
x—
sec" 0),
0) expresses exactly
the
series.
If we had investigated two terms only we should have 187. had the equation 2ii J
=c—
—
1
1 -=
— sec x cos 2mx
2m
4-
-^
2
m
sec'
r,
k x sin 2mx + ^—, 2
m
(sec' v
x— sec'0). '
From this it follows that we can develope the value of y in many terms as we wish, and express exactly the remainder the series we thus find the set of equations
as
of
;
2Jy
= c — ~—
2y *
= c — s— sec a; cos 2 ma: + ^r-7 sec 2m 2W
2Jy
—c
2m
sec
x
cos
2mx~—
(sec
r,
K
2~m
,
2m
sec x cos 2 mx+-zr.
—
9 2
2°m
sec'
x—
a;
sec 0), '
sin
x — sec 2mx + -^r-:Asec n
fm
x sin 2mx +
+
^— 2m
ZJÏ~3
3 3
(
sec"
SeC
0),
x cos2mx
X~
SeC
V).
SECT.
LIMITS OF THE VARIABLE.
III.]
153
The number h which enters into these equations is not the same for all, and it represents in each one a certain quantity which is always included between 1 and — 1 m is equal to the number of terms of the series cos
;
11
x — 5 cos Sx + o
whose sum
is
5x —
cos
...
denoted by
1
—
= —111 —~
o
cos
(2m
— 1)
x,
-L
y.
188. These equations could be employed if the number m were given, and however great that number might be, we could determine as exactly as we pleased the variable part of the value
the
number
If the
of y.
first
m
equation only
be infinite, as is supposed, we consider and it is evident that the two terms
;
which follow the constant become smaller and smaller; the exact value of 2y is
in this case the constant c
is
determined by assuming x =
;
so that
this constant
whence we
in the value of y,
conclude
= cos x — ~
-r
4
It is easy to see
arc
x
value
Sx + - cos 5x — = cos 7x + fr cos o 9 7
cos
3
is less
X as
than
now
\ir.
near to
fact,
as
we
a value so great, that the term the
series,
becomes
less
—
&c.
that the result necessarily holds
In
|-7r
9.»
is
the
attributing to this arc a definite
please,
we can always
give to
m
^— (sec x — secO), which completes
than any quantity whatever
exactness of this conclusion
if
;
but the
based on the fact that the term
x acquires no value which exceeds all possible limits, whence same reasoning cannot apply to the case in which the arc x is not less than \ir. The same analysis could be applied to the series which express the values of \x, log cos x, and by this means Ave can assign the limits between which the variable must be included, in order that the result of analysis may be free from all uncertainty moreover, the same problems may be treated otherwise by a method founded on other principles 1
sec it
follows that the
;
.
189.
The
expression of the law of fixed
temperatures in
a solid plate supposed the knowledge of the equation 1
Cf.
De Morgan's
Diff.
and
Int. Calculus, pp.
605—609.
[A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
154
=
-7
4
A
—
COS X
cos <3x
tt
3
+-
—=
cos 0#
[CHAP.
simpler "method of obtaining this equation
the
If
sum
two arcs
of
+
COS IX
7
o
equal to
is
vx — &c.
9
as follows
is
:
a quarter of the
\tt,
circumference, the product of their tangent
cos
-R
III.
we have
1;
is
there-
fore in general ~
it
=
u
arc tan
2
-f
w
arc tan -
(c)
w
;
the symbol arc tan u denotes the length of the arc whose tangent is
and the series which gives the value of that arc whence we have the followiDg result
u,
known
i"«+.5-i
("'
+ ?) + 1
i?H(u,+
+
u,
( '
+ s(M + now we write ex ~ l tion (d), we shall have If
~
1
1
7T
4
=
a;
—
arc tan e*^ -1
l
cos da?
-^
The
series of equation {b)
180)
(Art.
w
+ arc
tan e~ xs!
"l.'-l' ox — = cos H
+
cos
(c),
7
in equa-
>
l - cos n 9a;
, — &c.
y
always divergent, and that of
is
always convergent;
is
and
~l
+
/a;
5
(d)
»'
^- &c
instead of u in equation
d
equation Or
cos
—
7T
:
and 7
well
is
:
;
its
value
is
\ir
- £<7T.
SECTION
IV.
General solution.
We
190.
can
now form
which we have proposed (Art. 1G9)
-them,
-r-
=
for the
coefficients
of equation
(l>)
being determined, nothing remains but to substitute
and we have x
c
;
the complete solution of the problem
cos
y — -
e~
3x
cos Sj
4-
-
e
_El
'
cos
5# - ^
x
cos 7,y
+
&c.
.
. .
(a).
COEXISTENCE OF PARTIAL STATES.
SECT. IV.]
This value of v
d 2v
the equation -j—2
satisfies
d2 v
+ -y\ =
nothing when we give to y a value equal to it is equal to unity when x is nothing and y
— \ir
155
\ir or is
it
;
becomes
—\it;
lastly,
included between
+ \ir.
Thus all the physical conditions of the problem are exactly fulfilled, and it is certain that, if we give to each point of the plate the temperature which equation (a) determines, and if the base A be maintained at the same time at the temperature 1, and the infinite edges B and C at the temperature 0, it would be impossible for any change to occur in the and
system of temperatures.
The second member of equation (a) having the form 191. an exceedingly convergent series, it is always easy to determine numerically the temperature of a point whose co-ordinates x and y are known. The solution gives rise to various results which it is necessary to remark, since they belong also to the of
general theory. If the point m,
whose fixed temperature is considered, is very A, the value of the second member of
distant from the origin
the equation to this
term
(a)
if
x
x
will be very nearly equal to e~ cos
The equation solid
y
;
it
reduces
is infinite.
4
v
=-
e *
cosy represents also a state of the
which would be preserved without any change, if it were the same would be the case with the state repre-
once formed
;
sen ted by the equation v
term of the
4 = =— e
3x
and in general each
cos 3y,
series corresponds to a particular state
which enjoys
the same property.
All these partial systems exist at once in
that which equation
(a)
the
movement
represents
;
they are superposed, and
of heat takes place with respect to each of
them
In the, state which corresponds to any one of these terms, the fixed temperatures of the points of the as if it alone existed.
A
from one point to another, and this is the only conproblem which is not fulfilled but the general state which results from the sum of all the terms satisfies this special
base
differ
dition of the
;
condition.
According as the point whose temperature
is
considered
is
THEOEY OF HEAT.
156
more plex
movement
distant from the origin, the
x
for if the distance
:
the series
is
is
com-
each term of it,
sensibly represented
by
for those parts of the plate
from the
is less
III.
very small with respect to that which precedes is
by the first only, which are more and more distant
three terms, or by the
first
of heat
sufficiently great,
so that the state of the heated plate
the
[CHAP.
two, or
first
origin.
whose vertical ordinate measures the formed by adding the ordinates of a multitude of particular surfaces whose equations are
The curved
surface
temperature
fixed
1—i = e~x cos y, The
-— = — \e~ zx cos 3y,
5x -^ = e~ cos 5y,
of these coincides with the general surface
first
is infinite,
is
v,
and they have a common asymptotic
If the difference v
—v
of their ordinates
l
is
with that whose equation
considered to be
= — \e
\ttv 2
is
when x
sheet.
the ordinate of a curved surface, this surface will coincide, is infinite,
&c.
%x
when x
cos Sy.
All
the other terms of the series produce similar results.
The same origin,
results
would again be found
if
the section at the
instead of being bounded as in the actual hypothesis by
a straight line parallel to the axis of
formed of two symmetrical
parts.
y,
had any figure whatever
It is evident therefore that
the particular values x
sx
ae~ cos y,
be~
cos Sy,
oX
ce~~
cos 5y,
have their origin in the physical problem necessary relation to the expresses a simple
mode
phenomena
is
compounded always
expression for their cients a,
192.
b, c,
d,
plate,
is
established
infinite sides retain
The general system
sum has nothing
of temperatures
and the
arbitrary but the coeffi-
&c.
Equation
(a)
angular plate heated at is
whose
of a multitude of simple systems,
may
be employed to determine
circumstances of the permanent
what
and have a Each of them
itself,
of heat.
according to which heat
and propagated in a rectangular a constant temperature.
&c,
its origin.
movement
all
the
of heat in a rect-
If it be asked, for example,
the expenditure of the source of heat, that
is
to say,
EXPENDITURE OF THE SOURCE OF HEAT.
SECT. IV.]
what
is
the quantity which, during a given time, passes across
A
and replaces that which flows into the cold masses and C; we must consider that the flow perpendicular to the
the base
B
157
axis of
y
— K-j-. The
expressed by
is
quantity which during
the instant dt flows across a part dy of the axis
is
therefore
-K~dydt; and, as the temperatures are permanent, the
during unit of time,
—K-j-dy.
is
amount
of the flow,
This expression must be
integrated between the limits y = — lir and y = + \ir, in order to ascertain the whole quantity which passes the base, or which is
the same thing,
must be integrated from y =
The quantity
the result doubled. in
-y-
is
to
y = ^tt, and
a function of x and
y,
which x must be made equal to 0, in order that the calculation refer to the base A, which coincides with the axis of y. The
may
expression for the expenditure of the source of heat fore 2
y = 1-7T but x
/(
—K
;
if,
= x,
j— dy)
The
.
in the function
integral
dv -j-
,
x
there-
is
must be taken from y = is
to
not supposed equal to
0,
the integral will be a function of x which will denote
the quantity of heat which flows in unit of time across a transverse edge at a distance 193.
If
we wish
x from the
origin.
to ascertain the quantity of heat which,
during unit of time, passes across a line drawn on the plate parallel to the edges
and, multiplying
it
B
and
C,
we employ the expression
by the element dx
du — K-j-
of the line drawn, integrate
with respect to x between the given boundaries of the line the integral
I
(
— K -j- dx
whole length of the
line
shews how
j
;
and
if
much
i
We may
;
thus
heat flows across the
before or after the integration
we make y = \ir we determine the quantity unit of time, escapes
,
of heat which, during
from the plate across the
infinite
edge
C.
next compare the latter quantity with the expenditure
THEORY OF HEAT.
158 of the source of heat
III.
source must necessarily supply
for the
;
[CHAP.
B
continually the heat which flows into the masses
and
If
C.
compensation did not exist at each instant, the system of temperatures would be variable. this
Equation
194.
—
— K dv — 4/T -j-
(e~
x
gives
-(a)
cos
y
—
3x
cos
e
+e
o*g
5X
cos oy
multiplying by dy, and integrating from y
— If
(
e~
x
sin y
—
3x - ë~ sin
cX
oy + -
e~'
sin oy
—e
= 0, we
~
x
cos 7 y
+ &c);
have
— = e~ 7r sin 7y + &c.
]
.
y be made =\tt, and the integral doubled, we obtain
?£(*- + !«- + |«:~ + *e~ + &a} as the expression for the quantity of heat which, during unit of
time, crosses a line parallel to the base,
and
at a distance
x from
that base.
From cl n
— K -j- =
{(1
we
—
4 _/ÎT"
sin y
—
derive also
|
(e~
r
hence the integral 4 A"
(a)
equation
-e
x )
sin
y
I
e~
— ii
—
(1
5x
sin
-7(
-
3y
+ e'oX
sin 5_y
taken from x
cZ^,
— e~ * 7
= 0,
is
sin
5y
sin 7y
e
3x )
Sy
sin
+
(1
-
e~
5x )
e~\x) sin
If this quantity be subtracted from the value which is
made
4À"
—
/ (
'
e
infinite, '.
'
srn^f
:
J
— (1 — when x
+ &c.)
we
it
+ &c.}.
assumes
find
— -1 e ___* 3
7y
.
_
sin 03/
1
+-
_, oX
e
.
„
sin o?/
—
\
&c. J
;
and, on making ?/ = |tt, we have an expression for the whole quantity of heat which crosses the infinite edge C, from the point whose distance from the origin is x up to the end of the plate
;
namely,
PERMANENT STATE OF THE RECTANGLE.
SECT. IV.]
159
which is evidently equal to half the quantity which in the same time passes beyond the transverse line drawn on the plate at a distance x from the origin. We have already remarked that this result is a necessary consequence of the conditions of the problem situated
if
;
did not hold, the part of the plate which
it
beyond the transverse
and
line
is
is
prolonged to infinity
would not receive through its base a quantity of heat equal to that which it loses through its two edges it could not therefore preserve its state, which is contrary to hypothesis. ;
As
195.
to the expenditure of the source of heat, it is found
by supposing x = an
in the preceding expression
infinite value, the reason for
which
is
;
evident
hence if it
it
assumes
be remarked
A has and which are very near a temperature very little different from
that, according to hypothesis, every point of the line
retains the temperature 1
have
to this base
unity
:
also
parallel lines
:
'
hence, the extremities of all these
lines
contiguous to
the cold masses B and G communicate to them a quantity of heat incomparably greater than if the decrease of temperature In the first part of the were continuous and imperceptible. plate, at the
ends near to
x becomes
assign to
or
of the base has
any value
it
27,
we must
multiplying also the values of instead of base,
x.
we must
Denoting by replace v
in the equation v
=
—
4>A TT
(
[e \
C,
a cataract of heat, or an
when
the distance
appreciable.
The length
196.
B
This result ceases to hold
infinite flow, exists.
.
ir.
write \ttj instead of
x by
TT
-^
,
we must
we
If y,
and CO
write ^ir T
the constant temperature of the
These substitutions being made
we have -?S 1 irv
(a),
-™ 22
by
A — v
been denoted by
cos
Try '21
-
o
e
*>
i,iry
cos
21
-^
1
o-~ + ~
e
*l
_
cos o
d
JlL* -l1 e -f'cos7|f + &c.)
nry
-^ '21
OS).
This equation represents exactly the system of permanent temperature in an infinite rectangular prism, included between two masses of ice B and C, and a constant source of heat.
THEOKY OF HEAT.
160 197.
It is easy to see either
[CHAP.
by means
III.
of this equation, or
from Art. 171, that heat is propagated in this solid, by separating more and more from the origin, at the same time that it Each section is directed towards the infinite faces B and C. wave of heat which parallel to that of the base is traversed by a is renewed at each instant with the same intensity: the intensity diminishes as the section becomes more distant from the origin. Similar movements are effected with respect to any plane parallel to the infinite faces; each of these planes is traversed
stant
wave which conveys
by a con-
heat to the lateral masses.
its
The developments contained in the preceding articles would if we had not to explain an entirely new theory, whose principles it is requisite to fix. With that view we add
be unnecessary,
the following remarks. 198.
Each
of the terms of equation
(a)
corresponds to only
one particular system of temperatures, which might exist in a
and whose infinite edges are Thus the equation cos y represents the permanent temperatures, when the
rectangular plate heated at
maintained v
=
e
x
a
at
its
constant
end,
temperature.
A are subject to a fixed temperature, denoted We may now imagine the heated plate to be part of a
points of the base
by
cos y.
plane which
is
prolonged to infinity in
all directions,
the co-ordinates of any point of this plane by
temperature of the same point by plane the equation v
G
= e~x cos y
;
v,
by
BB and CC; base A has at
with contiguous parts temperatures.
The
we may apply
this
receive the constant temperature
;
and denoting
x and
y,
means, the edges but
it is
If
we
B and
not the same
they receive and keep lower every point the permanent
temperature denoted by cos y, and the contiguous parts higher temperatures.
and the
to the entire
AA
have
construct the curved surface whose
permanent temperature at each be cut by a vertical plane passing or parallel to that line, the form of the section
vertical ordinate is equal to the
point of the plane, and
through the line will
A
if it
be that of a trigonometrical line whose ordinate represents
the infinite and periodic series of cosines. surface be cut
by a
form of the section logarithmic curve.
If the
same curved
vertical plane parallel to the axis of x, the will
through
its
whole length be that of a
FINAL PERMANENT STATE.
SECT. IV.]
ICI
199. By this it may be seen, how the analysis satisfies the two conditions of the hypothesis, which subjected the base to a temperature equal to cosy, and the two sides B and G to the temperature 0. When we express these two conditions we solve in fact the following problem If the heated plate formed part of an infinite plane, what must be the temperatures at all the points of the plane, in order that the system may be self-permanent, and :
may be those which are given by the hypothesis ? We have supposed in the foregoing part that some external causes maintained the faces of the rectangular solid, one at the temperature 1, and the two others at the temperature 0. This but the hypoeffect may be represented in different manners thesis proper to the investigation consists in regarding the prism as part of a solid all of whose dimensions are infinite, and in determining the temperatures of the mass which surrounds it, so that that the fixed temperatures of the infinite rectangle
;
may be
the conditions relative to the surface 200.
To
ascertain the system of
a rectangular plate whose extremity
always observed.
permanent temperatures in is maintained at the tem-
A
1, and the two infinite edges at the temperature 0, we might consider the changes which the temperatures undergo, from the initial state which is given, to the fixed state which is
perature
the object of the problem.
Thus the variable
state of the solid
would be determined for all values of the time, and it might then be supposed that the value was infinite. The method which we have followed is different, and conducts
more
directly to the
expression
of the final state, since
founded on a distinctive property of that
We
state.
it
is
now proceed
shew that the problem admits of no other solution than that which we have stated. The proof fallows from the following
to
propositions.
201.
If
we give
to all the points of
plate temperatures expressed
edges
A line A end
B is
and C
an
infinite rectangular
(ot),
and
if at
we maintain the fixed temperature
the two
0, whilst the
exposed to a source of heat which keeps all points of the no change can happen in the
at the fixed temperature 1;
state of the f.
by equation
h.
solid.
In
fact,
the equation
y-2
+
-j-*
=
being
n
THEORY OF HEAT.
162
[CHAP.
III.
evident (Art. 170) that the quantity of heat which determines the temperature of each molecule can be neither
satisfied, it is
increased nor diminished.
The
same
different points of the
temperatures expressed by equation that instead of maintaining the edge
be given to
fixed temperature
it
solid
A
at the temperature 1, the
as to the
BAC
the heat contained in the plate edges A, B, C, and by hypothesis
having received the = <j>[sc,y), suppose
or v
(a)
two
B and
lines
C
;
will flow across the three
not be replaced, so that
it will
the temperatures will diminish continually, and their final and common value will be zero. This result is evident since the
A have a temperature which equation (a) was
points infinitely distant from the origin
from the manner
infinitely small
in
formed.
The same
effect
would take place
the system of temperatures were v v — <£ (oc> y) ; that is to say, all the
in the opposite direction, if
= — $ (x, initial
y),
instead of being
negative temperatures
would vary continually, and would tend more and more towards their final value 0, whilst the three edges A, B, C preserved the temperature 202.
0.
Let v
=
y) be a given equation
(x,
the initial temperature of points in the plate is
maintained at the temperature
preserve the temperature
Let v
= Fix,
y)
1,
which expresses
BA G,
whose base A B and G
whilst the edges
0.
be another given equation which expresses
the initial temperature of each point of a solid plate
BAG
exactly
the same as the preceding, but whose three edges B, A,
maintained at the temperature
Suppose that in the
first
G
are
0.
solid the variable state
which suc-
determined by the equation v = (x, y, t), t denoting the time elapsed, and that the equation v = <E> (#, y, t) determines the variable state of the second solid, for which the ceeds to the final state
initial
is
temperatures are F{x,
y).
Lastly, suppose a third solid like each of the let v
=f(x, and
and
let 1
y)
initial state,
A,
+
F(x, y)
be the
equation which
two preceding represents
:
its
be the constant temperature of the base
those of the two edges
B
and
C.
SUPERPOSITION OF EFFECTS.
SECT. IV.]
We is
163
proceed to skew that the variable state of the third solid
determined by the equation v = <$>{x, In fact, the temperature of a point
t)
y,
+ (#,
y,
m of the third
because that molecule, whose volume ture during the instant dt
denoted by M, acquires
is
The
or loses a certain quantity of heat A.
t)„
solid varies,
increase of tempera-
is
the coefficient c denoting the specific capacity with respect to
volume. the
The
variation of the temperature of the
first
d and
D
solid
—^
is
same point
in
D
d
and —r^dt in the second, the
dt,
CM
CM
letters
representing the quantity of heat positive or negative
which the molecule acquires by virtue of the action of
Now
neighbouring molecules.
it
easy to
is
perceive
all
the
that
A
d + D.
For proof it is sufficient to consider the quantity of heat which the point in receives from another point m' belonging to the interior of the plate, or to the edges which bound it. The point m v whose initial temperature is denoted by fv transmits, during the instant dt, to the molecule m, a quantity of heat expressed by q {f —f)dt, the factor q representing a certain function of the distance between the two molecules. Thus the whole quantity of heat acquired by m is '%-Çl {fl —f)dt, the sign X expressing the sum of all the terms which would be found by considering the other points w 2 rn z mA &c. which act on m that is to say, writing q 2 ,f2 or q3 ,f3 or qv f4 and so on, instead of q v fv In the same manner %q (Fl — F)dt will be found to be the expression of the whole quantity of heat acquired by the same point m of the second solid and the factor q is the same as in the term ^q (fi ~f)dt> since the two solids are formed of the same matter, and the position of the points is the same; we is
equal to
x
x
t
1
,
,
;
,
1
;
x
x
have then
d
=
For the same reason
it
will be
A = tq hence
D = %(i^ -
Iqlf, -f)dt and
l
{f1
A=d+D
F)dt.
found that
+ F -(f+F)}dt;
and
1
A = _^+ _|. 11—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
164
[CHAP.
III.
from this that the molecule m of the third solid acquires, during the instant dt, an increase of temperature equal to the sum of the two increments which the same point would It follows
have orained in the two first instant,
first
Hence
solids.
at the
end of the
the original hypothesis will again hold, since any
molecule whatever of the third solid has a temperature equal Thus the to the sum of those which it has in the two others.
same
relation exists at the beginning of each instant, that
say, the variable state of the third solid
is
to
can always be represented
by the equation v
203.
$(x,y,
The preceding
relative to the
that the
=
t)
+ ®(x,
proposition
is
y,
t).
applicable to all problems
uniform or varied movement of heat.
movement can always be decomposed
each of which
is
shews
It
into several others,
it alone existed. This one of the fundamental elements
effected separately as if
superposition of simple effects
is
in the theory of heat.
expressed in the investigation, by
It
is
the very nature of the general equations, and derives
its
origin
from the principle of the communication of heat.
Let now v = (x, y) be the equation (2) which expresses the permanent state of the solid plate BAG, heated at its end A, and whose edges B and G preserve the temperature 1 the initial state ;
of the plate
is
such, according to hypothesis, that all
its
points
have a nul temperature, except those of the base A, whose temperature is 1. The initial state can then be considered as formed of two others, namely a first, in which the initial temperatures are — 4>{x, y), the three edges being maintained at the temperature 0, and a second state, in which the initial temperatures are 4- [x, y), :
B
G
and the base A the temperature 1; the superposition of these two states produces the initial state which results from the hypothesis. It remains then only to examine the movement of heat in each one of the two partial states. Now, in the second, the system of temperatures can undergo no change and in the first, it has been remarked in Article 201 that the temperatures vary continually, and end with being nul. Hence the final state, properly so called, is that which is represented by v = (x, y) or equation (a). the two edges
and
preserving the temperature
;
>
0,
THE FINAL STATE
SECT. IV.]
IS
UNIQUE.
165
were formed at first it would be self- existent, and it is this property which has served to determine it for us. If the solid plate be supposed to be in another initial state, the difference between the latter state and the fixed state forms a partial If this state
state,
which imperceptibly disappears.
After a considerable time,
the difference has nearly vanished, and the system of fixed tem-
Thus the variable temper-
peratures has undergone no change.
more and more
atures converge
to a final state,
independent of
the primitive heating. 204. if
We
perceive by this that the final state
a second state were conceived,
is
unique;
the difference between
for,
the
self-existent,
would form a partial state, which ought to be although the edges A, B, G were maintained at the
temperature
0.
second and the
first
Now
the last effect cannot occur; similarly
if
we
supposed another source of heat independent of that which flows
from the origin A; besides, this hypothesis is not that of the problem we have treated, in which the initial temperatures are nul. It is evident that parts very distant from the origin can only acquire an exceedingly small temperature. Since the final state which must be determined
is
unique,
it
problem proposed admits no other solution than Another form may be that which results from equation (a). follows that the
given to this result, but the solution can be neither extended nor restricted without rendering it inexact.
The method which we have explained
in this chapter consists
in forming first very simple particular values,
which agree with
the problem, and in rendering the solution more general, to the intent that v or
(j>
(x,
y)
may
satisfy three conditions,
namely
:
might be followed, and the would necessarily be the same as the foregoing. We shall not stop over the details, which are easily supplied, when once the solution is known. We shall only give in the following section a remarkable expression for the function (x, y) It is clear that the contrary order
solution obtained
(j>
whose value was developed
in a convergent series in equation
(a).
THEORY OF HEAT.
166
SECTION
[CHAP.
III.
V.
Finite expression of the result of the solution.
The preceding
205.
might be deduced from the
solution
integral of the equation -7-3
+ -j—2 = 0/ which
contains
under the sign of the arbitrary functions.
quantities,
=$
(x
We
shall
remark that the integral
confine ourselves here to the v
imaginary
+ yJ -
1)
+ yjr (x - yJ -
1),
has a manifest relation to the value of v given by the equation -t-
4
In
=e
x
—
cos y
-,
e~
3x
o
cos Sy
+
7
=e ^ 2
-(*-W-i)
_
3d
\
e
-3<*-W=D
+
3 first series is
series is the
Comparing these arc tan e~
equation
(a)
series
of
this
(x ' vsIZT
-si*-yyFi)
x — yj —
x + ^V
_
&c.
l,
and the second
— 1.
it
is
immediately seen that the
and the second
\
e
arc tan e ^^ -
is
-1 )
;
first
thus
takes the finite form
mode
it
v
=
the function 1
— &c.
with the known development of arc tan z
tangent,
its
I
y = arc tan e*»*^ + arc tan In
cos oy
o
a function of
same function
in functions of z is
3j!
O
replacing the cosines by their imaginary expressions,
fact,
we have
The
e
-=
(j>
e
-<*-" v=r
>
{B).
conforms to the general integral
(z) is
{oc
+ y J^l) +
arc tan e~%
yjr
(x- y J^l)
and similarly the function
D. F. Gregory derived the solution from the form
(7am&. Afaift. Journal, Vol.
1.
p. 105.
[A. F.]
(A), i/r {z).
FINITE EXPRESSION OF THE SOLUTION.
SECT. V.]
we denote the first term ber by p and the second by q, we have If in equation (B)
I 7tv =p ,
whence
tan
tan p
p
+ q)
= 'jW^, +
tan p
«
,
(
+ q,
or
is
2e~ = -^
—
= arc
of the second
= e"'*-^" x
tan q -±-
-f
whence we deduce the equation - irv This
tan q
167
tan
mem-
1 )
;
2 cos y = -j ^
cos y
-^-
—
ëx
(
;
(G). )
the simplest form under which the solution of the
problem can be presented. This value of v or
206.
to the ends of the solid, it
satisfies also
tion (0)
is
(x,
>
namely,
y) satisfies the conditions relative
(x,
±
the general equation
^tt)
-=-$
=
and
0,
+ -=- =
a transformation of equation (B).
a
0,
Hence
exactly the system of permanent temperatures
cj>
(0,
y)
since it
=1
;
equa-
represents
and since that state is unique, it is impossible that there should be any other solution, either more general or more restricted. ;
The equation ( 0) furnishes, by means of tables, the value of one of the three unknowns v, x, y, when two of them are given; it very clearly indicates the nature of the surface whose vertical ordinate
is
solid plate.
the permanent temperature of a given point of the Finally,
we deduce from the same equation €l7)
and
the values
CUD -^-
which measure the veloay city with which heat flows in the two orthogonal directions and we consequently know the value of the flow in any other direction. of the differential coefficients
-j-
dx
;
These
coefficients are
dv___
dx~
dv__ dy~ It
x
9 °Sy (
e ix
\é 9
Smy (
may be remarked dv
expressed thus,
\e'
+ e~x
e*-e~* x
\
+2cos2y + e- 2xJ' \
+ 2 cos 2y + e~2x )
'
that in Article 194 the value of
that of j- are given by infinite series, whose sums
dv -r-
may be
,
and
easily
THEORY OF HEAT.
168
[CHAP.
III.
found, by replacing the trigonometrical quantities by imaginary exponentials. r
we have
We
ax
just stated.
The problem which we have now
dealt with
the
is
first
which
solved in the theory of heat, or rather in that part of
we have
the theory which requires
the
furnishes very easy numerical
employment
applications,
use of the trigonometrical tables represents heat.
dv and -T- which ay
civ -y-
thus obtain the values of
all
pass on
now
more general
to
SECTION
analysis.
whether we make series, and it
of the
movement
The problem
of
of
considerations.
VI.
Development of an arbitrary function in trigonometric 207.
It
convergent
the circumstances
exactly
We
or
of
the propagation of "V ~r~2 (1
angular solid has led to the equation
series.
heat in a rect-
fi 1)
+ ~r-^ = 0;
and
if
it
be supposed that all the points of one of the faces of the solid have a common temperature, the coefficients a, b, c, d, etc. of the series
a cos x
+
b cos
Sx
+
c cos
ox
+ d cos 7x+
...
&c,
must be determined so that the value of this function may be equal to a constant whenever the arc x is included between — \ir and + \ir. The value of these coefficients has just been assigned; but herein we have dealt with a single case only of a more general problem, which consists in developing any function whatever in an infinite series of sines or cosines of multiple arcs. This problem is connected with the theory of partial differential equations, and has been attacked since the origin of that analysis. It was necessary to solve it, in order to integrate suitably the equations of the propagation of heat;
we proceed
to
explain
the solution.
We
shall
required to function
examine, in the
first
place, the case in
which
reduce into a series of sines of multiple
it
is
arcs,
a
whose development contains only odd powers of the
SERIES OF SINES OF MULTIPLE ARCS.
SECT. VI.]
Denoting such a function by
variable.
<]>
(x),
169
we arrange the
equation (j)
in
(x)
which
a, b,
c,
=
a sin x
it is
d,
+b
sin
2x
+
Sx
c sin
+ d sin 4af +
. . .
&c,
required to determine the value of the coefficients
we
First
&c.
write the equation
^)-^'{0)+]5f(0)f^f'(0)+|f(0)+^f(0)+-..;&ô. iv
in which <£'(0), >"(0), by the coefficients dcf)
'"(0),
d2
(x)
~dx~
d3
(x)
<j>
~dx*~
'
&c. denote the values taken
(0),
>
(f>
(x)
d*cf>
~~~dÔT
'
l
(x)
dx*
'
„ ' '
when we suppose x = in them. Thus, representing the development according to powers of x by the equation 4>(x)
= Ax- B~ + C~ - D~ + E~;- &c, 3
we have
>
(0)
5
= 0, and
f (0)=0, w (0)
4>
<£'
now we compare
(j)(x)=a sinx
+b
= yl,
= o,
^(0)
=
c,
&c.
the preceding equation with the equation
2# +
sin
developing the second
(0)
= B, "'(0)
&c. If
9
|7
c sin
3x+ d sin 4<x + e
member with
sin 5a?
+ &c,
respect to powers of x,
we
have the equations
A = a + 2b B=
a
+
=a+
3
2 b 5
2 b
+3c +éd +
+ +
3 3
3
5
3
c
+4d+
c
m+
+
oe
+ &c,
3
+
5
+ &c,
5 e 5 e
&c,
D= a + 2 b + 3 c + 4 + 5 e + &c., #=a + 2 6 + 3 c+4 + 5 e + &c 7
7
7
9
9
9
7
cZ
9
cZ
(«).
These equations serve to find the coefficients a, b, c, d, e, &c, whose number is infinite. To determine them, we first regard the number of unknowns as finite and equal to m thus equations which all the follow suppress the first m we equations, ;
THEORY OF HEAT.
170
[CHAP.
III.
and we omit from each equation all the terms of the second member which follow the first m terms which we retain. The whole number m being given, the coefficients a, b, c, d, e, &c. have Different fixed values which may be found by elimination. values would be obtained for the same quantities, if the number of the equations and that of the unknowns were greater by one unit.
Thus the value
of the coefficients varies as
we
increase
the number of the coefficients and of the equations which ought to determine them.
It is required to find what the limits are towards which the values of the unknowns converge continually as the
number
unknowns which number is infinite.
values of the
when
their
208.
We
These limits are the true
of equations increases.
the preceding equations
satisfy
we unknown by one equation, two three unknowns by three equations,
consider then in succession the cases in which
should have to determine one
unknowns by two equations, and so on to infinity.
Suppose that we denote as follows different systems of equations analogous to those from which the values of the coefficients
must be derived
:
ax = A v
=4
a% + 252
a2 + 2\ = B2
at
3
+ 2 b + S\ + é% = C a +2 6 + 3 c + 4 ^ = D + 26 +3c +4d +5e =A S + Z\ + 2>\ + tfd + h\ = B i
i
7
4
6
,
7
4
4
s
,
5
5
5
ah +
,
5
4
5
2\ + 3 c + 4^ + o\ = C
,
,
5
5
«5 + 2 £ 5 + 3 «5
3
,
4
7
ab
,
3
3
+ 264 + 3c + U, = A v
ai
a5
+ 26 + 3c = As a + 2% + S\ = B
«3
,
2
7
7
9
9
c5
+2e +3c 5
&c.
5
s
5
+ 4W + 5 e = I> + 4V +5V = ^
,
7
5
5
5
5
&c
5,
5
,
(b).
DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. VI.]
now we
If five
a5
2
(5
a5 (5
2
a s (5
2
as
2
(5
-
2
-
2
-
2
unknown
eliminate the last 5
- 2 ) + 3c
2
,
h
2
2
,
B
,
5
,
-3 +U
2
+ 26
)
+ 2\ (5 - 2 + S\ (5 - 3 + 4 d
(5
(5
5
2
2
)
2
2
)
+2
5
6 B (5
-l +26 2
5
(5
-2 +3c
5
(5
- 2 + 3V
5
(5
2
2
5
)
2
7
)
2
)
2
(5
5
by means
of the
&c, we find
-
= 5 A - Z? 2
f)
5
5
- f) = 5 B - C 5
5
- 3 + 4 d5 (5 - 4 ) = 5 C5 - D 5
2
-3 +4 2
2
2
2
7
)
tf
(5
5
,
2
,
2
)
2
2
(5
5
3
)
)
,
5
2
)
5
eh
A B G D E
equations which contain
171
5
-4 =5 D -E 2
,
2
)
h
5
.
We could have deduced these four equations from the four which form the preceding system, by substituting in the latter instead of
a4
2
(5' ,
K
2
(5 (5
(5
5
B C
5
;
2
5
5
,
£
?C -D VD -E
i3
By
2
2
it
D
,
2
A —B 5 B -C„
Av
and instead of
2
5J
2
dv
2
5
2
cv
-1 )cl, -2 )& -3 )c -4 )c7
iy
5
b
b
h
,
.
we could always pass from the case m of unknowns to that which
similar substitutions
which corresponds to a number
number m+.l. Writing in order all the between the quantities which correspond to one of the cases and those which correspond to the following case, we shall have
corresponds to the relations
ttl
=a
2 2
(2
-l),
a.=a3
(3*-l),
a3 = a 4
(4
a4 = a5 a5 = « B
2
2
(5 2
(6
62
= 6 a (3 -2 ),
-l), & 3
=
-l), £ 4
=6
-l), 65
=6
&c.
2
2
2 Z>
4
(4 2
5
(5 2
6
(6
-2
2
-2
2
-2
2
),
),
),
-
c3
=c
c4
= cb (5 - 3 ),
c5
=c
2 4
(4 2
2 6
(6
&c.
2
), 2
-3
e*
4
2
),
rf
5
= e*
5
= rf
6
2
-4
2
2
-4
2
(5 (6
),
),
(c).
THEORY OF HEAT.
172
We
[CHAP.
III.
have also
^ = 2J
-1?2
2
A = SA -B 3
2
,
B = 3B -G
3>
3
I? 3
4
-C
4
5
-C
= 4i? B = 5B
,
5
5
3
2
A=±A-B„ A=5A -B
,
G=±G-BV
,
4
5
C = 5G 4
,
-D D 5>
= 5D
4
-E
5
equations
we conclude
(c)
knowns, whose number
(d).
that on representing the un-
by
infinite,
is
,
5
&c
&c.
From
5
a,
b,
d,
c,
&c, we must
e,
have
a
a.
= (2
b
~
2 -
-1)(3
2
-
- 2 2 (4* )
•
- 22 )
-
- 3 2 (5 2 )
-
-3 )(6 -
= (3
2
- -1)(4 2
1)(6
-2)
2
2
-
2
(5
1)...'
2
-2 )...
2
-3 )...
2
-
(6
2
c3 2
(4
2
2
-
3
2
) (7
d4
d-
_ 4«)
(5*
(G
-
2
4
2
2
)
(7
-4) 2
,
209.
It
e 5 , &c.
;
the second third
4
2
'
)
.
.
.
(e).
remains then to determine the values of a^ b 2
the
AB ABC
given by two equations into which
is
It follows
from
A„ A B 2
A
given by one equation, in which
first is
given by three equations, into which
is
so on.
(8
&c
&c.
rf 4
2
2
we
this that if
ABC
,
3
3
3
,
3
we knew the
Afi GJ) t
A
2
... t
2
3
3
x
,
c3 ,
enters;
enter; the
enter; and
values of
&c,
could easily find a by solving one equation, a2 b 2 by solving two equations, a 3 b 3 c 3 by solving three equations, and so on after which we could determine a, b, c, d, e, &c. It is required then 1
:
to calculate the values of
A XJ A B 2
by means terms of of
A
l
A
2
,
ABC 3
3
3
AfrCJ)„
,
of equations (d). 2
B 2nd, of A B G
and
in terms
2
3
3
we
5
5
5
5
5
...,
&c,
find the value of
by two substitutions we 3rd, by three substitutions we
A
2
in
find this value
;
3
1st,
A B CD E
;
find the
DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. VI.]
same value of
A
values of
2
1
2 .3 3 2
x
2 4
2
x
2 5
.
3
2
2
ABGD
in terms of
i
i
i
i
and
,
.
)
2
2 .
2
2
(2
i
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
.
•
2
2
2
5
2
2
2
.
2
2
2
that which
2
4
2
2
.
2
2
2
,
2
.
)
2
2
.
.
2
2
is
2
.
.
2
J
5
,
The
readily noticed.
we wish
)
2
5
the law of which
2
)
2
2
.
2
2
2
4
2
.
.
2
.
.
.
5
is
successive
+ 3 + (7, - B (2 3 + 2 + 3 4 ) + C (2 + 3 + 4 - X> 5 - i? (2 3 4 + 2 3 5 + 2 4 5 + 3 5 + 2 .5 + 3 .4 + 3 .5 + 4 .5 + C (2 3 + 2 -D (2 +3 + 4 + 5 )+ E' &c, 2
3
2
which
The
so on.
,
-£
2
.
x
are
x
A=A^-B ^ =J A =A A =^
A
173
last of these values,
to determine, contains the quantities
D, E, &c, with an infinite index, and these quantities are known they are the same as those which enter into equa-
A, B,
G,
;
tions (a).
A
Dividing the ultimate value of 2
2
2
2
x
by the
product
infinite
2
2 .3 .4 .5 .6 ...&c,
we have
A -B (2
2
+
W+^+¥+ i
&c
~D +E The numerical
+G
)
U
2
{¥^ + 2\4
2
+
¥^ + &c )
!
2
.3 .4
2
2
2
+
+
2 (2 .3 .4 .5 2
coefficients are the
2
2
2 .3 .5
2
2
+
3
2
2
2
.
2 .3 .4 .6
sums
4
2 .
5
+ &C
2
j
+ &C + &C )
2
'
which
of the products
could be formed by different combinations of the fractions
I
I l
after
having
2
2
'
2
I '
3"
removed the
I 5
first
2
we employ the tions (b), we have,
first
6
2
&c '
fraction
the respective sums of products by if
1
'
P
of equations
x ,
Q
(e)
lf
'
p If we Rv S T .
lf
and the
x
,
represent
...
first
&c, and of equa-
to express the value of the first coefficient a,
the equation 2 2 2 2 q(2 -l)(3 -l)(4 -l)(5 -l) 2
2
2
2 .3 .4 .5
...
2
...
= A-BP + CQ - DB + ES 1
1
1
l
&c,
THEORY OF HEAT.
174
now the
P Q R S T
quantities
lt
y
,
lt
x
mined, as we shall see lower down
...
[CHAP.
&c.
may be
hence the
;
III.
easily deter-
a
first coefficient
becomes entirely known.
We
must pass on now to the investigation of the following coefficients b, c, d, e, &c, which from equations (e) depend on the quantities b 2 c3 d4 e 5 &c. For this purpose we take up equations (b), the first has already been employed to find the 210.
,
,
,
,
value of a v the two following give the value of
the three
b„,
following the value of c3 the four following the value of ,
d4 and ,
so on.
On
completing the calculation, we find by simple inspection
of the equations the following results for the values of b 2
c3
,
,
dk
,
&c.
2b 2
(l*-2*)=A 2 l 2 -B
3c3 (l
2
4<74 (l
-3
2
2
2 )
(2
2
,
-3 =A 2
)
3
2 \\ 2 -
-4 )(2 -4 )(3 -4 2
2
2
= A^V. 2
2
3
.
2
2
- B,
(l
2 .
B
(l
3
2
+ 2 + C3 2
)
,
2
2
) 2
+
l
2 .
3
2
+2
2
2 .
)
+ G
4
(l
2
+ 22 +
3
2 )
- Dv
&c. It is easy to perceive the it
remains only
Now
law which these equations follow
determine
to
the quantities
AB 2
2
the
quantities
AB 2
2
,
can be expressed in terms of
;
A BC
,
ABC
,
3
3
3
Z
3
3
the latter in terms of AfiJJJ)^ For this purpose it suffices to the successive effect the substitutions indicated by equations (d) ;
changes reduce the second members of the preceding equations so as to contain only the ABCD, &c. with an infinite suffix, that
is
known
to say, the
equations
(a)
;
the
quantities
coefficients
ABCD,
&c.
become the
which enter into different
products
which can be made by combining the squares of the numbers 2 2 2 2 2 It need only be remarked that the first 1 2 3 4 5 to infinit}7 .
of these squares l
value of a
1
;
2
will not
enter into the coefficients of the
that the second 2 2 will not enter into the coefficients
of the value of b2
2
;
that the third square 3 will be omitted only
from those which serve to form the coefficients of the value of c and so of the rest to infinity. We have then for the values of ;
DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. VI.] b 2c 3 d4 e5
&c and consequently ,
,
the
ax
first coefficient
211.
now we
If
2 .
2
3
2
+l
1 .3 .4
2
P Q B S
represent by
2
2
for the value of
.
III l
&c, results entirely
for those of bcde,
we have found above
analogous to that which
175
2 .
4
1
2
1 .3 .4 .5
2
2
,
,
,
2
z
,
the quantities
«fee,
1+ 2
1-122
2
2
+
l
o22
.
fl2
.3 .5
+ 1
2
+3
5~2
2
T '
2
2 .
3 .4 .5
2
.4 .5 .6
2+
3*. 5
T
rS2
192
r»2 2
+
42
2
+
'"
•••
'"'
which are formed by combinations of the fractions Ta
^2
,
we
•
••
& c<
to infinity, omitting
2
#%*
y.
.
*
:
,
2*, 32
only; e5
1
42
we have
>
gs
—
*
Pn QnR 8n
Representing in general by
...
n
made by combining
^
~ &c
»
-
the sums of the all
the fractions
t0 infinity, after omitting the fraction
in general to determine the quantities
a,,
Z>
2
,
^ c3
&c, the following equations:
...,
A-BP +CQ -DR + ES -&c.= a^-— 3". 1
Jt
02
»
second of these fractions
" BP + cfc ~ DB +
= .
products which can be
,
^i
,
,
1
(Z
111
p
have, to determine the value of & 2 the equation 2&2
p
^ the
'
- BPS +
1
Cfl3 - i)^ +
j-.^P 4+ a^ 4
1
1
t'4 4
&c.
^3
2".
&c.
= 3c
3
_^4+ ^ _ &c =H 4
'
4
,
4
'
"3
41
ff (
i2
1 2 K2 4". 5
^ ~f^
-f)f«a OS -1
2
»
4 r2;
)
,
y-
£»2
42) ?
,
THEORY OF HEAT.
176 212.
If
[CHAP.
we consider now equations (e) which give the values b, c, d, &c, we have the following results
of the coefficients a, 2
a
(2
-
2
l
-
2 )
III.
(3
2
l
-
2
2
(4
) 2
2
:
2
3 .4 .5
.
2
l
2 )
(5
-
2
l
)
. .
2
...
= A-BP + CQ - I)R + ES - &c, 1
(l 97)
-
2
-
2
2
2
)
(3
l
2
2
(4
)
2
2 .
-2
2
2
.4 .5
2
2 )
(5
l
1
X
-2 )... 2
2
= A - BP + CQ - DR + ES - &c, (l
-
3
2
-3
2 )
(2
-
(4
)
2
1*.
2
2
2
2
.
4 .5
3
2 )
(5*
-
3
2
2
2
2
2
...
)
2
...
= A - BP - CQ - DR + ES - &c, 3
(l
2
-4
4tf
2
2 )
(2
-
4 2)
2
2
-4
2
(3 2
1 .2 .3 .5
2
2
)
(5
-4
3
3
3
2 )
.
.
2
...
= A - BP
4
CQ, -
-f
DR + ES - &c, 4
i
&c.
Remarking the and denominators
factors
which are wanting
complete
to
to the
numerators
double series of
the
natural
numbers, we see that the fraction is reduced, in the first equation 2 2 3 3 in the in the second to — ~ in the third to - to - -= -r L A A 4* 4 4 fourth to — -j . £ so that the products which multiply a, 25, Sc,
11 .
.
;
&c, are alternately = and
find the values of
To
obtain
values depend
.
11.
;
4cZ,
ou
;
P&R&,
—
•=
It
.
P,Q 2 R 2 S2
>
only required then to
is
P
s
;
Qs R 3
^ &c
-
them we may remark that we can make these upon the values of the quantities PQR8T, &c,
which represent the different products which may be formed with the fractions
p,
-^,
^,
^ — ,
2
,
^,&c,
without omit-
ting any.
With by the
respect to
the latter products, their values are given
series for the
then the series
developments of the
sine.
We
represent
DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. VI.]
1
1
177
1,1,0
1
p+2i + 8 + 4 + S s + &a i
^L_
1
1\2"2
2
2
2
2 .3
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ ^2
2 £)2
022
2 /(2
.3 .4 .5X2
2
+
/<
2 .4
2 A22 + 2 02 2+12 ,42+12 2 2 2 S12 1 .2 .4 1 .3 .4
1 .2 .3 .4
The
1 .4
l .3
.
J^ 3 .4
_1_ _1_ _J_ J2 T o2 02~T"il2
nîT-i» 2 a
1 2
•
1
r.2 2
by P, Q, 5,
5
122
2 t)2
~>~ 2
2 4)2
OH2
022 ^
Q22
2
~T (^^'
+ &C
2
2 .3 .4
R2 l .2 .3 .o
'
A 2
+
-
^C.
8, &c.
series
sin
#
=#—
£C^ 77:
+
£C^ -p=-
£c'
— 7^ + & c
-
r
°
I
furnishes the values of the quantities P, Q, R, S, &c.
In
fact,
the
value of the sine being expressed by the equation
-"{ i
sina?
-£X
i
-&)( i -&){i -w){i -£>)**
we have I 1
_
/***
/y?
/y$>
_ 4. + _ _ _ 4. + 17 |5 |3
Whence we
sums
4 7T
2
Suppose now that
of the
fractions
•
conclude at once that 7T
213.
fr
—
2
,
different «2
>
02
>
7T
Pn
,
6
7T
Q n R n 8n ,
,
,
8
72
fï~
>
>
&c
->
made with the
from which the fraction —^
has been removed, n being any integer whatever to determine
Pnt Q Rn 8n n>
,
,
represent the
&c.,
products which can be
;
it is
&c, by means of P, Q, R,
required
8, &c.
we denote by
l-2?.+ 2*G.-J^.+Y£.-&c, the products of the factors
F.
H.
12
If
THEORY OF HEAT,
178
among which
the factor
(
1
1
-\j only has
been omitted
it
;
IIT.
follows
—
that on multiplying by (l
we obtain
—
[CHAP.
%) the quantity
- qP + q Q - q R + q 4S - & c 2
s
.
This comparison gives the following relations
:
=P P» + — n 2
'
Sn + -j Rn = &c.
P„ = P -
or
R,
S,
;
1 ,
1
= R--i Q +
-1 P-3
i
6
,
S-R+-n Q-^\p + -8) n n n
Sn =
i
2
6
&c.
Employing the known values of P, equal to
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
P&R&, &c; 214. of a,
b, c,
From d,
e,
&c. successively,
those of
PQ R S 2
2
2
2
,
&c.
the foregoing theory
we ;
and making n have the values of
Q, R, 8, shall
those of it
PQRS
+ 2b +Sc + 4cZ + 5e + &c. = -4, + 2 & + 3 c + 4?d + 5 e + &c. = .#, a + 2 b + 3 c 4- 4 d + 5 5e + &c. = C, a + 2 6 + 3 c + 4 d + 5 e + &c. = D, a + 2% + 3 c + 4 J + 5 e + &c. = E, a
3
3
5
6
7
3
s
7
7
7
9
9
9
3
3
3
,
&c.
follows that the values
&c, derived from the equations a
3
VALUES OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. VI.]
179
are thus expressed,
/7T
+A l
M
,
/7T
D
2
8
+
2
1
V[7
|5
lTT
6
l{9"r|7
/V
„
1\
+
4
1
lTT* lTT^n rg-r]3 + rJ- &c 1 7T
n(--±--u I
^3c
= A-B I
1,,
-2 U = A - BD ,
/7T
2
l|7
2
V[9
2
2
37
2 1
l[9
3
„
+3
4
2
2
6
+
6
|3
[3
3V
|3
3V
|5
3
4
1
;
-!
+
2
|7 4
2
! 13
|5
4
-
1\
4
+3
/7T
4
77
4
|5
2
2
+ C
2
3
^|5
3
1\
+
7
+U
V[7
2
15
IV
|3
7T
6
£
+
;
2V
;
3V
1
+¥
{l-¥l /7^_2 + ^ _
[l-4?)
4
7T
2
V|7
4
^/TT8
1
1
J-
4
5
4
6
1
7T
[3 4
J.
4
6
lTT
7T
2 ,
1\
»
&C. 215.
them
Knowing the values
of a,
b, c, d, e,
&c, we can substitute
in the proposed equation
<£ (x)
=a
and writing
sin
x+b
sin
2x + c
sin
Sx + d
sin 4a?
also instead of the quantities
+e
sin
5# + &c,
A, B,C, D, E, &c,
12—2
their
THEORY OF HEAT.
180 v
values
,x
<£'(0), tf>"'(0), <£ (0), <£"'(()),
III.
&c, we have the general
(0),
>
[CHAP.
equation 4
\${x) =
^|^(0)+^'(0)(^-p) + ^(0)(| -.i| + p
sin
^
JVM /AN
-1 sin2* |f
-
(0)+f "(0)
!
^
V
Ï-
(t - i) + *'(0)
2
1\
(|
I
p
- i £ + i)
2
+1^8» |f (0)+f" (Q)
(|
-îsin4a{£'(0)+
- i) + ^(0) (| ^| + ^4 )
(£-
jk)
+
*'(0)
(|-^
j£
+ y)
+ &C.
We may make use of tlie preceding series to reduce into a series of sines of multiple arcs any proposed function whose development contains only odd powers of the variable. The
216.
first
case which presents itself
4>{œ)=œ\ we
find then
for the rest.
We
1
5x
>'
(0)
= 1,
cf>"'
(0)
= 0,
that in which
is
= 0,
&c, and so
have therefore the series
= sin x — 1
jr
.
sin
2x +
1 ~ sin .
Sx —
1
.
sin 4<x
-r
+ &c,
which has been given by Euler. If
we suppose the proposed
$ (0) = 0,
(j>'"(6)
= 1
function to be x
3,
e£
v
(0)
= 0,
3
we
,
vii
(0)
>
=
shall 0,
have
&c,
which gives the equation 1
3
sic
=
/ 2 (
7T
|3\
- ~\
sin
x
-
/ 1
2
7T
|3\ l
- ^J
g sin 2x +
/ (
2
7r
-
|3\ 1
jpJ
«
s i u Saî
+ &c
-
(A),
DEVELOPMENTS IN SERIES OF
SECT. VI.]
We
181
SINES.
should arrive at the same result, starting from the pre-
ceding equation, -=x
In have
fact,
= sin x —
1
a-* = cos x — ^ C - -r A 4
C
the value of the constant
sum
+3
sin 4tx
-j
+ &c.
and integrating, we
dx,
1
- -Ta
cos 3a?
4
J-
J-
4a
a
5
'
cos 4a;
+
&c.
;
o
2
1 7T to be r tx
known
is
-
is J-
J-
22
Sx
1
+ ïtô o
2x
cos
~ sin
member by
multiplying each
a series whose
+
5 sin 2x
A
Multiplying by dx the
.
[3
two members of the equation 2
2
1
7T
— £C — -r = cos
ôfK A o
o;
4
1
1
7^2
cos 2a; 4-
cos 3a;
752
— &c,
o
^
and integrating we have
1A ~ k» = sm œ
1
.
2 73" If
2
now we
~~
13
W
.
Sm x
write instead of
_
+
1
.
3"
,
Sm
~
value derived from the
its
equation 1
= sin x —
1
.
5x
75
.Z
we
shall obtain the
l0»
= Sm
2]3
We
/7T
.
2
.
2%
sin
A
1 4- ~
sin 3a?
same equation
1\
1
^ll3-pJ-2
.
Sm
_
1
—
.
sm 4a; + &c,
-r
4
o
as above, namely, 2
/7T
1\
^l@-2 J 2
+
1
.
_
Sm3a; 3
/7T
2
1\
(g-3 J2
.
&C
-
could arrive in the same
manner at the development in 9 powers x s x1 x &c, and in general every function whose development contains only odd powers of series of multiple arcs of the
,
,
,
the variable. 217.
Equation
form, which
(A), (Art. 216), can
we may now
the coefficient of sin x *'(0)
is
indicate.
We
be put under a simpler
remark
first,
that part of
the series
+ 1
a
£f
(0) 4-
&c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
182
which represents the quantity
In
-<£(tt).
[CHAP.
III.
have,
in
we
fact,
general,
>(*)
= *(o)+*f(o) + £
p
(0)
+
^ f"(0) +^V(<>) +
Now, the function we must have Hence
cf>
containing by hypothesis only odd
>(#)
powers,
<£(0)
= 0,
a second part of the coefficient of sin
b7
= 0,
<£"(0)
= *f (0) + £ f "(0) + £
(x)
&c.
iv <j>
v
(0)
(/>
x
is
(0)
= 0,
+ &c.
and
so on.
;
found by multiplying
-| the' series
f (0) + ^r (0) + £ P (0) + &c,
f(0) + ^ whose value
is
-
We
<2>"(7r).
can determine in this manner the
7T
different parts of the coefficient of sin
a;,
and the components of We may employ for
the coefficients of sin 2x, sin Sx, sin 4#, &c. this purpose the equations
f
(0)
+t
f "(0) +t
+ jg
r
+
(o)
:
f"(0)
v >
(0)
>" (0)
£r
(o)
+ t ^(0) +
&c.
= |*(irj;
+^ r
+
&c.
= ^"(tt);
+ £ ^(0) +
&c.
=1
(0)
+ t F(o) + &c -=l
^(tt);
P
w
DEVELOPMENTS IN SERIES OF
SECT. VI.]
By means form
183
SINES.
equation (A) takes the following
of these reductions
:
2 7T0 (a?)
= sin x U (w) - ^
-\
sin
zx
+ | sin Sx
U
-ï
j> (tt)
sin
-
j> (tt)
±x
1
+ p <£
," (tt)
+ |
- i 'f (tt) +
(tt)
-i
*"(*)
i
-p
iv
<£" (tt)
(tt)
vl
+ &c
(tt)
>
- i >» + &c.
(tt)
|
-i
iv
(tt)
^(tt)
+
&c. |
+i
- A >» + &cj
0*(,r)
+ &c.
(B);
or this, 7r^> (x)
2
We
218.
we have multiple
=
isin
cc
——
sin 2a?
+ — sin 3a? —
sin
x
— ^3
sin 2a?
+
(tt)
isin
a?
—^
sin 2a?
+^
(77)
-^
(77)
<j>
—
())" (tt)
+
—
<£
+
&c.
\
lv
VI
sin
x—
yj sin 2a?
^i
&c.
sm % x ~ & c sin 3a?
+ ^7 sm
-
— &c. &c
3a? ~~
-
>
f
r
r
(C).
can apply one or other of these formulae as often as
to develope a proposed function in a series of sines of arcs.
If,
example, the proposed function
for
whose development contains only odd powers of 1
s 2
e it
x
—=
- e*
é"-e~*
— +
— +
( sin \
x
sin
x
.
(
(
f
sin
sin
&c.
a?
—
1 -=r
2
.
sin
_
zx
— ^3
sin 2a?
—
sin 2a?
x—
gjg
—^ sin 2a?
+
1 -=r
3
+ ^3
7
we
.
shall
_
sm Sx —
\
&c. /
sin 3a?
— &c. )
+ 05 sm +—
x,
is
3a?
sin 3a?
—
&c. )
—
&c. ]
e
x
—
x
e~
have
,
THEORY OF HEAT.
184
[CHAP.
Collecting the coefficients of sin x, sin 2x, sin Sx, sin
and writing, ° instead
of
1111 + + -g5
s
n3
n
* 7
n
4<x,
&c.,
—+l
we
value —„2
etc.,' its
n
ii
III.
n
-,
have 1
(e*
— e~x _ )
sin
x
2x
sin
sin
3#
„
We
might multiply these applications and derive from them We have chosen the preceding example because it appears in several problems relative to the propagation several remarkable series.
of heat.
Up
219.
to this point
whose development
we have supposed
that the function
required in a series of sines of multiple
is
arcs can be developed in a series arranged according to powers
of the variable x,
and that only odd powers enter into that
series.
We
to those
which are discontinuous and entirely
can extend the same results to any functions, even
analysis
what
is
To
arbitrary.
we must
blish clearly the truth of this proposition,
esta-
follow the
which furnishes the foregoing equation (B), and examine the nature of the coefficients which multiply sin a?, S
Denoting by - the quantity which multiplies
sin 2x, sin 3#, &c.
IV
1
.
-sinnx
n
.
.
.
in this equation L
when n
.
odd, and
is
sin
nx when
11
is
we have S
= ,(7r)-if'(7r)+i^(7r)-l^(7r)+&c.
Considering s as a function of
comparing the
results,
we
which the foregoing value of
Now
differentiating twice,
tt,
1
+ -2j- =^(7r);
find s 5
d 2s
2
must
the integral of the equation s
considered to be a function of x,
=a
cos
nx
+b +n
sin
and
an equation
satisfy.
1
+-g it
s
1
ii
even,
is
—
d 2s -*-$ (JjvO
= $ (x),
in
which
is
nx
sin
nx
\
cos
nx $
(x)
dx
—
n cos nx
j
sin
nx
cf>
(x) dx.
s
GENERAL FORMULA.
SECT. VI.] If n s
=+n
an integer, and the value of x
is
|<£ ix)
— when
odd, and the sign
I
that
nx dx, by means
that the function
(x)
<j>
If
is
We
even.
the
after
tt,
by
of integration
x=
to
is
must make
integration in-
x=
it.
equal to
s
+ when
the term of this equation
sign
— when
n
we
even,
is
have
shall
for the coefficient of &in.nx; in this
is
of odd order,
in general
manner we
=
since
I
-1-
the second
1
I
—
lj
+2
sin
2x
j> (x)
arrive at a very
(x), if
we
:
dx +
(sin 2x (x)
&c.
dx + &c
will always give the
integrate from (Miscellanea
nxdx
(D),
development required 1 to x = ir.
x=
Tom.
Taurinensia,
in.,
1766,
that the function y given by the equation
(2 r=l
(sVr sin Xr
-w
AX)
sin xtt
+
2
r=l
Yr sin 3Xr
Tr
receives the values F,,
where
+
sin ix
Lagrange had already shewn
y=2
a;,'
sin ix
member
the function
dx
sin xcf>(x)
and the
4>(x) sin
I
remarkable result expressed by the following equation
pp. 260
remarking
parts,
substitute this value of - in equation (B), taking the
we
sign
for
is
contains only odd powers of the vari-
conclude at once that the term
~ 7T<}>(x)
we have
it,
by developing the term
verified
able x, and taking the integral from
We
equal to
is
must be chosen when n
number
may be
the result
;
(œ) sin
<j>
+
sign
to the semi-circumference
x equal dicated
The
nxdx.
sin
185
r
•—=, Xr =— n 1
+
AX)
(sVr sin 2Xr
7r
AX)
sin 2xir
r=l
sin Sxir
+
.
.
.
+
2 (2
Yr sin jiX^tt AX
)
sin flaw
r=l
Fs F3 Fn
and
,
...
AX= n—1-^1 +
corresponding to the values
Xlt Xit X3 ...Xn
of
.
Lagrange however abstained from the transition from this summation-formula to the integration-formula given by Fourier. Cf. Riemann's Gesammelte Mathematische Werke, Leipzig, 1876, pp. 218—220 of his
historical
criticism,
Trigonometrische Eeihe.
TJeber
[A. F.]
die
Darstellbarkeit einer Function durch eine
THEORY OF HEAT.
186
We see by this that the 220. which enter into the equation ^
7r>
(x)
=a
sin
x+
b sin 2a?
[CHAP.
coefficients a,
+c
sin
Sx + d
b, c, d,
sin 4a;
+
e,f,
III.
&c,
&c,
and which we found formerly by way of successive eliminations, by the general term
are the values of definite integrals expressed I
sin ix
is
(a?)
required.
dx, i being the
number
This remark
important, because
is
entirely arbitrary functions
In
of multiple arcs.
may be
fact, if
of the
term whose it
coefficient
shews how even
developed in series of sines
the function
<£
(x)
be represented
by the variable ordinate of any curve whatever whose abscissa extends from x = to x = ir, and if on the same part of the axis the known trigonometric curve, whose ordinate is y = smx, be constructed, it is easy to represent the value of any integral term. We must suppose that for each abscissa x, to which corresponds one value of ix), and one value of sin x, we multiply the latter value by the first, and at the same point of the axis By this conraise an ordinate equal to the product <£ (x) sin x. tinuous operation a third curve is formed, whose ordinates are >
those of the trigonometric curve, reduced in proportion to the
which represents
ordinates of the arbitary curve
done, the area of the reduced curve taken from
can assign to it no regular law, in
may be which it
is
evident that
area of the reduced curve has, in
ment
which
is
a?;
always serves to reduce
it
b,
or
all
\
The same
(x) sin
is
the case with the following
2xdx.
In general, to construct the values of the coefficients
we must imagine y
so that the
possible cases, a definite
the value of the coefficient of sin x in the develop-
of the function.
coefficient
x = ir
corresponds to
any manner whatever the trigonometric curve;
value,
to
and whatever $ (x), whether we an analytical equation, or whether it depends on
gives the exact value of the coefficient of sin
the given curve
This
<£(a?).
x=
= sin x,
have been traced
a, b, c, d,
&c,
that the curves, whose equations are
= sin Sx,
y=
sin 2x,
for
the same interval on the axis of
y
y
= sin 4<x, &c, x,
from
VERIFICATION OF THE FORMULA.
SECT. VI.]
x=
x = tt; and then
to
multiplying
we have changed
that
their ordinates
all
a curve whose equation
these curves
by
by the corresponding ordinates
of
y=
is
187
The equations
(£>(x).
of the re-
duced curves are
y = sin x
The
<j>
(x),
?/
= sin 2xcj) (x)
y
}
= sm3x<j>(x), x=
areas of the latter curves, taken from
are the values of the coefficients a, 1
^ir^>(x)=a
We
221.
sin
x+h
sin
b, c, d, &c.,
2x +
c sin
&c.
x = ir,
to
in the equation
Sx + d
sin
4# + &c.
can verify the foregoing equation (D), (Art. 220), directly the quantities alS a 2 a3 ... aP &c, in the
by determining
,
,
equation [x)
<£>
=a
x
sin x
for this purpose,
by to
I
7T,
$ (x)
2
sin
2x
+a
3
sin
Sx +
we multiply each member
sin ix
+ &c.
sin jx
;
of the latter equation
i
dx
= aA sin x
sin wc
dx + a 2
+
Now
at
. . .
being an integer, and take the integral from x = whence we have
sin ix dx,
x=
+a
it
can easily be proved,
1st,
ttj
that
\
I
sin
2#
sin
isc cfcc
sin jx sin i#
all
cfoc
+ &c. +
...
&c.
the integrals, which
enter into the second member, have a nul value, except only the
term a §7r
;
t
Isin^a: sin
ixdx\ 2nd, that the value of
I
sin ix sin
ixdx
is
whence we derive the value of a it namely 2 sin ix dx. j(f>(x) si
The whole problem
is
reduced to considering the value of the
which enter into the second member, and to demonThe integral strating the" two preceding propositions.
integrals
2 /sin jx sin ix dx,
1
THEORY OF HEAT.
88
taken from x =
—
-.
-.
= it,
x
to
sin
which
in
— j)x — -
(i
i
III.
is
+ j)x + G.
(i
and j being
numbers i become nothing when x = tt;
nothing, and the
integers,
when x =
Since the integral must begin
integral will
and j are
sin
.
[CHAP.
the constant
G
is
integers, the value of the
follows that each
it
of the terms, such as
at
j
sin
x
a 2 j sin
sin ix dx,
vanishes,
and that
are equal, for the term duces, becomes
-r
,
a3
ix dx,
1
sin
Sx
this will occur as often as the
The same
are different.
2a? sin
and
-.sin (i
-;
its
numbers
i
not the case when the numbers
is
value
&c,
sin ixdx,
i
and j and j
—j) x to which the integral
is it.
2 sin ix sin ix dx I
re-
Consequently we have
=
ir;
thus we obtain, in a very brief manner, the values of alt a2
,
a3
,
...
aif &c, namely, at = 2
a3 = -
\{x)
sin
f
\4>(x) sin
Substituting these \ tt(J) (x)
=
sin
x
I (j>
x dx,
•
a2
= - $ (x)
a
==
2
Sx dx,
i
-
f
The
and
(x) sin
simplest case
it
;
2x dx,
s^n ^
x dx.
we have
has a constant value for
between
x)
I <j>
xdx +
sin 2a?
+ sin ix 222.
sin
I
is
all
I
(x) sin
j) [x)
I
sin
2x dx + &c.
ixdx + &c.
that in which the given function
values of the variable
in this case the integral
I
sin
ixdx
x included equal to
is
9 t, if %
the
number
i is
odd, and equal to
if
the
number
i is
even.
LIMITS OF THE DEVELOPMENTS.
SECT. VI.]
189
Hence we deduce the equation 1
- 7T A
1 o e = sin x + 1» sm .3^ + =1 sm »7« + &c, + 7Sino« •
•
•
•
.
o
D
i
which has been found before.
must be remarked that when a function
It
veloped in a series of sines of multiple
a
sin
x+
h sin
2x
+c
sin
the same as that of the function
is
included between
to hold good
when the
it
+ d sin 4<x + &c.
;
>
value of x exceeds the
Suppose the function whose development we shall have, by the preceding theorem,
~ irx
=
x
sin
I
x
sin
x dx
+
x
number is
2x dx
+ sin Sx x sin
Sx dx
I
...
r it
integral
«sin *#(&»
I
the sign
;
when
i is
even.
^x =
sin
A
223.
4-
equal to +•-
We
x—
;
+ &c.
the indices
/ shew the I
,
must be chosen when
We
x,
7t
is
which are connected with the sign gral
tr.
required to be
sin
sin 2a?
I
The
has been de-
(x) so long as the variable x but this equality ceases in general
is
and
Sx
<£ (x)
the value of the series
arcs,
and
ir,
limits of the inte-
i is odd,
and the sign
—
have then the following equation,
q sin 2x
A
+ ^ sin o
Sx
—
-r 4j
sin 4tx
+ - sin 5x — &c. o
can develope also in a series of sines of multiple from those in which only odd powers of
arcs functions different
the variable enter.
To
instance
by an example which leaves no
doubt as to the possibility of this development,
we
function cos x, which contains only even powers of
may
be developed under the following form
a
sin
x+
b sin
2x
+ c sin
Sx
x,
select the
and which
:
+ d sin 4o? + e sin 5x + &c,
although in this series only odd powers of the variable enter.
THEORY OF HEAT.
190
We ^ 7T
[CHAP.
III.
have, in fact, by the preceding theorem,
x
cos
=
x
sin
x
cos
I
sin
xdx +
cos
x sin 2x dx
J
+ The
2x
sin
integral
cos
I
odd number, and to
— 2i
-^
=-
=
2, 4, 6, 8,
=
=
12
successively i
sin ix
a?
dx
sin
I
cos
# sin Sx dx
when
equal to zero
is
.
Sx
+
&c.
an
i is
.
wnen
* is
etc.,
we have the always convergent
an even number.
Supposing
series
T 7r cos x 4
1
.
s sin 2# o
+
—4
-z
sin
4#
o 5
6
= + ^— o
sin
7
.
.
6x + &c.
;
or,
cos
#
2 = — in 7T
"*"
This result
r)
s*n
2«+
(«
+
made
equal to
\ir,
4^2 This series
A
224.
is
we
Let
2U + 3
known
5
(Introd.
similar analysis
cj)(x)
(
v
+
s*
7)
i
n
^+ ^ <
:c -
it
exhibits the
series of functions,
each one of
If in the preceding equation
x
find
7
ad
+
9
+
ll
^C
'
analysin. infinit, cap. x.).
may be employed for
of any function whatever in a
may
^"1"
remarkable in this respect, that
is
development of the cosine in a which contains only odd powers. be
sm
f)
the development
series of cosines of multiple arcs.
be the function whose development
is
required,
we
write <j>
(x)
=
a cos Ox
+a
1
cos
x
4-
a 2 cos 2x + a3 cos Sx
+ &c.
+ a cosix+&c i
(m).
two members of this equation be multiplied by cosjx, and each of the terms of the second member integrated from x = to x = 7T it is easily seen that the value of the integral will be nothing, save only for the term which already contains This remark gives immediately the coefficient a/; it is cosjx. If the
;
sufficient in general to consider the value of the intégral
I
cosjx cos ix dx,
DEVELOPMENT IN SERIES OF COSINES.
SECT. VI.]
=
taken from x
= it,
x
to
supposing j and
i
191
to be integers.
We
—
+ c,
have
/
1
=
dx
cos Jjx cos ix
„
.
,
2(j
1
^-j-. w + i)x + 2(j —
sin (j
.>
+ i) ,
'
=
This integral, taken from x
whenever j and the case
i
2(J-0
cos ix,
value
its
we multiply
If then
by
and
,
x=
evidently vanishes
The
are equal.
sin (j
The same last
is
not
term
— i) x
when the
is ^ir,
'
arc
x
equal to
is
it,
the two terms of the preceding equation (m)
and integrate
it
from
\
cos ix
we have
to
it,
dx
= ^7ra
t ,
an equation which exhibits the value of the
To
it,
are two different numbers.
when the two numbers
becomes ^
to
— i)x ^ sin (j KJ
i)
find the first coefficient «
,
it
coefficient a*.
may
be remarked that in
the integral sin (j +
if J7
=
and
=
:
but different equal to zero
=â
is
I
x
4-
-st~'
—
=s
si
n (j ~ *) x
each of the terms becomes \ir
thus the integral
;
= tr
I
jr
>
and the value
,
cos jx cos ix
dx taken
nothing when the two integers j and i when the two numbers j and i are equal from zero it is equal to it when j and i are each thus we obtain the following equation,
x
to
are different
%TT(f>(x)
=
term
of each
from x
i
i)
it is
is
\ir
;
;
<j>(.x)dx+cosx
+ cos 3a?
I
I
(f>(x)cosxdx-rCO$2x
>
(a?)
cos
Sx dx + &c.
I
^>(aj)cos2a?Jie
(w) \
Jo 1
The process analogous
an analogous result
exists.
to (A) in Art. 222 fails here
[R. L. E.]
;
yet
we
see, Art. 177, that
THEORY OF HEAT.
192
[CHAP.
III.
This and the preceding theorem suit all possible functions, whether their character can be expressed by known methods of '
analysis, or whether they correspond to curves traced arbitrarily.
If the proposed function
225.
in cosines of multiple arcs
down
x
is
required
we may
itself;
write
the equation
^ 7tx
=a +a
x
x + a2
cos
cos
2x + a3
and we have, to determine any tion
whose development
the variable
is
at =
I
x cos
2x +
cos
+
. . .
a i cos ix
+
&c,
whatever av the equa-
coefficient
This integral has a nul value wdien
ix dx.
i
is
•*
an even number, and
is
2 —^ when
equal to
"We have at
i is odd.
v
the same time «0 1
x=
for x,
sin
x
—
tz
12. = -
2
7T
sin
re
=
2 It
-7
4
3
series,
.
7T
cos 7x 4-^
hx
cos
4— 3j
.
we have
„
&c.
7V
5V
7T
arrived at three different
namely, sin
2x
+
~ sin
dx
3
cos
5
7T
a;
7T
sin 4a;
T *
+-
sin 5a;
— &c,
o
sin 5a;
— &c.
(Art. 181),
7T
— ^2— cos 3a; — 3
77
—
3
2 2 — -r^sin 3a; + —r-
112
rr a;
.
2
2
-x
3x
cos
4-^
7T
here remark that
developments
=
-
x
cos
.
We tnus f° rm tne following
2
"
77 4;
S 7r— .4 2
We may -x
=
2
-^— cos 2
5
5a;
— &c.
7T
must be remarked that these three values
of
\x ought not
to be considered as equal; with reference to all possible values of x,
the three preceding developments have a
x
common
value only
and \tt. The construction of the values of these three series, and the comparison of the lines whose ordinates are expressed by them, render sensible the alternate coincidence and divergence of values of these
when the
variable
is
included between
functions.
To
give a second example of the development of a function in
a series of cosines of multiple
arcs,
we choose
the function sin x,
TRIGONOMETRICAL DEVELOPMENTS.
SECT. VI.]
193
which contains only odd powers of the variable, and we may suppose it to be developed in the form a
+b
cos
x
+
cos
c
2x
+ d cos Zx + &c.
Applying the general equation to
this particular case,
we
find,
as the equation required, 1 T tt
4
1
.
sm X =
tz
4x 3.5
2x
cos
—
1.3
2
cos 6x
cos
5.7
-«Sec.
development of a function which conseries of cosines in which only even If we give to x the particular value enter. powers of the variable
Thus we
arrive at the
tains only odd powers in a
we
\tt,
find 1 7r
=
4
11 +
Now, from the known i
_ 7r=
we
derive
i
,
rr-^
1.3
7T
2
i
i
7r
4
'
3.5
'
any function whatever
in
can easily apply
1
7.9
results
"2 + 1.3
11.13
we
3.5
— &C
have, as above,
+ 5.7
7.9
+ 9.11
analysis giving the
C*
means
of developing
a series of sines or cosines of multiple it
to the case in
developed has definite values
between certain limits and has included between other limits. case, since it is
.,
1
'
The foregoing
226.
«
p + 7—tt + 10 ,. + &C, + =-= 5.7 9.11 13.15
Adding these two
we
i
i
l__ + ___ + __ n + &c
1111
also
arcs,
equation,
1111
-1T=~ and
1
1
1
ïT3-3^ + 5T7"r9 + &a
2
when
which the function to be
the variable
real values, or
We
when
is
included
the variable
is
stop to examine this particular
presented in physical questions which depend on
and was proposed formerly as an example of functions which cannot be developed in sines or cosines partial differential equations,
F. H.
13
THEORY OF HEAT.
194
[CHAP.
III.
Suppose then that we have reduced to a series of form a function whose value is constant, when x is included
of multiple arcs. this
between and a, and all of whose values are nul when x is included between a and ir. We shall employ the general equation {D), in which the integrals must be taken from x = to x = it. The values of (x) which enter under the integral sign being nothing from x = a to x = ir, it is sufficient to integrate from x = to x = a. This done, we find, for the series required, denoting by h the constant value of the function, 1
= nrj> (x)
=
(
h
(1
\
— cos a)
.
sin
x
— cos
1
2a
— cos 3a
1
«
-\
we make h = \ir, and
_,
.
sin
o If
2x
sin
-\
„
Sx + &c.
represent the versed sine of the arc x
by versin x, we have <£ (x)
= versin a sin x+~
This
versin 2a sin
always convergent,
series,
is
be
will
but
\tt',
if
^tt,
<£ (x)
versin 3 a sin Sx
a,
if
the
+ &C
1
we give to x any sum of its terms
we
give to x any value whatever greater than
the
sum
of the terms will be nothing.
In the following example, which values of
~
such that
and
value whatever included between a and less than
2x +
are equal to sin
—
is
not less remarkable, the
for all values of
x included
between and a, and nul for values of x between a and it. To what series satisfies this condition, we shall employ equa-
find
tion (D).
The
integrals
x=0
to
x=
must be taken from x =
since the values of
a,
rest of the interval. ,
,
.
*(*) 1
=
to
x=
it
;
but
it
is
the case in question, to take these integrals from
sufficient, in
_
2*
Hence we
fsin a sin
^-a
2
{
x
+
<j>(x)
are supposed nul in the
find
sin 2x sin
2x
^-2V
+
sin 3a sin
Sx
p
)
-^3V~ + &C j
In -what cases a function, arbitrary between certain
limits,
'
can be developed
has been shewn bySir W. Thomson, Cavib. Math. Journal, Vol. n. pp. 258—262, in an article signed P. Q. R., On Fourier's Expansions of Functions in Trigonometrical Series. in a series of cosines, and in
what cases in a
series of sines,
[A. F.]
TRIGONOMETRICAL DEVELOPMENTS.
SECT. VI.]
If a be supposed equal to
except the
have then
first,
<£ (œ)
the terms of the series vanish*
all
which becomes -
and whose value
,
posed of different
;
we
parts,
was that of a line comsome of which might be arcs of curves For example, let the value of the func-
and others straight lines. tion, whose development arcs,
x
be extended to the case in
analysis could
which the ordinate represented by
multiple
sin
is
= sin x.
The same
227.
ir,
195
be
—x
f^-J
,
(x)
required in a series of cosines of
is 2
<£>
from œ
=
to
x=
and be nothing
^tt,
from x = |-7r to x = nr. We shall employ the general equation (n), and effecting the integrations within the given limits, we find that the general term
1
[^
J
even, to
is
—
IT tt 2
when
i is
i is the
-^
,
2
cos
ixdx
,
—3 when
*
On
the other hand,
we
-1
Ç
for the value of the first
1
.
firV
term ~ \j>{x)dx.
2 fcos
x
Sx
cos
cos
The second member and straight
is
We have
then
:
+—
bolic arcs
equal to
is
double of an odd number, and to
four times an odd number.
the following development ,
—x
3
-|
find
— -^ when
]
cos 5x
2x
cos
cos 4>x
Y
2
4
2
7x
„
cos 6x
+ ~1?
)
.
represented by a line composed of para-
lines.
Iu the same manner we can find the development of a x which expresses the ordinate of the contour of a (x) to be equal to x from x = Suppose trapezium. to x = a, that the function is equal to a from x = a to x = 7r— a, and lastly equal to ir — x, from x = ir — a to x = it. To reduce it to a series 228.
function of
>
J
LU)
-x
cos
]
™ dx ={2)
—
.
-<
.
sin ix -
2 -^
.
„
x cos ix + 2
sm^ —
ix
[R. L. E.]
13—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
196
we employ
of sines of multiple arcs,
The general term parts,
and we have,
i is
^7r<£ (x)
dx
different
2 after the reductions, -^sin ia for the coefficient
i is an odd number but the coefficient vanishes an even number. Thus we arrive at the equation
=
2
;
a sin
-jsin
£
x
+— o
^
2
sin 3a sin
Sx
+— o
+ =2 If
III.
the general equation (D).
composed of three
is
when
of sin ix,
when
ix
|^> (x) sin
[CHAP.
2
sin 5a sin
7a sin 7x
sin
+
ox
&c.
1
(X).
[
we supposed a = ^7r, the trapezium would coincide with an and we should have, as above, for the equa-
isosceles triangle,
tion of the contour of this triangle,
<j
7r(f)(x)
=2
a series "which
sin
f
is
x—
^ sin Sx + -^ sin 5# — = sin 7x +
&c.
L2
always convergent whatever be the value of
In general, the trigonometric series at which
we have
in developing different functions are always convergent, but
has not appeared to us necessary to demonstrate this here
terms which compose these
series are only
x.
arrived,
;
it
for the
the coefficients of terms
of series which give the values of the temperature
and these by certain exponential quantities which
coefficients are affected
;
decrease very rapidly, so that the final series are very convergent.
With regard
to those
multiple arcs enter,
which only the sines and cosines of equally easy to prove that they are
in
it
is
convergent, although they represent the ordinates of discontinuous lines.
This does not result solely from the fact that the values
of the
terms diminish
continually
sufficient to establish the
that the values at which
number 1
Sir
3
The accuracy
of this
and other
De Morgan's
Biff,
and
(
cos
2a;
condition
series.
is
not
It is necessary
arrive on increasing continually the
more and more a
series given
Expressed in cosines between the limits
~—
this
for
in the article quoted in the note, p.
\it4>{x)= Cf.
we
of terms, should approach
W. Thomson
;
convergence of a
+
and
by Fourier 194
7r,
^ cos 6a; + ^ cos lCte + &c.
Int. Cale., p. 622.
is
[A. F.]
.
J
fixed limit, maintained by
GEOMETEICAL ILLUSTRATION.
SECT. VI.]
197
and should differ from it only by a quantity which becomes less than any given magnitude this limit is the value of the series. Now we may prove rigorously that the series in question satisfy the last condition. :
to
Take the preceding equation (\) in which we can give 229. x any value whatever; we shall consider this quantity as a
new
which gives
ordinate,
rise to
the following construction.
Fig. 8.
Having traced on the plane
of
x and y
(see
fig.
8) a rectangle
whose base Ott is equal to the semi-circumference, and whose height is \ir on the middle point m of the side parallel to the ;
base, let us raise perpendicularly to the plane of the rectangle
a line equal to
and from the upper end of
draw Thus will be formed a quadrangular pyramid. If we now measure from the point on the shorter side of the rectangle, any line equal to a, and through the end of this line draw a plane parallel to the base Ott, and perpendicular to the plane of the rectangle, the section common to this plane and to the solid will be the trapezium whose \ir,
this line
straight lines to the four corners of the rectangle.
height this
is
equal to
trapezium
4
— it
is
/ (
sin a sin
x
\
It follows
The variable ordinate of the contour we have just seen, to
a.
of
equal, as
i
+^ S
.
sin 3a sin
Sx
from this that calling
+
i —„ sin
5
x, y, z
\ _
5a sin 5x
4-
&c.
)
/
the co-ordinates of any
point whatever of the upper surface of the quadrangular pyramid
which we have formed, we have for the equation of the surface of the polyhedron, between the limits x 1
-1TS=
sin
=
0,
x sin y
x
Ja-^ +
= ir, y = 0, y — \tt,
sin ^
3a? sin
32
"+sin 5x52sin 5y-+&C
3y
THEORY OF HEAT.
198
[CHAP.
III.
This convergent series gives always the value of the ordinate z or the distance of
any point whatever of the surface from the
plane of x and y.
The
series
formed of sines or cosines of multiple arcs are
therefore adapted to represent, between definite limits, all possible functions,
and the ordinates
of lines
Not only has the
discontinuous.
ments been demonstrated, but of
the value
the series;
of
whose form
is
of these develop-
easy to calculate the terms
is
it
or surfaces
possibility
any
coefficient
whatever in the
equation
is
(jz)
=a
sin
t
œ + a2 sin 2%
+a
3
3#
sin
+
.
.
.
+ a* sin ix +
etc.,
that of a definite integral, namely,
!/*(*) Whatever be the function which
it
sin ix dx.
<£ (x),
or the form of the curve
represents, the integral has a definite value
be introduced into the formula.
The
which
may
values of these definite
integrals are analogous to that of the whole area
\$>(x)dx in-
eluded between the curve and the axis in a given interval, or to
the values of mechanical quantities, such as the ordinates of the centre of gravity of this area or of any solid
evident that
all
w hat ever.
It is
these quantities have assignable values, whether
the figure of the bodies be regular, or whether
we give
to
them
an entirely arbitrary form.
we apply these principles to the problem of the motion we can solve difficulties which first appeared the researches of Daniel Bernoulli. The solution given by this 230.
If
of vibrating strings, in
geometrician assumes that any function whatever
may
developed in a series of sines or cosines of multiple the most complete of
which series
all
always be
Now
arcs.
the proofs of this proposition
is
that
consists in actually resolving a given function into such a
with determined
coefficients.
In researches to which partial differential equations are applied, it is often easy to find solutions whose sum composes a
more general
integral
;
but the employment of these integrals
requires us to determine
their extent, and to be able to dis-
EEMARKS ON THE DEVELOPMENTS.
SECT. VI.]
tinguish
199
in which they represent the general which they include only a part. It is assign the values of the constants, and
clearly the cases
integral from those
necessary above
all
in to
the difficulty of the application consists in the discovery of the coefficients.
It is
remarkable that we can express by convergent
we
by definite integrals, and surfaces which are not subject to a continuous law 1 We see by this that we must admit into analysis functions which have equal values, whenever the variable receives any values whatever included between two given limits, even though on substituting in these two functions, instead of the series, and, as
shall see in the sequel,
.the ordinates of lines .
number included
variable, a
in another interval, the results of
the two substitutions are not the same.
The
functions which
enjoy this property are represented by different coincide in a definite portion only of their course,
lines,
and
which offer
a
These considerations arise in the calculus of partial differential equations; they throw a new light on this calculus, and serve to facilitate its employment in singular species of finite osculation.
physical theories.
The two general equations which express the developany function whatever, in cosines or sines of multiple arcs, give rise to several remarks which explain the true meaning of these theorems, and direct the application of them. 231.
ment
of
If in the series
a
we make
+ b cos x + c cos 2x + d cos Sx +
the value of
x
we augment the
whatever of the circumference 7r<j)
(x)
=x
I
(x) clx
+ cos 2x the function
<£ is
\
+
cos
(x) cos
periodic,
x
]
2rr.
>
2xdx
and
(x) cos
+ is
Thus
cos
variable
same it by any multiple ;
in the equation
xdx
Sx
j<j>
(x) cos
Sxdx +
&c....(v),
represented by a curve composed
of a multitude of equal arcs, each of 1
+ &c,
negative, the series remains the
also preserves its value if
-
e cos 4<x
which corresponds to an
Demonstrations have been supplied by Poisson, Deflers, Diricblet, Dirksen, De Morgan, Stokes. See note, pp. 208, 209. [A. F.]
Bessel, Hamilton, Boole,
THEORY OF HEAT.
200
[CHAP.
interval equal to 2tt on the axis of the abscissa?.
these arcs
is
Further, each of
composed of two symmetrical branches, which
respond to the halves of the interval equal to
III.
cor-
2?r.
Suppose then that we trace a line of any form whatever fig. 9.), which corresponds to an interval equal to tt.
(fxpy.
(see
Fig.
If a series be required of the
a
+
b cos
x+
9-
form
c cos
2x
+ d cos Sx + &c,
such that, substituting for x any value whatever
we
tween
and
ordinate
X(f>, it is
7T,
easy to solve the problem
given by the equation
-
\
{x) dx,
X included be-
find for the value of the series that of the
(v)
:
for the coefficients
are
—l(f> (x) cos
-
2xdx,
\
(x) cos
Sxdx, &c.
These integrals, which are taken from x = to x = ir, having always measurable values like that of the area O^xtt, and the series formed by these coefficients being always convergent, there is
no form of the line
for
<£0ot,
which the ordinate
X is
not
exactly represented by the development
+ b cos x -\-c cos 2x + d cos Sx + e cos 4<x + &c.
a
The
but the same is not the case on the contrary, determinate; to — tt is thus the arc cfxx which corresponds to the interval from the same as the arc a and the whole arc acfra is repeated on consecutive parts, of the axis, whose length is 2tt. arc
(fxf>0L
is
entirely arbitrary
with other parts of the
line,
they
;
are,
;
We may
vary the limits of the integrals in equation
they are taken from it
x = — tt
would also be doubled and 2tt, instead of being
to
if
x = 7r
the limits
and
ir.
(v).
If
the result will be doubled
We
of the
:
were denote in general by the integrals
GEOMETKICAL ILLUSTRATION.
SECT. VI.]
sign
and
an integral which begins when the variable
I •J
201
equal to
is
a,
a
completed when the variable
is
1 f = ^j
equal to b
is
equation (n) under the following form
;
[v
/•"•
1 KTT(f)(x)
<J>(x)cosxdx+cos2x
+ cos Sx
I
each of these two in the
first
to
x=
2ir,
(f)(x)cos2xdx
x
or from
(y).
= to x = ir, we might = — ir to x = ir; but in
must be written instead
cases, irfy (x)
member
\
Sxdx + etc
(x) cos
cf>
Instead of taking the integrals from x
take them from x =
and we write
:
of \tt§ (x)
of the equation.
In the equation which gives the development of any
232.
function whatever in sines of multiple arcs, the series changes sign and retains the same absolute value when the variable x becomes negative; it retains its value and its sign when the variable is increased or diminished by any multiple whatever of Fig. 10.
the circumference
Inr.
The
arc
responds to the interval from
to
but
it is
to
— ir,
-
TTJ> ix)
tc
to Sir,
equation as follows
I
(f>
(x) sin
xdx
+ sin Sx
arc
>$a,
which
all
cor-
the other
which corresponds
The whole
in the opposite position.
= sin x
10),
has the same form as the given arc
repeated in the interval from
We write this
fig.
arbitrary;
ir is
The
parts of the line are determinate. to the interval from
(see
(jxf>a
I
+ <£
and
arc
a(f)(f)(f>a,
:
sin
2x
(x) sin
I
is
in all similar intervals.
$
(x) sin
Sxdx + &c
2xdx
(/a).
THEORY OF HEAT.
202
We
might change the limits or
I
Jo
instead of
I
J
and write
;
I
Jo
-T
would be necessary
it
to substitute
7r$ (x) for \tt^> (x).
The function
233. is
member
III.
Pit
but in each of these two cases in the first
of the integrals
r+n
r2ir
[CHAP.
(/>
(x)
developed in cosines of multiple
arcs,
represented by a line formed of two equal arcs placed symFig .11.
/
71
5^f
F
?
F
r
:
%==^ZL
fN
//
f
/
if
t ^—-^o
-IT
aB
rr
yS p>
V metrically on each side of the axis of y, in the interval from — 7T to +7T (see fig. 11) this condition is expressed thus, ;
The line which represents the function ^r (x) is, on the contrary, formed in the same interval of two opposed arcs, which is what is expressed by the equation ty {x)
Any
yfr
(—x).
function whatever F(x), represented
arbitrarily in the interval
into
=—
from
two functions such as
F'F'mFF
<£
—"tt to + ir, may (x)
and
i|r
o the ordinate om,
of the axis
om
we
we can draw through the
the arc
mff
In
(x).
represents the function F(x), and
similar to the arc
by a
line
traced
always be divided fact, if
the line
raise at the point
point
m to the right
mF'F
of the given
same axis we may trace the arc mff' similar to the arc mFF; we must then draw through the point m a line '(f)'m(p(f) which shall divide into two equal parts the difference between each ordinate xF or x and the corresponding
curve, and to the left of the
f
GEOMETRICAL DEMONSTRATION.
SECT. VI.]
ordinate
xf or
We
x'F'.
also the line y^r'-^rO^r^,
the half-difference between the
ordinate measures
F'F'mFF and
must draw
203
whose
ordinate of
This done the ordinate of the
that of f'f'mff.
F'F'mFF, and f'f'mff being denoted" by F (x) and f(x) respectively, we evidently have f(x) = F(—x) denoting also the lines
;
by
ordinate of fifimcfxfi
>
and that
(x),
of i/AJr'0-*/n/r
by
ty (x),
we have F{x)
=
<j>
(x)
+ ty
and f(x)=<j>
(se)
-^(x)=F{- x),
{x)
hence
${x)=\f{x)+\f{-x) ^\^{x) = \F(x)-\F(-x), whence we conclude that
=
(x)
(— x) and ^{x)
>
= — ^r
{—
x),
which the construction makes otherwise evident. (x) and ty (x), whose sum is equal to be developed, one in cosines of multiple arcs, and the
Thus the two functions
F (x) may
other in sines.
we apply equation (z>), and to the second taking the integrals in each case from x = — ir and adding the two results, we have
If to the first function
the equation to
x = tt,
7T [<£(#)
=a
The
(/x),
+ ty{x)\ =
100*0
&"*
integrals
ttF(x)
+ cos x \${x
)
cos
xdx + cos 2x
+ sin x\^r(x)
sin
xdx +
2x dx
sin 2a? l^r(x) sin 2a?
must be taken from x = — ir
be remarked, that in the
cos
(x)
/>
integral
to
x = ir.
(a?)
cos
It
+ &c.
dx +
&c.
may now
« cfo: we could,
J -IT
without changing for
its
the function cos
axis of x, of
a;
value, write
two similar
contrary, formed of
(x)
+ ^ (x)
instead of
being composed, to right and parts,
and the function
two opposite
yjr
parts, the integral
(x)
left
<£
{x)
:
of the
being, on the
I
^{x) cos xdx
J —IT
The same would be the case if we wrote cos 2a? or and in general cos ix instead of cos x, i being any integer
vanishes. cos Sx,
THEOEY OF HEAT.
204
[CHAP.
III.
+ 7T
from
Thus the
to infinity.
integral
<£ (x)
I
cos ix
dx
the same
is
J —IT
as the integral
bk (x)
I
+ ^ 0*0]
J "IT
cos *#
^
or
-^(^O cos w"
I
^a;
-
J —IT r+rr
It is evident also that the integral
...
r+T to the integral
^r(x) sin
I
<£(#) sin^cfcc
J — 7T
any function whatever in a
to develope
cosines of multiple arcs
series
(p), which serves formed of sines and
:
= lJF(x)dx + cos x +
sin
I
(p)
Fix) cos x dx
x F{x) I
sin
+ cos 2x
œ afo +
sin
The function #(#), which
234.
represented by a line
FF' FF,
F'F'FF, which corresponds arbitrary
;
to
I
F(x) cos
2x Fix)
2.r cfc
sin 2,r
dx
+ &c. + &c.
enters into this equation,
is
any form whatever. The arc .the interval from — 7r to +ir, is of
the other parts of the line are determinate, and the is repeated in each consecutive interval whose length
all
F'F'FF
is 2-7T.
I
Thus we obtain the following equation
vanishes.
arc
equal
/+«
J — 7T
irF(x)
is
.
i^(^) sin i#c&c, since the integral
I
ixdx
J -IT
We
shall
make
frequent applications of this theorem, and
of the preceding equations
{/jl)
and
(v).
If it be supposed that the function F(x) in equation (p)
presented, in the interval from
— ir
+ ir,
by a
is
re-
composed of two equal arcs symmetrically placed, all the terms which contain If, on the contrary, the sines vanish, and we find equation (v). line which represents the given function F (as) is formed of two equal arcs opposed in position, all the terms which do not contain Submitting the funcsines disappear, and we find equation (//.). tion Fix) to other conditions,
we
If in the general equation (p) irx x,
the quantity
—
,
to
line
find other results.
we
write, instead of the variable
x denoting another variable, and 2r the length
MODIFICATION OF THE SERIES.
SECT. VI.] of the
which includes the arc which represents F{x);
interval
— The
x=—
limits
have therefore, rftx)
205
and x =
7r
which we
],
denote by /(«).
—r = —
become
it
may
it,
—r
=
tt
after the substitution,
= \ff(x)dx +
x cos
7T
we
;
-
.,
f I
x
+ sm 7T -
y
— a#
H-
—
+ sin
7TX
.
(#) cos
[ Pf I
(P).
.
/(#)
.
sm
irx
2ttx f n
,
.
.
cfe
,
2ttx f
..
2ttx
v
l/W
cos
.
//(^j
cos
.
sm
27H»
,
«# +
e tc
7
dx +
etc.
first from x = — r same substitution be made in the equations
All the integrals must be taken like the
x= and
-\-
r.
{(jl),
If the
to {v)
we have 2 r/(œ )
=
1 f
r
+ cos
^+
/^)
£J
—
J
27nc f,., \j \x) cos .
—
HT3C
f
1T0C
cos
/ (») cos
27ra?
,
a#
+ &c
(fo?
,
ATN
(JN ;,
and tt
r/Y#?)j
2 j
=
sin
\
.
+ sm
—rjo I
/(a?) sin
— dx r
27nr /*..
.
\f(x)
.
sm
2irx
,
dx
„
+ &c
,,
T,
(M).
In the first equation (P) the integrals might be taken from from x = to x = 2r, and representing by x the whole interval 2r, we should have 1 1
It
function
has been shewn by Mr J. O'Kinealy that if the values of the arbitrary / (x) be imagined to recur for every range of x over successive intervals X,
we have the symbolical equation A (e
and the roots
S-l)/(x) = 0;
of the auxiliary equation being
±n
27ri
\
~ ,
n=0,
1, 2,
3... oo,
[Turnover.
THEORY OF HEAT.
206
[CHAP.
= lff(x)dx
Xf(x) l 2
cos
-J-
2irx [.,
C
235.
2irx
.
I
2tTX
.
(II)
-y- / (a?)
+ sm -yr-
j. ,
.
,
cos
7 —TT- eta? +
sin
cte
27n»
.
47ra? f — y- / (x) ...
+
-y-
cos
(#) sin
1/
4<7TX f
.
,
47ra:
.
I
j.
, —„- / (a?) ,
I
cos
.
sin
-y
,
ax
+
47T#
p
cue.
„
7 -y- ax + &c.
from that which has been proved in
It follows
III.
this sec-
concerning the development of functions in trigonometrical
tion,
a function fix) be proposed, whose value in a deis represented by the ordinate to x = finite interval from x = series,
that
if
X
of a curved line arbitrarily
drawn
;
we can always develope
this
function in a series which contains only sines or only cosines, or
the sines and cosines of multiple arcs, or the cosines only of odd
To
multiples.
ascertain the terms of these series
we must employ
equations (M), (N), (P).
The fundamental problems of the theory of heat cannot be completely solved, without reducing to this form the functions which represent the
initial state of
These trigonometric
the temperatures.
arranged according to cosines or
series,
sines of multiples of arcs, belong to elementary analysis, like the
whose terms contain the successive powers of the variable. the trigonometric series are definite areas, and those of the series of powers are functions given by differentiation, series
The
coefficients of
in which, moreover,
we
assign to the variable a definite value.
We
could have added several remarks concerning the use and properties of trigonometrical series
but we shall limit ourselves to
;
enunciating briefly those which have the most direct relation to the theory with which it
follows that
...
.
.
f(x)=A + A 1
cos
we
are concerned.
AAA AAA —
2wx — 2ttx
_ 2irx
.
l-
-4 2
_
cos2 -T-
.
The sides
by
coefficients
cos .
.
—— + B_
_ 2irx
+ B^ sm —— + Bs sm 2 ,
.
+ A 3 cos .
3
„
3
2wx —
— + &c.
„ 2ttx
sin 3
-r— + &c.
being determined in Fourier's manner by multiplying both
Qttcc
n ——- and
1874, pp. 95, 96).
integrating from
[A. F.]
to a.
(Philosophical Magazine, August
REMARKS ON THE
SECT. VI.]
The
1st.
arranged according to sines or cosines of mul-
series
always convergent
tiple arcs are
207
SERIES.
that
;
variable any value whatever that
to say,
is
on giving to the
not imaginary, the
is
terms converges more and more to a single fixed
sum
limit,
of the
which
is
the value of the developed function. 2nd.
we have the
If
expression of a function f(x) which cor-
responds to a given series
a+
b cos
x + c cos 2x + d cos
and that of another function a it is
+ e cos
4a?
+ &c,
whose given development
<£ (a?),
+ /3 cos x + 7 cos 2a? + S cos 3a? + e cos 4a? -f
easy to find in real terms the aoi
+
b/3 cos
sum
of the
x + cy cos
2a?
series
1
series
+ d8 cos 3a? + ee cos 4a? + &c,
which is formed by comparing term by term the two given This remark applies to any number of series.
The
3rd.
of a function
may be irF(x)
series (P)
F (x)
=
a being a
which gives the development of sines and cosines of multiple arcs,
(Art. 234)
in a series
lJF(y.)dx
new
cos
x
j
+ sin
x
I
F (a) cos ada. + cos 2x F (a) cos 2adz I
F (a)
sin adoc
+
2x
I
F (a) da 51 + sin x sin a
-f-
2a
sin 2a? sin 2a
-f
cos
+ sin
Sx cos 3a + &c. 3a? sin
3a
+
&c.
shall liave
I
ij/(x)(t>(x)dx=aaT + lir{bp
+ cy +...}.
&c.
F (a) sin 2xJa + &c.
variable which disappears after the integrations.
+ cos x cos a + cos 2x cos
We
sin
-f
have then
ttF(x)=J
1
series.
arranged under the form
-f
We
is
&c,
compound
+ hfi + cy + dS + ee + &c,
and more generally that of the act.
3a?
[R. L. E.]
[
THEORY OF HEAT.
208
[CHAP.
III.
or
F(x)
=-
F{%)
j
\-
doL
+ cos {x- a) + cos 2
(x
Hence, denoting the sum of the preceding
S taken from
i
=1
=
to i
go
,
cos
i
(#
The expression
~
by
series
— a)
we have
=\\f (a) da || + 2 cos
F\x)
- a) + &c. L
+ 2 cos i
(x
— a)
i (a?
- a)|
represents a function of
a;
F
and a, such that if it be multiplied by any function whatever (a), and integrated with respect to a. between the limits a.= — ir and a = 7T, the proposed function .F (a) becomes changed into a like function of x multiplied by the semi-circumference ir. It will be seen in the sequel what is the nature of the quantities, such as ^
+ 2 cos i (# — a),
which enjoy the property we have just enun-
ciated. If in the equations (M), (N), and (P) (Art 234), which 4th. on being divided by r give the development of a function f{x), we suppose the interval r to become infinitely large, each term of
the series the series
an
is is
infinitely small
element of an integral; the sum of
then represented by a definite integral.
When
the
bodies have determinate dimensions, the arbitrary functions which represent the initial temperatures, and which enter into the integrals of the partial differential equations, ought to be developed in series analogous to those of the equations (M), (N), (P)
these functions take
the form of definite integrals,
;
but
when the
dimensions of the bodies are not determinate, as will be explained in the course of this work, in treating of the free diffusion of heat (Chapter ix.).
On
Note on Section VI. values
are
arbitrarily
the subject of the development of a function whose
assigned between certain limits, in series of sines and
and on questions connected with the values of such on the convergency of the series, and on the discontinuity
cosines of multiple arcs, series at the limits,
of their values, the principal authorities are
Poisson, Théorie mathématique de la Chaleur, Paris, 1835, Chap. vu. Arts.
92
—102,
Sur
la
manière d'exprimer
les
fonctions arbitraires
par
des séries de
LITERATURE.
SECT. VII.]
209
—
Or, more briefly, in his Traité de Mécanique, Arts. 325 328. memoirs on the subject were published in the Journal de l'École Polytechnique, Cahier 18,. pp. 417—489, year 1820, and Cahier 19, pp. 404—509, quantités périodiques.
Poisson's original
year 1823.
De Morgan, The proofs
Differential
London, 1842, pp. 609 In the verification
and Integral Calculus.
— 617.
developments appear to be original. developments the author follows Poisson's methods. of the
Stokes, Cambridge Philosophical Transactions, 1847, Vol.
viii.
pp. 533
of the
—556.
sums of Periodic Series. Section I. Mode of ascertaining the nature of the discontinuity of a function which is expanded in a series of sines or cosines, and of obtaining the developments of the derived functions.
On
the Critical values of the
Graphically illustrated.
Thomson and Tait, Natural Philosophy, Oxford, 1867, Vol. i. Arts. 75—77. Donkin, Acoustics, Oxford, 1870, Arts. 72 79, and Appendix to Chap. iv. Matthieu, Cours de Physique Mathématique, Paris, 1873, pp. 33 36. Entirely different methods of discussion, not involving the introduction of arbitrary multipliers to the successive terms of the series were originated by Dirichlet, Crelle's Journal, Berlin, 1829, Band iv. pp. 157 Sur la con* 169. vergence des séries trigonomêtriques qui servent a représenter une fonction arbitraire
—
—
—
entre les limites
The methods
données.
of this
memoir thoroughly
tentive study, but are not yet to be found in English text-books.
same author appeared in Dove's Repertorium der Physik,
of greater length, by the
Berlin,
1837,
Band
i.
deserve at-
Another memoir,
pp. 152
— 174.
Uebet die Darstellung ganz ivillkuhrlicher Von G. Lejeune Dirichlet.
Functional durch Sinus- und Cosinusreihen.
Other methods are given by
Band iv. pp. 170—178. Ueber die Convergenz und Cosinussen der Vielfachen eines Winkels fortschreiten-
Dirksen, Crelle's Journal, 1829, einer nach den Sinussen
den Reihe. Altona, 1839, pp. 230
Bessel, Astronomische Nachrichten,
Ausdruck einer Function
(x)
durch Cosinusse
and
—238.
Ueber den
Sinusse der Vielfachen von x.
The writings of the last three authors are criticised by Riemann, Gesammelte Mathematische Werke, Leipzig, 1876, pp. 221 225. Ueber die Darstellbarkeit einer Function durch eine Trigonometrische Reihe. On Fluctuating Functions and their properties, a memoir was published by
—
Sir
W.
264
—321.
R. Hamilton, Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, 1843, Vol. xix. pp. The introductory and concluding remarks may at this stage be studied.
The writings of Deflers, Boole, and others, on the subject of the expansion an arbitrary function by means of a double integral (Fourier's Theorem) will be alluded to in the notes on Chap. IX. Arts. 361, 362. [A. F.]
of
SECTION Application 236.
We
can
now
to
VII.
the actual problem.
solve in a general
manner the problem
the propagation of heat in a rectangular plate is
constantly heated, whilst
its
maintained at the temperature F. H.
two
infinite
of
BA G, whose end A edges B and C are.
0.
14
THEORY OF HEAT.
210
Suppose the
temperature at
initial
all
[CHAP.
A
edge
m
preserved by some external cause, and that
is
of the fixed
its
m
from the a function f(x) of the distance of the point of the edge whose whole length is 2r; let v be the
value
is
A
end
constant temperature of the point
The value
v
= ae- ™" sin mx d
2
v
m
dv 2 dy
+
the equation
_ ~
_ '
being any quantities whatever. r
being an integer, the value ae
may
whatever the value of y
more general value v
whose co-ordinates are x and
satisfies
2
dx*
a and
m
required to determine v as a function of x and y.
y, it is
i
BAC
points of the slab
to be nothing, but that the temperature at each point
ITT.
= a,e
sin
We
be.
—
vanishes,
,
when x = r,
shall therefore assume, as
a
v,
„„ irx
y — ITr
of
sin
m = i—
we take
If
a
\-
e
n .u -2ttr
-Zn-
2irx
.
sin
1-
r
aae
S7rx
•
sin
h &c.
If 2/ be supposed nothing, the value of v will by hypothesis be equal to the known function f(x). We then have /./ / (a?) =
.
X
The
a,
sm
7T#
.
a 1} a 2 a 3
coefficients
sm
ha, ,
,
27T#
37nr
.
h &c.
Y a, sin
&c. can be determined
by means' of
equation (M), and on substituting them in the value of v 1
- n;
=
-,r-
e
?
.
sin
—
irx f I
j.f
v
.
/(a;)
sm
+e 237.
— irx
,
,
cte
+e
-2tt^-
.
r
sm
/
/
27ttc [ r ,
\
\f\x)
•
we have
sm
27ra;
7 «#
-3*2 r
sm
r JJ
Assuming r = ir in the preceding more simple form, namely
(«J '
sm
cte
r
equation,
+ &c.
we have the
solution under a
-Trv
= e~v sin x\f(x) +
e~
3v
sin a?d#
+ e"
22/
sin
sin 3a? //(*) sin
2x lf(x) sin
Sxdx + &c
2a;ata
(a),
APPLICATION OF THE THEORY.
SECT. VII.]
211
or
r«= ^
/
(e v
da
f(-x)
x
sin
sin a
+
2v
e
+ a
is
a
new
which disappears
variable,
sum
If the
— a) —
is
3v
cos (x
F (y,p)
é~ 2 " [cos
+ a)] +
v
sum
the
e~ cos
sin
3#
sin 3a
+
&c.)
and
be substituted
if it
The
of v in a finite form.
equal to
+ e~ 3v [cos 3
we
2x sin 2a
after integration.
we have the value
double of the series
denoting by
e~
of the series be determined,
in the last equation,
e"" [cos (x
sin
Jo
{oc
2 (x
— a) —
cos 2 (x
— a) — cos 3
(x
+
+ a)]
a)]
+
&c.
;
of the infinite series
Sy p + e*v cos 2p + e~ cos tip + &a,
find irv
=
/(a)
I
e?a
{^(y, #
— a) — F (y, x + a)}.
J
We
have also fg-ftf+W^)
^F{y,p)=, -ft/-pV-n
|
e
e
n
_ ~
cos J
é
^ e-2(ï-W-D
_j_
e
\'=ï)
^lrW-i)
_^_
^. c
_|_
fc Q
„- (y-p V -l)
)
g-(2/+W-D
J
£YKy,P)
- tv+p V-i
^ e-3(y+P
g-2 (.,+;> v^i)
_j_
+
g-(WT
^
V-l)
'
p — e*y
-2œsp + e~
v
'
whence
W ^'Jo^^^ — r /C
J v \e
cos(#
— a)— ef
17
-2cos{x-a)+e- ~ ll
+ a) — e~v -2cos{x + a)+e-y S' cos ($
e
y
}
or
t» or,
W i -jy w^-jpr—
decomposing the
2
]/ W
7
'
^
[" f(
2cog
^e
^_ a
— e"^ s n ^ sm a 1 + e-„j e,_ 2 cos ^ +a + -=^|,
^
coefficient into
a {e
y
*
j-
j
two
-2cos(x-oL) +
fractions,
e~
v
e
v
-2cos(x+a.) + e-u \
14—2
'
THEOKY OF HEAT.
212
This equation contains, in real terms under a integral of the equation
the uniform its
movement
-^ + -j-j = 0,
III.
SECT. VII.
finite
form, the
[CH.
applied to the problem of
of heat in a rectangular solid, exposed at
extremity to the constant action of a single source of heat. It is easy to ascertain the relations of this integral to the .
general integral, which has two arbitrary functions; these functions are
by the very nature
of the
nothing arbitrary remains but
the
problem determinate, and function /(a),
considered
between the limits a = and a = ir. Equation (a) represents, under a simple form, suitable for numerical applications, the same value of v reduced to a convergent
series.
we wished to determine the quantity of heat which the solid when it has arrived at its permanent state, we should take the integral fdxfdy v from x = to x = ir, and from y = to If
contains
y=
oo
;
the result would be proportianal to the quantity required.
In general there
is
no property of the uniform movement of heat which is not exactly represented by this
in a rectangular plate, solution.
We of view, bodies,
problems of this kind from another point and determine the varied movement of heat in different
shall next regard
CHAPTER
IV.
OF THE LINEAR AND VARIED MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A RING.
SECTION
I.
General solution of the problem.
The
238.
movement
equation which expresses the
in a ring has been stated in Article 105
hi _ K dv V Jt~CDdx*~UD~S
The problem write
it
is
m
2
dv
now
integrate
to
{
equation
this
h
we may
:
simply
dv dt
wherein k represents ^j:
,
j
d 2v
=k d^- hv 7
>
and h represents 777^
origin 0,
and
the point
m
v
is
after
% denotes the
,
m of the
length of the arc included between a point
ring and the
the temperature which would be observed at
a given time
t.
We
first
u being a new unknown, whence we deduce
fill
-r:
assume v = e~ ht u, (l
tli
= k ~t~î now î
equation belongs to the case in which the radiation
may be derived from by making h = we conclude from
the surface, since tion
of heat
it is
;
it
:
is
this
nul at
the preceding equait
that the different
points of the ring are cooled successively,
medium, without
this
by the action of the circumstance disturbing in any manner the
law of the distribution of the heat. (In
(i^iL
In fact on integrating the equation 3- = ^-jT find the values of
u which correspond to
,
we should
different points of the
THEORY OF HEAT.
214
[CHAP. IV.
same instant, and we should ascertain what the state would be if heat were propagated in it without any to determine then what would be the state loss at the surface of the solid at the same instant if this loss had occurred, it will be sufficient to multiply all the values of u taken at different M Thus the points, at the same instant, by the same fraction e~ ring at the
of the solid
;
.
cooling which
effected at the surface does not change the
is
of the distribution of heat
ture of each point
is
the only result
;
than
less
is
law
that the tempera-
would have been without this diminishes from this cause
it
circumstance, and the temperature
according to the successive powers of the fraction e~ u
The problem being reduced
239.
(1 It
equation
-=-
(1
.
to the integration of the
71
= h -j-^ we
plest particular values
the
shall, in
,
first place,
select the sim-
which can be attributed to the variable
from them we shall then compose a general value, and we shall prove that this value is as extensive as the integral, which contains an arbitrary function of x, or rather that it is this integral itself, arranged under the form which the problem requires, so that there cannot be any different solution.
u
;
It
may
be remarked
give to u the particular value to the condition
m = — hi
is satisfied if we q/0 sin nœ, m and n being subject Take then as a particular value of
that the equation
first,
2 .
1
m the function e~ knH sin nx. In order that this value
may
not change when the distance x r denoting the
multiple
i
mean
it
must
increased by the quantit}^ lirr,
Hence
radius of the ring.
of the circumference lir
We may
belong to the problem,
is
;
which gives n
27rnr
must be a
=-
any integer; we suppose it to be were negative, it would suffice to change the sign of the coefficient a in the value ae~ knH sin nx. take
i
to be
always positive, since,
if
-h
The
particular value ae
proposed unless
on making
t
it
it
— r2
sin
— could
not satisfy the problem
represented the initial state of the
= 0, we
find
u
= a sin —
:
solid.
Now
suppose then that the
SECT.
PARTICULAR SOLUTIONS.
I.]
215
values of u are actually expressed by a sin -
initial
say, that the primitive
;
that
is
to
temperatures at the different points are
between the radii which pass through those points and that which passes through proportional to the sines of angles included
the origin, the
movement
of heat in the interior of the ring will
be exactly represented by the equation u
we take account
= ae
r~
sin -
of the loss of heat through the surface,
v
=
ae
-(ft+J)' r K
'
,
we
and
if
find
» -
•
sin
r
In the case in question, which
we can
is
the simplest of
all
those which
imagine, the variable temperatures preserve their primi-
and the temperature at any point diminishes accordthe successive powers of a fraction which is the same for
tive ratios,
ing to
every point.
The same initial
properties would be
noticed
if
we supposed the
temperatures to be proportional to the sines of the double /y»
of the arc -
;
and in general the same happens when the given
temperatures are represented by a sin
—
i
,
being any integer
whatever.
We
should arrive at the same results
particular value of 2?i7rr
= 2Î7T,
and n
u
the quantity ae~ knH cos
=-
;
initial
In
movement
=
ae
nk-[ r
cos
:
here also
we have
ix —
r
of heat in the interior of the ring if the
temperatures are represented by cos all
nx
hence the equation
u expresses the
on taking for the
—
.
these cases, where the given temperatures are propor-
tional to the sines or to the cosines of a multiple of the arc r
the ratios established between
these
,
temperatures exist con-
tinually during the infinite time of the cooling.
The same would
THEOEY OF HEAT.
216 be the case
if
.
the initial temperatures were represented by the
function a sin efficients
[CHAP. IV.
\-b cos
—
,
i
being any integer, a and b any co-
whatever.
240.
Let us pass now to the general case in which the
we have
temperatures have not the relations which
but are represented by any function whatever F(x). to this function the form <£(-), so that
Let us give
F (œ) = <}>('-)
we have
imagine the function $ ( - \ to be decomposed into a
by suitable
sines or cosines of multiple arcs affected
We
write
initial
just supposed,
,
and
series
of
coefficients.
down the equation a » sin Q (
*(*) =
~r)
+ «i
sin
X
(
a f) + *
2
sin (
f)
^2
°pj
+ &c
-
-
(
+ K ws
(o
fj
+
h x cos (l
+ \ cos
fj
+ &c.
The numbers a av a2 ..., b b v b 2 ... are regarded as known and calculated beforehand. It is evident that the value of u will then be represented by the equation ,
,
a, sin
m
—
-
a a sin 2
r bn
+
+
+ b,
&c.
h cos 2 z
cos
r
du
In since
fact, 1st, this
it is
the
sum
cPw
value of u satisfies the equation -r
=
of several particular values
does not
;
2nd,
it
h
j—,i}
change when we increase the distance x by any multiple whatever of the circumference of the ring
since on
making
t
=
0,
we
;
3rd,
it satisfies
find the equation
conditions of the problem are fulfilled,
multiply the value of u by e~ ht 241.
As the time
and
the initial state,
Hence
(e).
it
all
the
remains only to
.
increases, each of the terms
which compose
the value of u becomes smaller and smaller; the system of temperatures tends therefore continually towards the regular and con-
SECT.
COMPLETE SOLUTION.
I.]
217
u from the
stant state in which the difference of the temperature
constant b
represented by
is
_n a sin r
+
b cos
-
is
r
*V
Thus the particular values which we have previously considered, and from which we have composed the general value, derive their Each of them represents an origin from the problem itself. elementary state which" could exist of posed to be formed
;
itself as
soon as
it
is
sup-
these values have a natural and necessary
relation with the physical properties of heat.
To determine the coefficients a a v a2 &c, b b lf h 2 &c, we must employ equation (II), Art. 234, which was proved in the ,
,
last section of
,
,
the previous Chapter.
X
Let the whole abscissa denoted by in this equation be 2irr, x be the variable abscissa, and let fix) represent the initial
let
state of the ring, the integrals
x=
27rr
rf(x)
4-
must be taken from x =
to
we have then
;
=
2Jf^ dx cos
cos
-)/(») dx
i
+
cos (2 -J
I
(2-\f(œ)dx +
cos
&c.
dx + &c. + sin fjfsin (^f(x)dx + àn(2f)j B m fâ) f(œ)
Knowing b
,
bx ,
b2
,
in
«fee,
if
this
manner the values
a0>
of
a v a2
they be substituted in the equation
,
&c,
we have
the following equation, which contains the complete solution the problem irrv
:
[1 — = o-ht e
fix) dx
sin
+
^/(
cos
sin
^/H & )
cos
-f(x) dx
— f(x) dx
sin 2
sin
cos 2
cos —-,/(#) dx
22
W
+
+
&C.1 )
(E).
of-
THEORY OF HEAT.
218
All the integrals must be taken from
The v, is
first
term -
evidently the
—
[CHAP. IV.
x=
x=
to
2irr.
lf{x) dx, which serves to form the value of
mean
temperature, that
initial
which each point would have
to say, that
is
the initial heat were distri-
if all
buted equally throughout.
The preceding equation
242.
(E)
may be
applied, whatever
We
the form of the given function fix) may be. shall consider two particular cases, namely 1st, that which occurs when the :
by the action
ring having been raised
of a source of heat to its
permanent temperatures, the source is suddenly suppressed; 2nd, the case in which half the ring, having been equally heated throughout, is suddenly joined to the other half, throughout which the initial temperature
We
is 0.
have seen previously that the permanent temperatures
of the ring are expressed
value of quantity a being
generating section, and If it
equation
by the equation KS where
e
,
S the
that which
=
is
will therefore
must
is
x
ai
+ boTx
the
;
the perimeter of the
but a single source of heat, the
necessarily hold at the point opposite to
The
occupied by the source.
be
is
=
area of that section.
be supposed that there -=-
I
v
satisfied at this point.
condition aa
x
— bx~x =
For convenience of calcu-
lation let us consider the fraction -^r- to be equal to unity,
and
let
us take the radius r of the ring to be the radius of the trigonometrical tables,
we
state of the ring
It
is
shall
then have v
= aex + be
x ;
hence the
remains only to apply the general equation
noting by if the
mean
V \2
initial
represented by the equation
1
2
heat (Art. 241),
initial
+1
+
2
2
+l
we
e
3
2
+l
and dehave
(E),
shall
+<XC -J-
This equation expresses the variable state of a solid ring, which
having been heated at one of
its
points and raised to stationary
SECT.
FUKTHER APPLICATION.
I.]
219
temperatures, cools in air after the suppression of the source of heat.
243.
In order to make a second application of the general we shall suppose the initial heat to be so distributed
equation (E),
that half the ring included between
out the temperature It
is
1,
and x = it has through-
x=
the other half having the temperature
0.
required to determine the state of the ring after the lapse of
a time
t.
The function f(x), which represents the initial state, is in this case such that its value is 1 so long as the variable is included and it. It follows from this that we must suppose and take the integrals only from x = to x — ir, the other parts of the integrals being nothing by hypothesis. We obtain first the following equation, which gives the development of the function proposed, whose value is 1 from x = to x = 7r and nothing from x = it to x = 27r, between
f(x)
= l,
f(x)
—
= g-j Z
(
x
sin
7T \
+ ka
sin
3x + -
sin
ox
o
+
= sin 7x
+ &c.
7
)
/
If now we substitute in the general equation the values which we have just found for the constant coefficients, we shall have the
equation
^
7tu
= e~ ht (-ttt +
sin
xe~ kt + ^ 6
\4
~Z
sin
%xe~®u
+^o
sin
5xe~ 52Jct
+ &c.
),
j
which expresses the law according to which the temperature at each point of the ring varies, and indicates its state after any given time we shall limit ourselves to the two preceding applications, and add only some observations on the general solution expressed by the equation (E). :
244
1st.
If
k
is
expressed thus, irrv
mean
initial
supposed
= e~ u
-^
infinite,
\f{x)dx,
the state of the ring or,
denoting by
M
is
the
temperature (Art. 241), v = e~ M M. The temperature becomes suddenly equal to the mean temperature,
at every point
and all the different points retain always equal temperatures, which is a necessary consequence of the hypothesis in which we admit infinite conducibility.
THEORY OF HEAT.
220
We
2nd.
should have the same result
[CHAP. IV.
if
the radius of the ring
were infinitely small.
To
3rd.
find the
we must take by
divide
mean temperature
of the ring after a time
\f(x)dx from x =
the integral
to
t
x=2irr, and
Integrating between these limits the different
2irr.
and then supposing x =
parts of the value of u,
Zirr,
we
find the
total values of the integrals to be nothing except for the first
term time
the value of the
;
the quantity e~
t,
ht
mean temperature is therefore, after M. Thus the mean temperature of
the the
manner as if its conducibility were inoccasioned by the propagation of heat in the
ring decreases in the same finite
solid
the variations
;
have no influence on the value of
this temperature.
In the three cases which we have just considered, the temperature decreases in proportion to the powers of the fraction e~\ or,
which
is
the same thing, to the ordinate of a logarithmic
curve, the abscissa being equal to the time
This law has been that
known
for a long time,
but
which has elapsed. must be remarked
it
does not generally hold unless the bodies are of small
it
dimensions.
The previous
analysis tells us that if the diameter of
not very small, the cooling at a definite point would not be at first subject to that law the same would not be the case
a ring
is
;
with the
mean temperature, which
decreases always in proportion
For the rest, it must not be forgotten that the generating section of the ring is supposed to to the ordinates of a logarithmic curve.
have dimensions so small that different points of the same section do not differ sensibly in temperature. 4th.
If
we wished
to ascertain the quantity of heat
which
escapes in a given time through the surface of a given portion of
the ring, the integral hi
I
dt
vdx must be employed, and must
I
be taken between limits relative to the time. if we took and 27r to be the limits of x, and limits of t; that is to say, if
we wished
to
For example, to be the determine the whole 0, oo
,
quantity of heat which escapes from the entire surface, during the
we ought to find after the integrawhole quantity of the initial heat, or
complete course of the cooling, tions a result equal to the
2-nrM,
M being the mean
initial
temperature.
SECT.
DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT IN THE RING.
I.]
5th.
If
we wish
to ascertain
221
how much heat flows in a given we must employ the
time, across a definite section of the ring, I*
integral
-
KS
I
7
7
dt -=-, writing for -y- the value of that function,
taken at the point in question. 245.
Heat tends
to be distributed in the ring according to
The more the time which
a law which ought to be noticed.
has elapsed increases the smaller do the terms which compose the value of v in equation (E) become with respect to those
which precede them. There is therefore a certain value of t for which the movement of heat begins to be represented sensibly by the equation aa
The same
-
sin
+b
cos
1
-J
»" 2
e
,
relation continues to exist during the infinite time
we choose two points of the rinosame diameter, and represent their respective distances from the origin by xx and x2 and their corresponding temperatures at the time t by v x and v 2 we shall have of the cooling.
In this
state, if
situated at the ends of the
,
;
^=|ao+(«i % = !««+ The same
is
sines of the
(
sm ^ + &
«1 sin
two arcs
-8
OC
-*
+
i
cos
7 —
b 1 cos
and
r2
e
*
[e'
ht
-ht
oc
-^ differ only in
the case with the q uantities cos V A- v -i-Z-1i 9
)
e
—
and cos
f
— r
;
sign
;
the
hence
— n"crp~ ht
>
thus the half-sum of the temperatures at opposite points gives a quantity aQ e~M, which would remain the same if we chose two points situated at the ends of another diameter.
The quantity
M as we have seen above, is the value of the mean temperature after the time Hence the half-sum of the temperature at any two opposite points decreases continually with the mean temperature of the ring, and represents its value without sensible a
e~
,
t.
error,
after the
cooling has lasted for a certain time.
Let us
THEOKY OF HEAT.
222
examine more particularly in what the expressed by the equation
[CHAP. IV.
final state consists
which
is
{/ If
first
we
x
_—
x\
y-M
seek the point of the ring at which
we have the
condition .
a, sin 1
X
r
X
1
+ o,
1
~
= 0,
cos -
X
= —
or -
arc tan
r
r
we
see that the temperature at this point
the
mean temperature
of the ring
the point diametrically opposite
is
the same
:
/Z>\ — VV
at every instant is
for the abscissa
;
,
the case with
x
of the latter
point will also satisfy the above equation
r
=
arc tan
-
(
ax
\
X
Let us denote by the distance at which the is situated, and we shall have
first
of these
points
.
sin
K = — «i
X —
——
•%
;
cos
T
and substituting
this value of b v
we have
«I (x X\ v=L + -^x sm {r-7) ne cos — ,
a.
.
.
e
I
r If
we now take
as origin of abscissse the point which corre-
sponds to the abscissa X, and
x — X, we
shall
if
we denote by u the new
— p~ht (a + h sin-e~r At the
abscissa
have
origin,
where the abscissa u
point, the temperature v
is
2
J
is 0,
and at the opposite
always equal to the
mean tempera-
ture; these two points divide the circumference of the ring into
two parts whose state is similar, but of opposite sign each point of one of these parts has a temperature which exceeds the mean temperature, and the amount of that excess is proportional to the sine of the distance from the origin. Each point of the ;
SECT.
1.]
PARTIAL CHANGES OF TEMPERATURE.
223
mean
temperature,
other part has a temperature less than the
and the defect
the same as the excess at the opposite point.
is
This symmetrical distribution of heat exists throughout the whole
At the two ends
duration of the cooling.
two
and their
half,
246.
continually to bring each half of the
effect is
ring towards the
mean
temperature.
We may now remark
gives the value of
a sin i -
of the form
is
i-Je'
can therefore derive, with respect to each term, consequences
which the
In
.x
.
nothing,
denoting by
fact
X the
distance
and
this sub-
coefficient
a
is
cos
-f h i
%
analogous to the foregoing. for
that in the general equation which
each of the terms
v,
(
We
of the heated half,
flows of heat are established in direction towards the cooled
sm i - +
f
r
7
o.*
we have the equation
b.
cos
.x r
i
=—a
t
tan i
X —
,
stitution gives, as the value of the coefficient,
.fx-X: sm i .
a a being a constant. whose abscissa is
X
by u the new
It follows
from
this that taking the point
as the origin of co-ordinates, and denoting
x — X, we have,
abscissa
changes of this part of the value of ae
sm i-
nt
v,
e
as the expression of the
the function r*.
r
If this particular part of the value of v existed alone, so as to
make
the coefficients of
all
the other parts nul, the state of the
ring would be represented by the function ae
,u
e
r*
sm
Œ
would be proportional to the from the origin, analogous to that which we have already described
and the temperature
at each point
sine of the multiple i of the distance of this point
This state
is
:
THEORY OF HEAT.
224 it differs
from
it
[CHAP. IV.
number of points which have always mean temperature of the ring general equal to 2i. Each of these points or
in that the
the same temperature equal to the is
not 2 only, but in
nodes separates two adjacent portions of the ring which are in a similar state, but opposite in sign. The circumference is thus
found to be divided into several equal parts whose state
The
nately positive and negative.
flow of heat
is
is
alter-
the greatest
and is directed towards that portion which and it is nothing at the points which are equidistant from two consecutive nodes. The ratios which exist then between the temperatures are preserved during the whole of
possible in the nodes, is
in the negative state,
the cooling, and the temperatures vary together very rapidly in proportion to the successive powers of the fraction e
r».
e
&c, we shall which heat can assume whilst it is propagated in a solid ring. When one of these simple modes is once established, it is maintained of itself, and the ratios which exist between the temperatures do not change; but whatever the primitive ratios may be, and in whatever manner the ring may have been heated, the movement of heat can be decomposed into several simple movements, similar to those which we have just described, and which are accomplished all together If
we
give successively to
ascertain all the regular
without disturbing each other. rature
is
i
the values
and elementary
0, 1, 2, 3,
states
In each of these states the tempe-
proportional to the sine of a certain multiple of the dis-
tance from a fixed point.
The sum
of all these partial temperatures,
same instant, is the actual temperature of that point. Now some of the parts which compose this sum decrease very much more rapidly than the others. It follows from this that the elementary states of the ring which correspond to different values of i, and whose superposition determines the total movement of heat, disappear in a manner one after the other. They cease soon to have any sensible influence on the value of the temperature, and leave only the first among them to exist, in which i is the least of all. In this manner we form an exact idea of the law according to which heat is distributed in O a ring, and is dissipated at its surface. The state of the ring becomes more and more symmetrical; it soon becomes confounded
taken
for a single point at the
SECT.
225
TRANSFER BETWEEN SEPARATE MASSES.
II.]
with that towards which sists in this,
has a natural tendency, and which con-
it
that the temperatures of the different points
become
same multiple of the arc which measures the distance from the origin. The initial distribution makes no change in these results.
proportional to the sine of the
SECTION Of the communication
II.
of heat between separate masses.
We
have now to direct attention to the conformity of the foregoing analysis with that which must be employed to determine the laws of propagation of heat between separate masses 247.
;
we shall thus arrive at a second solution movement of heat in a ring. Comparison indicate the true foundations of the
of the problem of the of the
two
results will
method which we have
fol-
lowed, in integrating the equations of the propagation of heat in
continuous bodies.
We
examine, in the
shall
tremely simple case, which
is
first
place,
an ex-
that of the communication of heat
between two equal masses. Suppose two cubical masses m and n of equal dimensions and of the same material to be unequally heated; let their respective temperatures be a and If
we
b,
and
let
them be
of infinite conducibility.
placed these two bodies in contact, the temperature in each
would suddenly become equal to the mean temperature ^ (a + b). Suppose the two masses to be separated by a very small interval, that an infinitely thin layer of the first is detached so as to be joined to the second, and that it returns to the first immediately after the contact. Continuing thus to be transferred alternately, and at equal infinitely small intervals, the interchanged layer causes the heat of the hotter body to pass gradually into that which is less heated; the problem is to determine what would be, after a given time, the heat of each body, if they lost at their sur-
face no part of the heat
which they contained.
We do not suppose
the transfer of heat in solid continuous bodies to be effected in a
manner
similar to that which
we have
just described:
we wish
only to determine by analysis the result of such an hypothesis.
Each
of the
two masses possessing infinite conducibility, the contained in an infinitely thin la}^er, is sud-
quantity of heat F. H.
15
.
THEORY OF HEAT.
226
[CHAP. IV.
denly added to that of the body with which it is in contact; and a common temperature results which is equal to the quotient of the
by the sum of the masses. Let «a be the mass of the infinitely small layer which is separated from the hotter body, whose temperature is a; let a and B be the variable temperatures which correspond to the time t, and whose initial values are a and b. When the layer m is separated from the mass m which becomes m — &>, it has like this mass the temperature a, and as soon as it touches the second body affected with the temperature B, it assumes at the same time with that body a
sum
of the quantities of heat divided
temperature equal to
—
temperature, returns to the
first
temperature
We
a.
.
The
layer w, retaining the last
body whose mass
m—
is
co
and
find then for the temperature after the second
contact
—— a [m
The dt,
a.
+
— &)) +
—
—m + m \
tu (ù
or
— 6) — J
m
,
and 8
+ (a — 6)' — m \
B ;
a>
become, after the interval
these values are found by J
.
suppressing the higher powers of
da
,,
m-k-
variable temperatures a and
(a
am 4- pa
J
=—
(a
—
6)
— m
co.
We
and dB =
thus have
— 6)y —
fa K
m
the mass which had the initial temperature instant a quantity of heat equal to
B has
mdB
or
first
mass.
;
received in one
— B)
which has by this that the quantity of heat which passes in one instant from the most heated body into that which is less heated, is, all other things been
lost in
the same time by the
(<x
a,
We
see
being equal, proportional to the actual difference of temperature of the two bodies. The time being divided into equal intervals,
œ maybe replaced by kdt, k being the mass whose sum contains co as many times as
the infinitely small quantity
number
of units of
the unit of time contains
dt,
so that
k
1
co
at
we have - = -=-
obtain the equations
dx
= — (a -
6)
h — dt
and dB =
(a
—
B)
k — dt.
.
We
thus
SECT.
227
RECIPROCAL CONDUCIBILITY.
II.]
we attributed a greater value to the volume &>, which said, to draw heat from one of the bodies for the purpose of carrying it to the other, the transfer would be quicker in order to express this condition it would be necessary to increase in the same ratio the quantity k which "We might also retain the value enters into the equations. of o) and suppose the layer to accomplish in a given time a greater number of oscillations, which again would be indicated by a greater value of k. Hence this coefficient represents in some respects the velocity of transmission, or the facility with which If
248.
serves,
may be
it
;
heat passes from one of the bodies into the other, that
is
to say,
their reciprocal conducibility.
Adding the two preceding equations, we have
249.
+ dft =
dx
and dot.
—
if
we
dft
+
'
0,
we have
subtract one of the equations from the other,
2 (a
— ft) —
=
dt
dy
0,
and,
+ 2-
making
ydt
=
a
— ft = y,
0.
Integrating and determining the constant by the condition that
the initial value
is
a-
b,
we have y =
(a
— b)
e
vl
The
.
differ-
ence y of the temperatures diminishes as the ordinate of a loga-
m
rithmic curve, or as the successive powers of the fraction e
As the
values of a and 1
a
-
9
(
a
+ J) -
ft,
2
we have JM:
1 (
a
—
&) e
.
m
>
fi
=
1
9 (a
+ fy +
1
2
(
a
~ ty
e
— m
'
250. In the preceding case, we suppose the infinitely small mass w, by means of which the transfer is effected, to be always the same part of the unit of mass, or, which is the same thing,
we suppose the
coefficient
k which measures the reciprocal con-
ducibility to be a constant quantity. in question
more
as a function of the
general, the
To render the
two actual temperatures a and
then have the two equations dz
investigation
constant k must be considered
= —(x — ft)— dt,
m
ft.
We
should
and
15—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
228
[CHAP. IV.
d0=(a-ft-dt, which h would be equal to a function of a. and /3, which we It is easy to ascertain the law which denote by $ (a, ft). the variable temperatures a and {3 follow, when they approach extremely near to their final state. Let y be a new unknown equal to the difference between a and the final value which is in
1
=
(a
+ b)
or
Let
c.
z
be a second unknown equal to the difference
Za
"We substitute in place of a and /3 their values c — y and the problem is to find the values of y and z, when we suppose them very small, we need retain in the results of the substitutions only the first power of y and z. We therefore find the two equations,
c c
— /3. —z
;
and, as
h
*
-dy = -(z-y)-$(c-y, c-z)dt and
—
dz =
—h (z — y)
$(c — y,
— z)
c
dt,
and omit-
developing the quantities which are under the sign ting the higher powers of y and
and dz
h = — (z — y) — dt.
z.
We
The quantity
find
<£
dy=
(z
being
— y)
—
dt,
constant,
it
follows that the preceding equations give for the value of the
— y,& result of a — ft.
difference z
the value
From
similar to that which
we conclude
we found above
for
if the coefficient k, which was were represented by any function whatever of the variable temperatures, the final changes which these temperatures would experience, during an infinite time, would still be subject to the same law as if the reciprocal con-
this
at first supposed
that
constant,
ducibility were constant.
The problem
is
actually to determine
the laws of the propagation of heat in an indefinite
number
of
equal masses whose actual temperatures are different. 251. to
rn,
Prismatic masses n in number, each of which
are
is
supposed to be arranged in the same straight
and affected with
different temperatures a,
b, c, d,
&c.
;
equal line,
infinitely
SECT.
EQUAL PRISMATIC MASSES IN
II.]
229
LINE.
of which has a mass to, are supposed to be from the different bodies except the last, and are conveyed in the same time from the first to the second, from the second to the third, from the third to the fourth, and so
thin layers, each
separated
on immediately after contact, these layers return to the masses from which they were separated the double movement taking ;
;
many
place as is
times as there are infinitely small instants dt
;
it
required to find the law to which the changes of temperature
are subject.
Let
be the variable values which correspond to and which have succeeded to the initial values When the layers to have been separated from the
a, ft, 7, 8, ... to,
the same time a, b,
n—
d, &c.
c,
t,
1 first masses,
masses,
it is
a
and put in contact with the neighbouring
easy to see that the temperatures become
(m —
/3
&>)
(m —
8
(m — to)
to)
7 (m —
+ ato
m
m — co' + 7to
mo)
+ y^rco
m+
?n
to)
+ /3co
m
'
_
'
to
or,
a,
/3
+ (a-/3)-, 7 -f(/3- 7)-, 8+ 7 - S)-, ...to+ftr- w )-. (
When
the layers
have returned to their former places, according to the same rule, which
co
new temperatures consists in dividing the sum of the masses, and we have
we
find
the instant
of the quantities of heat as the values of
O)
7+
(J3
coefficient of
/3
by the sum &c, after
8,
+ (a-/S-/3- 7)
— 7 — 7 — 8) —
m
— m
last coefficients of
—
,
a + 0& —
. . .
co)
— m
the difference of two consecutive
is
ferences taken in the succession
and
dt,
a-(a-0)-,
The
a, ft,
,
ferences of the second order.
they It
a, /3,
7,
. . .
may be is
^,
to.
a,
to the first
considered also as dif-
sufficient to
a to be preceded by a term equal to
As
dif-
suppose the term
and the term w
to
be
THEORY OF HEAT.
230
followed by a term equal to w. substituting kdt for
<w,
c*/3
We
[CHAP. IV.
have then, as formerly, on
the following equations
:
= -eft {(/3- a) -(*-«)},
m
= ^{(7 -/3)-(/3-a)}, ill
*^{(S- 7)_(7 _/3)J,
rf
III
dco
= -dt {(a -©)-(«- f)}.
To integrate method, known the 252.
=
a
h ,a
,
a 2 as
mined.
,
,
...
The
equations
axe
M
/3
,
these equations,
= a 2eh \
we assume, according
= a/\
7
...
a = a neht
to
;
a n being constant quantities which must be deterwe have the following ,
substitutions being made,
:
ajt
=—
(ci
— a.),
h
k
If we regard a, as a known quantity, we find the expression a 2 in terms of c^ and h, then that of a z in a 2 and A the same the case with all the other unknowns, a4 a6 &c. The first and
for is
last equations
;
,
may be
written under the form
h
,
SECT.
FORM OF THE SOLUTION.
II.]
231
=a
and an = an+l the value t power of h, the value of a3 contains the second power of h, and so on up to an+1 which contains the nth power of h. This arranged, an+1 becoming equal to an we th have, to determine li, an equation of the n degree, and at remains undetermined. Retaining the two conditions a
of «2 contains the
,
first
,
,
It follows
from
we
this that
shall find
n values
for h,
and in
accordance with the nature of linear equations, the general value of
a.
composed of n terms, so that the quantities by means of equations such as
is
&c.
a, /3, 7, ...
are determined
a
= a/* + a^e m + a"ev,t +
= a/ +as'eh + a^e*" + &c., '
o>
The values
t
t
t
/3
&c,
= an e M + a^ + aff* + &c n
number, and are equal
to
the n roots of the algebraical equation of the nth degree in
h,
which
has, as
The
of h,
we
h',
;
in
shall see further on, all its roots real.
coefficients of the first
arbitrary
equation a v a x \ a", a"', &c, are
as for the coefficients of the lower lines, they are deter-
mined by a number n ceding equations.
253.
h", &c. are
of systems of equations similar to the pre-
The problem
Writing the
is
now
to form these equations.
letter q instead of -y-
,
we have the
fol-
lowing equations
=a as = ai ax
«3
x
=
a2
,
(q
+ 2)-a
iSL
+ 2) -
«»« = »« (2
We whose
,
av
+ 2)-^.
see that these quantities belong to a recurrent
scale of relation consists of
two terms
(q
+ 2)
and
—
1.
series
We
THEORY OF HEAT.
232
[CHAP. IV.
can therefore express the general term a m by the equation am
—A
sin
mu + B sin
— 1)
(to
u,
determining suitably the quantities A, B, and
First
u.
A
and then equal and B by supposing m equal to gives a = B sin u, and a = A sin u, and consequently
we
to 1,
find
which
x
= a,
am
sin
1
mu
———
(m
sin
—
1) u.
sin u
Substituting then the values of
in the general equation
we
find
sin tow
=
(^ f 2) sin (to
—
1)
w
— sin
—
(m
2)
^<,
comparing which equation with the next, sin
mu = 2 cos u sin
(to
— 1) u —
which expresses a known property of the
we conclude
in arithmetic progression,
q= — arc
2 versin
14
;
sin
(w
—
2) w,
sines of arcs increasing
that
q
+
2
=
cos u,
or
remains only to determine the value of the
it
u.
The general value -T—
of a m being
—
sm u
we must
Tsin tom L
have, in order to
— sin
(to
—
satisfy tlie
1) wj,
condition an+1
=
an
,
the
equation sin (n
+
1)
u—
whence we deduce
sin
circumference and
any
*
sin u
nu
=
= sin nu
0,
or
u
=
- sin (w i
-
.
u,
being the semi-
7r
integer, such as 0, 1,
thence we deduce the n values of q or -jof the equation in h,
',
— 1)
2, 3, 4,
Thus
which give the values of
. . .
all
— 1)
;
the roots
h, li, h",
are real and negative, and are furnished by the equations
(w
K"
,
&c.
SECT.
PARTICULAR TEMPERATURE-VALUES.
II.]
h
=—
2
— versin
(
in
\
K — — 2 — versin
m
h"
#»-i>
m
=_
2
n 1
(
\
= — 2 — versin
[
233
-
n
2 -
n
\
- versin f(n - 1) -
Suppose tlien that we have divided the semi-circumference tt into n equal parts, and that in order to form u, we take i of those parts, i being less than n, we shall satisfy the differential equations by taking a t to be any quantity whatever, and making Sill
U
_ /9
ry
to
As
there
=
—
Sin Oil -
~
versin
— Sin 111 -^ m e smu
Sin 2l£ a,1
=a
u
sm u
1
versin
:
sin 3?«
— sin
2u e
:
sm u
1
sin
= a,
nu
—m
versin
u ,
—
— sin (n — 1)J u -^ m i
—
:
1
sin
u
n different arcs which we
are
versin
«
e
may
take for u,
namely,
0-
n
,
-,
1
n
2 -
,
n
,
(n-1)-
n
,
there are also n systems of particular values for
/3, 7, &c, and the general values of these variables are the sums of the
a,
particular values.
We
254.
see
which multiply to unity, since
vanishes
;
first
a, in
that
if
the arc u
the values of :
sm u
and the same
is
is
nothing, the quantities
a, /3, 7,
&c, become
takes the value 1
all
when the
equal arc
u
the case with the quantities which are
THEORY OF HEAT.
234
[CHAP.
IV.
found in the following equations. From this we conclude that constant terms must enter into the general values of a, /3, 7, ... a. Further, adding a, /3, 7, ...
the particular values corresponding to
all
&c, we have ,-,
a+
/3
Sin nU - — m e + 7 + &c. = a, — sin u o
versin
it.
;
1
an equation whose second member is reduced to provided the arc u does not vanish but in that case we should find n to be ;
the value of
—
We
.
sin
u
a
now
have then in general
+ /3 + 7 + &c = na
;
t
the initial values of the variables being
a, b, c,
&c, we must
necessarily have
na it
= a + b + c + &c.
1
follows that the constant
;
term which must enter into each of
the general values of a, ft, 7, ...
that
to say, the
is
As
mean
a
-
is
of all the initial temperatures.
to the general values of a,
by the following equations
+
b,
+
c1
,
N
J
/3,
,
they are expressed
7, ... œ,
:
Sinw— SmOw
1, a=-(a + 6 + c+ &c.) + n^ ,
+ b + c + &c),
(a
sin
-^versin«
m
e
:
sin
it
— sin
u
:
sm
u
-— m
Ou
— sin Ou"
sin u"
-— e
=
sm u
versin «•
e
;
r,
m
versin
»"
+ &c, 1 n B= n
,
(a
+
,
b
p
s
+ c + ôcc.) + a,
sin
4-
sin
u
-
versin
u
e
:
sin u
+h +c
2u—
sinu Sin 2u"
x
&c,
— Sin u"
:
sintt
r,
e
-— m
versin
»"
SECT.
1 = -(a + ,
7'
235
GENERAL TEMPERATURE-VALUES.
II.]
n
,
&-fc
N
+ &c.) + Oj
— Sin 2m -f^versiiiM e sm m
Sin Sll
=
3w —
sin
7
+ *x
e
;
sm w
+d
— Sin
Sll"
Sill
-^ versing
sin 2w'
-^
2l/'
=
ft
sm
-^versinw" e
it
+ &c, \
co=-(a + f
-•
'
7
&
• + + c + &c.) ~
'
p
N
'
/'sin
rat— sin (w —
ax
M
sin
\
ww"
/sin
iA
1)
-^
—
— sin (n — 1)'— ?t"\ K r,
)e
sm u
\
«
/
it
,
versin
e
1
=
+ cA
J
— sin (ra —
rat'
—'versin»
2
e Je
sm u sin
+h
-
w\
1)
=
—m
versta«"
J
+ &c. To determine the
255.
d...&c, we must In fact, when the time &c. must be equal to a, b, c, &c;
constants
a, b, c,
consider the initial state of the system. is
nothing, the values of
we have then n The
a, /3, 7,
similar equations to determine the n constants.
quantities
sin it— sinOit, sin2it— sinw, sin
may
3m— sin2it,
...
,
sin
nu— sin (n— 1) u,
be indicated in this manner,
A sin Ou, A sin u, A
A sin Su,
sin 2u,
...
A sin (n —l)u;
the equations proper for the determination of the constants if
mean temperature be
the initial
a 7
represented by G,
= C + a + \ + c + &c. x
=
~ t
'
+ a,
x
A—.sin u sm u
—sm u2m
c
A „ =U + a,
a7
A sin ~ = C?+ a, ,
sin
&c.
7 1-
—sm Su + it
A sin — sm u
u'
, \- b-,
6X
-,
b
7-
+
c-,
A sin u" —.
77—
sm u
„
+ &c,
A —— A —sm u — — sm u A— — A j— + — + sm u sm u sin :
2u -,
sin 2u"
Y c
sin 3 it' :
=
sin
c
=
77
Su"
77—
1"
&c,
„
&c,
are,
THEORY OF HEAT.
236
The
a^, b c lt dlf and C being determined by these we know completely the yalues of the variables
quantities
equations,
x
,
a,
We these
7,
j3,
B, ..-..».
can in general effect the elimination of the unknowns in
and determine the values of the quantities even when the number of equations is infinite we
equations,
a, b, c, d, &c.,
shall
[CHAP. IV.
employ
;
this process of elimination in the following articles.
On examining
256.
values of the
the equations which give the general
variables
7
a, fi,
we
&>,
see that as the time
increases the successive terms in the value of each variable de-
crease very unequally
:
l
exponents
n
n
n
versin u,
versin u,
u,
u, u", u", &c. being
77
2?, 3?, é
,
n the
the values of
for
77
&c,
,
versin u",
versin it",
&c.
become greater and greater. If we suppose the time t to be infinite, the first term of each value alone exists, and the temperature of each of the masses becomes equal to the mean temperature - (a
+ b + c+...&o).
Since the time
t
continually increases,
each of the terms of the value of one of the variables diminishes proportionally to the successive powers of a fraction which, for the
da term,
.—»»• w ™ -|»T m versin for the third term
is e
,
'
e
m
TCI Bill
Ui
and
,
so on.
The
greatest of these fractions being that which corresponds to the least of the values of u, it follows that to ascertain the law
which the ultimate changes of temperature follow, we need consider only the two first terms; all the others becoming incomparably smaller according as the time variations of the temperatures
by the following equations a
= -1
n
/
(a
7
.
,
p
a, /3, 7,
:
+ b + c + &c.) + a, ,
s
,
sin
—
u
sin
=
sin
m
Ou -^ m versin u e
fi
1 r sm2u — sin u --m = -(a + b + c + &c.) + a, e
7
= -1
o
z.
.
\
.
,
The ultimate
increases.
t
&c. are therefore expressed
versin
it
=
n
/
(a s
+ o7 + o + ,
,
,
\ ., p
Sin Sit
— sin 2w -—m
:
sin u
e
versuiK
SECT.
CONCLUDING TEMPERATURES.
II.]
257.
If
we
237
n equal
divide the semi-circumference into
and, having drawn the sines, take
parts,
the difference between two
consecutive sines, the n differences are proportional to the co_ _ versin efficients of e m or to the second terms of the values of is
,
a, (3, 7,...
For
ft).
this reason
the later values of
a, fi, y...a>
are
such that the differences between the final temperatures and the
mean
initial
tional
temperature - (a
the
to
differences
manner the masses have heat
effected
is
finally
+ b + c + &c.)
of first
are always
propor-
In whatever sines. been heated, the distribution of
consecutive
according
a constant
to
law.
If
we
measured the temperatures in the last stage, when they differ little from the mean temperature, we should observe that the
between the temperature of any mass whatever and the
difference
mean temperature
decreases continually according to the succes-
powers of the same fraction and comparing amongst themselves the temperatures of the different masses taken at the same instant, we should see that the differences between the actual sive
;
mean temperature
temperatures and the
are proportional to the
differences of consecutive sines, the semi-circumference having
been divided into n equal 258.
If
parts.
we suppose the masses which communicate heat to each we find for the arc u an infinitely
other to be infinite in number,
hence the differences of consecutive
taken on
small value
;
the
are proportional to the cosines of the corresponding
circle,
sin
„
— sm
mu— sin (m — 1) u
arcs;' for
arc
u
is
u
infinitely small.
,
is
:
In this
peratures taken at the same
case,
,
,
equal
sines,
to
cos
mu,
,.
when the
the quantities whose tem-
instant differ
from the mean tempera-
all must tend, are proportional to the cosines which correspond to different points of the circumference divided If the masses which into an infinite number of equal parts. transmit heat are situated at equal distances from each other on
ture to which they
the perimeter of the semi-circumference the end of which any one mass
is
ir,
placed
the cosine of the arc at is
the measure of the
quantity by which the temperature of that mass differs yèt from the all
mean temperature. the others
is
Thus the body placed
in the middle of
that which arrives most quickly at that
mean
THEORY OF HEAT.
238 temperature
;
[CHAP. IV.
those which are situated on one side of the middle,
have an excessive temperature, which surpasses the mean
all
temperature the more, according as they are more distant from the middle the bodies which are placed on the other side, all ;
have a temperature lower than the mean temperature, and they differ from it as much as those on the opposite side, but in contrary sense. Lastly, these differences, whether positive or negative, decrease at the same time, proportionally to the successive
all
powers of the same fraction
so that
;
they do not cease to be repre-
sented at the same instant by the values of the cosines of the
same semi-circumference. cepted,
The
is
Such
in
general,
singular cases
ex-
the law to -which the ultimate temperatures are subject.
initial state of
We
the system does not change these results.
problem of the same kind as the preceding, the solution of which will furnish us with many useful
now
proceed
to deal with a third
remarks. 259. distances
Suppose n equal prismatic masses to be placed at equal All these bodies, on the circumference of a circle.
enjoying perfect conclu cibility, have different for each of
them
;
known
actual temperatures,
they do not permit any part of the
heat which they contain to escape at their surface thin layer
is
second, which
separated from the is
mass
to
an infinitely be united to the ;
at the same time a from the second mass, carried from left
situated towards the right
parallel layer is separated to right,
first
and joined to the third; the same
;
is
the case with
other masses, from each of which an infinitely thin layer
all
is
the
sepa-
rated at the same instant, and joined to the following mass. Lastly, the same layers return immediately afterwards, and are
united to the bodies from which they had been detached.
Heat is supposed to be propagated between the masses by means of these alternate movements, which are accomplished twice during each instant of equal duration; the problem is to find according to what law the temperatures vary that is to say, :
the initial values of the temperatures being given, ascertain after
it is
required to
any given time the new temperature of each of the
masses.
We
shall denote
whose values are
by a v a 2 az ,...a v ..an the initial temperatures and by a v a 2 a s ...a....an the values of
arbitrary,
,
,
SECT.
EQUAL PRISMATIC MASSES IN CHICLE.
II.]
the same temperatures after the time quantities a
a v a2
values
initial
functions
a3 ...a n
,
is
it
:
Each
has elapsed.
t
evidently a function of the time
is
239 of the
and of all the required to determine the t
a.
We
mass of the layer which by eo. We may remark, in the first place, that when the layers have been separated from the masses of which they have formed part, and placed respectively in contact with the masses situated towards the right, the quantities of heat contained in the different bodies become (m - to) a + o>y. n (m — to) a 2 + eoo^, (m — w)a 3 + œz 2 ., (m — a>) an + cox ni dividing each of these quantities of heat by the mass m, we have for the new values of the temperatures 260.
shall represent the infinitely small
body
carried from one
is
to the other
,
t
,
. .
;
CÙ
.
ft)
>,
+
K '
m
to say, to find the
that
is
first
contact,
product of
we must add
—
by the
/
ft)
x
^~ new
a ^'
.
,
and a ' '
"
+m
^
~ **>
;
state of the temperature after the
which
to the value
had formerly the
it
temperature of the body
excess of the
from which the layer has been separated over that of the body to which it has been joined. By the same rule it is found that the temperatures, after the second contact, are «1i
— +_ m 0*» - a u + m
(»g2
«22
K +— m («1 - + —
(
ft)
ft)
.
,
.
i)
) 2.1 2
i
\
a3
~a
.
i'i 1
- a J>
772.
ai
+ ~ fo-i - «*) + &)
,
N
The time being divided duration
of the
instant,
(««
&)
-a
i)>
,
.
into equal instants, denote
and suppose
many times we thus have co = kdt.
&)
by dt the k
to be contained in
units of mass as
as dt is contained in the units of
time,
Calling d% v da 2
,
doi ...d'x i ,...dcc ii 3
the
240
THEORY OF HEAT.
which the temperatures av a 2 ,...c^...aw dt, we have the following differential
infinitely small increments
receive during the instant
equations
[CHAP. IV.
:
rfjf
i
=-^(«.-2^ + 00, h
k
dan-l =
h
~ dt K-2 ~ 2 Vl + *»)>
^» = -^(«„-i- 2 V+a i)To
261.
solve these equations,
according to the ax
The also
ax
,
cr
is 2
we suppose
in the first place,
known method,
= b/\
= b/\
a2
quantities b lf b 2 6 3
,
the exponent
It
,
h.
...
«<
= £/',
= hn e
hi .
undetermined constants, as
b n are is
«n
easy to see that the values of
,...an satisfy the differential equations if they are subject to
the following conditions
:
^ = ^(b
n
h^(b
b2
l
-2b + K), 1
-2b + bal !i
bji
= ^(b _ -2b +bui ),
K-Ji
= ^{b n _ -2bn _ + b n
i
1
i
2
1
),
JïTïl
Let q
= -j- we ,
have, beginning at the last equation, b1
=bn (q + 2)-bn _
bi
=b _
i 1
(q
,
1
+ 2)-b _ i
2,
SECT.
PA11TICULAR SOLUTION.
II.]
It follows
from this that we may take, instead of b,b 2 ,b3 ,... sines which are obtained by dividing the
n consecutive
b.,...b n ,ihe
whole circumference
2- by
arc
241
u,
2tt into
n equal parts.
In
fact,
denoting the
the quantities
sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u, sin Su,
...
,
sin (n
—
1) u,
whose number is n, belong, as it is said, to a recurring series whose scale of relation has two terms, 2 cos u and — 1 so that we always have the condition :
= 2 cos u sin
sin iu
Take
(i
—
u
1)
then, instead of b lf b 2 b 3 ,...bn ,
sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u,
.
.
.
— sin (i — 2) u. the quantities
,
sin (n
— l)u,
and we have
+
q
We
2
= 2 cos u,
=—
2 versin u,
=-
or ^
2tt
2 versin
n
h/ÏYb
have previously written q instead of -j—, so that the value al,
—n
ç)
of h
is
of
and h we have
bf
q
m
versin
substituting in the equations these values x
;
m
versin
—n
versin
—
27c«
a1
—
sin
Que
,
a2
= sm
lue m
ol
=
zue
aB
=sm(«-ljMe
Zkt
sin
The
tion of the
last
m
,
m
versm
—n .
equations furnish only a very particular solu-
problem proposed
the initial values of a v a 2 a 3 ,
,
;
for if
...
differ
we suppose
t
=
we
have, as
a n , the quantities
sin Ou, sin lu, sin 2u,
which in general
— n
2ir
.
versin
.
.
262.
2?r
.
.
.
.
sin (n
—
1) u,
from the given values a v a2
,
a3
,
teut the foregoing solution deserves to be noticed because
presses, as all
we
shall see presently, a circumstance
possible cases, F. H.
and
...
an
it
ex-
which belongs
:
to
represents the ultimate variations of the
16
THEORY OF HEAT.
242
We
temperatures.
peratures at a2 a3 ,
,
smO — n
,
by this solution that, if the initial tema„, were proportional to the sines
see ...
sinl
,
[CHAP. TV.
—n
sm2-, n
,
sin(n-l)
...
they would remain continually proportional to the same
we
—n sines,
and
should have the equations
a„
= =
«»
=
««e"
a n„
—
a „e u
a 1
a xe a„e~ .
For
M
where A
— — m versm n
2&
=
,
this reason, if the
.
2tt ,
masses which are situated at equal dis-
tances on the circumference of a circle had initial temperatures to the perpendiculars let fall on the diameter which passes through the first point, the temperatures would vary with the time, but remain always proportional to those perpendiculars, and the temperatures would diminish simultaneously as the terms of a geometrical progression whose ratio is the
proportional
verain
—
fraction e
263. first
To form the general we could take,
place that
we may remark
solution,
instead of b t
,
h 2 , h3
,
...
in the
b n , the
n
cosines corresponding to the points of division of the circumference
divided into n equal parts. cos (n
—
1) u, in
The
quantities cos Ou, cos lu, cos 2w,...
which u denotes the arc
—
2tj,
whose scale of relation consists of two terms, 2 cos u and — 1, which reason we could satisfy the differential equations by
series for
form also a recurring
means
of the following equations,
Owe m
ax
—
cos
a2
=
cos lue
versin
versin
u
versin
u
,
2Jct
aa
=
cos 2ue
an
=
cos
•
,
Vet
m
«
m
versin
(n-l)ue
u
SECT.
OTHER SOLUTIONS.
II.]
243
Independently of the two preceding solutions we could select b3> ... b n the quantities
for the values of b 1} b 2
,
,
sin 0.2m, sin 1.2w, sin 2.2m, sin3.2w,
(w— l)2w;
sin
...,
or else cos 0.2u, cos 1.2w, cos 2.2m, cos 3.2m,..., cos(m
In terms
and
fact, ;
if
each of these series
— l)2w.
recurrent and composed of n
is
two terms, 2 cos 2m and — 1 beyond n terms, we should find n the n preceding.
in the scale of relation are
we continued the
others respectively equal to
In general,
we denote the
if
_ 2tt 0—,
2tt 1— n
ares
—n
_ 2tt
_
n
2
,
,
(o-l)
,...,
'
by w1} u 2 u3 ,...,un we can take ,
;
series
—n 2tt
.
&c,
,
for the values of h b 2> b v a
,
...
bn
the n quantities, sin
0ui}
sin
lu {> sin
2i^,
sin
3u
cos
0u
cos lz^,
cos
2uit
cos
3m
t ,
...,
sin (w
— 1)
...,
cos (n
— 1) m
u
;
t
or else
The value
{
,
4,
4
of h corresponding to each of these series
is
.
given by the
equation h
We
2k
=
m
versin
can give n different values to
u
i,
t
from
Substituting these values of b 1} b 2 b 3 ,
of Art. 261,
we have the
by the following otj
=
sin .
cl
= sm
a»
—
an
= sm
Qu
t
e
results
m
sin 2m, e
(n
i
...
=1 bn
in the equations
,
or a x
=
cos
0w
4
an
=
m
cos \u,e
versin
m
=
cos 2m, e
an
=
cos (n
versin «j ,
—
aa
—
u% ,
— versm
_ Wet
m
satisfied
,
Zkt
versin «;
e
260
m versin mj
e
.
4
= n.
:
versin ui
— 1) M
to i
differential equations of Art.
,
2M —— m 1m. e
.
1) M 4 e
Ui
m
versin
m
16—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
244
The equations
264.
[CHAP. IV.
260 could equally be
of Art.
satisfied by-
constructing the values of each one of the variables a x a 2 , a 3 , ,
sum
...
an
which have been found for that variable and each one of the terms which enter into the general value of one of the variables may also be mulIt follows from this that, tiplied by any constant coefficient. denoting by A v Bv A 2 B2 A 3 B3 ...\A n Bn any coefficients out of the
of the several particular values ;
,
whatever,
we may take
,
,
,
,
,
to express the general value of
one of the
variables, am+i for example, the equation
——
27rf
a m+1
The
= {A
.
x
sin
mu + B
sin
mu
+
(A t
+
(A n sin
1
-f
2
B
2
cos
muj e
cos
mu
2)
2,
3
...
,
An
versin u
e
Ï
m
mun 4- Bn cos rawJ e
Av A A
quantities
x
Cl Dill ».,
B B B
,
L
,
2
,
3
,
...
Bn
,
enter into this equation, are arbitrary, and the arcs u x u2> u 3 ,
are given
which ,
...
un
by the equations: A 2tt
-
The general
2tt
_ 2tt
r
values of the variables a 1( a2
expressed by the following equations
= (^ sin 0w + x
—
'
--
+ {A 2 sin 0w + 2?2 cos 0u
+ + a2
sin
0w3 +
sin
(J. 2 sin
(A a &c.
= {A +
2)
— m
e
e
lw 2
+ ^ cos lwj
e
lw 2
+ i?
lu3
+
cos
jversin
?'
„— versin u m
0w3)
3
versin Mi
2
3
;
l
+ (A
B
...
,
"
2^ cos OmJ e
2
a3
:
-
at
,
3
+ &c;
sin
2
B
3
_?M
cos lua ) e cos
lw 3 )
e
M
versin
%
-— versin w m
2
^^-k
a n are then
SECT.
GENERAL SOLUTION.
II.]
245 27ct
a3
= (A
sin
1
2ux
+B
cos
2ft,) e
cos
2w 2 )
e
cos
2u a
e
l
vcrsin «i
m 2hf
+ (A 2 sin 2u +
B
+ (A + &c.
B
2
2
3
sin 2u 5
+
3
)
m
vorsin « 2
_?^ versin «3 m
;
-
aK
=
—
1) w\
sin (n
—
1)
u2
+B
sin (n
— 1)
u3
+
{^4 X sin (n
+
(ft
-
1)
wj
6
cos
(?i
-
1)
u2
e
i> 3 cos
(ft
— 1) u
i? t cos
—
versin «i
Wl
2H
+ [A
2
2
]
vcrsin "^
m
—m
2kt
+ [A + &c. 265.
3
we suppose the time
If
u3 - versin „
3\
e
.
nothing, the values a v a2, ,
cients A v B v A B A B 2
number
,
2
,
3
,
3
,
...
an
We
.
ra
coeffi-
be perceived that
It will readily
.
...
cr 3>
must become the same as the initial values a v a2 ,a3 ... a derive from this n equations, which serve to determine the
unknowns is always equal to the number of equations. In fact, the number of terms which enter into the value of one of these variables depends on the number of different quantities versin ux versin w 2 versin u3 &c, which we find on the
of
,
dividing the
number
,
,
circumference
—
of quantities versin 1
n equal
into
2tt
versin 1
,
—
2%
if
different
it
is
even,
versed sines. .
quantities
of
we come
—
&c,
versin 2
,
ft
less than n, if we count only those that are Denoting the number n by 2% + 1 if it is odd,
and by
series
the
much
very
different.
of
'
.
Now
ft
ft
is
parts.
versin
+ 1 always On the other
i
—
2tt
to a versed sine, versin
X
denotes the
hand,
—
when
versin 1
—
in
—
the
2tt
2-7T
,
number
,
versin 2
,
&c,
2tt ,
equal to one of the former L
ft
V—
2tt
versin
,
the two terms of the equations which contain this
ft
versed sine form only one term
u Xl which have the same versed
;
the two different arcs uK and
have also the same cosine, and the sines differ only in sign. It is easy to see that the arcs Ux and wy, which have the same versed sine, are such that ,
sine,
THEORY OF HEAT.
246
[CHAP. IV.
the cosine of any multiple whatever of u K
same multiple
is
equal to the cosine
and that the sine of any multiple of uK differs only in sign from the sine of the same multiple of uy. It follows from this that when we unite into one the two corresponding terms of each of the equations, the two unknowns A K and Ay, which enter into these equations, are replaced As to the two unknown by a single unknown, namely A^ — Ay. BK and By they also are replaced by a single one, namely BK + By it follows from this that the number of unknowns is equal in all of the
of uy,
:
number
of equations for the number of terms is that the must add unknown A disappears of always i + 1. since it is multiplied by the sine of itself from the first terms, a nul arc. Further, when the number n is even, there is found at the end of each equation a term in which one of the unknowns
cases to the
;
We
disappears
of
since
itself,
a nul sine
multiplies
it
;
thus the
unknowns which enter into the equations is equal consequently the to 2 (i + 1) — 2, when the number n is even number of unknowns is the same in all these cases as the number
number
of
;
of equations.
266,
a
,
a
,
ct
8
To express the general values ...
an
,
of
the temperatures
the foregoing analysis furnishes us with the equa-
tions sin
+ +
1-
.
n
B. cos
—n )e
.
JTT \
0.1— )e
LA.2 sin 0.1 \
n
(.A,sin0.2 3
—n +2?,.co&0.2 —n
\
m
J
\-B„cos
n
*
—
versin
1
J
\e
m
J
+ &c, a„2
=
—n + „ 2?T
[A, sin 1 V
4 A,a sin (
.
1
\
+
.
,-,
9— — + » n 2tt LIT
/
[J., sin 2 .2 V
+ &c,
—n + B 7T
1
-,-.
.
-
..
9 2
cos 1
i.
—n
„2tt\
,
B, cos 1
.
.
1
J
2
?
n
versin
a
1
— n
tn
J
_ «J^-N 2tt\ Z.7T\
cos 2 .2
-^ versin m
'
LTT\
n
e
—, e n J
27rf
.
.->
versin 2
2t —
SECT.
FORM OF THE GENERAL SOLUTION.
II.]
M /
=
a„3
c sin 2
,
.
V
+
(
A
sin 2
—n 4
„ „ B. cos 2
—
B
* 27T
•
<
.
1
+
3
cos 2
2
cos
.
1
2. 2
71
V 4-
&c,
=
-L4, sin \in i
—n le -^»
2tt\
*T
versin
'
— + 5,
+ i,sin2.2
A .
247
— )e
m
—W
OT
e /
'
an
f
1)y
|
+
|^l 2
—n + B 27T
—
sin(n-l)
1
—+
t
i
cos (n \
i? 8 cos (n
— -
9 7r)
—n
1)0 /
e
^
equations,
sine
until
&c.
,
we must continue
all
2»r
in each equation
—n
we have included every
and we must omit
;
. ,„ o versinâ
(ft).
the succession of terms which contain versin
—
-
1
e
:
To form these
versin 2
n
-^ versin — 2ta!
277")
+ j^sin (n-1) 2^" + i?8 co S (»-l)2^| + &c
2-
versin
j
—I e
1) 1
-— m
versin 1
,
—n
,
different versed
the subsequent terms, commencing
with that in which a versed sine appears equal to one of the preceding.
The number equal to
2i,
of these equations
is n.
If
n
is
an even number
the number of terms of each equation
is i
+1
;
if
n
number of equations is an odd number represented by 2* + 1, the number of terms is still equal to i + 1. Lastly, among the the
A B A B
quantities
x
,
2,
lf
2
,
&c, which enter into these equations,
there are some which must be omitted because they disappear of
themselves, being multiplied by nul sines.
To determine the quantities A 1} B% A 2 B 2 A 3 B3 &c, 267. which enter into the preceding equations, we must consider the initial state which is known suppose t = 0, and instead of ,
,
,
,
,
:
a v a 2 a 3 &c, write the given quantities a 1? a 2 ,
,
the initial values of the temperatures.
A B A B A Bs l}
1}
2
,
2,
3
,
,
We
,
a3
,
&c, which are to determine
have then
&c, the following equations:
248
THEORY OF HEAT.
a.=lsin0.0-+l n
sinO.l
.
a__
+ B.
cos
1
9 J
to
= A sin 1 ,
a-
.
.
«3
5, cos 1
^
=A
1
sin 2
—n + »
.
~+ A
.
to
+ ^ cos
2
*
2 J
-
-
1
.
1
—n + —+ 27T to
cos 1
.
1
sin 2
.
1
a
cos 2
.
1
—n +
— -M
= Asm (n -1)0
o_ J5,
cos
.
— + &c.
2
to
.
,
2
sin
9 2
(to
+ ^cos («-1)0
— +£
2
lb
cos
(to
„
to
cos 1
ft
— + &c.
_ 27T
_
.
J., sin 1 3
—+A
.
2
—n +
.
2
—+
sin 2
&c.
&c.
to
—+
ft
cos 2
.
— + &c.
2
to
-1) 1
— +A
-TO
-TO
-
&c.
to
to
-
an
—+
0.2
to
— + B n
.
1
.
.
.
to
+
cos
— + J. sm
Z7T
_
.,
sin
o_.
—+B
.
—n + À.
[CHAP. IV.
- 1) 1
sin
(to
-1)2
—+
&c.
TO
— +B
3
cos
(to
- 1) 2
— + &c.
Tb
7b
(m).
In these equations, whose number
268.
quantities are
A B A B A B t
,
lf
,
2
,
3,
s,
n,
the
it is
unknown
required to
unknowns. unknown has a different same first, that the succession of multipliers each equation, and that the
effect the eliminations
We may
2
is
&c, and
and
to find the values of these
remark,
multiplier in
composes a recurring
In fact this succession
series.
is
that of the
sines of arcs increasing in arithmetic progression, or of the cosines
of the
or
same
by
The or B. +1
.
arcs
;
it
may be
sin Ou,
sin lu,
sin 2u,
sin Su,
...
cos Ou,
cos lu,
cos 2w,
cos Su,
...
arc wis equal to
*'(
—
)
if
the
sin (w
—
cos
— 1)
unknown
(to
1) u, u.
in question
is
A
i+1
unknown A i+l by means we must combine the succession of
This arranged, to determine the
of the preceding equations,
equations with the sin 3m,
represented by
...
sin
(to
series
— 1)w,
of multipliers,
sin Ou, sin lw, sin 2u,
and multiply each equation by the
responding term of the
series.
If
we take
the
sum
cor-
of the equa-
SECT.
DETERMINATION OF COEFFICIENTS.
II.]
thus
tions
that which if
we wish
multiplied,
we
eliminate
249
the unknowns,
all
except
The same is the case we must multiply each
required to be determined.
is
to find the value
B
of
;
i+l
equation by the multiplier of B.+1 in that equation, and then take the
sum
of all the equations.
For
disappear except one only. firstly,
the
that
sum
requisite to prove that
is
make
in fact
purpose
this
it is sufficient
we multiply term by term the two
by
the unknowns
all
to shew,
following series
sin Oa,
sin lu,
sin 2u,
sin 2u,
...
sin (n
— 1) u,
sin Ov,
sin lv,
sin 2v,
sin Sv,
...
sin (n
— l)v,
of the products sin
is
if
It
manner we do
operating in this
nothing,
Ou
sin Ov
except
+ sin
lu sin lv
when the
-f
2u sin 2v
sin
u and
arcs
v
+
&c.
are the same, each
of these arcs being otherwise supposed to be a multiple of a part
—
2tt
of the circumference equal to
term by term the two
secondly, that
series
cos lu,
cos 2u,
. . .
cos (n
— 1) u,
cos Ov,
cos lv,
cos 2v,
...
cos (n
— 1)
sum
u
equal to v
we multiply
if
cos Ou,
the is
;
v,
the case when we multiply term by term the two
of the products is nothing, except in ;
thirdly, that if
series
the
sum
269.
sin Ou,
sin lu,
sin 2u,
sin Su,
cos Ov,
cos lv,
cos 2v,
cos Bv,
of the. products
is
;
fi
and
. .
...
sin [n
—
1) u,
cos (n
—
1) v,
always nothing.
Let us denote by q the arc
vq the arc v
.
—
2tt ,
by pq the arc
v being positive integers less
product of two terms corresponding to the two
u,
than
and by
n.
first series
The will
be represented by
....
smjpqsmjvq,
1 ., , or - cos j (ji-v)
1
.,
q- ^cos j
(fi
+ v)q,
the letter j denoting any term whatever of the series
0, 1, 2, 3...
THEORY OF HEAT.
250 (n
—
1);
now
easy to prove that
it is
values, from
to (n
1
2 cos
(jjb
— 1),
v)
+
2 cos 3
g cos 1
q
(fi
1 (fi
1
+ v)
+ In
fact,
—n
+
q
,
cos 1
(jm
(fi
+ v)
we have the cos 1«,
cos 0a,
whose sum
1 jj
s cos 3
27T
= cos
2(fj,
— v)q
{ji
the case with the series
is
+ v)
q
+^cos(?i-l)(fM-v)q
...
+
.
.
1
+
q
^ cos 2 (p
+
.
s cos (n
+
v)
- 1)
— v)qhy a, which
q
(jju
is
+ v) q.
consequently
recurring series
cos 2a,
.
.
cos (n
.
— 1)
a,
nothing.
is
To shew
n successive
its
1
(fi-v)q+
representing the arc
a multiple of
1
— v) q +
has a nul value, and that the same 2 cos
give to j
sum
the
.1 +
—
we
if
[CHAP. IV.
this,
we
sum by s, and the two terms of — 1, we multiply successively
represent the
the scale of relation being 2 cos a and
the two
members s
by
—
=
of the equation
cos 0a
2 cos a and
by
+ cos
2a
+1
then on adding the three equations we
;
3a
+
.
.
.
+
— 1) a
+ cos
cos (n
manner
find that the intermediate terms cancel after the
of re-
curring series.
we now remark
If
that nz being a multiple of the whole cir-
cumference, the quantities cos (n — 1) &c. are respectively the
by
cos (—
a),
same
cos (— 2a), cos (— 3a), 2s
thus the
way we
—
sum sought must sum of
find that the
2s cos a
...
=
cos (n
a,
as those
— 2)
cos (n
a,
—
3) a,
which have been denoted
&c.
we conclude
that
;
In the same
in general be nothing.
the terms due to the development of
+ v)
q is nothing. The case in which the arc represented must be excepted we then have 1 — cos = 0; that is to say, the arcs, u and v are the same. In this case the term \ cosj (p + v) q still gives a development whose sum is nothing \ cos j (p
by a
is
;
a.
;
elimination.
SECT, il]
251
but the quantity \ cos j (fi — v) q furnishes equal terms, each of which has the value \ hence the sum of the products term by term of the two first series is \n. ;
In the same manner we can find the value of the sum of the products term by term of the two second
X (cos j/xq in fact,
we can
series, or
cos jvq)
;
substitute for cos jfiq cos jvq the quantity
£ cos j
— v)
(fjb
q
+
| cos j
(fi
+ v)
q,
and we then conclude, as in the preceding case, that 2|cos j(^+v)q is nothing, and that £| cosj (fjb — v)q is nothing, except in the case where /u,= v. It follows from this that the sum of the products term by term of the two second series, or 2 (cosj/xq cos jvq), is when the arcs u and v are different, and equal to \ always when u = v. It only remains to notice the case in which the arcs as the value of fxq and vq are both nothing, when we have
S
(sin jpq sinjvq),
which denotes the sum of the products term by term of the two first series.
The same is not the case with the sum S (cos jjxq cos jvq) taken when fiq and vq are both nothing the sum of the products term ;
by term
As
it is
of the
to the
two second
sum
series is evidently equal to n.
of the products
term by term of the two
sin Ou,
sin lu,
sin 2a,
sin 3m,
...
sin (n
—
cosOw,
cos lu,
cos 2u,
cos 3u,
...
cos (n
— 1) u,
nothing in
all cases, as
may
easily
series
1) u,
be ascertained by the fore-
going analysis.
The comparison then of these series furnishes the followIf we divide the circumference 2ir into n equal of parts, and take an arc u composed of an integral number these parts, and mark the ends of the arcs u, 2u, Su, ... (n- l)u, it follows from the known properties of trigonometrical quantities 270.
ing results.
//,
that the quantities sin Ou,
sin lu,
sin 2u,
sin ou,
...
sin (n
— 1)
u,
252
THEORY OF HEAT.
[CHAP.
IV.
or indeed cos lu,
cos Ou,
cos Su,
cos 2u,
form a recurring periodic
.
.
cos (n
.
—
l)u,
composed of n terms
series
if
:
we com-
pare one of the two series corresponding to an arc u or with a series
corresponding
multiply term by term the two compared
when the equal, the sum
arc v series,
and
arcs u
the arcs u and v are
of the products
series of cosines
;
series of sines, or
but the sum
sines with a series of cosines.
be nul,
evident that the
it is
nothing
is
sum
equal to
is
of the
is
If
equal to \n,
when we combine two we combine a series of
if
u and
arcs
v to
is
formed of
sines, or
is
when
is n if the comIn general, the sum of the
of the products
bined series both consist of cosines. products term by term
and
,
of the products term by term
nothing whenever one of the two series both are so formed, but the
sum
—
v are different.
we suppose the
If
sum
or y
the
products will be nothing
when we combine two
—
27T
another
to
fx
0, or
\n
or n;
would, moreover, lead directly to the same results.
known They
formulas are pro-
duced here as evident consequences of elementary theorems in trigonometry. 271.
By means
nation of the
A
x
of these remarks
unknowns
it is
easy to effect the elimi-
in the preceding equations.
The unknown
disappears of itself through having nul coefficients
;
to find
B
1
we must multiply the two members of each equation by the coefficient of B in that equation, and on adding all the equations x thus multiplied, we find ax
To determine equation by the
—
27T
the arc
by
q,
A
2
+a + 2
coefficient of
we
+a
2
cos
1
+ an = B
...
A
%
.
x
the two
members
in that equation,
of each
and denoting
have, after adding the equations together,
+ a a sin
Similarly to determine x
+
we must multiply
ax sin Oq + a 2 sin \q
a cos 0^
a3
q
B
2
2q
+
.
.
.
+ a n sin
(n
— 1) q = n A -x
2
.
we have
+ a 3 cos 2q f
. . .
+ an cos (n— l)q=x. n B
2
.
SECT.
VALUE OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
II.]
253
In general we could find each unknown by multiplying the two members of each equation by the coefficient of the unknown in that equation, and adding the products. Thus we arrive at the following results
nB = a 1
n
+a
1
.
—
2ir
.
T>
ô iJ 11
5
=
a. cos
•
—
n
T> 0.2 ^ij=a,cos s r,
r*
1
2
n
+ a„ cos
1-
n
1
_,
sinl. 2
^7T
_,
a cosl.2
.2tt ha„sml.3
.
.
^A.— a sm 0.3 1
A
9
—
wn
n
—+
27T
.,
_.
.
2
,_.
a, sin
—
^ „ +&c.= za
—
_ + &c.= ^, 2,^ cos (i— 1
_.
2.2
— +&c = 2a sm
f-«„cos2.2 s
n
00 2.3 *-a,sm 3
2-7T
.
w 27T
_.
h a,3 cos 2.
1
_,
— n
h&c. = 2,a,- cos
27r
iP
N
'
,
.
,. (i
,_,
—
, 2-7T
1
.
,—
h&c. = 2a,
?i
. i
.
.
_
—
.
—n
27T — 11n T)2 J
.,
—n
„
— /i
(M).
find the its
s-4,=^a,sm(«— l)(j— 1)
we
If
&c. which
we
it
i
all
the successive values
A B ,
3
,
AV B A ,
we have the
values of the
by giving to i
unknowns
its
.
4>,
if
n values
A V BV A ,B 2
2
,
&c, and the equations (m), Art. 267, are completely solved.
272. X
1, 2, 3,
can take, the two formulas give our equations, and
develope the term under the sign 2,
1, 2, 3, ... n, 3
— and -B =%a coB(i—V){j—l) —
give to the integer j
We 2
now substitute ,B2 A 3 ,BS &c, in ,
the followins: values
,
:
the
known
equations
values of the coefficients (ji),
,
,
_ 2tt
.
cosu— 1)3 y
'.
,
2ir
.
development indicated by the symbol %, we must n successive values 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., and take the sum, in which case we have in general
To
give to i
,
- 1) 2_ 27T
_ ^ h&c.=2ajSinu — 1)3
w
_ 2tt
&c
— l)l,
.
(t
t
3
.
Ztt
'
.
sin(i K
)
2tT
—n
'
. i
..
_ ~ 27T
2lT
ha»2 cos 1.3 s i> d =« cos0.3 2 n w
41
a. cos
-1-
2lT
2
—n
_ 2tt
_ 27T
, 2-7T
-
.
r*
r,
.
-f-a„smz 3
n
a27T
+&c.= 2a„
s
27r
.
27T A = a.sin0.2 — +a a
+a
2
+a„sml, —
s i,= a.smO 1 1 * n
71
:
Art. 266, and obtain
,
25é ai as
THEORY OF HEAT.
+Ny + (jf sin ^ + N cos ^J
=N
+
versin ? i
r
= i\
2
t
e*
sin £2
2
= N~ + {M
x
sin
2q 1
+ JV
cos
X
+ clj
= iV +
(Jfj sin (j
+ am
-1)
qt
{1T2 sin
2&)
(il/
8
+N
t
verBin «»
(
iV2 e
e'*
sin
+N
2
cos g 2 )
versin ? °
'
e
+ &c
versinai
2q 2
+ iV
2
cos 2g 2 )
- 1) gj
cos ( j
[j-l)qz + JV2
cos
(
e
j
t
versin
-
t
e
versiu
e
1)
{ifj sin (n
*
+ &c.
«
g2 ]
- 1) ^ + JV^ cos (w - 1) q € tversin ^ + [M sin (n - 1) g + ^ cos (w - 1) g e
= iVr +
+ &c.
versinÇl
+ (M a3
[CHAP. IV.
versin «»
+
&c.
versin q *
+
&c.
t]
2
2
'
2}
2
In these equations e
= e _i* m,
q x =-\
—
27T ,
q2
=2
—
^=3—
27T
27T
,
,
&c,
= -2a,
iV
N^-ta.cos (i-\)q v
M
= 7 Xa sm(i-l)q v
N
= -2a
jlf2
= -2a<sin(i-
JST
= - 2a
if8
= - 2a,- sin
2
3
n
t
t
-
cos
(i
cos
(i-l)q3
1)
q2
1
,
i
(*-l)ff3
,
&c
&c.
The equations which we have
273.
l)q 2
just set
complete solution of the proposed problem
;
it
down is
contain the
represented by
the general equation
a,=
-%a
-\t
—
- sin (j-1) 2a< sin n n
+ -cos(7— 1) J n
+
- sin
(j
-
1)
+ - cos +
&C.
'
2
( j
— 2a* —
1) 2
(i
— 2 n
sin
—2
(i
— 1)
a*
—n
cos (ï — 1)
— 1)
2
a, cos (i
— n
— —
1) 2
—
-2» versin 2 S
(*)>
SECT.
APPLICATION OF THE SOLUTION.
II.]
255
which only known quantities enter, namely, a v a2 a3 ... a n which are the initial temperatures, k the measure of the conducibility, m the value of the mass, n the number of masses in
,
heated, and
From
t
the time elapsed.
the foregoing analysis
bodies n in
,
number
follows, that if several
it
equal
are arranged in a circle, and, having received
temperatures, begin to communicate heat to each other manner we have supposed the mass, of each body being denoted by m, the time by t, and a certain constant coefficient by k, the variable temperature of each mass, which must be a function of the quantities t, m, and k, and of all the initial temperatures,
any
initial
in the
is
;
given by the general equation
We
(e).
first
substitute instead
number which indicates the place of the body whose temperature we wish to ascertain, that is to say, 1 for the first body, 2 for the second, &c; then with respect to the letter i which enters under the sign 2, we give to it the n successive values As to the 1, 2, 3, ... n, and take the sum of all the terms. number of terms which enter into this equation, there must be as many of them as there are different versed sines belonging to of j the
the successive arcs
^g^
27T
Q?1 n
n
n
c
n
whether the number n be equal to (2 A + 1) or 2 A, according as it is odd or even, the number of terms which enter
that
is
to say,
into the general equation
274. let
1.
of the application of this formula,
mass
first
+
is the.
only one which at
so that the initial temperatures
except the
av a2 a 3
It is evident that the
first.
,
..„
first
an are
all
quantity of heat
mass is distributed gradually among all the Hence the law of the communication of heat is expressed
contained in the others.
always A
To give an example
us suppose that the
was heated, nul,
is
first
by the equation a,3
=
2
1 - a,
n
1
+-
n
a,1
cos
2
+ - a, cos +
2 -
n
,
,. ( 7
,
a,
1
cos
.
w—
( i
.
( KJi
2 ? 1n 2tT -^versim n e m 1) '
—n
— 1no 1) 2
—
.,.
2tT
—
1 J) 3
2tT
—n
e
-2M versing m n -^versinS 2^
e
m
n
+
&c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
256 If the second
tures d v a s
av
,
1
a3
= Zn
a2 *
...
IV.
mass alone had been heated and the temperaa n were nul, we should have
2
(
,
.
.
+ Zn a sm \3 "2 1 * [
~n sm
^2tt *) '
-f
+
[CHAP.
- a9 2
\
?i
sin
w—
( j
1)
cos
+ cos
(
—n
2
'
|
,
2tt
.
-.
(7
—
n
/—
—
—
27rf
2
2tt
1)
cos
y
e
sin 2
,
,
—
a 27T
1) 2
—
_ ZTT
cos 2
-
i
y
—
versin!
e
+ &C, and if all the initial temperatures were supposed nul, except a x and a2 we should find for the value of a,- the sum of the values found in each of the two preceding hypotheses. In general it is ,
easy to conclude from the general equation
Art. 273, that in
(e),
order to find the law according to which the initial quantities of
heat are distributed between the masses,
we may
consider sepa-
rately the cases in which the initial temperatures are nul, one only
excepted.
may
The quantity
of heat contained in one of the masses
be supposed to communicate
itself to all
the others, regarding
the latter as affected with nul temperatures; and having
made
mass with respect to the
initial
this hypothesis for each particular
heat which it has received, we can ascertain the temperature of any one of the bodies, after a given time, by adding all the temperatures which the same body ought to have received on
each of the foregoing hypotheses. If in the general equation
275. ajf
we suppose
the time to be infinite,
each of the masses has acquired the
which
As
is
(e)
which gives the value of
we
find
=-2 a
a,-
mean temperature
i}
;
so that
a result
self-evident.
the value
of
the time increases,
the
first
term - 2 n
a*
becomes greater and greater relatively to the following terms, or The same is the case with the second with respect to the terms which follow it; and, when the time has become to their sum.
SECT.
LATER TEMPERATURES.
II.]
considerable, the value of
a}
257
represented without sensible error
is
by the equation, a,1
= -If 2
n
2 -
<
n
[
(
—
-, 27T ^ sm wi — 1) Xa n ,
.
.
(
+ cos ,(j — .
Denoting by a and cos ( j
—
— 1)
and the
,
/
•
sin
•
(i v
27T — — 1) s
'
'
— v2^ cos
nx 27T 1)
,. (i
—
n
—
*.
2tt)
1)
b the coefficients of sin (J
m
fraction e
n
by
a,
e
Y
versing -« m n
— and
.
2tt
—
1)
of
we have
7b
|a sin ( j - 1)
= - 2«* +
«;
-^ + b cos
(
j
- 1) -^Jû>*.
The
quantities a and J are constant, that
to say, independent
is
of the time and of the letter j which indicates the order of the mass whose variable temperature is a,-. These quantities are the same for all the masses. The difference of the variable tempera-
ture
dj
from the
final
temperature - 2o^ decreases therefore for J-v
each of the masses, in proportion to the successive powers of the Each of the bodies tends more and more to acquire fraction eo. the final temperature final limit
S
ai} and the difference between that
and the variable temperature of the same body ends
always by decreasing according to the successive powers of a This fraction is the same, whatever be the body whose fraction.
changes of temperature are considered (a sin Uj
+
b cos
u3), denoting by
Uj
;
the coefficient of a* or
the arc (j
—
—
2-rr
1)
,
may
be put
under the form A sin (uj + B), taking A and B so as to have If we wish to determine the a = A cos B, and b = A sin B. coefficient
of
temperature
—n
or 2
—n
&>*
is
,
and
olx
J
or,-.
J+1
F. H.
with
aj+1
n n
so
+2 ,
on
successive
bodies whose
a^, &c, we must add
to Uj the arc
regard
a,-
,
;
to
so that
we have
%aA
=A
sin
(B +
Xcti
=A
sin
(
V
the
u») J
w*
B + Uj + 1
the equations
+ &c.
—n
)
co*
+ &c.
/
17
THEORY OF HEAT.
258
.„
a.
+2
—
%a,i
n
ol. , 7+3
=A
sin
[B + uaJ +
2
\
Sa»
n
=A
sin
[B + m,- +
[CHAP. IV.
—n
J
—n
J
3
\
j
)
{
+ &c.
©*
+ &c
co
&c.
We
by these equations, that the later differences between the actual temperatures and the final temperatures are 276.
see,
represented by the preceding equations, preserving only the
first
term of the second member of each equation. These later differences vary then according to the following law if we consider only one body, the variable difference in question, that is to say the excess of the actual temperature of the body over the final and common temperature, diminishes according to the successive powers of a fraction, as the time increases by equal parts and, if we compare at the same instant the temperatures of all the :
}
;
bodies, the difference in question varies proportionally to the successive sines of the circumference divided into equal parts. The temperature of the same body, taken at different successive equal instants,
represented by the ordinates of a logarithmic curve,
is
whose axis
is
divided into equal parts, and the temperature of
each of these bodies, taken at the same instant for
all, is
sented by the ordinates of a circle whose circumference It is easy to see, as
into equal parts.
that
if
repre-
divided
is
we have remarked
before,
the initial temperatures are such, that the differences of
these temperatures from the
mean
or final temperature are pro-
portional to the successive sines of multiple arcs, these differences will all
diminish at the same time without ceasing to be propor-
tional to the
same
sines.
This law, which governs also the
initial
temperatures, will not be disturbed by the reciprocal action of the bodies,
and
common
will
be maintained until they have
temperature.
The
acquired a
all
body Such is heat between a
difference will diminish for each
according to the successive powers of the same fraction. the simplest law to which the communication of succession of equal masses can be submitted.
once been established between the tained of
itself;
tures, that
from the
and when
it
initial
When
this
temperatures,
law has
it is
main-
does not govern the initial tempera-
is to say, when the differences of these temperatures mean temperature are not proportional to successive
sines of multiple arcs, the law in question tends always to be set
SECT.
CONTINUOUS MASSES IN A RING.
II.]
259
up, and the system of variable temperatures ends soon
by coin-
ciding sensibly with that which depends on the ordinates of a circle
and those of a logarithmic curve.
Since the later differences between the excess of the tempera-
body over the mean temperature are proportional
ture of a
the sine of the arc at the end of which the body
is
placed,
to it
we regard two same diameter, the temperature of the first will surpass the mean and constant temperature as much as that constant temperature surpasses the temperature of the second body. For this reason, if we take at each instant the sum of the temperatures of two masses whose situation is opposite, we find a constant sum, and this sum has the same value for any two masses situated at the ends of the same diameter. follows that if
bodies situated at the ends of the
The
formulae which represent the variable temperatures
277.
of separate masses are easily applied to the propagation of heat
To determine the movement
we by means of
give a remarkable example,
in continuous bodies.
in a ring,
of heat
will
the
general equation which has been already set down.
be supposed that n the number of masses increases successively, and that at the same time the length of each mass decreases in the same ratio, so that the length of the system has a constant value equal to 2?r. Thus if n the number of masses Let
it
be successively be
-x
7T,
,
facility
—
rr
,
4
2
2,
4,
,
8, 16,
&c.
must
also
each of the masses will
assumed
be
that
the
8
with which heat
ratio as
It
to infinity,
number when there
the
is
transmitted increases in the same
of masses in
;
thus the quantity which k
when when there are eight, and so on. Denoting this quantity by g, we see that the number k must be successively replaced by g, 2g, 4
there are four,
are only two masses becomes double
quadruple
;
the
J
number
n
ira
2
dx
of masses,
we must
write
^—
;
instead of k write
17—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
260
As
[CHAP. IV.
to the initial temperatures a v a 2 a3 ...an ,
they depend on
,
and regarding these temperatures as the same variable, the general value a represents an arbitrary function of x. The index i must then be the value of the arc
x,
successive states of the
replaced by
-j-
With
.
i
respect to the quantities alf a2 , a 3
,
...,
these are variable
x and index
t.
J,
temperatures depending on two quantities Denoting the variable by v, we have v = <j> {x, t). The which marks the place occupied by one of the bodies,
should be replaced by
Thus, to apply the previous analysis to
-j-.
the case of an infinite
number
of layers, forming a continuous
body in the form of a ring, we must substitute for the quantiaj} j, their corresponding quantities, namely, ties n, m, k, a i, i}
-j-
dx,
,
made
~,
fix), -j-,
in equation
and
of versin dx,
(x, t),
Art. 273,
(e)
%
<j>
-j-
and
Let these substitutions be
.
let
and j instead of
i
dx2 be written instead
-x
—1
and j — 1
1
term - 2a, becomes the value of the integral x-
x
=
sin
to
x
=
2tt; the quantity sin (J
x the value ;
of cos
(j—
1) -j- is cos
- 1) ?Z n
x
;
f /
becomes
-Xa n
integral being taken
cds
(i s
— 1)'
—n
between the same
sin Jjdx or
that of - 2a^ sin
%
—
is
—
w
fix) cos
7r J ^
limits.
(i
— 1) — 7h
-\f{pc) sin xdx, the integral being taken from x
and the value of
first
dx taken from
fix)
CbOO
is
The
1.
to
x=2ir;
a?
dx, the
Thus we obtain
the equation
(j)(x,t)=v
= -^ Jf(x)dx r
H
—
+
-
(
(
+ &e
f {x) sin xdx -f cos x
sin
x
sin
2« /(#) sin 2x dx
I
I
If (x) cos xdx
cos 2a?
I
/
(as)
cos
je~ girt
2x dx J e "2V< (E)
SECT.
REMARKS.
II.]
and representing the quantity
=
irv
j.f(
9
x d%+ )
(
+
sin
(
x
gir
\f(x) sin
by
k,
261
we have
xdx+ cosx\f(x)
cos
xdx)
sin 2x \f{x) sin 2xdx+cos2xlf(x) cos
e~ kt
2x dx
e
-2
^
J
+ &c. 278.
This solution
is
the same as that which was given in the
preceding section, Art. 241 It
;
it
gives rise to several remarks.
1st.
not necessary to resort to the analysis of partial differential
is
equations in order to obtain the general equation which expresses
movement of heat in a ring. The problem a definite number of bodies, and that number the
posed
more
This method has a clearness peculiar to
infinite.
guides our
first
concise
may be solved for may then be sup-
researches.
method by a
itself,
and
It is easy afterwards to pass to a
process indicated naturally.
We
see
that the discrimination of the particular values, which, satisfying
the partial differential equation, compose the general value, derived from the
known
is
rule for the integration of linear differ-
whose coefficients are constant. The discriminamoreover founded, as we have seen above, on the physical conditions of the problem. 2nd. To pass from the case of separate masses to that of a continuous body, we supposed the coefficient h to be increased in proportion to n, the number of masses. This continual change of the number k follows from what we have formerly proved, namely, that the quantity of heat which flows between two layers of the same prism is proportional to the value ential equations
tion
is
dv of -J-
,
x denoting the abscissa which corresponds to the section,
and v the temperature. If, indeed, we did not suppose the coefficient k to increase in proportion to the number of masses, but were to retain a constant value for that coefficient, we should find, on making n infinite, a result contrary to that which is observed in Continuous bodies. The diffusion of heat would be infinitely slow, and in whatever manner the mass was heated, the temperature at a point would suffer no sensible change during a finite time, which is contrary to fact. Whenever we resort to the consideration of an infinite number of separate masses which
THEORY OF HEAT.
262
[CHAP. IV.
transmit heat, and wish to pass to the case of continuous bodies,
we must
attribute to the coefficient
which measures the velocity
k,
of transmission, a value proportional to the
number
of infinitely
small masses which compose the given body.
which we obtained to express the we suppose t = 0, the equation necessarily state, we have therefore in this way the
If in the last equation
3rd.
value of v or
<£ (a?, t),
represents the initial
equation -
which we obtained formerly in Art. 233, namely,
(p),
+ sin x
.
+ cos x
2x fix) sin 2a? dx
+ &c.
f{x) cosxdx+cos2x fix) cos 2xdx
+ &c.
fix) sin x dx
\
I
sin
j
]
Thus the theorem which gives, between assigned limits, the development of an arbitrary function in a series of sines or cosines of multiple arcs is deduced from elementary rules of analysis. Here we find the origin of the process which we employed to
make
all
the coefficients except one disappear by successive in-
tegrations from the equation
™
~~ *
'
-f
a 1 sin x
+
b x cos
+a
x+
2
sin
2x
b 2 cos 2a?
+a -I-
3
sin
Sx
b 3 cos 3a?
+ &c. + &c.
These integrations correspond to the elimination of the different unknowns in equations (m), Arts. 267 and 271, and we see clearly
by the comparison of the two methods, that equation (B), Art. 279, and 2tt, without its all values of x included between being established so as to apply to values of x which exceed those
holds for
limits.
The
279.
function
$
(x, t)
the problem, and whose value
which satisfies the conditions of is determined by equation (E),
Art. 277,
may
2ir(x,
=
]daf(a)
+
{2sin2a? [dxf{a.)
sm2z + 2cos2xdzf (a) co$2*}e- mt
+
{2sin3a> fdxf(a)
sm3x+ 2cos3x fdzf (a) cos 3oL}e-™+ &c
t)
be expressed as follows
:
+ {2 smxjdxf(a) sina + 2 cosa?
daffa) cos a \e~ i
SECT.
or
FUNCTIONAL EXPRESSION.
II.]
%v§ (x, t) = \da.f{oL)
{1
+
(2 sin
x sin
a
+2
cos
203
« cos a) e
- '^
+ (2 sin 2x sin 2a + 2 cos 2x cos 2a) e~ mt +
(2 sin 3a? sin
=
jeL/(a) [1
3a
4-
+
2 cos Sx cos Sx)e~ s2ki + &c.}
22 cosi
(a
- x) e~ Pkt
].
The sign X affects the number i, and indicates that the sum must be taken from i=l to i = oo We can also include the first term under the sign 2, and we have .
%ir§{x,t)
=
,
\da.f{o)
Z_
ta
cost (a — x) e
must then give to i all integral values from — co to + <x> which is indicated by writing the limits — oo and + oo next to the This is the most concise sign X, one of these values of i being 0.
We
;
To develope the second member of the we suppose i—0, and then i = 1, 2, 3, &c, and double
expression of the solution. equation,
each result except the t is
first,
nothing, the function
state in
^
which corresponds to
(x,
t)
i
= 0.
When
necessarily represents the initial
which the temperatures are equal to f (x), we have there-
fore the identical equation,
/(«)=«A7TJ
We
^a/(a)2_ œ cos*(a
— x)
(JB).
o
have attached to the signs
I
and 2 the
limits
between
which the integral sum must be taken. This theorem holds generally whatever be the form of the function f (x) in the interval from x = to x = 2-7T the same is the case with that which is expressed by the equations which give the development of F (x), Art. 235 and we shall see in the sequel that we can prove directly ;
;
the truth of equation (B) independently of the foregoing considerations,
280.
It
different <£ (x, t)
is
easy to see that the problem admits of no solution
from that given by equation
(E), Art. 277,
The
function
in fact completely satisfied the conditions of the problem, T
and from the nature of the
differential equation
-=-
ctt
72
= k -rcix
a
,
no
THEORY OF HEAT.
264
[CHAP. IV.
To convince
other function can enjoy the same property.
we must
selves of this
solid is represented
is
known, since
v 2 or vx
when the
first
1
equivalent to k
it is
-jt dt, the
dv fluxion
-—
Thus denoting by
•' .
\
our-
state of the
by a given equation v =f(x), the
dv
+ Jc
consider that
temperature at the commencement of the
we can deduce the value of v 2 from the initial and from the differential equation. We could ascertain in the same manner the values v3 v4 ... vn of the temperature at any point whatever of the solid at the beginning of each instant. Now the function <£ (x, t) satisfies the initial state, since we have second instant, state
,
,
Further, it satisfies also the differential equation; (x, 0) =f{x). consequently if it were differentiated, it would give the same (j)
-^
values for
-~
,
dt
,
dt
—^
,
&c, as would result from successive
dt
applications of the differential equation
function 3m, &c,
values state
we
<£ (x, t)
give to
t
Hence,
(a).
in the
if
successively the values 0,
m,
2m,
m denoting an element of time, we shall find the same vlt v2 vs &c. as we could have derived from the initial ,
,
by continued application
of the equation -j
=h-j-s
Hence
.
every function ty [x, t) which satisfies the differential equation and the initial state necessarily coincides with the function (x, t)
:
same function successively equal to 0, to, 2m, 2m
for such functions each give the
of x,
we suppose
...
We
t
by
when
in
them
im, &c.
be only one solution of the manner a function ty (x, t) which satisfies the differential equation and the initial state, we are certain that it is the same as the former function given by see
this that there can
problem, and that
if
we
discover in any
equation (E). 281. object
is
The same remark applies to movement of heat;
the varied
all it
investigations
whose
follows evidently from
the very form of the general equation.
For the same reason the
integral of the equation
can contain only one arbitrary function of
x.
In
-~n
fact,
=k
-r*
when a
SECT.
GENERAL INTEGRAL.
II.]
x
value of v as a function of
the time
t,
it
assigned for a certain value of
is
evident that
is
2Go
all
the other values of v which
We may
correspond to any time whatever are determinate.
therefore select arbitrarily the function of x, which corresponds
and the general function of the two variables The same is not the case d2 v d2 v ... ,. with the equation -p^ + -j—2 = 0, which was employed in the
to a certain state,
x and
t
then becomes determined.
,
.
in-,
,
preceding chapter, and which belongs to the constant
movement
two arbitrary functions of x and y but we may reduce this investigation to that of the varied movement, by regarding the final and permanent state as derived from the states which precede it, and consequently from the initial state, which is given. of heat
;
The
its
integral contains
integral which
— 2tt
:
we have given
\dxf (a) %e~
m cos
i (a
—
x)
contains one arbitrary function f(x), and has the same extent as the general integral, which also contains only one arbitrary function of
x
or rather, it
;
this integral itself arranged in a
is
In
suitable to the problem.
fact,
=
ing the initial state, and v state
which succeeds
it,
we
see from the very form of the heated
change when x ±
solid that the value of v does not
instead of
x, i
being any positive integer. 1
daf(a)
'î l
t
= 0,
since
The
e~ i2M cos i
satisfies this condition; it represents also
we suppose
form
the equation v 1 =f(x) represent(x, t) representing the variable
(a
i2ir is written
function
— x)
the initial state
when
we then have
~x '
/(«)
= 2^
dx f (°0
2 cos *
(*
)>
an equation which was proved above, Arts. 235 and 279, and also easily verified.
ential equation
dv -j
Lastly, the
=
d^v
h
-^-5
.
is
same function satisfies the differ-
Whatever be the value
of
t,
the
temperature v is given by a very convergent series, and the different terms represent all the partial movements which combine to form
THEORY OF HEAT.
266 the total movement.
As the time
[CHAP. IV.
increases, the partial states of
higher orders alter rapidly, but their influence becomes inappre-
number
which ought to be given to After a certain time the system of temperatures is represented sensibly by the terms which are found on giving to i the values 0, + 1 and + 2, or only
ciable; so that the
the exponent
of values
diminishes continually.
i
~— \dif (a)
and +
1,
or lastly,
there
is
therefore a manifest relation between the form of the
by the
of those terms, namely,
first
solution and the progress of the physical
been submitted to
To
282.
phenomenon which has
analysis.
arrive at the solution
we
considered
first
the simple
values of the function v which satisfy the differential equation
we
;
:
then formed a value which agrees with the initial state, and
all the generality which belongs to the problem. might follow a different course, and derive the same solution from another expression of the integral; when once the solution is known, the results are easily transformed. If we suppose the
has consequently
We
diameter of the function form,
(/>
(x,
mean section of the ring to increase infinitely, the as we shall see in the sequel, receives a different
t),
and coincides with an integral which contains a single
arbitrary function under the sign of the definite integral. latter integral if
we were
might
limited to
The
be applied to the actual problem; but, this application, we should have but a very also
imperfect knowledge of the phenomenon; for the values of the
temperatures would not be expressed by convergent series, and we could not discriminate between the states which succeed each
The
other as the time increases.
periodic form which the problem
supposes must therefore be attributed to the function which represents the initial state; but on modifying that integral in this
manner, we should obtain no other result than (x,
<j>
From
the
question, as
t)
last
=
~ Ida/
(a)
2e~ i%
cos i (a
— x).
we pass easily to the integral in the memoir which preceded this work.
equation
was proved in
It is not less easy to obtain
the equation from the integral itself. the agreement of the analytical
These transformations make results
more
clearly evident
;
but they add nothing to the theory,
SECT.
DIFFERENT INTEGRAL FORMS.
II.]
2G7
and constitute no different analysis. In one of the following chapters we shall examine the different forms which may be
assumed by the integral of the equation which they have to each
other,
dv -j7
(Pi)
= k-j-
i
,
the relations
and the cases in which they ought
to be employed.
To form the series
integral which expresses the movement of heat in was necessary to resolve an arbitrary function into a of sines and cosines of multiple arcs; the numbers which
affect
the variable under the symbols sine and cosine are the
a ring,
it
natural numbers
2,
1,
arbitrary function
is
3,
4, &c.
"In
the following problem the
again reduced to a series of sines; but the
under the symbol sine are no longer &c: these coefficients satisfy a definite are all incommensurable and infinite in
coefficients of the variable
the numbers
1, 2,
3,
equation whose roots
4,
number. Note on
Guglielmo Libri of Florence was the first to I, Chap. IV. problem of the movement of heat in a ring on the hypothesis of cooling established by Dulong and Petit. See his Mémoire sur la Sect.
investigate the
the law of théorie de
la chaleur, Crelle's Journal,
Band
VII., pp.
116
—131,
Berlin, 1831.
(Read before the French Academy of Sciences, 1825. ) M. Libri made the solution depend upon a series of partial differential equations, treating them as if they were linear. The equations have been discussed in a different manner by
Mr
Kelland, in his Theory of Heat, pp. 69—75, Cambridge, 1837. The principal the mean of the temperatures at opposite ends of any
result obtained is that
diameter of the ring
is
the same at the same instant.
[A. F.]
CHAPTER
V.
OF THE PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN A SOLID SPHERE.
SECTION General
The problem
283.
I.
solution.
of the propagation of heat in a sphere has
been explained in Chapter
II.,
Section
Article 117;
2,
it
consists
in integrating the equation
dv
2
_
,
dt so that
when x —
rd v
2 dv
\dx*
x
A the integral' may satisfy the condition dv
k denoting the ducibilities
the time
X
is
t
;
ratio
^
,
given, If
n
,
and h the
F (x)
;
v
is
and represents the
we make y =
initial
vx,
£
=
after is
which The function F(x)
0.
and arbitrary
t,
x\ is is
state of the solid.
y being a new unknown, we have, CL If
after the substitutions, -j/i^k-—.-.
equation, and then take
v=-.
thus
we must
We
integrate the
shall examine, in the
what are the simplest values which can be attributed and then form a general value which will satisfy at the same
first place,
to y,
-^ of the two con-
a function of x and
when we suppose
uAJ
last
ratio
v is the temperature which is observed has elapsed in a spherical layer whose radius
the radius of the sphere
equal to
dx,
CHAP.
V. SECT.
time
the
surface,
three
PARTICULAR SOLUTIONS.
I.]
differential
and the
the
equation,
initial
It
state.
269
condition relative easily seen that
is
conditions are fulfilled, the solution
to
when
the
these
complete, and no
is
other can be found.
Let y =
284.
e
mtu,
u being a function
mu = K -y-s
of x,
we have
.
ax
we notice that when the value of t becomes infinite, the value of v must be nothing at all points, since the body is comFirst,
Negative values only can therefore be taken for k has a positive numerical value, hence we conclude that the value of u is a circular function, which follows from the known nature of the equation pletely cooled.
Now
m.
d3u ax
mu = k t-s 7
Let u
=A
cos
+ B sin nx
nx
;
.
we have the
Thus we can express a particular value v
where n
may
is
Q-JcnH
=
(A
x
cos
that the constant
first,
m = — kn
2 .
by the equation
nx + B sin nx),
any positive number, and
remark,
of v
condition
A A
and
B are
We
constants.
ought to be. nothing; for
the value of v which expresses the temperature at the centre,
when we make x =
0,
cannot be infinite
hence the term
;
A cos nx
should be omitted. Further, the
number n cannot be taken (XV
if
in the definite equation
of
v,
we
-=-
+ hv
As the equation ought it
we
fact,
substitute the value
find
nx cos nx + (hx — in
=
In
arbitrarily.
x=.X the
1) sin
nx =
0.
to hold at the surface,
we
shall
suppose
radius of the sphere, which gives
nX = nX l-hX.
tan
Let X be the number
We
must therefore
find
1
— hX,
an arc
and
e,
nX =
e,
we have
which divided by
= X. tan
its
e
tangent
THEORY OF HEAT.
270
gives a
known
[CHAP. V.
and afterwards take n
quotient \,
= -^
.
It is
evident that there are an infinity of such arcs, which have a given ratio to their tangent
so that the equation of condition
;
nX = l-hX
tan
nX
has an infinite number of real roots
Graphical constructions are very suitable for exhibiting Let u = tan e (fig. 12), be the equation
285.
the nature of this equation.
to a curve, of
which the arc
the abscissa, and u the ordinate
e is
;
u = - be the equation to a straight line, whose co-ordinates A If we eliminate u from these two are also denoted by e and u. and
let
known
the proposed equation -
we have
equations, e is
e.
The un-
therefore the abscissa of the point of intersection of
the curve and the straight
an
= tan
infinity of arcs
;
all
5
3
1
2
This curved line
line.
is
composed of
the ordinates corresponding to abscissae
71"»
7r
2
'
l
7*"'
7 9r 2
„
'
are infinite, and all those which correspond to the points %ir,
Stt,
equation
&c. is
are
u
nothing.
=-=
=
r^.,
To
trace
we form
o,
it,
the straight line whose the
square
oi wi,
and
measuring the quantity TiX from co to h, join the point h with the origin o. The curve non whose equation is ?<=tane has for
SECT.
ROOTS OF EQUATION OF CONDITION.
I.]
271
tangent at the origin a line which divides the right angle into two equal parts, since the ultimate ratio of the arc to the tangent is 1.
We
conclude from this that
curve non, and there
with the
first
is
if A,
mom
unity, the straight line
1—hX
or
a quantity less than
is
passes from the origin above the
a point of intersection of the straight line
branch.
It is equally clear that the
same straight Hence the
line cuts all the further branches nrrn, n27rn, &c. r 6 equation X has an infinite number of real
tan
first
=
and —
included between
is
The
roots.
e
,
the second between
ir
2
—A
,
the third between
27r
—A
and
,
and
so on.
and
These roots
approach very near to their upper limits when they are of a very advanced order. 286.
If
we wish
to calculate the value of one of the roots,
for example, of the first,
we may employ
down the two equations
e
= arc
tan
it
the following rule
and u
—-
,
:
write
arc tan
u de-
A,
noting the length of the arc whose tangent
any number
for u,
deduce from the
first
is
u.
Then taking
equation the value of
e
;
substitute this value in the second equation, and deduce another
value of u
substitute the second value of
;
u
in the first equation
;
thence we deduce a value of e, which, by means of the second Substituting it in the first equation, gives a third value of u. equation
we have
a
new
value of
e.
Continue thus to determine
u by the second equation, and e by the first. The operation gives values more and more nearly approaching to the unknown e, as is evident from the following construction.
In
fact, if
value which
the point u correspond (see
this value in the first
equation
correspond to the abscissa which of this equation.
equation u
abscissa
e'
,
e
= arc
if
we
substitute
tan u, the point
we have
calculated
e
will
by means
If this abscissa e be substituted in the second
= - we
to the point u.
IS) to the arbitrary
fig.
assigned to the ordinate u; and
is
shall find
an ordinate u which corresponds
Substituting u in the
first
which corresponds to the point
e
equation, ;
we
find an
this abscissa
being
THEORY OF HEAT.
272
[CHAP. V.
then substituted in the second equation gives rise to an ordinate u, which when substituted in the first, gives rise to a third abscissa e" ,
and
so
on to
infinity.
represent the continued alternate
That is to employment
line
up
we must draw through the
to the curve,
two pre-
Fig. 14.
Fig. 13.
ceding equations,
say, in order to
of the
and through
a vertical as far as the straight
e
point
u a
horizontal
the point of intersection draw
line,
through the point of inter-
u draw a horizontal up to the curve, through the point of intersection d draw a vertical as far as the straight line, and so on to infinity, descending more and more towards the point sought. section
The
287.
foregoing figure (13) represents the case in which
the ordinate arbitrarily chosen for u
is
corresponds to the point of intersection.
greater than that which If,
on the other hand, we
chose for the initial value of u a smaller quantity, and employed in the
same manner the two equations
e
= arc tan u, u = - we A
should again arrive at values successively closer to the
,
unknown
Figure 14 shews that in this case we rise continually towards the point of intersection by passing through the points ueu e u" e", &c. which terminate the horizontal and vertical lines.
value.
Starting from a value of u which
is
too small,
we
obtain quantities
which converge towards the unknown value, and are smaller than it and starting from a value of u which is too great, we obtain quantities which also converge to the unknown value, and each of which is greater than it. We therefore ascertain e e e" e",
&c.
;
SECT.
MODE OF APPROXIMATION.
I.]
273
successively closer limits between the which magnitude sought
always included.
Either approximation
is
represented by the
is
formula
e=
...
arc tan
£ arc tau (\ arc tan Ï
[arc tan
When
Va.
(A,
A,
several of the operations indicated have been effected,
the successive results differ less and
an approximate value of
We
288.
a,
and we have arrived
at
e.
might attempt e
less,
to apply the
= arc tan u and
u
two equations
=A-
in a different order, giving
We
them the form u = tan e and
should then take an arbitrary value of
in the
first
equation,
we should
e,
e
= \u.
and, substituting
it
which being
find a value of u,
substituted in the second equation would give a second value of e; this
manner
new
value of
as the
first.
of the figures, that
e
in
employed in the same
could then be
But
it
is
easy to see, by the constructions
following this
course of operations
we
depart more and more from the point of intersection instead of
approaching
it,
as in the former case.
The
successive values of e
which we should obtain would diminish continually to zero, or would increase without limit. We should pass successively from e" to u", from u" to e, from e to u, from u' to e, and so on to infinity.
The
rule
which we have just explained being applicable
to the
calculation of each of the roots of the equation
tan
which moreover have given as
known numbers.
e
limits,
Otherwise,
we must regard
it
all
these roots
was only necessary
sured that the equation has an infinite
number
to be as-
of real roots.
We have explained this process of approximation because it is founded on a remarkable construction, which may be usefully employed in several cases, and which exhibits immediately the nature and limits of the roots
;
but the actual application of the
process to the equation in question would be tedious
easy to resort in practice to some other F. H.
mode
;
it
would be
of approximation.
18
THEOKY OF HEAT.
274
We
289.
now know a
[CHAP. V.
particular form which
may be
given to
the function v so as to satisfy the two conditions of the problem.
This solution
is
v
The
=
initial
7
Ae~ knH sin nx x
a
coefficient
such that
represented by the equation 2 ~,
l
nx
.
any number whatever, and the number n
is
nX = — -^r 1 hX,
tan n
sin nx = ae~ Kn — .
or v
X
It
follows
from
that
this
if
is
the
temperatures of the different layers were proportional to SI IT TidC
the quotient
,
they would
all
diminish together, retaining
between themselves throughout the whole duration of the cooling the ratios which had been set up and the temperature at each point would decrease as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve whose Suppose, then, the arc e abscissa would denote the time passed. parts and taken as abscissa, we raise at being, divided into equal each point of division an ordinate equal to the ratio of the sine to the arc. The system of ordinates will indicate the initial temperatures, which must be assigned to the different layers, from the being divided into equal centre to the surface, the whole radius The arc e which, on this construction, represents the parts. it is necessary that the radius X, cannot be taken arbitrarily ;
X ;
and
arc
an
its
infinite
As
there are
satisfy this condition,
we might
tangent should be in a given
number
of arcs
which
thus form an infinite number of systems of
ratio.
initial
temperatures,
which could exist of themselves in the sphere, without the of the temperatures changing during the cooling. 290.
It
remains only to form any
initial state
ratios
by means of
a certain number, or of an infinite number of partial
states,
each
which represents one of the systems of temperatures which we have recently considered, in which the ordinate varies with the distance x, and is proportional to the quotient of the sine by the of
arc.
The general movement
of heat in the interior of a sphere
then be decomposed into so many particular movements, each of which is accomplished freely, as if it alone existed. Denoting by nv ?i 2 n 3 &c, the quantities which satisfy the
will
,
nX equation
^=1 — hX,
,
and supposing them
to
be arranged in
SECT.
COEFFICIENTS OF THE SOLUTION.
I.]
beginning with the
order,
275
we form the
least,
general equa-
tion
= a^e,'^
vx If
1
sin n xx
+ a£r ln?
be made equal to
t
we have
0,
+ a e~ k7lsH sin n x + &c.
sin n 2x
i
3
3
as the expression
of the
temperatures
initial state of
vx = a
v
sin
n xx
+a
2
sin
n2 x
+ a 3 sin n x + 3
&c.
The problem consists in determining the coefficients a lf a 2 az &c, whatever be the initial state. Suppose then that we know the values of v from x = to x = X, and represent this system of F(x) values by we have ,
;
F(x)
= - (ax sin n x + a x
2
sin
+a
n2x
3
sin
n3x + a4 sin np
+ &C.)
1 .
..(e).
To determine the coefficient a multiply both members by x sin nx dx, and integrate from x = to x = X,
291.
x
,
of the equation
The
integral
I
sin
—5
If
m
-
mx sinnx dx
(—
taken between these limits
m sin wXcos mX+ n sin mXcos nX).
and n are numbers chosen from the
&c, which
is
nX
satisfy the equation
tan
mX mX
^= 1 — TiX,
roots
nv n 2 n3 ,
,
we have
ïiuL.
nX
tan
tan
nX'
m cos mX sin nX — n sin mX cos nX = 0.
or
We see by this that the whole value of the integral is nothing; but a single case exists in which the integral does not vanish, namely,
known
when
m = n.
rules, is
It then
becomes
-x
;
and,
by application
of
reduced to
x 2
X - en sin 2nX. -r-
1 Of the possibility of representing an arbitrary function by a series of this form a demonstration has been given by Sir W. Thomson, Camb. Math. Journal,
Vol. in. pp.
25—27.
[A. F.]
18—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
276 It follows coefficient
[CHAP. V.
from this that in order to obtain the value of the
a 1} in equation
(e),
we must
2 \x sin n yx F(x) dx
= a (X — ^— sin 2^X1
the integral being taken from x
2 \x sin n 2x
F(x)dx =
In the same manner
all
write
,
r
=
to
x — X.
Similarly
aAX — ~— sin 2n
2
X]
the following coefficients
we have
.
may be
deter-
always has a determinate value, whatever the arbitrary function (x) be represented by the may be. If the function
F (x)
F
variable ordinate of a line traced in any manner, the function
xF(x)smnx
corresponds to the ordinate of a second line which
can easily be constructed by means of the
by the
latter line
the coefficient av
The
first.
between the abscissas x =
The area bounded
and x =
X determines
being the index of the order of the root
i
arbitrary function
F(x) enters each
coefficient
n.
under the
sign of integration, and gives to the value of v all the generality
which the problem requires; thus we arrive at the following equation
——
ocv
sin n.x 1
2
I
J
x sin n,x F (x) dx \ / i
p-knvt
.
1 X— jr— sin 2w,X An .
1
sin n 2x \x sin n 2x
This
is.
F (x) dx e~ hn*H
i-
+
+
&c.
the form which must be given to the general integral
of the equation
sphere.
In
it
fact,
may all
\dx z
represent the
2 dv
x
dx,
movement
of heat in a solid
the conditions of the problem are obeyed.
ULTIMATE LAW OF TEMPERATURE.
SECT. L]
1st,
The
partial differential equation
is satisfied
;
277
2nd, the quantity
of heat which escapes at the surface accords at the
same time with
the mutual action of the last layers and with the action of the air civ
on the surface; that
each part of the value of v
we
sum
take for v the
satisfies
The
when x = X,
of all these parts
roots v v n 2
t?
,
;
holds also
3
when
3rd, the given solution
when we suppose the time
agrees with the initial state
292.
+ hx=0, which
to say, the equation -j-
is
nothing.
&c. of the equation
,
tan nX.
whence we conclude that if the value of the term of the value of v is very small, relatively to that which precedes it. As the time of cooling increases, the latter parts of the value of v cease to have any sensible influence and those partial and elementary states, which at first compose the general movement, in order that the initial state may be represented by them, disappear almost entirely, one only excepted. In the ultimate state the temperatures of the different layers decrease from the centre to the surface in the same manner as in a circle the ratios of the sine to the arc are very unequal
time
;
considerable, each
is
;
This law governs naturally the
decrease as the arc increases.
When it begins to exist, through the whole duration of the cooling. Whatever the function (x) may be which represents the initial state, the distribution of heat in a solid sphere.
it
exists
F
law in question tends continually to be established cooling has lasted
suppose 293.
some
time,
We
shall
has acquired at
coefficients
X
:
and when the sensible
error
apply the general solution to the case in
this case the function
x=
;
to exist.
it
which the sphere, having been fluid,
we may without
is
all
long time immersed in a
same temperature. In and the determination of the integrating x sin nx dx, from x = to its
F(x)
reduced to
the integral
for a
points the
is
1,
is
sin
nX — nX cos nX
THEORY OF HEAT.
278
Hence the value
of each coefficient
[CHAP. V.
expressed thus
is
:
_ 2 sinwX— wXcos wJ_ n nX — sin nX cos nX
'
the order of the coefficient
is
determined by that of the root
n,
the equation which gives the values of n being
nX cos nX 1-hX. sin nX "We therefore find
It
is
easy
now
to
2
JiX
n
nX cosec nX — cos nX
'
form the general value which
is
given by the
equation e~ ln
e^'sinw,!»
vx
2Xh
e2 , e3 , &c.
&va.n x ^r-±
=r- -f
&C.
the roots of the equation
e
tan
1
n z (n 2 Xcosecn2 X—cosn2 X)
^(^Jicosec^X— cos^JQ
Denoting by ev
*
^
7
-\
= l-hX
}
e
and supposing them arranged in order beginning with the least by e 1? e2 e3 &c, and writing instead ;
replacing n^X, n 2 X, n a X, &c. of k
and h
their values
,
an d
y^
jf
j
,
we have
for
the expression of
the variations of temperature during the cooling of a solid sphere,
which was once uniformly heated, the equation
2h
Y KX
~CDX*
X et x
X
e,
cosec ex
— C0S6! #
Sm ±' i
Note.
Eiemann,
The problem
of the sphere
62«
e 62
e22
-CDX*
cosec e2
— cose +
&C.
2
has been very completely discussed by 61—69. [A. F.]
Partielle Differ entialgleichung en, §§
SECT.
DIFFERENT REMARKS ON THIS SOLUTION.
II.]
SECTION
279
II.
Different remaries on this solution.
294.
We
will
now
explain some of the results which
derived from the foregoing solution. h,
which measures the
facility
If
we suppose the
with which heat passes into the
to have a very small value, or that the radius
very small, the least value of
equation ^
=1 — -j^X
-
tan
K
e
is
.
K
And
e,
e
2
= ShX —^-
reduced to
is
•
.
we have
v
—
these
— = e CDX + t
&c.
that the succeeding terms decrease very rapidly
in comparison with the ;
the other
On making
1.
ex
substitutions in the general equation
greater than
On
.
same hypothesis,
X We may remark
so that the
ex
———
the term
;
~2
cos e becomes, on the
hand, the quantity
air,
of the sphere is
reduced to
omitting the higher powers of
-v^-.
X
becomes very small
e
6
or,
may be
coefficient
first,
since the second root
n2
is
very
so that if either of the quantities h or
a small value, we
may
much
X
has
take, as the expression of the variations Sht
of temperature, spherical
envelopes
=e
equation v
the
of which
common temperature
cnx .
the solid
is
Thus the different composed retain a
The
whole of the cooling.
during the
temperature diminishes as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve, the
time being taken
for abscissa
;
the initial temperature 1
is
re-
Sht
duced
after the
temperature
time
may be
t
CDX .
In
order that the initial
reduced to the fraction
X CD log m.
must be ^r
to e
Thus
in spheres of the
—,
the value of
t
same material but
THEORY OF HEAT.
280
[CHAP. V.
of different diameters, the times occupied in losing half or the
same defined part ducibility
is
of their actual heat,
when the
exterior con-
The
very small, are proportional to their diameters.
same is the case with solid spheres whose radius is very small and we should also find the same result on attributing to the ;
interior conducibility
Ka
V"
7
generally
when the quantity
^
the quantity coDled
is
as
The statement holds
very great value. -^r
very small.
is
We may regard
when the body which
very small
being
is
formed of a liquid continually agitated, and enclosed in
The hypothesis
a spherical vessel of small thickness.
is
some
in
measure the same as that of perfect conducibility; the temperature decreases then according to the law expressed by the equation v
_ =
~
a e
eux
By the preceding remarks we see that in a solid sphere 295. which has been cooling for a long time, the temperature decreases from the centre to the surface as the quotient of the sine by the arc decreases from the origin where it is 1 to the end of a given arc
e,
the
by the variable length diameter, or
its
if
radius
of
of that
each
layer being
represented
If the sphere has a small
arc.
interior conducibility
is
very
much
greater
than the exterior conducibility, the temperatures of the successive layers differ very little from each other, since the whole arc e of the sphere is of small length. which represents the radius
X
The
variation
of the
_ is
or
to all its points
Sht
cux
=e Thus, on comparing the two small spheres occupy in losing half
then given by the equation v
respective times which
common
temperature v
any aliquot part of their actual
.
heat,
we
find
those times
to be proportional to the diameters. Sht
by the equation v = e CDX belongs masses of only to similar form and small dimension. It has been known for a long time by physicists, and it offers itself as it were spontaneously. In fact, if any body is sufficiently small for the 296.
The
result expressed
temperatures at is
its different
points to be regarded as equal,
easy to ascertain the law of cooling.
Let 1 be the
it
initial
SECT.
EXTERIOR CONDUCIBILITIES COMPARED.
II.]
temperature
common
to all points
it is
;
281
evident that the quantity
which flows during the instant dt into the medium is hSvdt, denoting supposed to be maintained at temperature of heat
by 8 the external
surface of the body.
On
the other hand,
if C is the heat required to raise unit of weight from the temfor the to the temperature 1, we shall have perature
expression of the quantity of heat which the
body whose density temperature
D
Hence
1.
temperature v
is
is
GDV volume V
of the
would take from temperature
rnv
to
the quantity by which the
is
diminished when the body loses a quantity of
heat equal to hSvdt.
dv If the form of the
have the equation v
We
hSvdt
=
body
=e
ought therefore to have the equation rrfyfr
is
>
or v
= e=|f
'
a sphere whose radius
is
X, we shall
CDX .
Assuming that we observe during the cooling of the two temperatures v t and v 2 corresponding to the times t 1 and t2 we have 297.
body
in question
,
hS _
cbv We
log v 1
— log v
t,-tx
2
:
can then easily ascertain by experiment the exponent
hS .
If the same observation be made on different bodies, and if we know in advance the ratio of their specific heats G and C, we can find that of their exterior conducibilities h and h'. Reciprocally, if we have reason to regard as equal the values
h and
we can
h!
of the exterior conducibilities of two different bodies,
ascertain the ratio of their specific heats.
We
see
by
by observing the times of cooling for different liquids and other substances enclosed successively in the same vessel whose thickness is small, we can determine exactly the specific
this that,
heats of those substances.
We may further remark
that the coefficient
K which measures
the interior conducibility does not enter into the equation
THEORY OF HEAT.
282
Thus the time of cooling depend on the
[CHAP. V.
in bodies of small dimension does not
interior conducibility
and the observation of these but it
;
times can teach us nothing about the latter property
;
could be determined by measuring the times of cooling in vessels of different thicknesses.
298.
What we have
on the cooling of a sphere of heat in a thermoWe shall add the following
said above
of small dimension, applies to the
movement
meter surrounded by air or fluid. remarks on the use of these instruments.
Suppose a mercurial thermometer to be dipped into a vessel with hot water, and that the vessel is being cooled freely
filled
in air at constant temperature.
It is required to find the
law
of the successive falls of temperature of the thermometer. If the temperature of the fluid were constant, and the thermometer dipped in it, its temperature would change, approaching very quickly that of the fluid. Let v be the variable temperature indicated by the thermometer, that is to say, its elevation above
the temperature of the air
u be the elevation of temperature air, and t the time corresponding
let
;
of the fluid above that of the to these dt
which
two values v and is
At the beginning
u.
of the instant.
about to elapse, the difference of the temperature
of the thermometer from that of the fluid being v
and
v tends to diminish
proportional to v
—u
;
so that
dv
— u,
the variable
will lose in the instant dt a
quantity
we have the equation
=—h
(v
— u)
dt.
During the same instant dt the variable u tends to diminish, and it loses a quantity proportional to u, so that we have the equation
du =
The
coefficient
H expresses
— Hudt.
the velocity of the cooling of the
which may easily be discovered by experiment, and the coefficient h expresses the velocity with which the thermometer cools in the liquid. The latter velocity is very Similarly we may from experiment much greater than H. find the coefficient h by making the thermometer cool in fluid maintained at a constant temperature. The two equations liquid in air, a quantity
du
= — Hudt
and dv
——
h(v
— u)
dt,
SECT.
ERROR OF A THERMOMETER.
II.]
u
or
= AeT m
dv
and -^
at
283
= —hv + hAe~ m
lead to the equation v
— u = be~ M + aHe~ Ht
,
a and b being arbitrary constants. Suppose now the initial value — u to be A, that is, that the height of the thermometer exceeds by A the true temperature of the fluid at the beginning of the immersion; and that the initial value of u is E. We can determine a and b, and we shall have of v
v-ti = Ae~
The quantity
v
—u
is
HE —
+-
7lt
7
=T (e-
m - e~ M
).
the error of the thermometer, that
is
which is found between the temperature indicated by the thermometer and the real temperature of the This difference is variable, and the fluid at the same instant. preceding equation informs us according to what law it tends We see by the expression for the difference v—u to decrease. that two of its terms containing e~ M diminish very rapidly, with the velocity which would be observed in the thermometer if it were dipped into fluid at constant temperature. With respect its decrease is much slower, to the term which contains e~ and is effected with the velocity of cooling of the vessel in air. It follows from this, that after a time of no great length the error of the thermometer is represented by the single term to say, the difference
m
,
HE Q-m m h-H 299.
Consider
or
—H
h-H Uw
now what experiment
teaches as to the values
H
and h. Into water at S^ (octogesimal scale) we dipped a thermometer which had first been heated, and it descended This exin the water from 40 to 20 degrees in six seconds. From this we periment was repeated carefully several times. if the time is reckoned find that the value of e~ h is 0"000042 of the thermometer be if the height that is to say, in minutes, of
1
;
E
at the beginning of a minute,
Thus we
end of the minute.
Uog
10
»
i
it
will
be
find e
=
4-376127l.
0-00004206, strictly.
[A. F.]
E (0*000042)
at the
THEORY OF HEAT.
284
At the same time
a vessel of porcelain
[CHAP. V. filled
with water heated
was allowed to cool in air at The value of e H in this case was found to be O'OSolé, hence that of log 10 e is O006500. We see by this how small the value of the fraction h is, and that after a single minute each term multiplied e~ by
to 60°
12°.
H
e
M
not half the ten-thousandth part of what
is
We
beginning of the minute.
of those terms in the value of v v
From
— u — Hu yt
hj
H
or v
it was at the need not therefore take account — u. The equation becomes
H -= — u = Hu T h H-
—
Hu '
h
h
H
and h, we see that the more than 673 times greater than H, that the thermometer cools in air more than 600 times the values found for
quantity h say,
is
latter is
to
faster
Hu
than the vessel cools in
Thus the term -=—
air.
is
certainly less
than the 600th part of the elevation of temperature of the water TJ
above that of the
air,
and
as the
term
^ h — 11 5
the 600th part of the preceding term, which
is
TTii
-=— h
follows that the equation
V
Hu — u = -1—
than
to represent
.
k
H
is a quantity very great relatively In general if have always the equation
V
less
already very small,
which we may employ very exactly the error of the thermometer is
it
is
—U=
Hu -7-
to h,
we
•
II
300.
The
investigation which
we have
just
made
furnishes
very useful results for the comparison of thermometers.
The temperature marked by a thermometer dipped fluid
which
fluid.
is
cooling
is
always a
little
into
a
greater than that of the
This excess or error of the thermometer differs with the
height of the thermometer. The amount of the correction will be found by multiplying u the actual height of the thermometer
H, the velocity of cooling of the vessel in air, We to h the velocity of cooling of the thermometer in the fluid. might suppose that the thermometer, when it was dipped into
by the
ratio of
SECT.
COMPARISON OF THERMOMETERS.
II.]
285
the fluid, marked a lower temperature. This is what almost always happens, but this state cannot last, the thermometer begins to approach to the temperature of the fluid at the same ;
time the
the thermometer passes
fluid cools, so that
same temperature
and
as the fluid,
it
first to
the
then indicates a tempera-
ture very slightly different but always higher.
300*.
We
see
by these
results that if
meters into the same vessel
filled
we dip
different
with fluid which
is
thermocooling
must all indicate very nearly the same temperature the same instant. Calling h, h', li', the velocities of cooling
slowly, they
at
of the thermometers in the fluid,
as their
respective
errors.
shall
have
Hu Hu HT* ~W'
Hu
Y
we
'
two thermometers are equally h and K are the same, equally from those of the fluid.
If
sensitive, that is to say if the quantities
their temperatures will differ
The values
of the coefficients h,
li,
h" are very great, so that the
thermometers are extremely small and often inappreciable quantities. We conclude from this that if a thermometer is constructed with care and can be regarded as exact, it will be easy to construct several other thermometers of equal exactness. It will be sufficient to place all the thermometers which we wish to graduate in a vessel filled with a fluid which cools slowly, and to place in it at the same time the thermometer which ought to serve as a model we shall only have to observe all from degree to degree, or at greater intervals, and we must mark the points where the mercury is found at the same time These points will be at the jn the different thermometers. We have applied this process to the condivisions required. struction of the thermometers employed in our experiments, errors
of the
;
so
that these instruments coincide always in
similar circum-
stances.
This comparison of thermometers during the time of cooling
among them, and renders them all similar to a single model but from it we derive also the means of exactly dividing the tube of the principal thermometer, by which all the others ought to be regulated. In this way we
not only establishes a perfect coincidence ;
THEORY OF HEAT.
286
[CHAP. V.
fundamental condition of the instrument, which is, that any two intervals on the scale which include the same number of degrees should contain the same quantity of mercury. For the satisfy the
we omit here
rest
which do not directly belong to
several details
the object of our work.
We
have determined in the preceding articles the temperature v received after the lapse of a time t by an interior It is required spherical layer at a distance x from the centre. now to calculate the value of the mean temperature of the sphere, 301.
or that which the solid
which
it
The volume
mass.
would have
if
the whole quantity of heat
contains were equally distributed throughout the whole
whose radius
of a sphere
x being
is
o
,
the quantity of heat contained in a spherical envelope whose 3
temperature
and radius
is v,
mean temperature
is
x, will
w
be v d
/4?7TX \ (
—„-
Hence the
.
J
3
{4>7TX \
•'
4ttX 3
-
or
the integral being taken from x its
y**.
=
to
x — X.
— e~ hniH sin n,x + — e~ kn H sin n x + — e~ kn *
X
and we 3
Substitute for v
value
f
jf \
„
X
l
shall
7 xvdx -
2
-
*2t
X
-f
etc.
have the equation 3
x*
— < h — f
sin
n,X— n,X co$n,X
„.
7
e
sinn 2 X-nXcosn2
We
sin njv 3
found formerly (Art. 293) 2 sin %i.Z — n,X cos w,X
«i=
ni
-f
—
2^X-^sin2^X 1
2
•
X ,^ e
&
)
SECT.
RADIUS OF SPHERE VERY GREAT.
II.]
We have, z
=
3.4
therefore, if (sin 6 t
e/
287
we denote the mean temperature by
- e cos ej - sin 2eJ 1
-jjux*
.
(sm
"*"
e2
3
- e cos e - sin 2e
g^ +
-
g)
2
e 2 (2e2
(2e,
z,
» C> '
2)
an equation in which the coefficients of the exponentials are
all
positive.
302.
Let us consider the case in which,
other conditions
all
X
remaining the same, the value of the radius of the sphere becomes infinitely great 1 Taking up the construction described .
in Art. 285,
we
hX
see that since the quantity -==^-
becomes
infinite,
the straight line drawn through the origin cutting the different
branches of the curve coincides with the axis of for the different values of e the quantities
it,
x.
We
find
then
2tt, 37t, etc.
_ JL
!i! t
Since the term in the value of z which contains e CBX2 becomes, as the time increases, very much greater than the following terms, the value of z after a certain time
without sensible error by the being equal to in spheres
Kir
first
term
only.
is
expressed
The index
Kn*
y^
2
„
n \jJl)X
2
,
we
see that the final cooling
of great diameter,
and that the index
measures the velocity of cooling
is
is
very slow
of e
which
inversely as the square of the
diameter. 303.
From
the foregoing remarks
we can form an
exact idea
of the variations to which the temperatures are subject during the
cooling of a solid sphere.
The
change successively as the heat
initial is
values of the temperatures
dissipated through the surface.
If the temperatures of the different layers are at first equal, or if
they diminish from the surface to the centre, they do not first ratios, and in all cases the system tends more
maintain their
and more towards a sensibly attained.
1
lasting state,
In this
Riemann has shewn,
which
final state
after
no long delay
is
the temperatures decrease
Part. Biff, gleich. § 69, that in the case of a very large
sphere, uniformly heated initially, the surface temperature varies ultimately as the
square root of the time inversely.
[A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
288 from the centre to the of the sphere
by a
If
surface.
certain
arc
we e
[CHAP. V.
represent the whole radius
than a quarter of the
less
circumference, and, after dividing this arc into equal parts, take for each point the quotient of the sine
ratios will represent
that which
by the
up among the
of itself set
is
From
temperatures of layers of equal thickness.
system of
arc, this
the time
when
these ultimate ratios occur they continue to exist throughout the
whole of the cooling.
Each
of the temperatures then diminishes
as the ordinate of a logarithmic curve, the time being taken for
We
abscissa.
can ascertain that this law
serving several successive values
the
mean temperature
for the
z,
established by ob-
is
which denote
z, z", z", etc.,
times
t,
t
+ ®, t + 2®,
t
+ 3®,
etc.
;
the series of these values converges always towards a geometrical
and when the successive quotients
progression,
-,
,
Z
—,
-777
Z
,
etc.
Z
no longer change, we conclude that the relations in question are established between the temperatures. When the diameter of the sphere is small, these quotients become sensibly equal as soon as the body begins to cool. The duration of the cooling for a given interval, that is to say the time required for the mean temperature z to be reduced to a definite part of as the diameter of the sphere
is
itself
—
m
,
increases
enlarged.
same material and different at the final state in which whilst the temperatures are lowered their ratios are preserved, and if we wish to compare the durations of the same degree of cooling in both, that is to say, the time © which the mean temperature two spheres dimensions have arrived 304.
of the
If
first
of
the
occupies in being reduced to
—, and
the time
©
in
which the temperature z of the second becomes —, we must
m
consider three different cases. small, the
durations
®
If the diameter of each sphere is
and ©' are in the same
If the diameter of each
diameters.
®
sphere
is
ratio
as
the
very great, the
and ©' are in the ratio of the squares of the and if the diameters of the spheres are included between these two limits, the ratios of the times will be greater than that of the diameters, and less than that of their squares. durations
diameters
;
SECT.
EQUATION OF CONDITION HAS ONLY REAL ROOTS.
II.]
289 1
The exact value of the ratio has been already determined The problem of the movement of heat in a sphere includes that
.
In order to treat of this problem
of the terrestrial temperatures.
at greater length,
chapter
the object
it
of a
separate
.
The use which has been made above
305.
=X tan
we have made
2
is
of the equation
founded on a geometrical construction which
is
very
The
con-
e
well adapted to explain the nature of these equations.
struction indeed shows clearly that all the roots are real
same time
and indicates methods
ascertains their limits,
it
at the
;
determining the numerical value of each
The
root.
investigation of equations of this kind would give the
for
analytical
same
results.
we might ascertain that the equation e — X tan e = 0, in which X, is a known number less than unity, has no imaginary It is sufficient to substitute this root of the form m + nj—l. quantity for e and we see after the transformations that the first member cannot vanish when we give to m and n real values, unless n is nothing. It may be proved moreover that there can First,
.;
be no imaginary root of any form whatever in the equation
— A, tan e =
e
e (JL
cos e
— X sin e
or
.
= 0.
COS 6
In
belong to the equation
m + nj—
the form
=
the imaginary roots of the factor
fact, 1st,
— \ tan e = 0,
e
2nd, the
1;
do not
since these roots are all of
equation sine
— -cose =
has
A,
necessarily all
infinite 1
number
It is
we must
G'=e1 2Z2
term in the expression 2
The chapter
than unity.
is less
consider sin
e
To prove
as the product of the
of factors '
:
when X
roots real
its
this proposition
:
for
e1 z,
2
X' 2 as ,
referred to
îiiémorie sur la théorie
may be
Art. 301. is
inferred from the exponent of the first
[A. F.]
not in this work.
du mouvement de
la chaleur
It
dans
forms part of the Suite du les
corps solides.
See note,
page 10.
The
memoir, entitled Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans les corps which formed the basis of the Théorie analytique du mouvement de la chaleur published in 1822, but was considerably altered and enlarged in that work now translated. [A. F.] first
solides, is that
F. H.
19
THEORY OF HEAT.
290
and consider
cos e as derived
from sin
e
by
[CHAP. V.
differentiation.
Suppose that instead of forming sin e from the product of an number of factors, we employ only the m first, and denote
infinite
the product by
m
To
(e).
find the corresponding value of cose,
we lake d
j6 <M e This done,
)
or
<£
m'(e).
we have the equation
<M<0-#„/(e) = Now, giving from 1 to
to the
infinity,
o.
number m its successive values we ascertain by the ordinary
1, 2, 3, 4,
principles
&c.
of
which correspond to these different values of tit. We see that, whatever m the number of factors may be, the equations in e which proceed from them have the distinctive character of equations all of whose roots Algebra, the nature of the functions of
Hence we conclude
are real.
e
rigorously that the equation
tan
e
which X is less than unity, cannot have an imaginary root 1 The same proposition could also be deduced by a different analysis which we shall employ in one of the following chapters. in
.
Moreover the solution we have given
is
not founded on the
property which the equation possesses of having real.
this is
sufficient
for
roots
the accuracy of the solution that the integral
can be made to coincide with any it
all its
would not therefore have been necessary to prove proposition by the principles of algebraical analysis. It It
follows
subsequent
rigorously
that
it
initial state
must then
whatever; for
also represent all the
states.
1 The proof given by Riemann, Part. Biff. method of proof is in part claimed by Poisson,
Paris, 1826, p. 147.
[A. F.].
Gleich. § 67, is
more simple.
The
Bulletin de la Société Philomatique,
CHAPTER
VI.
OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A SOLID CYLINDER.
The movement
306. length,
is
of heat in a solid cylinder of infinite
represented by the equations
dv dt
__ ~~
K
/d 2v
CD
\dx*
dV _
h
1 dv\ x dx)
Kv
„
dx~
which we have stated in Articles 118, 119, and 120. grate these equations
we
expressed by the equation v
u a function of enters the
first
x.
We
= ue~ mt
;
m
inte-
being any number, and
denote by k the coefficient
equation, and
the second equation.
To
give to v the simple particular value
h
by h the
™
coefficient
jp~.
which
which enters
Substituting the value assigned to
v,
we
find the following condition
m
d 2u
i-u k
Next we choose differential equation.
for
1
du
-g + - -jr = + -j ax x ax
u a function
It is easy to
0-
of
x which
satisfies this
see that the function
may
be expressed by the following series
u
— _ £^! + y*x* ~ ~W WT¥ ~
g denoting the constant in
-r
.
We
9* 2
xS 2
2 .4 .6 2 shall
+ '
examine more particularly
the sequel the differential equation from which this series
19—2
292 is
THEORY OF HEAT.
we
derived; here
The
of the convex
state
u
consider the function
ue~°u as the particular value of
we have
[CHAP. VI.
to a condition expressed
known, and
to be
v.
surface of the cylinder
by the
is
subject
definite equation
dV = TT hV+ ,
°>
~dx~
which must be satisfied when the radius x has whence we obtain the definite equation ,
X
/-
h
L
[
2
g'X6
g*X*
+2
g 22
2 .
4
2
~
2
2 .
4
2 .
6
2
value
its total
X;
\
+
7
= 2^Z_VZ 2 2
2
2
.
4
3
6/Z __ 5
2
2
2
.
4
2
.
6
2
thus the number g which enters into the particular value ue~ 0kt is not arbitrary. The number must necessarily satisfy the
preceding equation, which contains g and X.
We
shall
prove that this equation in g in which h and
are given quantities has an infinite all
these roots are real.
variable
which
v
an
It follows
infinity of particular
only by the exponent
differ
a more general value,
by adding
multiplied by arbitrary coefficients. to resolve the
proposed equation in
X
number of roots, and that that we can give to the values of the form ue~°u ,
g.
all
We
can then compose
these particular values
This integral which serves all
extent
its
is
given by
the following equation v
= a u e~ SflM + a 1
1
2
u2e~^kt
4-
a 3 uze~^
1
+
&c,
&c denote all the values of g which satisfy the definite uv u2 u 3 &c. denote the values of u which correspond a 2 a3> &c. are arbitrary coeffito these different roots at cients which can only be determined by the initial state of the
9i> #2>
-
ffs>
equation
;
,
,
;
,
,
solid.
We
must now examine the nature of the definite g, and prove that all the roots equation are real, an investigation which requires attentive
307.
equation which gives the values of of this
examination.
CHAP.
THE EQUATION OF CONDITION.
VI.]
293
In the series
9
1
+2
y*
a
22 .4 2 .6 2+
42
i
'
which expresses the value which u receives when x = X, we shall replace
by
^i- by
/ {&)
or y,
the quantity
and denoting
0,
this function of
9
we have Û3
Û2
V =f(Q)
= 1 - e + 2* -
ÛI
+2
2^
'
\3
2
4*
+ &c
->
the definite equation becomes
~ 2 2+S
hX_ e
2
+
1
2
¥TW ~ 4 2
2
2
/'(#) denoting the function
Each value
2 .
^
3
:
of 6 furnishes
+2
2
2
2 .
.
3
3*
2 .
.
4
4
2
+ &C
'
2
.
a value
for g,
by means
of the
equation
9-^=01 and we thus obtain the quantities g lt g2 g3 &c. which enter in ,
infinite
number
The problem
must have
,
into the solution required. is
all its
then to prove that the equation
roots real.
We
shall prove in fact that
the
has all its roots real, that the same is the equation f{6) — case consequently with the equation /'(#) =0, and that it follows that the equation
7W) has also
all its roots real,
A
representing the
_hX 2
'
known number
THEORY OF HEAT.
294
[CHAP. VI.
The equation
308.
V
+
1
2*
22
.
3
2
+ 2*
.
3*
4
.
2
'
on being differentiated twice, gives the following relation
We
write, as follows, this equation
be derived from
it
by
and
all
those which
may
differentiation,
dd* dP + d6
2+
cW ~ 3
dd3 ^
'
dd\~
'
&c,
and
in general
d'y
Now
if
X=
0,
and
if
tions
we
and
^d
,.
i+1
y
û
d i+ 'y
A
write in the following order the algebraic equation
all
those which
may be
derived from
it
by
differentiation,
we suppose that every real root of any one of these equaon being substituted in that which precedes and in that which
follows
it
gives two results of opposite sign;
proposed equation
X=
quently the same
the case in
is
it is
certain that the
all its roots real,
and that conse-
the subordinate equations
all
« =0
dX = dx
has
'
dx*
d*X =Q &c dxA
'
'
These propositions are founded on the theory of algebraic equations, and have been proved long since. It is sufficient to prove that the equations
y -°>
fulfil
the
equation
v
<5CC *
de~" dd*~ preceding condition. Now this follows }
'
from the general
CHAP.
REALITY OF THE ROOTS.
VI.]
dy l
,.
al+fr + for if
we give
^d
d ~ and z
With
di+i u
y n n D^+tfJ^^oi
d i+1 v
a positive value which makes the fluxion
to
vanish, the other two terms sign.
i+1
295
v
d^
-^A
+ 'W
-ttmtï
receive values of opposite
respect to the negative values of
from
it is"e vident,
the nature of the function /(#), that no negative value substituted can reduce to nothing, either that function, or any of the for it by differentiation: for the subany negative quantity gives the same sign to all the
others which are derived from stitution of
Hence we are assured that the equation y =
terms.
roots real
and
It follows
309.
principles of algebra.
to
also
this that the equation f'(0)
;
~~
which the term
or
—
receives
values which continually increase from
makes y nothing, the quantity
value of ;
becomes
it
all its
=0 or y = which is a known consequence from the Let us examine now what are the suc-
from
also has all its roots real
cessive values
has
positive.
infinite
when
=
—
to
when we
give
= go
If a
.
becomes nothing
makes y nothing.
Now
it
follows from the theory of equations that in the case in question,
and
=
lies between two consecutive roots of y = 0, Hence denoting by 6 and 3 two consecuthe equation y = 0, and by 6 2 that root of the
every root of y
reciprocally.
tive roots of
t
=
which lies between 6 1 and 3 every value of inand 2 gives to y a sign different from that 1 had a value included bewdiich the function y would receive if v tween 2 and 3 Thus the quantity — is nothing when = l it equation y
,
cluded between
.
is infinite
when
;
=
Z,
and nothing when
must therefore necessarily take finity,
in the interval from
to
—
Z
.
The quantity
all possible values, 2
,
and must
from
—
to in-
also take all possible
values of the opposite sign, from infinity to zero, in the interval
from
2
to
.
3
Hence the equation
A = 0~
necessarily has one
THEORY OF HEAT.
296 real root
between
and
X
aud since the equation y
3
number,
roots real in infinite
[CHAP. VI.
r
2
2 .4
T-
unknown
in which the
+ ^2
2
2
2
2 .4
2
A=6—
we have achieved the
2
6
&c
2
2 .
4 .6 2
g, has all its roots real
is
all its
.4'2 .6 2
y^
f*
gZ' 2
2
has
follows that the equation
it
has the same property. In this manner proof that the definite equation
hX
=
and
We
positive.
proceed to continue the investigation of the function u and of the differential equation
310.
From
dy equation -rj
+
it satisfies.
the equation
l
;
which
,. (i
+
y y+ -Â -f 6 ~ =
^.d l+1y 1)
d2
dv
2
^d,
^f + 6 t
l+
y = 0; n and
0,
.„
,
-n^r-i
we derive the general
it
we suppose
-,
_
= we
have the equation i+1
d y _ d0 rTl ~~i which serves
l
dy
1
+ ld01>
to determine the coefficients of the different terms of
the development of the function/ (0), since these coefficients depend
on the values which the variable in
them
differential coefficients receive
made
is
V If
now
- 1* _ "
1,
SIQ2
I
Supposing the
to vanish.
be known and to be equal to
we have the
JL T
Q2
r>2
6 S)2
when the
first
term to
series
'
02
A2,
_ Or ^C (
*
in the equation proposed
y
we make g
x"
^ = 0,
and seek
garding u as a function of
0,
u
+
d 2u
1
da?
x dx
for the
we
du _ n
new equation
find
du a d 2u + e W< =0 d0
'
in u
and
0,
re-
CHAP.
SUM OF A CERTAIN
VI.]
Whence we
297
SERIES.
conclude
+ + ~
= 1X _5»U M «*
-
m
or
? g 2 Q 2 A?
SV2
l
+
,
2
sum
It is easy to express the
^^
22> 42
& c "^'J
g>
+ cvc. To obtain the
of this series.
result, develope as follows the function cos (a sin x) in cosines of
multiple
We
arcs.
have by known transformations i
sm x) =
2 cos (a
-1
x
and denoting
ae
W-l
_i ae -;W'-l
e
by
e
2 cos
(a
ae -a'V-î ,
aw
2
e
member
(f
+2
2* 3
1
a 2
2
+e
*
2
e
.
according to powers of
term which does not contain sin x) to be Z fl \
The
=e
(a sin x)
Developing the second find the
i
e
co, aat
2 cos
_i ae ^V-l
+e
e
4
6
a
.4
2
2
2 .4
co,
we
in the development of
co
„
2
2
\
7"
.
5
&c. are nothing, the same is the case -1 -3 terms which contain to to co~'°, &c. with the coefficients of the coefficients of
to
,
to
co
,
,
,
2
the coefficient of
co" is
the same as that of
2
to
,
the coefficient of
;
;
4
to
is
4
2
V2.4.6.8 the coefficient of
+i&cV 7'
"
2-/ -4
is
to
2 .
4. 6.8. 10
the same as that of
to
It is easy to express
.
the law according to which the coefficients succeed stating
it,
stead of
4
(to
+
and
co'*),
so
first
+ co'
2 ),
but without
;
or 2 cos 4<x in-
:
(a sin x) is
A + B cos 2x + (7 cos éx + JD cos 6x -f &c, coefficient A is equal to
J
a
V
2
" if
(to
hence the quantity 2 cos of the form
on
easily developed in a series
and the
2
us write 2 cos 2x instead of
let
2 2
+
_a4_ 2
2
.
4
2
a6 2
2 .
4
\
2 .
6
2
+
7
'
we now compare the general equation which we gave formerly 2
7T
(f>
(x)
=
= l(j)(x)dx-h cos x
I
cji
(x) cos
xdx +
&c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
2.98
[CHAP. VI.
with the equation
= A + B cos
2 cos (a sin x)
we
2x
+ C cos 4# + A, B,
shall find the values of the coefficients
A.
G
expressed
by-
It is sufficient here to find that of the first
definite integrals. coefficient
&c,
We
have then 1
A — —1 ,
2
cos (a sin x) dx,
I
from x
the integral should be taken a
dx
definite integral
to
x
= 7r.
Hence the
6
a
—^+^
value of the series 1
=
4
2
a
— «2
Ta
We
cos (a sin x).
—
ts
7^
+ &c
is
-
that of the
should find in the same
Jo
manner by comparison of two equations the values of the successive coefficients B, G, &c; we have indicated these results because they are useful in other researches which depend on the same theory. It follows from this that the particular value of u which satisfies the equation dhi
1
du
1 f
/-
^ + ^^^ = 0lS J COs(W^ Smr>^ _
.
the integral being taken from r value of
u,
and making u
=
= qS, we
,
to r
=
.
,
.
Denoting by q
ir.
S = a + b\
—
J
%q
I* (hoc
find
as the complete integral of the equation
+b
dx~ x
a and
va
r~?
I
j
I
cos (x
(xjg sin r) dr\ -
Icos
b are arbitrary constants.
If
,
gu + j—2 + --=OjOO
a
and we have
-
2
00
= 0,
QjV
Jg sin r) dr,
we suppose
6
= 0, we
have,
as formerly,
u
With
=
I
cos (x
respect to this expression
311.
Jg sin r) dr.
we add the
following remarks.
The equation -J
cos (0 sin m) c?w
=
1
- |i + 2^ï ~
this
2
2 2 .4 .6
2
CHAP.
VERIFICATION OF THE SUM.
VI.]
We
verifies itself.
have in fact 2
/n
f I
A,
f
.
.
cos [6 sin
299
7 7 laull— u)du=
=
and integrating from u
3
4
—^— sin
w
u=
to
sin
H
4
6
M
6
sin w
é>
.
$2 8 8e
denoting by
r
rr,
\
.
Y &c.
j-
t,
,
,
j
;
&c.
the definite integrals 2
I
sin u du,
\
sin
4
w du,
I
sin
6
&c,
it c?«,
we have $4
2
f
Icos (6 sin w)
f9
=
c?it
— t~ 8 +
ir
8 /9
S — -^ $
rr
2
4
4-
3
remains to determine 82 8é Sa &c. The term an even number, may be developed thus
it
,
sin"
u=
,
&c,
sin" u,
,
A n + Bn cos 2u + Cn cos 4m + &c.
Multiplying by du and integrating between the limits u
m
= 7T, we
From
the
powers of
have simply
I
sin"
known formula sines, we have
A 2
-~~ 2
-
3 '
1
'
A4
-~ 2
4
Substituting these values of
- Jcos (0
We cos
(t
can
sin u),
sm
n being
u)
udu = A nir,
1
.
2
a
'
S 84 8
2
,
the other terms vanish.
/- L
IL*
,
and
development of the integral
for the
'
=
6
~~
2
4 5 6 -
8
'
1
.
-
2 3
'
.
&c, we find
,
_ — + ^-^ -
2
.
^
Q2
+
&c.
make this result more general by taking, instead of any function whatever
Suppose then that we
have a function
(j>
may be
which
(z)
developed thus <£ (a)
we
shall
=
+
s^V
+
s
2 ,
>"
|2
+
2
s
to
>'"
+ &c.
;
have
<£ it
sin u)
and 1 Jdît 4>
(t
= +
sin w)
=
t(f>
+
sin
1
U
+ j^
t '
(j>"
sin
+t8
2
2
$'
w + -=
<£"'
+ ^8
S
sin
>'"
3
+
w
+
&c.
&c.
..
.
(e).
THEORY OF HEAT.
300
Now, nothing.
8V Ss S5 &c. are &c. their values are the
easy to see that the values of
is
it
[CHAP. VI.
With
quantities which
respect
we
to
8
2
#4 S
,
,
6
,
previously denoted by
,
,
A Ap A 2
,
e
generally, whatever the function
I j
(t
sin u)
=
du
<£
may
+ ? j>" + 2 f-^
in the case in question, the function
have
cf>
= 1,
ly
1,
<j)
=
1,
$*
=—
be,
^ + y^W ** + &C
<£ (z)
1,
we have
and
represents cos
z,
-'
and we
so on.
To
ascertain completely the nature of the function f{&), of the equation which gives the values of g, it would be
312.
and
(f>"
=—
For
&c.
,
this reason, substituting these values in the equation (e)
necessary to consider the form of the line whose equation
is
which forms with the axis of abscissae areas alternately positive and negative which cancel each other the preceding remarks, also, on the expression of the values of series by means of definite integrals, might be made more general. When a function of the variable x is developed according to powers of x, it is easy to deduce the function which would represent the same series, if the powers x, x2 xs &c. were replaced by cos x, cos 2x, cos 3x &c. By making use of this reduction and of the process employed in the ;
,
,
}
second paragraph of Article 235,
which are equivalent to given
we
series
;
obtain the definite integrals
but we could not enter upon from our main object.
this investigation, without departing too far It
is
sufficient
to
have indicated the methods which have
enabled us to express the values of series by definite integrals.
We
will
add only the development of the quantity 6 jtA in a
continued fraction.
313.
The undetermined y ovf(0)
satisfies
the equation
CHAP.
CORRESPONDING CONTINUED FRACTION.
VI.]
whence we
301
derive, denoting the functions
dy tfy d?y dd' dff" dP' by
y'>
y"> y'">
&c
->
—-
-y=y' + 0y" n^^-rA-n = y
+Qy
y
=-*,
i
+ ey
y y -
-y = 2/ + By",
=
7 Va
i)
=
,„
-
,„,
y"
^ =¥7W = -_,
« m a -yh =*y + %,
-y
y
iv
.
-
i
y"
whence we conclude
y y
Thus the value
_-i
e
e
e
1-2-3-4-5- &c.
of the function
—
^-/^J which enters into the
J\y) definite
equation,
when
expressed
an
as
infinite
continued
fraction, is
J_
J__
314.
We
shall
now
o
J_ J_
1-2- 3-
4
-
5
- &c.'
state the results at
which we have up to
this point arrived.
If the variable radius of the cylindrical layer be denoted by x, and the temperature of the layer by v, a function of x and the time t the required function v must satisfy the partial differential ;
equation
dv _
,
for v
we may assume the
is
1 dv\ x dxJ
2
_
'
following value v
m
(dh \dx
dt
= ue mf
a function of x, which satisfies the equation
m
d?u
k
dx%
du _ x dx 1
THEORY OF HEAT.
302
If
mx
— j-^, and
we make
u +
The
/9
of
u
du
„
the
in terms of
sum
d9
2
3
x
5
0*
2
2
2
5
of this series
must be
m
I
is
which
denotes
gives to
an
A
j
'
to r
c?r;
= ir.
X
-y-
-^
is
m
are
M
2
2
is
2 I
20'
a
denoted by
20
V
8
2 &0.
&<9„
X
'
thus a particular value of v
=e X
'
equivalent to the following,
\
infinity of real values
X
any
.
o
2
This
m
necessarily have the equation
0*
a
+ -j- =
assigned to the quantity
3
2
This value of v in
the radius of the cylinder.
we
if
"1-2-3-4-5- &c.
corresponding values of
7TV
„
Further, the equation hu
This definite equation, which
hXf^
x sinr
=
nothing.
we must 2
+
the differential equation, and retains a
when x =
satisfied
3
2
cos Ix a /
condition would not hold ;
the value
is
satisfies
when x
value whatever
1!
s
2
the integral being taken from r
value
-
2
2
x m x m? x m l2 + F 2 74" ~ F 2*. 4". 6"
1
terms of x and
in
_
to be
-
finite
we have
+ d d6> = °-
-^ + 2 ~2 73 + 2r3 7î ~ &C equation in u and 0. We therefore assume
_ W_ the
consider m as a function of x,
following value
w==1
satisfies
[CHAP. VI.
2 '
X
,
&c;
expressed by
cos
f
2 -y s/0 1 sin q dq. J
s
s
2,
3,
&c.
;
the
CHAP.
FORM OF THE GENERAL SOLUTION.
VI.]
We
one of the roots
V 62 6 3 &c, and them a more general value expressed by
can write, instead of
compose by means
303
of
V
,
,
the equation irv
=a +a
e~ x*
x
_ &ktB3 r
+ a3 e
^c
a i> a 2> a3>
J0
2 -^
f
dq
sin q J
1
^osiZ^-Jd^mqjdq
x*
e
2
cos
J
A'2
I
x
/
cos
I
2 -^
\
.
/7i
V^ sm 9.)
+ &c.
dq
the variable q disshould appears after the integrations, which be taken from q = tO q
arbitrary
are
-
coefficients:
= 7T. To prove
315.
that this value of v satisfies
and contains the general
of the problem
the conditions
all
remains only
solution, it
at a 2 a3 &c. from the
to determine the coefficients
,
,
initial state.
,
Take the equation v
in which
= a e~ mit u + a e~ mit u + a3e~ mst u + &c,
uv u2
,
2
x
x
u3
2
3
assumed by the
&c. are the different values
,
function u, or
m
-
M% x
lib
¥+
k when, instead of
j-,
Making
stituted.
m
4,
p
W~4?
g v g 2 gs ,
= 0, we
it t
x OU
¥
the values
in
2
lib
,
&c. are successively sub-
have the equation
V = a u + a u + a u + &c, x
in if
which
we
F is a given
x
2
2
function of
3
x.
3
Let
<£
represent the function w4 whose index
(x)
be this function
is i
by
ty (x Jg^),
;
we
have <J>
(a?)
= a^
{x
Jg +
To determine the the equation by
x
=
to
x
= X.
cr
1
dx,
We
t)
first
and the
coefficient,
a1 being a
+ a3 f
(x
Jg3 + &c.
coefficient
ax
)
member
multiply each
of
function of x, and integrate from
then determine the function
the integrations the second only,
a 2ty (x Jg2)
member may reduce to may be found, all the
1
,
so that after
the
first
term
other integrals
THEORY OF HEAT.
304 having nul values.
[CHAP. VI.
Similarly to determine the second coefficient
a z we multiply both terms of the equation ,
(x)
>
=
+ a2u +
a 2 ut
2
a 3u 3
+
&c.
The by another factor °8> ^ C wû i c h correspond to the functions u x u 2 u3 &c. °"i> each of the factors a has the property of making all the terms which contain definite integrals disappear in integration except one in this manner we obtain the value of each of the coefficients a 1} a 2 a 3 &c. We must now examine what functions enjoy the factor
.
<
-
,
,
,
;
;
,
,
property in question.
Each
316. is
member
of the terms of the second
of the equation
a definite integral of the form alaudx; u being a function of x
which
the equation
satisfies
,
we have
,
,
f.
therefore a
m
d?u
1
tC
CLOG
QC CtJC
,
f
auax = — a ,
J
k — m
du
—r
[fa
d*u\ -=—
die
\x ax
J
-f
ax
.
J
Developing, by the method of integration by parts, the terms
du x ax er
,
-,
- -^-ax and
we have
I
j
-,
and
f
d2 u
,
J
ax
^-dx = C+u x ax x
\a J
f
fer-^-^ax,
d?u 7
dx
„
,
dx
=
_ 1)
-f
\ud{-\ J
du 1- a dx
-
\xj
— u da -y- + dx
2
f
d odx
7
\u -y- dx. J
The integrals must be taken between the limits x = x = X, by this condition we determine the quantities which into the development, dicate that
and are not under the integral
we suppose x =
in any- expression in x,
signs.
we
and enter
To
in-
shall affect
and we shall give it the suffix which the function of x takes, when we give to the variable x its last value X. that expression with the suffix a
a
to indicate the value
;
CHAP.
AUXILIARY MULTIPLIERS.
VI.]
Supposing x
=
in the
305
two preceding equations we have
0=C+(u°) andO=I)+(^:
thus
we determine
ax J a
\dx
a
C and
the constants
Making then x = X in
D.
the same equations, and supposing the integral to be taken from
x=
to
x
= X, we
have
—du ax =
'a
e^M
f
,
and
rdtf
7
da:
/
,
j-
xdx
=
er\
—
w\ x/u
/cfot (r
/
J
~ u da\
—
(du
~\dx
dx)
ldx
cr\
w\ xj a
f
/cr'
\ud\\x.
J
a
~
U
2
da\ dx)
f
+
U
l
da ltf
7
dx
>
thus we obtain the equation
—m«r
d(-)
Ç
7 = audx
dV — —\xj) da(du a f N u w y— >cte + -t- — m -7- + w ax" m \a# ace a. (
7
o"
-J-:
J
J
[
J
f?w -y- a-
dx d2 a
If the quantity -y-^
317.
d
—
(lj 7
sign of integration in the second
duct of
o" b}>"
—W
tities,
I
dx
a\
+ U-
.
xj a
which multiplies u under the
member were
equal to the pro-
a constant coefficient, the terms
would be collected into one, and we should obtain integral
cZo-j-*
for the required
audx a value which would contain only determined quan-
with no sign of integration.
remains only to equate that
It
value to zero.
Suppose then the factor a to
ta
the second order T
k
cr
+ -7-5 dx
satisfy the differential equation of
Kt) = r~" dx
in the
same manner as the
function u satisfies the equation
F. H.
m
d2u
1
fC
CtOC
0C CLOG
du
_ 20
THEORY OF HEAT.
306
[CHAP.
VI.
m and n being constant coefficients, we have , n—— mf audx k J -=
/du
do-
\dx
doc
xj u
(du
=\^r a — u-1-+u-} —
Between u and a a very simple
[-j-
a = xs
;
when
in the equation -
cr
n
,d s
k
dx2
1 ds
.
xj a
which
is dis-
^ ~)
—=
+ -^ — —\
we suppose
we have the equation
as the result of this substitution 2
)
dx
relation exists,
/7 2
covered
doa\ — u^-\-u-
a-
\ax
_
x dx
'
which shews that the function s depends on the function u given by the equation d2u 1 du _ k dx2 x dx
m
To
find s
it is
sufficient to
change
m
into
the value of u has been denoted by -^
therefore be x^r
(x\/
(
n in the value
x\ /
j- )
,
that of
of u;
a
will
-=J
We du dx
-r- cr
have then
do o" — u-j+ u-
dx
x
-+
7
(»
Y
!) * (' a/s)
the two last terms destroy each other,
x=
0,
which corresponds to the
vanishes completely.
We
+ * (• it
suffix
V Î) + Vl)
follows that a,
dx
on making
the second
member
conclude from this the following equa-
tion
nrh
;
(
=x \/j+' x vf) {
x (
v t)
CHAP. It
VANISHING FORM.
VI.]
is
easy to see that the second
when
always nothing those which
We
member
m
the quantities
of this equation
is
and n are selected from
mv m m
we formerly denoted by
have in
307
2
,
a
,
&c.
fact
m j
*W!K_ V£/
andAX= _ x
\
t(VI hX
comparing the values of
we
n
**<*
/n
-+(Vs) see that the second
member
of the
equation (/) vanishes. It follows from this that two terms o the equation
and integrated each
(x)
x
We must of
2
t
from x
side
a the quantity xu
and
multiplied by crdx the
=
3
or œty
(x\/
= X,
x
to
member may
in order that each of
vanish,
it
suffices to
= rn, when
the value
.
audx derived from the equation (/ ) is
determined by known / (ÏYh
If a
318.
/
jr
/
Mf
If the
-j-
(v)
—p
rules.
I 7%
and a/ v
dx = *
reduced to the form -
is
= v,
X*' {,XX) t
w*e
(
have
vX ~ y *' ^ X) * (^ f v — \
.
fJb
numerator and denominator of the second member are
separately differentiated with respect to
v,
the factor becomes, on
making p—v, 2
fjuX
^' 2 -
XW -
tJ,X
W'
2
v.,
We
take
y~
except only the case in which n
f I
we have
= a u + a2u + asu + &c,
the terms of the second for
after
have on the other hand the equation
20—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
308 and
hx
also
ty
hty
or,
+ fjux-^r = +
fi-yjr
[CHAP.
VI.
0,
=
;
hence we have
(f"-£)*+A*y=o, we can
therefore eliminate the quantities
integral
which
is
and
yfr
required to be evaluated, and
we
from the
yjr"
shall find as the
value of the integral sought
putting for
/
function u or
yjr
and denoting by
value,
its
//,
(
1 7Yl\
~
x a/
takes
when we suppose
=X
a?
J
index
denotes the order of the root
i
m
m
s
or
—
M. X — TJ U1 H H X in 2
2
2
319.
2
we
If
substitute
2
.
,
(
It follows
The
of the definite equa-
tion which gives an infinity of values of m.
2
which the
TJ% the value
we have
from the foregoing analysis that we have the
two equations [* A A and A xu u, dx=v t
Jo
the
first
second
'
*
t*xufdac >A
|
,
Jo
holds whenever the
when
MX\ =U 7= i 1 +
these
\
number
numbers are
i
IX — Z^ — \2jeJ 2
2
t^-
h
and j are
1-
2
)
different,
,
and the
equal.
Taking then the equation (œ) =a u 1 -f a 2u 2 + a ziis + &c, in which the coefficients a v a2 a3 &c. are to be determined, we shall find the coefficient denoted by a by multiplying the two members of the equation by xujdx, and integrating from x = to x = the second member is reduced by this integration to one term only, and we have the equation
,
1
,
t
X
2
2
! x
0) u dx = a x
XU 2
t
2
il
+ C^=)
}
,
;
CHAP.
COMPLETE SOLUTION.
VI.]
The
which gives the value of a?
coefficients
thus determined, the condition relative to the
by the equation
<£
(x)
309
av
= a u + a u + a us + &c, 2
l
l
2
<x
2
,
3
aP being
a.^ ...
initial state
expressed
is fulfilled.
We can now give the complete solution of the proposed problem; it is
expressed by the following equation
~Y~
:
rx
rx
=
7
—FTT 2
— WW
+
'
7
2
2
0J
2
V
u" e
2 6>
2
+ &c. The
function of x denoted by u in the preceding equation
is
expressed by
\ /cos
the integrals with respect to x must be taken from x =
all
x = X, and q
{-^jQ^WiqS^
= ir;
to find the function
(x) is
the
interior
of the
function
is
u we must integrate from ^ =
to
value of the temperature, taken in the
initial
x from the
cylinder at a distance
arbitrary,
to
and 6V
2
,
3
,
&c. are the real
axis, which and positive
roots of the equation
hX = J_ _0_ 0_ 2 ~ 1 - 2- 3- 4320.
an
If
we suppose the
5 - &c.
cylinder to have been immersed for
time in a liquid maintained at a constant temperature,
infinité
the whole mass becomes equally heated, and the function
which represents the this
initial state is
represented by unity.
the general equation
substitution,
represents
<£
(x)
After
exactly the
gradual progress of the cooling. If
t
the time elapsed
is
infinite,
the second
member
contains
only one term, namely, that which involves the least of roots
V
2
,
3
,
&c.
;
for this reason,
arranged according to their magnitude, and final state of
the solid
„
2
I
xcf) (cc)
the
to be the least, the
expressed by the equation
is
all
supposing the roots to be
u x dx
wkt a u, e
?(*+w)
THEORY OF HEAT.
310
[CHAP. VI.
we might deduce consequences movement of heat in a spherical to those offered by the an infinite number of are We notice first that there
From similar
mass.
the
general solution
which the
particular states, in each of
ratios established
between
the initial temperatures are preserved up to the end of the cooling. When the initial state does not coincide with one of these simple
always composed of several of them, and the ratios of
states, it is
the temperatures change continually, according as the time increases. In general the solid arrives very soon at the state in which the
temperatures of the different layers decrease continually preserving 1 is very small we find that the same ratios. When the radius
X
,
2ft
the temperatures decrease in proportion to the fraction e~cnx.
X
2 is very large the exponent of on the contrary the radius e in the term which represents the final system of temperatures contains the square of the whole radius. We see by this what influence the dimension of the solid has upon the final velocity of 3 cooling. If the temperature of the cylinder whose radius is X, passes from the value A to the lesser value B, in the time T, the
If
,
temperature of a second cylinder of radius equal to X' will pass
A
from
B in a different time
to
ratio of the times
T and
two
If the
7".
sides are thin, the
T' will be that of the diameters.
If,
on
the contrary, the diameters of the cylinders are very great, the
T
ratio of the times
and T'
will
be that of the squares of the
diameters. 1
When
X
=
very small,
is
—
Wkt e
In the 2
text,
h
When X
is
is
e
X2
becomes
a
a
-— ù
x
e
.
nearly equal to one of the roots of the
a
— —
-
-
-:
— o— 4— 5
will
make
the continued fraction in Art. 314
Hence 0=1-446
proper magnitude.
e
3
least root of
/(0)=O
Xi
The temperature intended 1
—™
ô'78kt
becomes
is 1-4467,
mean
-'
.
vdfrx"),
4 .
temperature, which
pX /
si
e
neglecting terms after
the
is
and
nearly,
&kt e
The
Hence
_2Mt
very large, a value of a
its
from the equation in Art. 314.
the surface conducibility.
quadratic equation 1 =
assume
,
1
or
^
is
equal to
i>X /
vxdx.
[A. F.]
CHAPTER VIL PROPAGATION OF HEAT IN A RECTANGULAR PRISM.
dfv
321.
cPv
The equation t—8 + j-^ +
in Chapter
II.,
Section
IV.,
d?v -r-g
= 0,
which we have stated
Article 125, expresses the uniform
move-
ment of heat in the interior of a prism of infinite length, submitted at one end to a constant temperature,
To
tures being supposed nul.
in the
first place,
its initial
integrate this equation
investigate a particular value of
v,
tempera-
we
shall,
remarking
when y changes sign when z changes sign and that its value must become infinitely From this it is small, when the distance x is infinitely great. particular value of v the select as a that can we easy to see mx and making the substitution we find function ae~ cos ny cos pz m2 — ns — p2 = 0. Substituting for n and p any quantities what2 The value of v must also satisfy the ever, we have m= Jrf+p
that this function v must remain the same, or
;
;
.
definite equation Tt)
j-
v
If
+ -f- =
we
when z = I
—I
or
(Chapter
I
II.,
or
—
I,
and the equation
Section
iv.,
Article 125).
give to v the foregoing value,
we have
— n sin ny + t cos ny =
— p sin pz + r cos pz = 0,
or
We
+ -r = 0, when y =
-r
see
by
= pi tan pi,
this that if
to the whole
known
and
we
find
quantity j
-r
= nl tan nl.
an arc I,
e,
such that
we can take
for
e
tan
e is
equal
n or p the quan-
THEORY OF HEAT.
312
Now,
tity y.
it
for
definite product
worpan
which
arcs for
whence
-y-,
number
infinite
by
their tangents, give the
we can
that
follows
it
find
of different values.
we denote by ev
If
322.
number
easy to see that there are an infinite
is
of arcs which, multiplied respectively
same
[CHAP. VII.
e2 ,
satisfy the definite
number
&c. the infinite
e3 ,
equation
e
tan
=
e
-j-
,
of
we can take
n any one of these arcs divided by I. The same would be the 2 2 2 p we must then take to = n + p If we
case with the quantity
.
;
gave to n and p other values, we could satisfy the differential We can equation, but not the condition relative to the surface. then find in this manner an infinite number of particular values of
v,
and
sum of any collection of these values we can form a more general value of v.
as the
the equation,
Take y,
-j,
successively for n and
-j
,
&c.
Denoting by a x
stant coefficients, the value of v
equation v
= +
p
the possible values, namely,
all
a2
,
still satisfies
o3
,
may be
&c,
,
bx
b 2 , b3 ,
,
&c, con-
expressed by the following
:
w+ w
(ax e~ x
2
cos
i
2 w2 (a x e~ x ^"i + 2 cos
+ (a e~ x VwiS+w x
2 *
cos
n xy
+ a e"*^2 +% 2
n y + a2e~ x
'
J 'l *
x
ny x
2
cos n^y
+ &c.)
b x cos
+n * cos n 2y
+ &c.)
h 2 cos n^z
+n* cos n 2y
+ &c.)
b3 cos
2
+ a#- xWn
**
nxz
n3 z
+ &c. 323.
If
distance
x nothing, every point
A
must preserve a constant temperature. necessary that, on making x = 0, the value of
the section fore
we now suppose the
always the same, whatever value
we may
x = 0, we
I.
=
(ax cos
nx y
+a
x
(h x cos
n xz
+
2
cos
n2 y + a3 cos n3 y + &c.)
b2 cos n 2 y
+h
3
cos ns y
of
there-
be
y or to z proNow, on making
find
v
is
v should
give to
and
vided these values are included between
It
+ &c).
;
CHAP.
DETERMINATION OF THE COEFFICIENTS.
VII.]
Denoting by
313
temperature of the end A, assume
1 the constant
the two equations 1
=a
1
=h
cos njy
+
a2 cos n2y
-\-
a3 cos n 3y
+ &c
cos n x y
+
h 2 cos
n2y
+
b 3 cos n 3 y
+ &c.
x
1
,
It is sufficient then to determine the coefficients a x a 2 a 3 &c, whose number is infinite, so that the second member of the equaThis problem has already tion may be always equal to unity. been solved in the case where the numbers n^ n2 n 3 &c. form the series of odd numbers (Chap. III., Sec. IL, Art. 177). Here nv n2 n 3 &c. are incommensurable quantities given by an equa,
,
,
,
,
,
,
tion of infinitely high degree.
Writing down the equation
324.
1
=a
x
cos n^y
+a
cos n 2y
2
+ a 3 cos n3 y + &c,
multiply the two members of the equation by cos n t y dy, and take to y — I. We thus determine the first the integral from y =
av The remaining similar manner.
coefficient
may be determined
coefficients
in a
In general, if we multiply the two members of the equation by and integrate it, we have corresponding to a single term
cos vy,
of the
a
Icos
member, represented by a cos
second
ny cos vydyov - a
or,
^
cos (n
I
sin (n
\
—
v)
—
y
v)y dy
+
~ a jcos (n
sin (n
H
the integral
ny,
+ v)
y\
+ v)ydy,
,
and making y=l, a
((n
+ v)
sin {n
Now, every value is
I
the case with
of v,
n
satisfies
we have n tan
or
sin (n
4- v) l\
2
21
same
— v) + (n — v) tf - v
n sin nl cos
vl
vl
—
J"
the equation wtanw£
therefore
= v tan vl
;
v sin vl cos nl
=
0.
= -7;
the
THEOEY OF HEAT.
314
Thus the foregoing —,
is
5
—
n
[CHAP. VII.
which reduces to
integral,
vl—v cos nl sin
(n sin nl cos
vl),
v
= v.
nothing, except only in the case where n
Taking then the
integral
— v)l —v
a ( sin {n
n
2[
we
we have n = v,
see that if
l
cos
x
if
+a
ny x
+
1} '
v
)
sin 2nl\
in the equation
n 2y
cos
2
v)
-f-
equal to the quantity
/,
from this that
=a
n
it is
1
It follows
sin (n
+a
3
cos n 3y
+ &c.
we wish to determine the coefficient of a term of the second member denoted by a cos ny, we must multiply the two members to y — We have the by cos nydy, and integrate from y = l.
resulting equation fl
1
7
whence we deduce x-,
=
^— — -.a. 7
2nl + sin 2nl
cients a x
with
bx
,
,
a2
sin 2nl\
/.
.
,
In this manner the
4
coeffi-
a3 &c. may be determined the same is the case &c, which are respectively the same as the former ;
,
,
62 , b3 ,
1
coefficients.
It is easy
325. satisfies
now
conditions h-j-
+
hv
= 0,
form the general value of
to
d 2v the equation t-^+
d^v -t-2
and
cvy
value to v z
may
v.
1st, it
it satisfies
the two
d^v
+ -t-2 = 0;
k-j-
2nd,
+ hv = 0;
3rd, it gives a constant
(jLz
when we make x = 0, whatever
be, included between
and
I;
else the values of
hence
it
is
y and
the complete
solution of the proposed problem.
We have 1
4
thus arrived at the equation
_ sin n cos n y ~ 2n l + sin 2n x
x
l
x
x
l
sin nj, cos
2w a Z + sin
n2 y 2rëa7
sin n 3 l cos n 3 y 2n 3 l + sin 2n 3 l
„
TC ''
CHAP.
315
THE SOLUTION.
VII.]
by
or denoting
e lt e2 , e3 , &c.
sin e 1 cos -y1
_
__ —_,--, ,,
4
2e 1
|l
n,|,
MMMM „ M
+ sine
the arcs
sin e2 cos -y! IMIIIIBMII MIIIIWIIM sin e2 2e2
I
II
I
I
2
sin e3 cos -
I
.
I—
+
1
n3 l, &c.
nj,, nj, }
-J
IIIIIIIIWIIIIIIW^MMW^
2e 3
.,
SjQ "'
1
+ sine3
an equation which holds for all values of y included between and I, and consequently for all those which are included between and — I, when x = 0. Substituting the
known values of a 1} b lt <x 2 v, we have the following
,
a3
b2 ,
b3
,
&c. in
,
equation, which
the general value of
contains the solution of the proposed problem,
»7 cos n.z
sin
v
2^+8^2»^
4.4
sin
nj cos n
s
8inn,ZcoB^ 2w 8 Z
+ sin2w
8
nl cos n,y \2n^ + sin 2n^
./—j-
nl cos n, y V ZnJ + sin 2»^
j
2
„
2
.
,
^x^
t
V 2w i^ + sin
&
,
'
+ &c The
denoted by w 1} » 2
number, and respectively equal
e
tan
e
= hi -p
,
e
2,
\
7
(E).
quantities
the arcs, et
\
7
n^ cos w y 2w^
/ sin
o
\
i
J
( sin
2n 2 l + sin 2» 2 £ I
/sin
e3 ,
,
w8
,
are
&c.
6
to the quantities
j
infinite 6
,
j
in
6
s
,
, ,
&c. ;
&c, are the roots of the definite equation
.
k
The
326.
by the foregoing equation
solution expressed
the only solution which belongs to the problem general integral of the equation
;
it
-p + -=-, + -=-, = l
E
is
represents the
0,
in which the
arbitrary functions have been determined from the given conditions.
In
It is easy to see that there can be
fact, let
us denote by
equation ÇE),
it is
i|r [as,
y, z)
evident that
peratures expressed by
if
no
different solution.
the value of v derived from the
we gave
to the solid initial
tem-
z\ no change could happen in the system of temperatures, provided that the section at the origin -ty{x, y,
were retained at the constant temperature 1 T-j
+ -t~2 + T-j =
being
satisfied,
:
for the
equation
the instantaneous variation of
THEORY OF HEAT.
318
VII.
is necessarily nothing. The same would not be having given to each point within the solid whose
the temperature the case,
[CHAP.
if after
co-ordinates are x,
y, z
the initial temperature ^r(x, y,
z),
we gave
We
to all points of the section at the origin the temperature 0.
and without calculation, that in the latter case the state of the solid would change continually, and that the original heat which it contains would be dissipated little by little into the air, and into the cold mass which maintains the end at the temThis result depends on the form of the function perature 0. ^{x, y, z), which becomes nothing when x has an infinite value as the problem supposes. see clearly,
A similar effect would of being
+ -^ (x,
of the prism
;
y, z)
exist if the initial temperatures instead
were
—
yjr
(x, y, z)
at all the internal points
provided the section at the origin be maintained
In each case, the initial tempera0. approach the constant temperature of the continually would tures temperatures would all be nul. the final and medium, which is always at the temperature
;
327.
These preliminaries arranged, consider the movement of
heat in two prisms exactly equal to that which was the subject of the problem. For the first solid suppose the initial temperatures to
be
and that the section at origin A is maintained 1. For the second solid suppose the temperatures to be — -ty (x, y, z), and that at the origin A
+ ^r{x, y,
z),
at the fixed temperature initial all is
points of the section are maintained at the temperature
evident that in the
first
0.
It
prism the system of temperatures can-
not change, and that in the second this system varies continually
up
to that at
If solid,
which
all
the temperatures become nul.
now we make the two movement of heat
the
alone existed.
In the
different states coincide in the is
initial
same
effected freely, as if each system state
formed of the two united
systems, each point of the solid has zero temperature, except the points of the section A, in accordance with the hypothesis.
Now
the temperatures of the second system change more and more,
remain unchanged. an infinite time, the permanent system of temperatures becomes that represented by equation E, or v = -ty{x, y, z). It must be remarked that this result depends on the condition relative to the initial state it occurs whenever the initial heat
and vanish
Hence
entirely, whilst those of the first
after
;
CHAP.
contained in the prism entirely, if the
A
end
We may
328.
317
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION.
VII.]
so
is
that
distributed,
it
add several remarks
need only suppose
u = e tan e, The curve
(see
the arc
e
fig.
we have
15) that
0.
to the preceding solution.
easy to see the nature of the equation
1st, it is
would vanish
were maintained at the temperature
e
tan
e
= hi -jwe ;
constructed the curve
being taken for abscissa, and u for ordinate.
consists of asymptotic branches. Fig. 15.
£2
SB/
The
abscissae
which correspond to the asymptotes are
3
5
3 7r,
7
jj7T,
-7T, &c.
tion are
ir,
2tt,
equal to the
Jêm.
;
37r,
-^ir,
those which correspond to points of intersec&c.
If
now we
known quantity
a parallel to the axis of
-j-
,
abscissas,
and through
extremity draw
its
the points of intersection will
give the roots of the proposed equation struction indicates the limits
an ordinate
raise at the origin
e
tan
e
=
-r
The
.
con-
between which each root lies. We which must be
shall not stop to indicate the process of calculation
employed to determine the values of the this kind present no difficulty. 329.
2nd.
We
easily conclude
that the greater the value of
roots.
Researches of
from the general equation (E) greater that term of - x ^ n ^ +ni2
x becomes, the
the value of v becomes, in which we find the fraction
with respect to each of the following terms. &c. being increasing positive quantities,
In
fact,
e
f
nlt w 2 w 3 ,
%
the fraction e~'
l~
,
is
THEORY OF HEAT.
318
[CHAP. VII.
greater than any of the analogous fractions which enter into the
subsequent terms.
Suppose now that we can observe the temperature of a point on the axis of the prism situated at a very great distance x, and the temperature of a point on this axis situated at the distance
x + 1, 1 being the unit of measure we have then y and the ratio of the second temperature to the first ;
equal to the fraction e~
^ 2%
=
=
z
0,
0,
sensibly
is
This value of the ratio of the tem-
.
peratures at the two points on the axis becomes more exact as the distance
x
increases.
we mark on
the axis points each of
at a distance equal to the unit of
measure from the pre-
from this that
It follows
which
is
if
ceding, the ratio of the temperature of a point to that of the point
which precedes
it,
converges continually to the fraction
e
-v^ Wl
'
2 ;
thus the temperatures of points- situated at equal distances end
by decreasing
This law always holds,
in geometrical progression.
whatever be the thickness of the bar, provided we consider points situated at a great distance from the source of heat.
by means
It is easy to see,
quantity called small,
I,
which
is
of the construction, that if the
half the thickness of the prism,
n 1 has a value very much smaller than n2 from
follows
this that the first fraction
e~*"^
greater than any of the analogous fractions.
,
2wi2
or n 3 is
,
is
very
&c.
very
;
it
much
Thus, in the case in
which the thickness of the bar is very small, it is unnecessary to be very far distant from the source of heat, in order that the tem-
may
peratures of points equally distant progression.
If the half thickness
330.
general value of v e~
2%2 .
decrease in geometrical
The law holds through the whole extent
is
I
is
a very small quantity, the
reduced to the
Thus the function
v
a point whose co-ordinates are
of the bar.
first
term which contains
which expresses the temperature of x, y, and z, is given in this case by
the equation v
=
4 sin nl
f
-â-i
\2nl
the arc
e or nl
The equation
e
Vcos ny cos nz e - X \lw \
2nlJ + sin k— =
r
*
becomes very small, as we see by the construction. tan
e
= -y- reduces
then to
e
2
=T
;
the
first
value of
CHAP.
e,
CASE OF A THIN BAR.
VII.]
or ev
is *
/ j-
by inspection
',
of the figure
the other roots, so that the quantities following
a/ -j-
,
7T,
27T, 37T, 47T,
&c.
The
319
we know
e x , e2
e3 , e 4
,
values of
,
the values of
e6
&c. are the
,
nv n na nv n5 2
,
,
,
&c.
are, therefore, 1
whence we conclude, quantity, the
first
7T
111
as
27T
StT
_
was said above, that
value n
if
Z
is
a very small
incomparably greater than
is
all
the
and that we must omit from the general value of v all the terms which follow the first. If now we substitute in the first term the value found for n, remarking that the arcs nl and 2nl are equal to their sines, we have others,
the factor small,
a
it
enters under the symbol cosine being very
/ ~r which
follows
that the
different points of the
very small. to
This result
remark how
it is
same is
temperature varies very section,
when
little,
the half thickness
for I
is
so to speak self-evident, but it is useful
explained by analysis.
The general
solution
reduces in fact to a single term, by reason of the thinness of the bar,
and we have on replacing by unity the cosines of very small
arcs v
= e~ xslkl
,
an equation which expresses the stationary tempe-
ratures in the case in question.
We
found the same equation formerly in Article 76
;
it
is
obtained here by an entirely different analysis.
The foregoing solution indicates the character of the movement of heat in the interior of the solid. It is easy to see that when the prism has acquired at all its points the stationary temperatures which we are considering, a constant flow of heat 331.
passes through each section perpendicular to the axis towards the
end which was not heated. To determine the quantity of flow which corresponds to an abscissa x, we must consider that the quantity which flows during unit of time, across one element of
THEORY OF HEAT.
320 the section,
is
[CHAP. VII.
equal to the product of the coefficient
dydz, of the element
dt,
and
of the ratio
k, of
the area
— taken with the negaQ/tAs
We
tive sign.
=
from z
y=
to
to z
y=
I.
must
=
therefore take the integral
— kldyldz -=-
,
the half thickness of the bar, and then from
I,
We
thus have the fourth part of the whole flow.
The result of this calculation discloses the law according to which the quantity of heat which crosses a section of the bar decreases and we see that the distant parts receive very little heat from the source, since that which emanates directly from it ;
is
directed partly towards the surface to be dissipated into the air.
That which
may
any section whatever of the prism forms, if we whose density varies from one point another. It is continually employed to replace
crosses
so say, a sheet of heat
of the section to
the heat which escapes at the surface, through the whole end of the prism situated to the right of the section it follows therefore :
that the whole heat which escapes during a certain time from this part of the prism it
by virtue
To
is
exactly compensated
verify this result,
we must
established at the surface.
being
calculate the produce of the flow
The element
temperature, hvdxdy
its
by that which penetrates
of the interior conducibility of the solid.
is
of surface
is
the quantity of heat which
escapes from this element during the unit of time.
\dx\dyv
integral h
dxdy, and v
Hence the
expresses the whole heat which has escaped
We must now employ the finite portion of the surface. known value of v in y, supposing z = then integrate once from We y = to y = and a second time from x = x up to x = oo from a
I,
I,
.
thus find half the heat which escapes from the upper surface of the prism and taking four times the through the upper and lower surfaces. ;
If
y
we now make use
in v its value
I,
\dx\ dz
v,
lost
and give to
;
which escapes at the /?
of the expression h
we have the heat
to z = I, and a and integrate once from z = = to x — oo we have one quarter of the heat
second time from x
The integral
result,
I
lateral surfaces.
dx jdy v, taken between thelimits indicated gives
HEAT LOST AND TRANSMITTED.
CHAP. VIL]
—
sin
.
mjm + n 2
and the
integral h
j
2
ml cos nle~ Wm2+w2
321
,
dx \dzv gives cosmZsin?iJe-*^m
w x/m2
*
+n2 .
2
+n
Hence the quantity of heat which the prism loses at its surface, throughout the part situated to the right of the section whose abscissa is x, is composed of terms all analogous to g-ttVwS+n2
-
1
.
Jm + n
2
2
_s nm j
l
[m
cos n l
m
_ cos
-j.
n
gin nl\
l
.
J
On the other hand the quantity of heat which during the same time penetrates the section whose abscissa is x is composed of terms analogous to 4*kajm —
2
2
+n
e
_„ * vm v^+^ +n
inn
•
,
sm ml sin nl 7
;
the following equation must therefore necessarily hold
k
Jm + n
2
2
mn
,
.
,
.
sm ml sm
nl
=
h
,
-
m Jm + n 2
y= +
^
n Jm2 or
k (m2
+n
now we have
2
)
sin
ml sin nl = hm cos ml sin
T
sm ml cos nl cos
ml sin nl,
n2
n£
+ hn sin m? cos ?i£
:
separately,
km
2
sin
ml
cos w£
m sin m£ cos
we have
2
ml
= hm cos w? sin nl, /i
k
'
also
kn2
sin
?i£
sin
ml = /m
cos nl sin
ra£,
n sin nl _ h '
cos ni
Hence the equation
is satisfied.
k This compensation which
is
in-
cessantly established between the heat dissipated and the heat
transmitted,
is
a manifest consequence of the hypothesis
analysis reproduces here the condition which has already F. H.
;
and
been ex21
THEORY OF HEAT.
322 pressed
;
but
was useful to notice
it
[CHAP. VII.
this conformity in
a new
problem, which had not yet been submitted to analysis.
Suppose the half side
332.
I
which serves as the
of the square
base of the prism to be very long, and that we wish to ascertain the
law according to which the temperatures at the different points of we must give to y and z nul values in the the axis decrease general equation, and to I a very great value. Now the construe;
tion shews in this case that the
first
value of
e is
-~
,
the second
 -jr-
,
the third
-^r
,
&c. Let us
A
A
equation, and replace 5-7T
7tT
-~-, -~-
A
nj,,
make these substitutions in the general
n 2 l, nal,
nj,,
and
their values „,-«-, — A
---
.
.
,
by
&c.
also substitute the fraction a for e
l
2 ;
A /l 2
•SM«' +
I
+ l2
1 -,Vl +8* — —a +-1 2
,
3
a
V12 + 52
o
^^hP _ I a V-HT + 5
2
1
we then
find
— &C n
V5^ _ &c -^ 2
a
-&c.
We
see
by
this result that the
temperature at different points
of the axis decreases rapidly according as their distance from the If then we placed on a support heated and origin increases. maintained at a permanent temperature, a prism of infinite height,
having as base a square whose half side
I is very great; heat would be propagated through the interior of the prism, and would be dissipated at the surface into the surrounding air which is supposed to be at temperature 0. When the solid had arrived at a fixed
state,
tures,
the points of the axis would have very unequal tempera-
and
at a height equal
to half the side of the base the
temperature of the hottest point would be of the temperature of the base.
less
than one
fifth
part
CHAPTER
VIII.
OF THE MOVEMENT OF HEAT IN A SOLID CUBE.
333.
It
still
remains
make
for us to
use of the equation 2
_ K_ /d*v dh d v\ Jt~CB\dx + dy~ + dz~J
dv
2
i
which represents the movement of heat in a to the action of the air (Chapter
the if
first place, for
we
substitute
in the proposed equation,
it
m=-k(n2 +jf +
coefficient
^
n, p,
k
2
(n
v.).
.
'
cube exposed Assuming, in
v the very simple value e~ wt cos nx cos py cos qz,
tion of condition
-pn'
.
solid
Section
II.,
W
2
2
q
),
we have the equa-
the letter k denoting the
follows from this that
if
we
substitute for
m
the quantity q any quantities whatever, and take for 2 the preceding value of v will always satisfy the
+ p +
We
partial differential equation.
v = e~ k ^ +7?2+q2
have therefore the equation
nx cos py cos qz. The nature of the problem also that if x changes sign, and if y and z remain the requires same, the function should not change and that this should also }
t
cos
;
hold with respect to y or z these conditions. 334.
To express the
following equations
:
now the value
of v evidently satisfies
state of the surface,
we must employ the
:
,
+ -
Tr
dv ax
7
K^ + hv = dy
\
(b).
dz
21—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
324
[CHAP. VIII.
These ought to be satisfied when x = ± a, or y = ± a, or z = + a. centre of the cube is taken to be the origin of co-ordinates and the side is denoted by a.
The
:
The
the equations
first of
_
,
e~ mt
+
(b)
gives
.
n
sin
nx cos py cos qz -
+ ntaunx
or
h
_
+ -^ cos nx cosj)y cos qz = 0, h
+ =.= 0,
an equation which must hold when x = ±
from this that we cannot take any value whatbut that this quantity must satisfy the condition
follows
It
ever for n,
natsnana e
tan
— ^a.
h = -^a,
equation in
We
must therefore
solve the definite equation
.
which ° gives the value of e, and take n
K
e
n an
a.
has an infinity of real roots
e
infinity of different values.
We
= -€
Now
.
a
the
hence we can find for
;
can ascertain in the same
manner the values which may be given to p and to q they are all represented by the construction which was employed in the preceding problem (Art. 321). Denoting these roots by n ,n2 ,n 3 &c; we can then give to v the particular value expressed by the ;
,
1
equation v
= e-MW+pt+q*) cos nx cos py cos qz,
provided we substitute for n one of the roots nlf n2 select
p and
335.
and
it
n 3 &c, and
,
,
q in the same manner.
We
can thus form an infinity of particular values of
evident that the
sum
v,
of several of these values will also
satisfy the differential equation (a), and the definite equations (b). In order to give to v the general form which the problem requires, we may unite an indefinite number of terms similar to the term
ae-Mitf+tf+q 2 cos )
The v
=
value of v
may be
e~ kn
H
+a
nx
oo$ py cos qz.
expressed by the following equation
+a
e- kn* H
+ &c),
{a 1 cos
nx
(b l cos
n t y é~ lcniH
+
b 2 cos n 2 y e~ 7cn ^H
+
bz cos
n3 y e~ kn H
+ &c),
cos
nx z e~ kn H
+
c 2 cos
n 2 z er k<~t
+
c 3 cos
n 3 y er kn ^
+
(c,
x
^
^
2
cos
n 2x e~^niH
3
cos
n3x
*
&c).
:
CHAP.
GENERAL VALUE OF
VIII.]
The second member
325
V.
formed of the product of the three and the quantities
is
factors written in the three horizontal lines,
a l5 az a 3 ,
unknown
&c. are
,
hypothesis,
be made
if t
We
points of the cube.
all
so that the value of v
coefficients. Now, according to the the temperature must be the same at
= 0,
must therefore determine a 1} a 2 a 3 &c, ,
,
may be
constant, whatever be the values of
and z, provided that each of these values is included between a and — a. Denoting by 1 the initial temperature at all points of
x, y,
the
in
we
solid,
which
it
from œ =
=-
=a
1
=h
1
=
cos n^x
+a
cos
ny
+b
c x cos
n xz
+
t
1
x
x = a:
'
1 s n.a 1
2
V
cos n 2 y
+b
+
n 2z
c 2 cos
n3x
+ &c,
cos
n3y
+ &c,
c3 cos
n 3z
+ &c,
3
sm2n,a\ — — s 2w x a /
After multi-
,
equation by cos^a?, integrate
first
follows then from the analysis formerly
it
—
:
+
2
cos
3
,
(Art. 324) that
/.,
+a
of the
sin n,a cos n,x *
1
n 2x
cos
2
(Art. 323)
required to determine alf a 2 a 3 &c.
member
to
employed 1
l
is
plying each
down the equations
shall write
+
we have the equation
—
n 2 a cos n»x
sin
z
1
/-
n.a 1 s 2 2 .
— ——a\ +
H
*-
s
2?z 2 a
V
sin
r
%r $m2n
J
1
nna
cos n„x
m H— —
sm2n.a\ = 2n3 a J
/-,
5 2
3
\
+ &c.
—~
sm 2?2 c&\
1 /
Denoting by
1
p. the quantity
= sinw,» 1- cos w.a? H
n^
From
it
(
sinw a
—
n2a,fi2
cos
1
s
-I
nx
we ^ ave
)>
n Qa cos njc + &c. n 3 a/j, 3
sin -\
when we
This equation holds always
between a and
k
—
give to
a?
a value included
— a.
we conclude
the general value of
v,
which
given by
is
the following equation v
=
/sin (
na *
?
&M +
cos n,x e- &n
Knja/ii
/sinn^a
Knp^ I'sin
n.a
^
1SJ
g
_^
j.„ 2 * i- cos n,z e~ knit V ni afi l
sin n„a 2 -
n 2 afi2
srn^a n 2afi2 ,
-\
sinwa
—
n2 a\i2
,„,.
cos nsx e~ kn ^
^
™
g
„
+ &c.
_^ + &
-vnn cos n z e W2{
\ }
)
\ J
s™\ + ace. ,
I
J
THEORY OF HEAT.
326
The expression
336.
for v
is
[CHAP. VIII.
therefore formed of three similar
and the third of
functions, one of x, the other of y,
which
is
a function of x and
t,
z,
easily verified directly.
In
the equation
fact, if in
2
dv _, fd v
d2v
2
2
d
+ dy dy* [fa* \dx
dt~
X
function of z and
t,
we have
IdY IdZ^if^dlX 1 d*Y \d?Z' Z dt~ \X dx* + Y dy + Z dz dt
ldX
X
v\
d?)'
we suppose v = XYZ; denoting by by Y a function of y and t, and by Z a
0r
2
+Y
dt
2
which implies the three separate equations
dX^ k ^X dY ==k d^Y dZ =Jc ^Z dx2
dt
We
must
also
dy
dt
'
2
dz
dt
'
2
have as conditions relative to the
'
surface,
whence we deduce
dX dx-
dZ h 7 h ^ n dY h v + KX =°> dï + K Y==0 dz + K Z=0
from
It follows
this, that, to solve
the problem completely,
enough to take the equation -r.=-h j-^ equation of condition
-y- 4-
^,u
= 0,
,
and to add to
We
v
it
the
z,
is
and we
shall
the general
v.
Thus the problem proposed
,
it is
which must hold when x = a.
must then put in the place of x, either y or have the three functions X, Y, Z, whose product value of
'
>
,
(x,
,
N
t)
=$
=
{x,
t)
$
{y, t)
sin n,a
L
cos
nx x
is >
e~
solved as follows {z, t) h„ 2 , knit
:
;
—
sin nxt, _ k! + - — cos n2x e *"»* .
-]
,
?-
cos n
x
e~
kn * H
+ &c.
;
CHÀP.
ONE SOLUTION ONLY.
VIII.]
n i> n 2 n3 >
y
&c
«
being given by the following equation €
in
which
e
tan
ha
e
= -fr
na and the value
represents
1 /
,
1
2 V
+
sin
337.
We may
of
fi t
is
2n a s
'
2»^
In the same manner the functions
blem
327
J >
(y, t),
$
(s, t)
are found.
be assured that this value of v solves the proand that the complete integral of the partial
in all its extent,
must
differential equation (a)
necessarily take this form in order
to express the variable temperatures of the solid.
In
fact,
the expression for v
satisfies
the equation
Hence the
conditions relative to the surface.
and the
(a)
variations of tempe-
rature which result in one instant from the action of the molecules
and from the action of the air on the surface, are those which we should find by differentiating the value of v with respect to the time t. It follows that if, at the beginning of any instant, the function v represents the system of temperatures, it will still represent those which hold at the commencement of the following instant, and it may be proved in the same manner that the variable state of the solid
which the value of
t
is
always expressed by the function
continually increases.
agrees with the initial state: hence states of the
Thus
solid.
it
gives for v a function different
it
Now
v,
in
this function
represents all the
later
any solution which from the preceding must be wrong. is
certain that
338. If we suppose the time t, which has elapsed, to have become very great, we no longer have to consider any but the first term of the expression, for v for the values n v n2 n3 &c. are arranged in order beginning with the least. This term is given by the equation ;
v this
then
is
=
/sin n, a\
—
1
-
,
s 07
,
„
cos n.x cos n,ii cos n.z e~ 3fc7llt :
the principal state towards which the system of tem-
peratures continually tends, and with which sensible error after a certain value of
t.
it
coincides without
In this state the tempe-
THEORY OF HEAT.
328
[CHAP. VIII.
rature at every point decreases proportionally to the powers of
the fraction e~ skni2
the successive states are then
;
all similar,
or
rather they differ only in the magnitudes of the temperatures
which
all
diminish as the terms of a geometrical progression, pre-
We
may easily find, by means of the preceding equation, the law by which the temperatures decrease from
serving their ratios.
one point to another in direction of the diagonals or the edges of the cube, or lastly of a line given in position. We might ascertain also what is the nature of the surfaces which determine the layers of the
We
same temperature.
we
regular state which
see that in the final a,nd
same which would not hold and in those which immediately follow it. are here considering, points of the
layer preserve always equal temperatures,
in the initial state
During the
continuance of the ultimate state the mass
infinite
divided into an infinity of layers
mon
all
is
whose points have a com-
of
temperature.
339.
It is easy to
determine
for a
given instant the
mean
which is obtained by volume of each molecule by its temperature, and dividing this sum by the whole volume. f C fvu T nu u which is that of the We thus form the expression 3 % temperature of the mass, that taking the
sum
is
to say, that
of the products of the
—
2/
,
The integral must be taken successively and z, between the limits a and — a: v being YZ, we have equal to the product
mean temperature with respect to
V.
x, y,
X
V=\xdxÏYdy[zdz;
—
thus the
mean temperature
integrals
have a common value, hence
JF= f
sinn
jx
is
equal to
\-= (
'°V -«-**«+
The quantity na and
is
is
equal to
«(H
o
e,
sin f
since the three complete
,
^ aVi «-**+
a root of the equation
- )•
different roots of this equation
J
by ev
e
&c.
tan
e
= -~
,
W<3 have then, denoting the e2 e 3 ,
,
&c,
CHAP.
CUBE AND SPHERE COMPARED.
VIII.]
e
\
e,
is
5 -
7T,
1
between the roots
and ^ e2
inferior limits
when
sip 2et
J
t
e
,
3
ir,
the index
,
e4
57T
;
for ,
.
ir
and
—
37T ,
e
3
between
the quantities 1
between 1 and
H
—
2.
=
,
—^—
sin 2e„
,
l ,
1 ]
It follows
enter into the value of
We
to the
&c, and end by coinciding with them The double arcs 2e v 2e2 2e3 &c, and 77-, between 2tt and 37T, between 47r
very great.
sin 2e,
_
and
2tt, 3-7T,
i is
which reason the sines of these arcs are
.
2ir
more and more nearly
&c. approach,
,
are included between
and
e2
V
between
e 2 is
7r,
329
.
;
from
,
(Sec,
positive
all ,
,
,
,
.
,
:
,
are positive and included
this that all the
terms which
J V are positive. now
compare the velocity of cooling in the cube, with that which we have found for a spherical mass. We have seen that for either of these bodies, the system of temperatures converges to a permanent state which is sensibly attained 340.
propose
after a certain
time
to
the temperatures at the different points of
;
the cube then diminish
all together preserving the same ratios, and the temperatures of one of these points decrease as the terms of a geometric progression whose ratio is not the same in the two It follows from the two solutions that the ratio for the bodies.
sphere
is
e~
kn
and
for the
cube
e
^k
.
The quantity n
is
given by
the equation
na
cos
na
-.
sm na
=
',
1
—Kh^a,
a being the semi-diameter of the sphere, and the quantity e
by the equation
e
tan
e
= -^.a,
is
given
a being the half side of the cube.
This arranged, let us consider two different cases; that in which the radius of the sphere and the half side of the cube are each equal to a, a very small quantity and that in which the Suppose then that the two bodies are of value of a is very great. ;
THEORY OF HEAT.
330
[CHAP. VIII.
small dimensions; -^having a very small value, the same lljQj
case with
we have
e,
therefore
e
«2
is
=e
-v?
2 ,
hence the fraction
equal to e CDa
Thus the ultimate temperatures which we observe _ the form Ae~~CDa.
If
— net
now
in the equation
cos
Jl
member
Az?.=
to differ very little
ft
'Yi
7
-TT,
hence the fraction e~
n9 is
are expressed in ticl
:
sin
suppose the second
the
is
na
Jh
= 1 — -^.a, we
K
from unity, we find
e~CDa,
o
We
conclude from this that
if
the radius of the sphere
small, the final velocities of cooling are the in the circumscribed cube,
and that each
same
is
in that solid
very
and
in inverse ratio of the
is
that is to say, if the temperature of a cube whose half side a passes from the value A to the value B in the time t, a sphere whose semi-diameter is a will also pass from the temperature A If the quantity a were to the temperature B in the same time. changed for each body so as to become a, the time required for the passage from A to B would have another value t', and the ratio of the times t and t' would be that of the half sides a and a. The same would not be the case when the radius a is very great for e is then equal to ^7r, and the values of na are the quantities radius
;
is
:
7T,
2ir, 37T, 47T,
&C.
We may then «2
tions e
,
e
easily find, in this case, the values of the frac;
they are e
4a "
and
e
«2
.
From this we may derive two remarkable consequences: 1st, when two cubes are of great dimensions, and a and a are their halfsides if the first occupies a time t in passing from the temperature A to the temperature B, and the second the time t' for the same interval the times t and t' will be proportional to the squares a2 2 and a of the half-sides. We found a similar result for spheres of 2nd, If the length a of the half-side of a cube great dimensions. is considerable, and a sphere has the same magnitude a for radius, and during the time t the temperature of the cube falls from A to ;
;
B, a different time
t'
will elapse whilst the
temperature of the
CHAP.
REMARKS.
VIII.]
sphere
from
falling
is
A
331
and the times
to B,
t
and
t'
are in the
ratio of 4 to 3.
Thus the cube and the
when their dimension
is
inscribed, sphere cool equally quickly
small
;
and in
this case the duration of
body proportional to its thickness. If the dimension of the cube and the inscribed sphere is great, the final duration of the cooling is not the same for the two solids. This the cooling
is
duration
greater for the cube than for the sphere, in the ratio of
4 to
3,
is
and
for each
for
each of the two bodies severally the duration of the
cooling increases as the square of the diameter.
341.
mospheric
We air
have supposed the body to be cooling slowly in atwhose temperature is constant. We might submit
the surface to any other condition, and imagine, for example, that
some external cause, the fixed which enter into the value temperature 0. in this case be such that cos nx of v under the symbol cosine, must becomes nothing when x has its complete value a, and that the same is the case with cos py and cos qz. If 2a the side of the cube is represented by ir, 2tt being the length of the circumference whose radius is 1 we can express a particular value of v by the following equation, which satisfies at the same time the general equation of movement of heat, and the state of the surface, all its
points preserve,
The
by virtue
quantities
of
n, p, q,
;
v
This function
is
=e
co cos x cos y cos z. .
.
nothing, whatever be the time 7T
receive their extreme values
+~
7T
or ~~ «
:
^ut
t,
when x
or
^ie expression
y or z
for
the
temperature cannot have this simple form until after a considerthe given initial state is itself
able time has elapsed, unless
This is what we have supposed The foregoing analysis proves the truth of the equation employed in the Article we have j ust cited. represented by cos
x
cos
y cos z.
in Art. 100, Sect. VIII. Chap.
Up
we have
I.
discussed the fundamental problems and have considered the action of that element in the principal bodies. Problems of such kind and order have been chosen, that each presents a new difficulty of a higher degree. We have designedly omitted a numerous variety of to this point
in the theory of heat,
THEORY OF HEAT.
332
[CHAP. VIII.
intermediate problems, such as the problem of the linear of heat in a prism
The expression
or exposed to the atmospheric air.
movement
movement
whose ends are maintained at fixed temperatures, for the varied
which is cooling in an aeriform medium might be generalised, and any initial state whatever supposed. These investigations require no other of heat in a cube or rectangular prism
principles than those
which have been explained in
this
work.
A memoir
was published by M. Fourier in the Mémoires de V Académie des vu. Paris, 1827, pp. 605—624, entitled, Mémoire sur la distinction des racines imaginaires, et sur V application des théorèmes d'analyse algébrique aux Sciences,
Tome
équations transcendantes qui dependent de la théorie de la chaleur.
It contains a be two solid bodies of similar convex forms, such that corresponding elements have the same density,
proof of two propositions in the theory of heat.
specific capacity for heat,
If there
and conductivity, and the same .
initial distribution of
temperature, the condition of the two bodies will always be the same after times
which are as the squares
when,
of the dimensions,
1st,
corresponding elements
of the surfaces are maintained at constant temperatures, or 2nd,
peratures of the exterior
medium
when
the tem-
at corresponding points of the surface
remain
constant.
For the
velocities of flow along lines of flow across the terminal areas
u-v
corresponding prismatic elements are as peratures at pairs of points at the
:
where
u' -if,
same distance |
u-v:
Aon
(u, v), (u', v')
opposite sides of
s, s'
of
are tems
and
s';
-v'=n':n. If then, dt, dt' be corresponding times, 'the quantities of heat received by the prismatic elements are n^'ndt'. But the volumes being as as sk {u -v)dt s'k (u' - v') dt', or as rfn'dt n 3 re'3 if the corresponding changes of temperature are always equal we must have
and
n
if
:
n' is the ratio of the
dimensions,
:
:
vl
:
,
n?n'dt
n"2 ndt'
n3
n'
In the second case we must suppose
H
3
:
dt '
_
H' —ri
:
?i
2
n' 2
dt'
n.
'
[A. F.]
CHAPTER
IX.
OF THE DIFFUSION OF HEAT.
FIEST SECTION. Of
the free
Here we
342.
movement of heat in an consider the
movement
infinite line.
of heat in a solid
homogeneous mass, all of whose dimensions are infinite. The solid is divided by planes infinitely near and perpendicular to a common axis and it is first supposed that one part only of the solid has been heated, that, namely, which is enclosed between two parallel planes A and B, whose distance is g all other parts but any plane included between have the initial temperature A and B has a given initial temperature, regarded as arbitrary, and common to every point of the plane the temperature is difThe initial state of the mass being ferent for different planes. thus defined, it is required to determine by analysis all the succeeding states. The movement in question is simply linear, and ;
;
;
;
in direction of the axis of the plane
;
for it is evident that there
can be no transfer of heat in any plane perpendicular to the since the initial temperature at every point in the plane
is
axis,
the
same.
Instead of the infinite solid
we may suppose a prism
small thickness, whose lateral surface heat.
which
The movement is
the
common
The problem
is
is
is
of very
wholly impenetrable to
then considered only in the
infinite line
axis of all the sectional planes of the prism.
more
general,
when we
attribute temperatures
entirely arbitrary to all points of the part of the solid
which has
THEORY OF HEAT.
334
other points of the solid having the initial tem-
been heated,
all
perature
The laws
0.
mass ought
solid
since the
or
[CHAP. IX.
of the distribution of heat in an infinite
have a simple and remarkable character; not disturbed by the obstacle of surfaces,
to
movement
is
by the action of a medium. 343.
The
position of each point being referred to three rect-
we measure
angular axes, on which
temperature sought the time t
the co-ordinates
a function of the variables
is
This function v or
(f>
(x, y, z,
t)
the
x, y, z,
x, y, z,
and of
the general
satisfies
equation
K
_
dv
2
^~W){dx Further,
it
d 2v
/d v
2+
df
d2v\
+ dz
W .
i
V
by F(x, y, z) temperature at any point, taken when the time
moment when (j>(x,
Hence we must tion
satisfies
is
the given value of the
arbitrary; thus, denoting
which
'
necessarily represent the initial state which
must
to say, at the
.
is
the diffusion begins,
y, z, 0)
=
F(x,
nothing, that
y, z)
(b).
find a function v of the four variables x, y,
the differential equation
(a)
is
we must have
and the
z, t,
definite equa-
(b).
In the problems which we previously discussed, the integral
is
subject to a third condition which depends on the state of the surface
:
solution
for
which reason the analysis
requires
is
more complex, and the
The
the employment of exponential terms.
form of the integral
is
very
satisfy the initial state;
much more
and
simple,
when
would be easy
it
once the movement of heat in three dimensions.
it
need only
to determine at
But
in order to
explain this part of the theory, and to ascertain according to what
law the diffusion is effected, it is preferable to consider first the linear movement, resolving it into the two following problems we :
shall see in the sequel
how they
are applied to the case of three
dimensions. 344. all
First
problem
:
a part a b of an infinite line
points to the temperature 1
the actual temperature
;
;
it is
dispersed into the surrounding
is
raised at
the other points of the line are at
assumed that the heat cannot be medium; we have to determine
SECT.
I.]
what
is
TWO PROBLEMS.
S35
the state of the line after a given time.
may be made more
general,
by supposing,
1st,
This problem that the initial
temperatures of the points included between a and
b are unequal and represented by the ordinates of any line whatever, which we shall regard first as composed of two symmetrical parts (see fig. 16);
Fig. 16.
2nd, that part of the heat solid,
which
is
dispersed through the surface of the
is
a prism of very small thickness, and of infinite
length.
The second problem
consists in determining
states
of a prismatic bar,
which
is
infinite in length,
submitted to a constant temperature.
the successive
one extremity of
The
solution of
these two problems depends on the integration of the equation
dv
K
dt
CD
HL
d2v dx2
CDS
V '
#
(Article 105), which expresses the linear movement of heat, v is the temperature which the point at distance- x from the origin must have after the lapse of the time t K, C, D, L, S, denote ;
H
,
the internal and surface conducibilities, the specific capacity for heat, the density, the contour of the perpendicular section, and the area of this section. 345. Consider in the first instance the case in which heat is propagated freely in an infinite line, one part of which ab has received any initial temperatures all other points having the ;
each point of the bar we raise the ordinate of a plane curve so as to represent the actual temperature at that point, we see that after a certain value of the time t, the state of the solid is expressed by the form of the curve. Denote by v = F(x) the equation which corresponds to the given initial
temperature
initial state,
and
0.
first,
If at
for the sake of
making the
investigation
THEORY OF HEAT.
336
[CHAP. IX.
more simple, suppose the initial form of the curve to be composed of two symmetrical parts, so that we have the condition F(x) =F(-œ).
^-k
Let in
the equation j7
*^-h-
^^-2 — ^ y
=
make
>
du
-,
~
~dt
Assume a
v
= e~ ht u, and we
have
d2 u
d?
'
particular value of u, namely, a cos qx e~ hqH
a and q Let q v q2 q 3 &c. be a series of any values whatever, and o l5 a2 a 3 &c. a series of corresponding values of the coefficient Q, we have
being arbitrary constants.
,
u—
kqiH «j cos {q x x) e~
4-
a 2 cos
;
,
,
,
"
1 1
(q 2 cc) e-
^+a
3
e-^H +
cos (q3x)
&c.
that the values q t q2 q3 , &c. increase by infinitely Suppose small degrees, as the abscissae q of a certain curve so that they first
,
,
;
dq being the constant differential of the abscissa; next that the values a lt a 2 a3 &c. are proportional to the ordinates Q of the same curve, and that they
become equal
to dq, 2dq, Sdq, &c.
;
,
become equal of
thus
Q 2 dq, Q3 dq, &c, Q being a certain function from this that the value of u may be expressed
to Q^dq,
It follows
q.
,
:
jdqQ cos qx e
kq2t ,
Q is an arbitrary function f(q), and the integral may be taken from q = The difficulty is reduced to determining to q= oo .
suitably the function Q.
To determine and equate u to
346. for u,
Q,
F
we must suppose t =
(%).
We
in the expression
have therefore the equation of
condition
F(%) If
we
substituted for
= IdqQ cos qx.
Q any
function of
q,
and conducted the
integration from q = to q = go, we should find a function of x it is required to solve the inverse problem, that is to say, to
:
ascertain
what function of
q,
after
as the result the function F{x),
solution
being substituted
for Q, gives
a remarkable problem
demands attentive examination.
whose
SECT.
AN INVERSE PROBLEM.
I.]
337
Developing the sign of the integral, we write as follows, the equation from which the value of
= dq Q
F(x)
t
cos q xx
make
In order to
+ dqQ
2
Q must
be derived
+ dqQ
cos q 2 x
3
cos q z x
the terms of the second
all
:
+
&c.
member
dis-
by dxcosrx, and then integrate with respect to x from x = to x = nir, where n is an infinite number, and r represents a magnitude equal to any one of q x q z q 3 &c, or which is the same thing dq, 2dq, 3dq, &c. Let q be any value whatever of the variable q, and qj another value, namely, that which we have taken for r; we shall have r =jdq, and q = idq. Consider then the infinite number n to express how appear, except one, multiply each side
,
,
,
t
many have
times unit of length contains the element dq, so that
n=
-j-
we
Proceeding to the integration we find that the
.
value of the integral jdx cos qx cos rx
is
q have different magnitudes
value
;
but
its
nothing, whenever r and
is
= mr,
when q —
r.
This follows from the fact that integration eliminates from the second
member
contains is
qj
Q ; we 3
or
all
the terms, except one
The
r.
;
namely, that which
function which affects the same term
have therefore
dx
/•
and substituting
for
F (x)
ndq
its
cos
qx
value
—
dq Qj ~
nir,
2
1,
we have
= \dxF{x) cosqx.
We
find then, in general,
^= 2
determine the function
Q which
we must multiply the given tegrate from
x nothing
to
x
I
dxF(x)cosqx.
Thus, to
J o
satisfies
the proposed condition,
function F(x) by dxcosqx, and ininfinite,
multiplying the result by
2
-
;
77
that
is
to say,
9
f(q)
=_ F.
H.
from the equation F{x)
—
r
\dxF{x) cosqx,
the
function
jdqf(q) cos qx,
F (x)
we deduce
representing
the
THEORY OF HEAT.
338 initial
[CHAP. IX.
temperatures of an infinite prism, of which an intermediate
part only
is
F
sion for
Substituting the value oîf(q) in the expres-
heated.
we
(x),
obtain the general equation pZG
/•CO
— F(x)=l dqcosqxl dxF(x)cosqx £
If
347.
substitute in the expression for v the value which
we
we have found
(e).
Jo
Jo
for the function Q,
we have
the following integral,
which contains the complete solution of the proposed problem, Try
The
x
= e -ht
integral,
r I
r
gg cos qX e Mt gx y (x) cos qx. I
with respect to
x,
being taken from x nothing
a function of q\ and taking then the integral with respect to q from q = to q = oo , we obtain for v a function of as and t, which represents the successive states of the to
infinite,
solid.
a,
is
Since the integration with respect to
disappear, ble
the result
it
may be
x makes
this variable
replaced in the expression of v by any varia-
the integral being taken between the same limits, namely
from a =
to a
=
co
— =e
Try
We
.
have then 00
_
u
f°° \
2
Jo
—« = e~ u
,«.
The
\
\
dxF(cc) cosqz,
Jo ,.00
7TV
or
f
„
dq cos qxe~ hqH
dot.
F (a)
dqe~ kq
I
"
1
cos
Jo
Jo
integration with respect to q will give a function of x,
and taking the integral with respect to a we find a function of x and t only. In the last equation it would be easy to effect the integration with respect to q, and thus the expression of v would be changed. We can in general give different forms t
and
a,
to the integral of the equation
dv -j-
at
they
all
348.
2
dv = le ~j~2 7
,
hv,
dj?
represent the same function of
Suppose
x and
t.
in the first place that all the initial temperab, from x = — 1, to x = 1, and that the temperatures of all the
tures of points included between a and
have the common value
1,
SECT.
FUNCTIONS EXPRESSED BY INTEGRALS.
I.]
339
other points are nothing, the function F(x) will be given by this It will then be necessary to integrate, with respect to
condition. œ,
from x =
x=
to
Q=-
-
—
it
-
and
q
-^-
2
The second member may series, as will
rest of the
for the
l,
according to the hypothesis.
We
= e~ M
of the solid at a given instant,
nothing
il
q
a.
be converted into a convergent
easily ;
is
— e~ hqH cos ox sin
\
J
be seen presently
integral
shall thus find
it
and
represents exactly the state
if
we make
in
it t
= 0,
it
ex-
presses the initial state.
Thus the function —
—
I
sinqcosqx
equivalent to unity,
is
if
x any value included between — 1 and 1 but this if to x any other value be given not included between — 1 and 1. We see by this that discontinuous functions also may be expressed by definite integrals.
we
give to
function
is
:
nothing
In order to give a second application of the preceding
349.
formula, let us suppose the bar to have been heated at one of
its
by the constant action of the same source of heat, and that it has arrived at its permanent state which is known to be represented by a logarithmic curve. points
It is required to ascertain according to
of heat
by
is
F (x) '
what law the
effected after the source of heat is withdrawn.
we
the initial value of the temperature,
F (x) — A e most heated.
Ihl KS ',
To
A
is
diffusion
Denoting have
shall
the initial temperature of the point
simplify the investigation let us
make
A = l,
TTT
and -tf-^=1.
Q=
I
We
have
then
F(x)=e~x whence we deduce
dx e~ x cos qx, and taking the
infinite,
Q=^.
2*
2
integral from
Thus the value
the following equation ttv
,
of v in
x nothing
x and
t
is
'i
-TTr
x
given by
:
_ en _ u rdq^mqx
to
Vd
22—2
340
TIIEOEY OF HEAT.
350.
we make
If
t
= 0, we
have
-x-
=
£
[CHAP. IX.
—
%.
I
Jo
ï+g
%-\ which cor-
2
Hence the expression -
responds to the initial state. is
equal to
e-
x
which represents the ing to hypothesis
— COS HW \^7f7
must be remarked that the function F(x),
It
.
/"
I
initial state,
does not change
when x becomes
negative.
its
value accord-
The heat communi-
cated by the
source before the initial state was formed, is propagated equally to the right and the left of the point 0, which directly receives it: it follows that the line
S
y=—
do cos
F I
is
a
i
whose equation
is
ose
composed of two symmetrical branches which
are formed by repeating to right and left of the axis of
y the part
on the right of the axis of y, and whose equation is y = e~x We see here a second example of a discontinuous function expressed by a definite integral. This of the logarithmic curve which
is
.
function it is e
x
~—\-
—
I
when x
351. bar, one
is
is
equivalent to e~
negative
x
when x
is positive,
but
1 .
The problem of the propagation of heat in an infinite end of which is subject to a constant temperature, is
reducible, as
we
shall see presently, to that of the diffusion of heat
must be supposed that the initial heat, instead of affecting equally the two contiguous halves of the solid, is distributed in it in contrary manner; that is to say that representing by F(x) the temperature of a point whose distance from
in an infinite line; but
the middle of the line
it
is x,
the initial temperature of the opposite
point for which the distance
is
— x,
has for value
— F (x).
This second problem differs very little from the preceding, and might be solved by a similar method: but the solution may also be derived from the analysis which has served to determine for us the
movement
of heat in solids of finite dimensions.
Suppose that a part ah of the infinite prismatic bar has been heated in any manner, see fig. (16*), and that the opposite part a/3 is in like state,
having the
initial i
Of.
but of contrary sign temperature
Eiemann, Part.
0.
;
Suppose
all
the rest of the solid
also that the surround-
Biff. Glcich. § 16, p. 34.
[A. F.]
SECT.
ing it
HEATED FINITE
I.]
medium
BAR.
341
maintained at the constant temperature
is
communicates heat
receives heat from the bar or
0,
to
it
and that through
Fig. 16*.
required to find, after a given time b be the temperature v of a point whose distance from the It
the external surface.
what
will
origin
is
is x.
We
consider
shall
the
first
heated bar as
having a
finite
length 2X, and as being submitted to some external cause which maintains its two ends at the constant temperature 0; we shall
then
make
X=
We
352.
dv
oo.
first
_
K
employ the equation
HL
d2v
dt~CDdx~*~
2
dv _-,d v
CM
V]
°r
dt~
.
cû?~
hv
'>
and making v=e~ ht u we have du
_
,
dt~ the general value of u
may be
cPit
dx*'
expressed as follows
u = a^e-to1** sin gxx + a2e~ k^2i sin g2 x + a8e _i^
2 '
:
+ &c.
sin g3 x
Making then œ = X, which ought to make the value of v nothing, we have, to determine the series of exponents g, the condition sin#X= 0, or gX=Ï7r, i being an integer. Hence w i = ax e
-*2f5<
•
sin
TTX
-y
-k
+a e 2
2H
^
.
sin
2lTX p — y- -f &c. ,
It remains only to find the series of constants a x ,
Making
t
u
=
a2
we have
= Jb
(x)
=a
x
sin
-y+ a2 sin -y- + a 3 sin -y- + occ.
,
a3
,
&c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
342 HT 00
Let ~y
— r,
F (x)
and denote
f(r)
=a
x
sin r
+«
2
=
to r
—
/7"vv \ I
J
+a
2r
sin
3
2
Now, we have previously found gral being taken from r
F
or
ai
v
—
y6 -»* -je
sin 3r
4-
;
we have
&c.
r
the inte-
j
= 7r. Hence
cm? i^
x-
x must be taken from x
respect to
we form
substitutions,
sin-y
•*
by f(r)
= - drf (r) sin ir,
^-a 4 = \dxF (x) sm
The integral with x = X. Making these
[CHAP. IX.
sin
(a?)
-*^« 2?nc + e A sin-y
f
.
7
=
to
the equation
-^ _,
.
laaji' («)
2ttx
.
sm-^r- +
}
,
,
&c. k... (a).
Such would be the solution if the prism had a finite It is an evident consequence of the principles which we have laid down up to this point; it remains only to suppose the dimension infinite. Let X= nir, n being an infinite number also let q be a variable whose infinitely small 353.
length represented by 2X.
X
;
increments dq are all equal
term of the
series
we
represent
infinite.
by
by
iirx
Jr-
the
.
sin
l7rx Ittx f
~Y~
I
number
,
dx
i,
The general
instead of n.
-k—,M X
_. . . Jl (x)
which
.
sm is
being
-^
variable
and becomes
IT -t~,
=— dq^
'=%dq'
these substitutions in the term in question
n qxjdxF (x)
X or
-j-
Thus we have
Making si
write
(a)
X=— dq' e -kqH
we
which enters into equation 2
e
;
sin qx.
Each
becoming thereby an
of these terms
we
find
must be divided
infinitely small quantity,
and
SECT.
the
GENERAL SOLUTION.
I.]
sum
of the series
simply an integral, which must be taken
is
with respect to q from q v
2 =-
e~ M
%t
343
=
= go
to q
Idqe-^t
sin
Hence
.
qx \dx
F(x)smqx
(a),
7T
the integral with respect to x must be taken from
We may also
7TV
1"
to
x
=
oo.
Too
fee
= e~ M
dqe~ kq2t sin
I
gjc
Fee
7TV
sin ^a,
/"oo
dot
I
F {a)
dq e'^smqxsmqa.
\
Jo (a)
dzF (a)
I
Jo
J o
Equation
x=
write
Jo
contains the general solution of the problem;
and, substituting for F{x) any function whatever, subject or not
we
to a continuous law,
shall
always be able to express the value
and
of the temperature in terms of x
that the function
F (x)
and alternate parts 1 354.
line
FFFF
is
only
it
must be remarked
distributed in the prism in such a
is
(fig.
Kg,
state,
:
.
If the initial heat
manner that the
t
corresponds to a line formed of two equal
17),
which represents the
17.
formed of two equal arcs situated right and
the fixed point
0,
movement
the variable
initial
left
of
of the heat is expressed
by the equation Cod
= e~ M
I
/"oo
doL
F (a)
1
That
(fig.
is
dq e~ lllH cos qx cos
q%.
Jo
Jo
If the line ffff
I
18),
to say,
which represents the
F(x)=-F{- x).
[A. F.]
initial state, is
THEORY OF HEAT.
344
formed of two similar and alternate the value of the temperature is
£
— e -M\ fay (^)
I
arcs,
rfy e
- JtqH
[CHAP. IX.
the integral which gives
s [n
Jo
Jo
qX
^
gm
we suppose the
initial heat to be distributed in any manner, be easy to derive the expression for v from the two preced(x) may be, which ing solutions. In fact, whatever the function represents the given initial temperature, it can always be decomposed into two others F'(a?) +f(oc), one of which corresponds to the
If
it will
FFFF, and
line
the other to the line ffff, so that
we have
these
three conditions
F(x)
= F{- *),/(*) = -/(- *),
4>
= F{x)
0)
+f(x).
We have already made use of this remark in Articles 233 and We know also that each initial state gives rise to a variable
234.
partial state
which
is
formed as
if it
alone existed.
The composi-
tion of these different states introduces no change into the tem-
peratures which would have
them.
It follows
from
occurred separately from each of
this that denoting
by v the variable tem-
perature produced by the initial state which represents the total function
(x),
<£>
— e ~MI
we must have 2
I
dq e-*2 *cos qx
dot
I
F
(a)
cos qi
If
—
oo
we took
and +oo,
We may member
dq e~ k ^ H sin qx
I
it
is
evident that
we should double
the denominator
we could write
2,
I
= — go
to a
=+
go
.
We
easily see also
r+oo
da
(f>
(a)
cos q a, instead of
da
I
J —
F
(a)
r+co I
J —CO
daf (a)
cos qx.
cos qa
;
00
from the condition to which the function /(a) we must have
for it follows
=
first
and take the integrals with respect to
J —oo
that
the results.
then, in the preceding equation, omit from the
r+oo
ject,
daf(a) sin qa J.
I
the integrals with respect to a between the limits
a in the second form a that
\
Too
rcc
+
is
sub-
SECT.
We
ANY INITIAL DISTRIBUTION.
I.]
can also write r+co
r+oo
dacf> (a) sin qx instead of
I
we
daf{a) cos
I
qx,
J -co
J —ao
for
34-5
evidently have
F
dx
sin
(a)
qct.
— CO
We Trv
conclude from this
= e~ u
TOO
/
r + QD
dq e~ kqH (I
\
da
(a)
cos qa cos
+ /"
TTV
or,
= e~ M
dqe~ kq H -
Jo
da
\
what the
The
g-* J
,
JO
— a).
(x
solution of this second problem indicates clearly
relation
is
between the
this
which we have which we have
definite integrals
analysis
When, in the convergent we give to the quantities
applied to solids of a definite form.
which
^a sin
— a),
cos ^ (x
dqe~ kqH cos q
I
just employed, and the results of the
series
(a) sin
Too
da(j>(a)
\
J -co
355.
<£ (a)
J -00
f+oo
7rv=e~ ht
or,
da <£
1
/*+co
00
\
##
analysis furnishes,
which denote the dimensions infinite values each of the terms becomes infinitely small, and the sum of the series is nothing but an integral. We might pass directly in the same manner and without any physical considerations from the different trigonometrical series which we have employed in Chapter in. to it will be sufficient to give some examples of definite integrals these transformations in which the results are remarkable. ;
;
356.
In the equation 1 •7
4
we
.
7T
= sin u +
shall write instead of
and n
is
an
infinite
1
k à
.
si
n Su +
1
O
X u the quantity -
number equal
5u + &c.
sin
-z
;
1 to
-=;
q
is
x
is
a
new
variable,
a quantity formed by
the successive addition of infinitely small parts equal to dq.
We
THEORY OF HEAT.
346
number
shall represent the variable
term
—+ 1
rp 2i
- sin (2Ï v 1
x n
+ 1) - we J
for put l
i
Hence the sum
becomes ~-sin2qx.
[CHAP. IX.
Q
by
i
-j-
If in the general
.
and n their
term
values, the
of the series
is
—
\
sm2qx,
the integral being taken from q = to q = oo we have therefore œ da [ the equation \ ir = \ sin 2qx which is always true whatever ;
—
I
Jo
9.
be the positive value of ble,
— = —r and
we have
q
/dv — sin r
Let 2qx
x.
A-
it
—r sin r
=
*
= r,
Jo
varia-
this value of the defi-
;
known
has been
new
r being a
some time.
for
If on
r
supposing r negative we took the same integral from r r = — oo we should evidently have a result of contrary sign ,
The remark which we have
357.
the integral
— sin
I
r,
which
is
|-
it
or
made on
just
— \ ir, serves
to
= to — \ it.
the value of
make known
the nature of the expression 2
f°°
do
sin q 2
ttjo
cos qx,
q
whose value we have already found (Article 348) to be equal according as x is or is not included between 1 and — 1. 1 or
We I
the
have in
—
first
cos
fact
qx sin q
term
is
=\
I
-i- sin
q (x
equal to \ir or
+
1)
—\
— \ tt
— \ it, according as x — 1
Hence the whole same sign for, in ;
if
integral
is
is
I
if
1
and x —
two terms cancel each is
the same time
and
x+
— smq(x —
x+
these quantities are of different sign, that
x+ 1>
— sin q(x — l); 1
1) is
is
a
equal
a positive or negative quantity.
nothing
this case, the
\
according as
positive or negative quantity; the second ^ to \ 7T or
to
x— 1
<0,
1
have the
But we have at
other.
to say if
SECT.
PROPERTIES OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS.
I.]
347
the two terms add together and the value of the integral
is
\
ir.
2 ("dq Hence the definite integral sin q cos qx is a function of x ttJo 2 equal to 1 if the variable x has any value included between 1 and
—
1 t
I
—
1
and the same function
;
is
nothing for every other value of x
not included between the limits 1 and
We
358.
might deduce
also
—
1.
from the transformation of two expressions 2
series
into integrals the properties of the f
œ dq cos qx l
'Jo
the x
e
first (Art.
when x is
350)
is
negative.
q*~
+
2
,
aB
f°°
equivalent to
The second
is
e~
x
qdq sm qx
~T +
tWo
'
when x
is positive,
equivalent to
e~
x
if
x
is
and to
positive,
and to — e* if x is negative, so that the two integrals have the same value, when x is positive, and have values of contrary sign when x is negative. One is represented by the line eeee (fig. 19), the other by the line eeee (fig. 20). Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.
The equation 1TX 1 — sin 2a a .
sin a sin
x
2x 7r~-2 2a3
sin 3a sin
sin 2a sin
ir-ar
8
'
tt
Sx
-3V
which we have arrived at (Art. 226), gives immediately the integral 2 f °° dq sin û"7T sin qx , , —* r^ 2 which expression 3 is equivalent to sm x, if a;
— ——
I
is
.
included between
ceeds 1
.
.
value
is
,
,
.
,
.
and
it,
and
its
whenever x ex-
IT.
At the limiting values of x the value of this integral
2 Of. 3
.
;
Riemann,
The
is J;
Riemann,
§ 15.
§ 16.
substitutions required in the equation are
— for IT
x,
dq for -, q for %-. tt
IT
We
then have sin x equal to a series equivalent to the above integral for values of x between and w, the original equation being true for values of x between and a. [A. F.J
THEORY OF HEAT.
S 48
The same transformation
359.
^ir<j}(u)
= sin u
Idu
(f>
Making u = - denote
>
,
(u)
or
applies to the general equation
u+
(u) sin
> /
[CHAP. IX.
sin
2u jdu
>
(u) sin
2u + &c.
- j by fix), and introduce into
the analysis a quantity ^ which receives infinitely small increto dq, n will be equal to -j-
ments equal
and ito~-\ substituting
these values in the general term
ix fdx
—
sm — .
n
we
dq
find
sm qx
J
n
fx\ $ \nj
\dxf(x) sin qx.
=
,
The
.
sin
ix —
n
,
integral with respect to
u
u = it, hence the integration with respect to x must be taken from x = to x — nir, or from x nothing to x is
taken from u
to
infinite.
"We thus obtain a general result expressed by the equation Too
^Trf(x)
—
Coo
dq sin qx
j
Jo for
dxf(cc)smqx
(e),
Jo
which reason, denoting by Q a function of q such that we have
f(u)= IdqQ sin qu an we
I
have
shall
2
Q=-
equation in which f(u)
a given function,
is
f
lduf(u) sin qu, the integral being taken from
u nothing to u infinite. We have already solved a similar problem (Art. 346) and proved the general equation
^irF{x)
=
\
dq cos qx
Jo
which
To
=x
r ,
cos
qx
(e),
give an application of these theorems, let us suppose
the second
becomes jdq
The
dx F ix)
analogous to the preceding.
is
360.
f{x)
I
Jo
sin
member
of equation
(e)
by
qx jdx sin qx xr
.
integral
jdx sin qx xr
or
-^
Jqdx sin qx
(qx)
r
this substitution
SECT.
is
CERTAIN DEFINITE INTEGRALS.
I.]
equivalent to -^n] du
nothing to u
Let
fji
r
sm u
349
the integral being taken from u
,
infinite.
be the integral r
du sin u u f Jo it
;
remains to form the integral Idq smqx^çïfi, or [ix
r \
du sin uu~(r+1)
;
denoting the last integral by
we have xr /xv.
v, taken from u nothing to u infinite, two successive integrations the term
as the result of
We
must then have, according
by the equation
to the condition expressed
(e), |-
7T
of
= [iv xr
or fiv
= \ it
;
thus the product of the two transcendants
duur
I
and
sin m
Jo
du — u
I
if
r
= — ~ we 00
du
same manner we
sin
w
.
n
U
IS $TT.
known
result
/7T
vl
v^
/.o
in the
find the
,
.
sin
v,
Ji
1
For example,
_„
(a);
-
find
f™ du cos u Jo
-X
=
Ar
/tn
V2
(6):
and from these two equations we might also conclude the following dqe~ q /,
361.
=^ Jtt,
By means
1
of the equations
problem, which
following analysis.
which has been employed
What
The way
is
function
belongs also
Q
and to
of the variable q
[R. I E.] .
3 j/
for
u and
,
some time.
(e)
we may
solve the
differential
partial
must be placed under
simply to use the expressions e~'= +cos >/ -I2+
transforming a and b by writing Cf. § 407.
(e)
for
1
recollecting that
V
J -lsin*J -lz,
J-
1
=
—
,=
•
THEORY OF HEAT.
350
[CHAP. IX.
the integral sign in order that the expression
dqQe~ qx may be
I
equal to a given function, the integral being taken from q nothing 1 But without stopping for different consequences, ?
to q infinite
the examination of which would remove us from our chief object,
we
shall limit ourselves to the following result,
by combining the two equations
and
(e)
which
is
obtained
(e).
They may be put under the form
—
- irfix) &
dq sin qx
I
dxf (a)
I
sin qx,
Jo
Jo
(-00
/.00 -J
5 w F (x) =
and
£
diF
dq cos qx
I
(a)
cos qx.
Jo
Jo
—
oo
the result of each integration would be doubled, which
is
If
we took the
integrals with respect to a
from
to
+
oo,
a neces-
sary consequence of the two conditions
/ (a) =-/(-«> We
^(a)^-
and
a).
have therefore the two equations /.OO
/.OO
irf(x)
=
dq sin qx
\
JO
deaf (a) sin qz,
I
J
-00 »oo
/.OO
and
ttF (x)
=
I
daF(x) cos
dq cos qx
qx.
J
We
have remarked previously that any function
always be decomposed into two others, one of which the condition
F(x)—F(—x), and
condition /(a?)
= — /(— x).
We have
sin
and
qoc,
=
this write
±xj - 1 2
in f[x)
may
cos qi,
and add, therefore
Jq cos qx dq =f (x J^l) +f(-x
which remains the same on writing - x
Again we
dxf (a)
I
J -oo
-00
therefore
can
r+oo
dxF (a) To do
(x)
satisfies
the other f(x) satisfies the thus the two equations
/+co
1
(f>
F (x)
*J~-1),
for x,
Q = - fdx [f(xj^l) +f(-x s/^1)] cos qx dx.
subtract and use the sine hut the difficulty of dealing with
imaginary quantities recurs continually.
[R. L. E.]
sect,
fourïer's theorem.
i.]
351
whence we conclude ir
[F(x) +/(#)]
=
7r
=
(x)
dq sin qx
I
JO
dxf(a) sin ^a
I
J -OT ,.+ 00
/.OO
% JO
+ 7T(£ (œ)
=
I
^
cos
cfo-F (&) cos ça,
/
J -OO
/•+«>
/"CO
and
I
dq sin
J -
»/
sin ça
f/^^> (a)
I
CO /»+ 00
/•CO
+
I
dq cos qx
7T^> (#)
=
dxj> (a)
âfg-
I
(
n 1 X sin
si
+co 1
or lastly
>
,
(x)
= -l
cos
qy.,
J -oo
J
or
cfo<£ (a)
I
;
00
r
r
c£a<£
dqcosq(x-a)
(cc)
ttJ-oo
(i£).
Jo
The integration with respect to q gives a function of x and and the second integration makes the variable a disappear.
a,
Thus the function represented by the definite integral dqcosq {x— a) has the singular property, that >
and by
(a)
and integrate
da,
limits, the result is
gration
is
equal to
change a into
we multiply
nrj) (x)
x,
by any function
it
with respect to a between infinite
and
;
so that the effect of the inte-
to multiply
We might deduce equation
362. 1
to
if it
by the number
ir.
(E) directly from the theorem
Poisson in his Mémoire sur la Théorie des Ondes, in the Mémoires de V Académie Tome i. Paris, 1818, pp. 85 87, first gave a direct proof of the theorem ,
des Sciences,
—
,
/(as) = -
in which
ft
f"
dq
f
da e'*"! cos (qx-qa)f (a),
supposed to be a small positive quantity which
is
is
made
equal to
after the integrations.
On
Boole,
the Analysis of Discontinuous Functions, in the Transactions of the
Royal Irish Academy, Vol.
xxi.,
—
Dublin, 1848, pp. 126 130, introduces some anaand regards Fourier's Theorem as unproved
lytical representations of discontinuity,
unless equivalent to the above proposition. Deflers, at the
end of a Note sur quelques intégrales
définies
&c,
in the Bulletin
—
des Sciences, Société Philomatique, Paris, 1819, pp. 161 166, indicates a proof of Fourier's Theorem, which Poisson repeats in a modified form in the Journal Polytechnique, Cahier
noticed by
An Mr Ser.
J.
19,
De Morgan,
p. 454.
The
Differential
excellent discussion of the
W.
i.,
L. Glaisher in an article
Vol.
v.,
special
difficulties
of this proof
and Integral Calculus, pp. class
of proofs
On since and
pp. 232—244, Cambridge, 1871.
cos oo
here alluded to ,
[A. F.]
have been
619, 628. is
given by
Messenger of Mathematics,
THEOKY OF HEAT.
352
[CHAP. IX.
which gives the development of any funcand cosines of multiple arcs. We pass from the last proposition to those which we have just demonEach term strated, by giving an infinite value to the dimensions.
stated in Article 234,
F (x)
tion
in a series of sines
of the series
becomes in
this case a differential quantity
1
Trans-
.
formations of functions into trigonometrical series are some of the
elements of the analytical theory ^of heat;
make
use of
them
is
it
indispensable to
to solve the problems
which depend on
of arbitrary functions
into definite integrals,
this
theory.
The reduction
such as are expressed by equation (E), and the two elementary equations from which
it
is
derived, give rise to different conse-
quences which are omitted here since they have a
We
less direct rela-
remark that the same equations present themselves sometimes in analysis under other forms. We obtain for example this result
tion with the physical problem.
«00
1
shall only
/*00
<j>(x)=-l dx(j>(a)l dqco$q(œ
which
differs
— a)
(-£")
JO
TTJ
from equation (E) in that the limits taken with and oo instead of being — oo and + oo
respect to a are
In
and
.
this case
(E') give
x
variable
must be remarked that the two equations (E)
it
equal values for the second
member when
always gives a nul value for the second member. not the case with equation (E), whose second member lent to
As
7r<£ (x),
whether we give
to equation ÇE')
<£ (x),
and
if
be always nothing 2 363. line
may
The problem
ce
x
if is
is
is
equiva-
a positive or negative value.
To
find a
positive, the value of the function
negative the value of the function
may
of the propagation of heat in an infinite
besides be solved by giving to the integral of the partial
Eiemann, Part.
à different form which
Biff. Gleich.
corresponding to the cases 2
1
.
differential equation 1
x
to
solves the following problem.
it
function of x such that
may be
the
(E ) The same is
If this variable is negative, equation
is positive.
F (x) =
we
shall indicate in
§32, gives the proof, and deduces the formulœ F ( - x).
=fc
These remarks are essential to clearness of view. The equations from which its cognate form may be derived will be found in Todhunter's Integral Calculus, Cambridge, 1862, § 316, Equations (3) and (4). [A. F.]
(E) and
SECT.
VARYING TEMPERATURE IN INFINITE BAR.
I.]
the following
We
article.
the source of heat
shall first
353
examine the case in which
constant.
is
Suppose that, the initial heat being distributed in any manner throughout the infinite bar, we maintain the section A at a constant temperature, whilst part of the heat communicated
persed through the external surface.
the state of the prism after a given time, which
we have proposed
second problem that 1 the constant
we have
e
is
the object of the
to ourselves.
temperature of the end A, by
-x>J— ES
is dis-
It is required to determine
Denoting by
that of the
medium,
as the expression of the final temperature of a
x from
point situated at the distance
this extremity, or simply
TTT x
e~
,
assuming
t^ to
for simplicity the quantity
be equal to unity.
Denoting by v the variable temperature of the same point t has elapsed, we have, to determine v, the equation
after
the time
dt~CDdx let
now
v
=e
+u
du
.
we have
-r-
=
dt do!
0r
-Jl
dt
—^ CD
replacing
If
and by "J k '"
K
d
CDS
2
s
V'
,
u'
t^. -^-ô ds?
CD
— HL
du
,
CDS ,-,
,
,
LI
u
; '
2
,
,
T
=*TJ-*»i dx*
-
HL — CDS
- by k
we make u=e~ ht u we have
-.-
=Jc
-,—
2 ;
the value of u or
Jhl v
—e
final
KS
is
that of the difference between the actual and the
temperatures
to vanish,
;
this difference u,
and whose
final
value
is
F{x)-e
which tends more and more
nothing,
is
equivalent at
first
to
- J%
\
denoting by
F (x) the initial temperature of a point situated at the
distance x.
Let /(a?) be the excess of the
F. H.
initial
temperature over 23
THEORY OF HEAT.
354
we must
the final temperature, fill
the equation
:=
at
u a function which
satisfies
It
fi
'Tj:
find for
[CHAP. IX.
k-j-ri
dx
—hu, and whose
initial
value
is
f(x), and
Jhl At the point A,
or
x=
the quantity v
final
value
has,
by hypothesis, a constant value equal
0.
0,
that u represents an excess of heat which
to 0.
We
KS
—e by
see
this
accumulated in the prism, and which then escapes, either by being propagated to
by being scattered
infinity, or
into the
is
at first
medium. Thus
to represent
A
of
that the line
is
the effect which results from the uniform heating of the end
we must
a line infinitely prolonged, also prolonged to the
situated to the right
temperature the point distance
A
;
is
—x
left of
now
is
the point A, and that each point affected with the initial excess of
in a contrary state
from the point
A
A
;
so that a point situated at the
has the
move
and to be scattered at the
The point
1st,
2nd, that the other half of the line to the left of
the heat then begins to bar,
imagine,
initial
temperature —f(x)
:
freely through the interior of the
surface.
preserves the temperature
points arrive insensibly at the same state.
0, and all the other In this manner we are
able to refer the case in which the external source incessantly com-
municates new heat, to that in which the primitive heat is propagated through the interior of the solid. We might therefore solve the proposed problem in the same manner as that of the diffusion
347 and 353; but in order to multiply methods of we shall employ the integral under form from that which we have considered up to this
of heat, Articles
solution in a matter thus new,
a different point.
dit
364. x
k
to e~ e \
The equation -^
This function of x and
of a definite integral,
value oîJdqe~ q \ is
d?u
= k -p is
which
We
is
have in
taken from q = -cc to q
satisfied
by supposing u equal
may also be
put under the form very easily deduced from the known t
fact JÏ?
= +w.
=Jdqe~
We
J ir= Jdqe' iq +
b) 1
q
\
when the
integral
have therefore also
SECT.
b being
same
SOLUTION OF THE LINEAR EQUATION.
I.]
any constant whatever and the
From
as before.
35.
limits of the integral the
the equation
J -00
we
conclude,
by making
b
2
= kt
tjir J _,» x
hence the preceding value of u or 1
we might
also suppose
+0°
f
7
u equal ae
e~ e
-g 2
kt
is
equivalent to
-(x+2q's/îâ)
to the function
-nx
kn-t
e
,
a and n being any two constants; and we should
way
that this function
same
sum
of an
equivalent to
is
CO
4=r We
find in the
dqe-«
- n[x+2
i
e
^U\
can therefore in general take as the value of u the
infinite
number u
=
of such values,
and we
shall
9 Jqe' (a^-^+2^) + a *
J
^
e
have
-n 2 {x+2 q
+ a g~ M + &C.)
3
m
a:+2 2vw)
constants av a2 ,as &c, and n v n 2 , n3 &c being undetermined, the series represents any function whatever of x + 2qjkt ; we have
The
,
therefore
from q
u=
=—
+ 2qjkt). The
Idqe'^^ipo
oc to fllf
the equation
,
-j-
trary function
q
=+ (l
cc
,
integral should be taken
and the value of u
will necessarily satisfy
11
= k-^—%
.
This integral which contains one arbi-
was not known when we had undertaken our
re-
searches on the theory of heat, which were transmitted to the Institute of France in the
month
of
December, 1807:
it
has been
23—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
356
[CHAP. IX.
1 given by M. Laplace in a work -which forms part of volume VIII ,
of the Mémoires de l'École Polytechnique;
the determination of the linear
movement
we apply
it
of heat.
From
simply to it
we
conclude EL Jin. ]
/.-TOO +00
v
= e~ M
\
dqe-«
K8 1TJ\ - /»V5 + 2qjkt)
2
(j>(x
J -co
when t =
the value of u
/H
F (x) — e -ce v *»
is
or f(x) ;
hence r+m
f{x)
=
dqe'Q*
(f>(x)
J -co
and $
(«)
=
1
n=f(x). sj TT
Thus the arbitrary function which enters into the integral, is determined by means of the given function /(a?), and we have the following equation, which contains the solution of the problem,
v
= - e~ x v *s + -t=1" V
it is
J^-2 J -co
2
/
(as
+ 2#/&)
easy to represent this solution by a construction.
Let us apply the previous solution to the case in which AB having the initial temperature 0, the end A is heated so as to be maintained continually at the temperature 1. It follows from this that F (x) has a nul value when x 365.
all
points of the line
s whenever x differs from 0. Thus/(#) is equal to — e when x is nothing. On the other hand it is from 0, and to necessary that on making x negative, the value oîf(x) should change
differs
sign, so that
know
we have the
condition
ll[L
—e
**
x
when x exceeds
We must now +0°
u
or
[
J
0,
and
+e
f (x);
it
thus
becomes
IhIj
KS
when x
write instead of x the quantity x
is less
than
0.
+ 2q\/kt. To find
_
1
dqe-i -y_ f(x +
We
/(— x) =—f(x).
the nature of the discontinuous function
2q*Jkt),
we must
first
take the integral
from
x+
2q\/Tci
=
to
x + 2q\/H=
oo
,
Journal de VÉcole Polytechnique, Tome vin. pp. 235—244, Paris, 1809. Laplace shews also that the complete integral of the equation contains only one arbitrary function, but in tbis respect he had been anticipated by Poisson. [A. F.] 1
SECT.
APPLICATION OF THE SOLUTION.
I.]
357
and then from œ For the
+ 2q*/ki — — ao
first part,
œ
to
+
2q\/Ft
= Q.
we have
NirJ
and replacing k by
we have
value -j^
its
-&e-**e-{*+**s/êW¥s J
,
V7T
or J
/7T V'
EL
__
or
1 ?=- epods Jdfc.-WSÛ'. .
V 7T
/
Denoting the quantity 2
T-f
T
f-
+ a/ 77™ by
r the preceding expression
becomes «ks
e
eu
V7T this integral \dre~
^
or from
ri
,
from
+ 2 2y ££ = =—
The second
r=
,
J
must be taken by hypothesis from
— Kt
;=== to
2
or
r
j=r— ecDs \dre~ r
to
q=
/Si
a/
v;
+ 2q^-^ = cc
<x>
£C
^na
part of the integral
cc
r==* to r
is
=
oo
f
THEORY OF HEAT.
358
[CHAP. IX.
i e^Mdqf^e^^
or
—
I1ÏL
1 I
ar
ELt
f
* fex /VÂ', e *JKs e cDsUre -r« }
V7T
J
denoting by r the quantity g
— a/ ^
The
q
integral
jdre~ r
must be taken by hypothesis from
œ+2q^ -^ = -co tox+2q^~ = 0, or from
<7
*
= — co
to
<7
=—
,
*
that
is
/Kt'
2
K-»*,,.-^-
from
W§.CD The two
may, from the nature of the function e _ra be
last limits
,
replaced by these:
VCD' It follows
from this that the value of u
u= the
first
e
integral
/el Xs,£S
eu e CDS
C
is
/bl
„
expressed thus nit
7 x dre~ "- e~ * ™ e cm
r
dre~ r\
must be taken from
rz=
ELt
/ X± AJV
x iAj
.
\f fTnâ+
TtP. r
y
tor =oo,
cd
and the second from
r=
HLt
V
CDS'
^^tor = cc. /Kt_
V CD ,
:
SECT.
FORM OF SOLUTION IN CASE CONSIDERED.
I.]
Let us represent now the integral
—=
\dre~ r,i from
r=
859
R to r =
co
sJttJ
by u
yjr
(R),
and we
nit
Jm,
= e CDS q x V
KS
shall
^
have
CDS
'
/]ft
V /7X*
qCDSq
hence
u',
which
is
-*M.j./m V iESf
-^r
HLt equivalent to e~CDS
}
CDS
is
expressed by
and 6
W-'
-*J-
'DU Y / Vl CDS r
l
The function denoted by ty (R) has been known for some time, and we can easily calculate, either by means of convergent series, or by continued fractions, the values which this function receives,
when we
substitute for
R
application of the solution
is
given quantities; thus the numerical subject to no difficulty
The following references are given by Riemann: Kramp. Analyse des réfractions astronomiques et terrestres.
1 .
1 ;
An. vu. 4to.
from
ft
= 0-00
Table to i
I.
at the
end contains the values
Leipsic and Paris,
of the integral
/
e~&dfi
= 3*00.
Legendre. Traité des fonctions elliptiques
et
des intégrales Eulêriennes.
Tome n.
THEORY OF HEAT.
S60 366.
If
[CHAP. IX.
H be made nothing, we have
This equation represents the propagation of heat in an bar, all points of
which were
the extremity which
first
infinite
at temperature 0, except those at
maintained at the constant temperature
is
1.
We
suppose that heat cannot escape through the external surface of the bar or, which is the same thing, that the thickness of the ;
This value of v indicates therefore the law according to which heat is propagated in a solid, terminated by
bar
an
is infinitely great.
infinite plane,
supposing that this infinitely thick wall has
at all parts a constant initial temperature 0,
submitted
constant temperature
to a
1.
first
and that the surface is It will not be quite
useless to point out several results of this solution.
Denoting by r
=
R,
we
have,
<£
(R) the integral
when
R is
'
—=
i
\dre~ r taken from r JttJ
=
to
a positive quantity,
f (£)=!-<£(£)
and ir(-R)
= ± + cj>(R)
)
hence
^ (- R)-f(R) = 20 (R) developing the integral
Paris, 1826.
The of
first
4to. pp.
520—1.
(R)
Encke.
= 1 - 20 /
j^=-\
.
we have
Table of the values of the integral fax (log-^
part for values of (log-
x from 0-80 to
and v
J
from 0-00 to 0-50; the second part
*.
for values
0-00.
Astronomisches Jahrbuchfur 1834,
end gives the values of
2
J
e~ t2 dt J
ir
Berlin, 1832, 8vo.
ft
- -._
Jo
from £=0-00
to
t
= 2-00.
Table
[A. F.]
I. at
th&
SECT.
MOVEMENT ACROSS INFINITE PLANES.
I.]
361
hence 1
11/
_x__
._
y
os
vvJtt^-Jtt-
1 1
lKt\ V CD/
we suppose x nothing, we find v = 1 2nd, if x not being nothing, we suppose t — 0, the sum of the terms which 1st, if
;
contain x represents the integral \dre~ r2 taken from r =
and consequently
equal to \Jir', therefore v
is
is
nothing; 3rd,
different points of the solid situated at different depths
&c. arrive at the
same temperature
= oo
to r
xv x2 x3
after different times
,
t
v
,
t2 , t 3 ,
which are proportional to the squares of the lengths x x x2 x3 &c; 4th, in order to compare the quantities of heat which during an infinitely small instant cross a section S situated in the interior of the solid at a distance x from the heated plane, we must take &c.
,
the value of the quantity
d*
iKt*
VI
2
— KS dv -j-
'
iKt
!
i
,
and we have
v
\
,
CD,
^tm^ q
Jcdk~7m •J-rrt
thus the expression of the quantity
the integral sign.
dv -j- is
entirely disengaged
The preceding value
heated solid becomes
J CDK which 8— ,
,
from
at the surface of the
shews how the flow of heat
Jirt at the surface varies with the quantities C,
D, K,t',
to find
how
much heat the source communicates to the solid during the lapse of the time t, we must take the integral
THEORY OF HEAT.
3G%
2SjCuK
jGUKdt
a
[CHAP. IX. _
/ thus the heat acquired increases proportionally to the square root of the time elapsed.
By
367.
which
diffusion of heat,
equation
-r-
we may
a similar analysis
depends on the integration of the
also
= k -^ — hv.
problem of the
treat the
Representing by f(x) the
initial
tem-
perature of a point in the line situated at a distance x from the
we proceed
origin,
-j-
= k -jj
=
0,
dqe~i J -
to be the temperature
Making
t.
=
Clt
Clt t
time
after a
and consequently z
,
what ought
to determine
same point
of the
%
v
= e~ ht z, we
+
(x
have
When
2q Jkt).
oo
we must have v
=/(«) =
or
dqe-«*(f> (x) J -co
v
= -j= V 73
To apply
"
dqe-**f (x
\
(x)
= -=./ (x)
+ 2q Jkt).
-oo
this general expression to the case in
=—
the line from x
a to
;
^TT
a?
=a
uniformly heated,
is
the solid being at the temperature
0,
we must
which a part of all
the rest of
consider that the
+ 2q Jkt)
which multiplies e~ q2 has, according to hypothesis, a constant value 1, when the quantity which is under the sign of the function is included between — a and a, and that all factor /(#
Hence the
the other values of this factor are nothing.
dq e~ q2 ought to be taken from
/•
— — nç
or from
q=
-
ft
.
to q
=
Ç£ -L
£ .
Denoting as above by -j=
J tv
the integral jdre~ r2 taken from r
Y
\ 2
Jkt
1
x+ 2q Jkt = — atox + 2q Jkt = a,
" ijkt
* Jkt
integral -o
J
=R r
to r
=
V 2
Jkt
oo
,
we have
ty (E)
SECT.
COOLING OF AN INFINITE BAR.
I.]
368.
We
shall next apply the general equation
=
v
to
-y-
dq e-*f(x
which the
the case in
constant intensity
For
purpose
this
infinite bar,
by
variable
x which
heated by a source of
it
medium maintained sufficient to
is
.
function denoted
+ 2qjkt)
has arrived at fixed temperatures and
1,
then cooling freely in a 0.
3G3
/ (x)
is
at the
remark that the
.
equivalent to
e
-* i v
initial
% *
so long as the'
under the sign of the function
is
is
temperature
is
positive,
and that the same function is equivalent to e^ * when the Hence variable which is affected by the symbol /is less than 0. v
the
= -T=(fdqe-^e- x ^ e~ 2 ^M+
first
integral
f dqe-**e x
«*
e***
must be taken from x
+
2qjlet
=
x + 2qjkt
to
—
oo
and the second from
x + 2qjkt = — The
first
to
part of the value of v e~ M
making r = q
or from
oo
4-
x + 2qjkt -
is
__
r
lu
or
-x /5 f L-Z^ldqe-to+'rtfr, Jtt J
or
—t=—
Jht.
The
r
J
0.
are
r ;
integral should be taken
--#= J rr ht — —-=
2^
to r
=
-x
from
THEORY OF HEAT.
364
The second p
part of the value of v
~* Jit
»~
-
r
fc
The
or
e^sldrer**;
integral should be taken from
= — oo
r
is
c
-T=6 x *l\\d%e- c? e*^M
making r = g — J ht.
[CHAP. IX.
to r
x
= — Jht —
2jkt' or from
= J ht + -
r
-. to r
=
go
,
2 „J/ct
whence we conclude the following expression
,= e -Vl t 369.
We have
:
(^i-^) + ^I f (^ +2 ^-).
obtained (Art. 367) the equation
2jkt/ to express the law of diffusion of heat in a bar of small thickness,
heated uniformly at
its
middle point between the given limits
x—
We
— a, x = +
a.
had previously solved the same problem by following a method, and we had arrived, on supposing a = 1, at
different
the equation
2
v
= - e~ M f
To compare
— B, we
— cos qx sin ae~ qm
(Art. 348).
,
these two results
denoting again by to r
+ °° do
\
^(R)
we
shall suppose in each
x=
the integral ldre~ ri taken from r =
have
•"* Ktei)-*(ii)}or
?;
=
2e-**
V^
f
a
W&*
1 1 i 3
y W**' /
a
1
15
1 /
5
a
y"
We/
} ;
J
;
SECT.
IDENTITY OF DIFFERENT SOLUTIONS.
I.]
365
on the other hand we ought to have JL \ e -u\d ir
J
q
2
Now
k
r*~
tt~
the integral ldue~ 1fi u
m
a known value,
im
l§ ta.ken
from
w=0
to
u=cc
We
being any positive integer.
has
have in
general
j^aue
^
-
u
2 .2.2.2...
The preceding equation
gives then, on
2
2
making
qVct
=
'
it?,
ll/_i_Y+"(4=Y-&C-'
or
This equation a = 1.
when we suppose which we have obtained
the same as the preceding
is
"We see by this that integrals
by
different processes, lead to the
we
arrive thus at
two identical
same convergent series, and whatever be the value
results,
of x.
We
might, in this problem as in the preceding, compare the
quantities
of heat
which, in a given instant,
cross
different
and the general expression of these quantities contains no sign of integration; but passing by these remarks, we shall terminate this section by the comparison of tîie different forms which we have given to the integral of the equation which represents the diffusion of heat in an infinite sections of the heated prism,
line.
To
370.
u
= e~ x eu
,
equation
satisfy the
u
or in general
=
-5-
=
k -*-,
" e~ nlc e n u, whence
(Art. 364) the integral (•
u
=
+» 2
dqe-Q (f>(x-{-2q Jki). 1
Cf.
,
Riemanu,
§ 18.
we may assume we deduce
easily
THEORY OF HEAT.
306"
From
[CHAP. IX.
known equation
the
J
— oo
we conclude dqe~te +a)*f
Jir=\
e-z e~ 2a y,
.
we have
a being any constant;
therefore
or
JttJ e
d2
~T=
e
I
\
~ 2a2 + ~]2^
1
13
+ eta J
This equation holds whatever be the value of velope the
first
member; and by comparison
value
is
nothing when n
We may
a.
of the terms
we
values of the integral jdqe~ q2 q n
known
obtain the already
'
is
odd,
and we
find
when n
is
.
de-
shall
This
an even
number 2m,
j:^ e "^ r°
We
371.
x
or this,
u ttj,
=
a2
,
1.3.5.7... (2m -1) 2.2.2.2...
;_
a'V
*-.
the expression
= a e~ niVct cos w^ +
m
=
have employed previously as the integral of the
= k-r-^
equation -^
.
.
7
a ie~ n kt cos w 2# + aae~ n*lkt cos w 3#
4-
&c.
/
a 1e" n^M sin
3
,
n Yx + a 2 e ~ n
&c, and n v n2
constants.
It is
,
u sin n œ + a e " n^ u sin n x + &c. s B
*
ns
2
,
&c, being two
In
dq e~
qi
sin
easy to see that each of these expressions
fact, to
n(x+2q s/kt),
or
I
dq e~^ cos n (œ + 2q
determine the value of the integral o
dq e~ sin (x + 2q
'/Ft)
;
,
series of arbitrary
equivalent to the integral
I
;
sfkt).
is
SECT.
we
367
IDENTITY OF SOLUTIONS.
I.]
form
shall give it the following
jdq e~
q2
sin
x
sin
x
jdq e" q2 cos x sin 2q slid
+
cos 2q Vjtf
;
or else,
——+
o-îqtJ-kt
,2qs/-kt
q
G
-
|
J -CO
/oo
+ which
is
e~ M sin
e
-2q^-M
2q"J-kt
e
2v^ir
2v^i
equivalent to
x (\ jdq
+
._
e~i~ cos x dq Q-i
e~
kt
*-<*"
cos
the integral J
x
dq
^
+\
jdq
e'to+^A
(ç-^jdq e-^-V^)» _ _* e~
^~ kt^ taken
{q±
from q
=—
Jdq e
<x>
to
we have therefore for the value of the integral \dqe~ q
vV e~
the quantity
kt
and
sin x,
vV e~ nm sin w# = we
I
"
-(a+^A ,
q=
<x>
is
vV,
sin (x + 2q \fkt)>
in general
cZ^ e
could determine in the same
-9 *
sin
n
(x
+ 2q *Jkt)
manner the
,
integral
/.+OO
dq
I
J
the value of which
We
see
by
is
e' 9* cos
vV
e"~
w2*'
cos nx.
this that the integral
4- e is
J1
n{x + 2q \/kt)
—00
-»82*<
(^
sin
?i cc 3
+
&3 cos
n3«;)
+ &c.
equivalent to f
+0°
/tt J-» 'J
_
a
(a t sin « 4
2
(^
cos Wj
+ 2q \/kt) + a (as + 2# Vfà) + 6
(a?
s
2
sin
n% (x + 2# VAtf)
cos
n2
{x
+ 2q \/M)
+ &c. + &c
) j
THEORY OF HEAT.
388
The
-
value of the series represents, as
+ 2q "Jkt
any function whatever of x can be expressed thus v
The
= jdq e~
qi
(œ
we have
seen previously,
hence the general integral
;
+ 2q *Jkt).
du integral of the equation
[CHAP. IX.
-j-
sented under diverse other forms 1
d?w = Jc-j-, may ,
besides be pre-
All these expressions are
.
necessarily identical.
SECTION Of 372.
the free
The
II.
movement of heat in an
integral of the equation
~j-
infinite solid.
= -^ ^—
2
(a)
furnishes
immediately that of the equation with four variables
K (dh_ d?v dt~GDW + aY
dv
d 2 v\ dzV
_
i
as
we have
.
.
.
}i
{
already remarked in treating the question of the pro-
For which reason
pagation of heat in a solid cube.
it is sufficient
in general to consider the effect of the diffusion in the linear case.
When
the dimensions of bodies are not
bution of heat solid
sions
medium
is
to the elastic
proper to
analysis,
and the
initial state,
medium;
the
temperature must not only tion
infinite,
the distri-
continually disturbed by the passage from the
employ the expreswhich determines the
or, to
function
satisfy the partial differential
but
is
equa-
further subjected to conditions
which depend on the form of the surface. In this case the integral has a form more difficult to ascertain, and we must examine the problem with very much more care in order to pass from the case of one linear co-ordinate to that of three orthogonal co-ordinates
but when the solid mass
is
opposes itself to the free diffusion of heat.
same
:
not interrupted, no accidental condition Its
movement
is
the
in all directions.
1 See an article by Sir W. Thomson, " On the Linear Motion Camb. Math. Journal, Vol. in. pp. 170—174. [A. F.]
of Heat," Part
I,
SECT.
LINEAR MOVEMENT.
II.]
The
369
variable temperature » of a point of an infinite line
is
expressed by the equation v
=
+ca
~
r
i
V7T
J
- 00
dqe-^f(x +
x denotes the distance between a whose temperature
is
2q^/t)
(i).
and the point m,
fixed point 0,
equal to v after the lapse of a time
We
t.
suppose that the heat cannot be dissipated through the external
and that the
surface of the infinite bar,
which the value of
must
v
of the bar is
differential
equation,
satisfy, is
_ K Jt~~CD dv
But
initial state
The
expressed by the equation v=f(x).
d 2v
to simplify the investigation,
dv
{-
we
_dv
.
W; t
another
unknown
Kt
-^ and constants, we substitute x + 2n Vc
If in f(x),à function of x for x,
-
write
which assumes that we employ instead of i
a)
Q
Jt~dx^
equal *to
.
.
2
dx~
and
dît if,
after
having multiplied by -t=
e~ n2,
we
integrate with
V7T respect to
n between
infinite limits, the expression r+ œ
1
-7= j
satisfies, as
that
is
dn
we have proved
e~
n2
f (x + %i Nt)
above, the differential equation
to say the expression has the property of giving the
value for the second fluxion with respect to x, and for the fluxion with respect to
t.
From
this it
is
x, y, z
we
+ 2nj~t,
y
+ 2pjt,
z
+ 2qjf,
provided we integrate after having multiplied by
dn -n>Êl e sllî F.
H.
V7T
e -P>
first
substi-
the quantities
x
;
evident that a function
of three variables/ (x, y,z) will enjoy a like property, if
tute for
(h)
same
ÈL e - V^ 24
THEORY OF HEAT.
370 In
the function which
fact,
tt"
8
we thus
[CHAP. IX.
form,
jdnjdpjdq e ~^^+
y
+
2pjt, z
gives three terms for the fluxion with respect to
t,
+ 2qjt),
and these three
terms are those which would be found by taking the second fluxion with respect to each of the three variables
x, y, z.
Hence the equation v
= 7r-*(dn(dp( dq e -W +r* +f>f(x +
2n Jt, y
+
2p
Jt,z+2q Jt) GO,
gives a value of v which satisfies the partial differential equation 2
dv _ d v
dt~dx
2
+
d 2v
2
dv
.
+ dz
r2
df
>'
^
Suppose now that a formless solid mass (that is to sayone which fills infinite space) contains a quantity of heat whose Let v = F(x, y, z) be the equation actual distribution is known. which expresses this initial and arbitrary state, so that the molecule whose co-ordinates are x, y, z has an initial temperature equal to the value of the given function F(x,y,z). We can 373.
imagine that the the mass whose v
— F(x,
y
}
initial first
and that
z),
heat
state
is
all
is
contained in
a certain part of
given by means of the equation
other points have a nul initial tem-
perature. It will
is
required to ascertain what the system of temperatures
The
be after a given time.
variable temperature v
consequently be expressed by a function to satisfy the general equation (A)
= F\x,
Now
y, z).
(x, y, z, t)
and the condition
the value of this function
is
must
which ought cj>
[x, y, z, 0)
given by the
integral v
=
In
rjj.-i
jdnfdp fdq e -(»
fact, this
make t =
0,
+p 2 +r>
F(x+ 2n Jt,
y
+ 2p Jt,
function v satisfies the equation (A), and
we
find
tT \dn 3
or,
2
I
dp jdq
e
effecting the integrations,
-(« 2 +i> 2 +r)
F (x,
F
y, z).
(se,
y, z),
z
+ 2q J7).
if in it
we
SECT.
THE CASE OF THREE DIMENSIONS.
II.]
Since the function v or
374.
initial state
when
in
we make
it
t
<£
=
(x, y, 0,
z,
371 represents the
t)
and since
it
satisfies
the
differential equation of the propagation of heat, it represents also
that state of the solid which exists at the
commencement
of the
second instant, and making the second state vary, we conclude that the same function represents the third state of the
Thus the value
the subsequent states.
all
of
solid, and which we have
v,
just determined, containing an entirely arbitrary function of three variables x, y,
z,
gives the solution of the problem
suppose that there
is
;
and we cannot
a more general expression, although other-
may be
wise the same integral
put under very different forms.
Instead of employing the equation
give another form to the integral of the equation
we might -j-
= -j-ç
and
;
integral which
it
would always be easy to deduce from
it
the
The
belongs to the case of three dimensions.
which we should obtain would necessarily be the same as
result
the preceding.
To
give an example of this investigation
we
shall
make
use of
the particular value which has aided us in forming the exponential integral.
Taking then the equation
-j-
simple value e~ nH cosnx,
very
differential
equation
In
(6).
= -pg
. . .
which
fact,
we
(6), let
us give to v the
evidently
derive from
satisfies
dv it -j-
=—
the 2
nv
72
and -1ax
r>
= — n v. Hence 2
also,
the integral
+oo
dn e~ nH cosnx
I belongs to the equation
sum
of
an
(6)
;
for this value of v is
infinity of particular values.
Now, the
formed of the
integral
+CO
/
dne~ nH cos nx
24—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
372
[CHAP. IX.
e
known, and
is
ing
is
known
Hence
article).
to be equivalent to
this last function of
the differential equation
*t
/-
/-
x and
(see the follow-
agrees also with
t
It is besides very easy to verify
(b).
«
e — 1=
directly that the particular value
the
satisfies
equation
in
question.
The same a;
— a,
we
result will occur if
We may
a being any constant.
replace the variable x by then employ as a particular
Çr-a) 2
Ae
— *t
value the function
-^
,
which we assign to a any value
in
(x-a) 2
Consequently the sum
whatever.
the differential equation
(6)
equation
-j-
= -=—
s
also satisfies
sum is composed of an same form, multiplied by
of the
Hence we can take
arbitrary constants.
—
(a)
for this
;
infinity of particular values
o?a/
I
as a value of v in the
the following, (x-a.y
v
=
Ae
A
being a constant
(x
— olY
^
J*
coefficient.
=
t
d?.f(a)
I
* —in
If in the last integral
A = ~= 1
also
,
we
shall
we suppose
have
'-Lw>hËJi "=
We
see
by
this
how
7=/ dqe-ff(x + iqjt)
the employment of the particular values
e
n
l
cos
nx or
— Jt
leads to the integral under a finite form.
» (,).
SECT.
EVALUATION OF AN INTEGRAL.
II.]
The
375.
each other
which these two particular values are
relation in
when we evaluate the
discovered
is
373
integral o
to
1
/•+00 I
To
dn e~ nH cos
the integration,
effect
and integrate with respect
is
easily
the factor cos nx
thus obtain a series which result
may be
derived
I
_ dp e ^
I
2
cos 2pu,
by assuming n2 t =y and nx = 2pu.
thus have
dn e~ nH cos nx =
I
J -QO
We I
We
from the following analysis. The integral dn <3~ M2ixos nx
transformed to
We
we might develope
to n.
known development; but the
represents a
more
nx.
dp e~P
j
v
now
shall
-p"
2
cos 2pu.
~ °°
write
dp er& cos 2pu = |
I
dp e~P2+2P u v:ri
+^
jdp
Q-P-^wtt
= \ e-Hdpe-^i+2Puyr- î+u2 + 1 e~ u2 Idpe-P-to"^*»*
= ^e- u2 fdpe-^- us/ ~^ + 1
Now
2
e-" fe> e -(p+wJ^î)\
each of the integrals which enter into these two terms
equal to Jtt.
We have
is
in fact in general /•+oo
Jtt=\ dq e-i% and consequently J —oo
whatever be the constant b
hence
= + uj—l, I
I-0
-'
1
The value
§375.
[A. F.J
is
b.
dn e~ nH
We find then '
i
\dqe~ q cos2qu
cos
nx =
e~ u2
on making
= ë~ u
'
i
Jtt,
Jn
Jt
obtained by a different method in Todhunter's Integral Calculus,
THEORY OF HEAT.
374
and putting
for
u
—
value
its
-p,
[CHAP. IX.
we have
2 Vt
dn e~ nH cos nx
I
Moreover the particular value without
itself directly
e~ n2 t cos nx.
value
its
= -—= V ir.
—
t=-
simple enough to present
is
being necessary to deduce
However
it
may
be, it is
it
from the
certain that
the
_ xl
function
—
p-
the differential equation —-
satisfies
——
same consequently with the function tity a
may
j=
dec
2
'
it is
the
whatever the quan-
,
be.
To
376.
= —-•
dt
Jt
pass to the case of three dimensions,
it is sufficient
(*-a)2
x and
to multiply the function of functions, one oft/
and
t,
p—
t,
,
by two other similar
the other of z and
t;
the product will
evidently satisfy the equation s
2
_ d v + d v d*v + d?' dt~dx~ dy
dv
2
We
2
then for v the value thus expressed
shall take
v
=t
_3 2
:
_ (a;-a)2+(y-|3)»+(g-y)2 e
u
If now we multiply the second member by da, dft, dy, and by any function whatever/ (a, /3, 7) of the quantities a, /3, 7, we find, on indicating the integration, a value of v formed of the sum of an infinity of particular values multiplied by arbitrary constants. It follows
pressed
from this that the function v
may be
thus ex-
:
[+™
/•+ 00
v=
J —00
f+v
dp
da J
--00
3
(a-,r)2+(j3-y) 3 + (y-g)
*~
2
~....(j).
J — ao
This equation contains the general integral of the proposed equation (A): the process which has led us to this integral ought
INTEGRAL FOR THREE DIMENSIONS.
SECT.
II.]
to be
remarked since
it
useful chiefly
is
it
is
applicable to a great variety of cases
;
when the integral must satisfy conditions the surface. If we examine it attentively we perceive
relative to
that the transformations which
requires are all indicated
it
We
the physical nature of the problem.
By
change the variables. («-«>)'
can
equation
also, in
by (j),
taking
(£-#)'
»
~
*t
we
375
P
U
'
have, on multiplying the second
(y-g)'
2
et
'
~q
member by
« '
a constant co-
efficient A,
v
=2A s
fdn [dp [dq
W+p +&f ( x + 2n Jt, y + 2pjt, 2
e~
s
+ 2q Jt).
Taking the three integrals between the limits — oo and +co, and making t = in order to ascertain the initial state, we find 3
=2
3
Air^f{x,y, z). Thus, if we represent the known initial temperatures by F (%, y, z), and give to the constant A the value v
-s
2
_? tt
2,
we
g M-00 2;
arrive at the integral
= 7r~2/ dn\ dp J — 00
which
is
.
-.+00
y+00
J— GO
dqe- ni e-P
2
e- q *F(x+2nJt,y+2pJt,z+2qs/t),
*/_Q0
the same as that of Article 372.
integral of equation (A) may be put under several other from which that is to be chosen which suits best the problem which it is proposed to solve.
The
forms,
It
must be observed
functions
(j>
(x, y, z, t)
in general, in these researches, that
are the
same when they each
two
satisfy the
and when they are equal for a definite from this principle that integrals, which are reduced, when in them we make t = 0, to the same arbitrary function Fix, y, z), all have the same degree of generality; differential equation (A),
value of the time.
It follows
they are necessarily identical.
The second member multiplied by ^y.
equal to unity.
,
of the
and in equation
To
differential (Z>)
equation
we supposed
restore this quantity,
it
is
(a)
was
this coefficient
sufficient to write
THEORY OF HEAT.
376
Yij) instead of
shall
now
in the integral
t,
indicate
some
(i)
[CHAP. IX.
We
or in the integral (J).
which follow from these
of the results
equations.
The function which
377.
number
exponent of the
as the
serves
e* can only represent an absolute number, which follows
from the general principles of analysis, as we have proved exChapter II., section ix. If in this exponent we replace
plicitly in
unknown
the
t
by j^, we see that the dimensions
with reference to unit of length, being
dimension of the denominator -^=
—
2 the
is
1,
of K, C,
— 3,
0,
same
D
and
and t, 0,
the
as that of each
term of the numerator, so that the whole dimension of the exponent is 0. Let us consider the case in which the value of t increases more and more; and to simplify this examination let us employ first
the equation {a-X) 2
v=
frf{a)îï7k
®'
which represents the diffusion of heat in an
infinite Hne.
Suppose
the initial heat to be contained in a given portion of the
line,
from £c = — htox = +ff, and that we assign to x a definite value X, which fixes the position of a certain point m of that line. If the time
increase without limit, the terms -j— and
t
—j—
which
enter into the exponent will become smaller and smaller absolute X2
-j
_iax
_a?
numbers, so that in the product e~& e m q it we can omit the two last factors which sensibly coincide with unity. We thus find
v= This
is
~
»
r n
\
da-f^>
^)-
the expression of the variable state of the line after a
very long time;
it
applies to all parts of the line which are less
distant from the origin than the point m.
* In such quantities as e
** .
The [A. F.]
definite integral
SECT.
INITIAL
II.]
HEAT COLLECTED AT THE
377
ORIGIN.
+9
daf{a) denotes the whole quantity of heat
B
contained in the
/. h
and we see that the primitive distribution has no influence on the temperatures after a very long time. They depend only on the sum B, and not on the law according to which the heat has been distributed. solid,
378.
we suppose a
If
single element
to have received the initial temperature f,
had
the temperature
initially
co
situated at the origin
and that
all
the others
the product
0,
r+g
the integral
J
since
daffa) or B.
I
The constant /is exceedingly great
—h
we suppose
w very
the line
The equation
v
would take place, been heated. In
small.
=
—
if
a single element situated at the origin had
f>~4t
,_
fact, if
.=
we
wf
represents the
give to
movement which
x any value
a,
not infinitely
X2 g~4f
small, the function
—— will
be nothing when we suppose
t
=
0.
sjt
The same would not be the
case
if
the value of x were
_xl
nothing.
an
In
infinite
this case the function
value
when
nature of this function,
t
if
—— receives
= 0. We
on the contrary
can ascertain distinctly the
we apply the
general principles of the
theory of curved surfaces to the surface whose equation
is
-JÛ.
e ty
The equation
v
=
—
_xl
._ .- a>f expresses then the variable temZs/TT sit
perature at any point of the prism,
when we suppose the whole
initial heat collected into a single element situated at the origin.
This hypothesis, although
special,
belongs to a general problem,
since after a sufficiently long time, the variable state of the solid
always the same as origin.
The law
if
is
the initial heat had been collected at the
according to which the heat was distributed, has
THEORY OF HEAT.
378
much
[CHAP. IX.
but becomes weaker and weaker, and ends with being quite
influence on the variable temperatures of the prism
this effect
;
insensible.
379.
It
is
necessary to remark that the reduced equation
does not apply to that part of the line which
lies
(y)
beyond the point
m whose distance has been denoted by X. In
fact,
however great the value
of the time
may
be,
we might
2ax
choose a value of x such that the term
e
u would
differ sensibly
from unity, so that this factor could not then be suppressed. We must therefore imagine that we have marked on either side of the
X
or two points, m and m, situated at a certain distance and that we increase more and more the value of the time, observing the successive states of the part of the line which is included between m and m. These variable states converge more and more towards that which is expressed by the equation origin
— X,
*>
=
daf(a)
/- n
Whatever be the value assigned
to
X, we
0). shall always
be able to
find a value of the time so great that the state of the line
m'om
does not differ sensibly from that which the preceding equation
(y)
expresses. If
parts
we
require that the same equation should apply to other
more
distant from the origin, it will be necessary to suppose
a value of the time greater than the preceding.
The equation
which expresses in all cases the final state of any line, shews that after an exceedingly long time, the different points acquire temperatures almost equal, and that the temperatures of the same point end by varying in inverse ratio of the square (y)
root of the times elapsed since the
The decrements
become proportional 380.
If
commencement
of the temperature of
of the diffusion.
any point whatever always
to the increments of the time.
we made use
u=
of the integral
[da Jf
_ (a) e ,
(a-x) 2
4M
=
...
(I)
SECT.
ADMISSIBLE SIMPLIFICATIONS.
II.]
379
to ascertain the variable state of the points of the line situated at
a great distance from the heated portion, and in order to express a 2 — lax
the ultimate condition suppressed also the factor
m
e
,
the
which we should obtain would not be exact. In fact, supposing that the heated portion extends only from a = to <* = and that the limit g is very small with respect to the distance x of results
we wish
the point whose temperature
—
.,
which forms the exponent reduces in
to say the ratio of the
more nearly
(a
.
.
is
to determine; the quantity
two quantities
— xY ,
fact to
—
tj-,
;
that
x2
and j=- approaches
x becomes greater with we can replace one of these quantities by the other in the exponent of e. In general the omission of the subordinate terms cannot thus take to unity as the value
respect to that of a
:
but
it
of
does not follow that
The quanti-
place in exponential or trigonometrical expressions. ties
arranged under the symbols of sine or cosine, or under the
exponential symbol
are always absolute numbers, and
e,
omit only the parts of those numbers whose value small if
;
their relative values are here of
we may reduce the
is
no importance.
we can
extremely
To decide
expression <«-*>»
daf(a)e~
m
to e~
/:
we must not examine whether the ,
-rj- are
êkt
4<Jct
condition always exists
but
it
l^docf (a), Jo
ratio of
#
to a is very great,
— Q?
2îM?
but whether the terms 77-
4kt
when
t
very J small numbers.
the time elapsed
is
This
extremely great
;
does not depend on the ratio a
Suppose now that we wish to ascertain how much time 381. ought to elapse in order that the temperatures of the part of the and x = X, may be represented very solid included between x — equation nearly by the reduced r+ff
^J_
2 Jirkt*
docf(a),
THEOEY OF HEAT.
380
and g may be the
and that
[CHAP. IX.
limits of the portion originally-
heated.
The exact
solution
given by the equation
is
r 2Jirkt \/J
Jo
i
and the approximate solution v=
is
given by the equation
-^=
dctf(a)
(y),
In order that the
k denoting the value ^j^ of the conducibility. equation
(y)
may be
substituted for the preceding equation
(i), it
2ax-a2 is
in general requisite that the factor e
***
is
that which
if it
were 1 or \
which
,
we omit, should differ very little from unity for we might apprehend an error equal to the value ;
calculated or to
2ax r.as
the half of that value. fraction, as r-T^ or
and
if
Let then
r^;
«
=1+
a,
co
being a small
from this we derive the condition
the greatest value g which the variable a can receive
very small with respect to
We
e
see
by
x,
is
we have t = - —^
this result that the
more
distant from the origin
to determine by means more necessary it is for the value of be great. Thus the heat tends more and more
the points are whose temperatures
we wish
of the reduced equation, the
the time elapsed to
to be distributed according to a law independent of the primitive
heating.
After a certain time, the diffusion
is
sensibly effected,
depends on nothing more than the quantity of the initial heat, and not on the distribution which was made of it. The temperatures of points sufficiently near to the origin are soon represented without error by the reduced that
is
to say the state of the solid
equation
(y);
but
it is
not the same with points very distant from
SECT.
NUMERICAL APPLICATION.
II.]
We
the source.
can then make use of that equation only when extremely long. Numerical applications make
the time elapsed this
381
is
remark more perceptible.
Suppose that the substance of which the prism is formed and that the portion of the solid which has been heated is a decimetre in length, so that g = O'l. If we wish to ascertain what will be, after a given time, the temperature of a point m whose distance from the origin is a metre, and if we employ for this investigation the approximate integral (y), we shall commit an error greater as the value of the time is smaller. This error will be less than the hundredth part of the quantity sought, if the time elapsed exceeds three days and a half. 382.
is iron,
In this case the distance included between the origin and the on, whose temperature we are determining, is only ten times
point
greater than the portion heated.
If this ratio is one
hundred
instead of being ten, the reduced integral (y) will give the temperature nearly to less than one hundredth part, when the value of the time elapsed exceeds one
proximation
may
the quantity
—a 2 — —
be admissible,
month.
it is
In order that the ap-
necessary in general, 1st that
2
use
as
TTin
or
-tj-
mno
or
should be equal to but a very small fraction
^ ess
'
^ia^
^ nc^
^e
should have an absolute value very quantities which
When
we
error
much
which must follow
less
than the small
observe with the most sensitive thermometers.
the points which
we
consider are very distant from the
portion of the solid which was originally heated, the temperatures
which it is required to determine are extremely small thus the error which we should commit in employing the reduced equation would have a very small absolute value; but it does not follow ;
that if
we should be authorized
to
make
use of that equation.
the error committed, although very small, exceeds or
the quantity sought; or even
if it is
is
For
equal to
the half or the fourth, or an
appreciable part, the approximation ought to be rejected.
It is
evident that in this case the approximate equation (y) would not express the state of the solid, and that we could not avail ourselves of
it
two
to
determine the ratios of the simultaneous temperatures of
or
more
points.
THEORY OF HEAT.
382 It follows
383.
[CHAP. IX.
from this examination that we ought not to
conclude from the integral v
2
_(^r4
[s
1
=
j==
*m
dxf(ot)e
2 JirktJ
that the
o
law of the primitive distribution has no influence on the temperature of points very distant from the origin. The resultant effect of this distribution soon ceases to have influence on the points
near to the heated portion; that
is
to
say their temperature
depends on nothing more than the quantity of the
and not on the distribution which was made of
it:
initial heat,
but greatness
of distance does not concur to efface the impress of the distribution,
it
preserves
and retards the
it
on the contrary during a very long time
diffusion of heat.
_1
Thus the equation
e^
only after an immense time represents the temperatures of points
extremely remote from the heated part. If we applied it without this condition, we should find results double or triple of the true
even incomparably greater or smaller; and this would not only occur for very small values of the time, but for great Lastly this expression values, such as an hour, a day, a year. would be so much the less exact, all other things being equal, as the points were more distant from the part originally heated. results, or
384.
When
the diffusion of heat
the state of the solid
is
is
effected in all directions,
represented as
we have
seen by the
integral
v=
rr[dxd/3dy
W¥j7v?
If the initial heat
mass,
we know the
is
<«-*y+(g-»)»+fr-*)»
e
m
n /(a A ,
_
'
x
?
w
-
contained in a definite portion of the solid
limits
which comprise
this heated part,
and
a, /3, y, which vary under the integral sign, cannot values receive which exceed those limits. Suppose then that we
the quantities
+X, + Y, +Z, and that we consider the successive states of the solid included within the six planes which cross the axes at these distances; we see that the exponent of e under the sign of
mark on the and
— X, —
three axes six points whose distances are
Y,
— Z,
SECT.
APPROXIMATE FORMULA.
II.]
—+~-+ 2 I/"
2
—
integration, reduces to
/x" (
In
increases without limit.
fact,
383
2
2 \
when the value
J,
the terms such as
of the time
2olx -jtt
a
2
and tt.
numeraand the denominators which we omit differ
receive in this case very small absolute values, since the
between fixed
tors are included
increase
limits,
Thus the factors from unity. Hence the
infinity.
to
extremely
little
solid, after
a great value of the time, X^ + îf+Z
V—
expressed by
2
«
e
s
3
2 Jir kH
The
is
variable state of the
3
dzjdfifdyf(a,l3,v).
factor ldild/3 ldyf(oL,
/3,
7) represents the
whole quantity
B
which the solid contains. Thus the system of temperaupon the initial distribution of heat, but only on its quantity. We might suppose that all the initial heat was contained in a single prismatic element situated at the origin, whose extremely small orthogonal dimensions were a 1 m 2 co 3 The initial temperature of this element would be denoted by an exceedingly great number /, and all the other molecules of the of heat
tures depends not
,
would
solid (o (û co 1
2
3
f
is
have
a
nul
initial
temperature.
The
,
.
product
equal in this case to the integral
hld/3jdyf(a,l3,y). a
Whatever be the
initial heating,
the state of the solid which
corresponds to a very great value of the time,
is
the same as
if all
the heat had been collected into a single element situated at the origin.
Suppose now that we consider only the points of the whose distance from the origin is very great with respect we might first imagine to the dimensions of the heated part that this condition is sufficient to reduce the exponent of e in The exponent is in fact the general integral. 385.
solid
;
4/rf
THEORY OF HEAT.
384;
and the variables finite limits,
so
7
a, /3,
[CHAP. IX.
by hypothesis, included between
are,
values are always extremely small
that their
with respect to the greater co-ordinate of a point very remote
from the origin. It follows from this that the exponent of e is composed of two parts one of which is very small
M+
/jl,
with respect to the other.
But from the
~
we cannot conclude
is
a very small fraction,
fact that
the ratio
that the
ponential e M+ * becomes equal to e M, or differs only from
a quantity very small with respect to not consider the relative values of value of integral
fj,.
(J)
jjl,
We
by must
it
but only the absolute
able to reduce the exact
=B
3
;/ww
,
necessary that the quantity
2zx
whose dimension
we
is
+ 2/3y +
0,
2yz
- q2 -/3 - 7 2
2
should always be a very small number.
suppose that the distance from the origin to the point m,
whose temperature we wish respect to
we
actual value.
to the equation
2
If
M and
may be
In order that we
v
it is
its
ex-
to
determine,
is
very great with
the extent of the part which was at
first
should examine whether the preceding quantity
a very small fraction
&>.
is
heated,
always
This condition must be satisfied to
enable us to employ the approximate integral v
= B2~
3
(irktyi e «*:
but this equation does not represent the variable state of that part of the mass which is very remote from the source of heat. gives on the contrary a result so
much
the less exact,
all
other things being equal, as the points whose temperature
we
It
are determining are
The
initial
more distant from the
source.
heat contained in a definite portion of the solid
mass penetrates successively the neighbouring parts, and spreads itself in all directions; only an exceedingly small quantity of it arrives at points whose distance from the origin is very great.
SECT.
HIGHEST TEMPERATUEES IN A SOLID.
III.]
When we
880
express analytically the temperature of these points,
the object of the investigation
is
not to determine numerically
these temperatures, which are not measurable, but to ascertain their ratios.
Now
these quantities depend certainly on the law
according to which the initial heat has been distributed, and the effect of this initial distribution lasts
parts of the prism are
more
so
much
terms which form part of the exponent, such as absolute values decreasing without limit,
approximate
the longer as the
But
distant from the source.
and
-ry^
if
the
have
-rj-
we may employ the
integrals.
This condition occurs in problems where
it
is
proposed to
determine the highest temperatures of points very distant from
We
the origin.
can demonstrate in fact that in this case the
values of the times increase in a greater ratio than the distances,
and are proportional points
we
to the squares of these distances,
when the
are considering are very remote from the origin.
only after having established this proposition that
the reduction under the exponent.
Problems of
this
we can
It
is
effect
kind are the
object of the following section.
SECTION Of
III.
the highest temperatures in
an
infinite solid.
We shall consider in the first place the linear movean infinite bar, a portion of which has been uniformly heated, and we shall investigate the value of the time which must 386.
ment
in
elapse in
order that a given point of the line
may
attain its
highest temperature.
Let us denote by 2g the extent of the part heated, the middle All the which corresponds with the origin of the distances x. points whose distance from the axis of y is less than g and greater than — g, have by hypothesis a common initial temperature /, and all other sections have the initial temperature 0. We suppose that no loss of heat occurs at the external surface of the prism, or, which is the same thing, we assign to the section perpendicular to the axis infinite dimensions. It is required to ascertain what will of
F. H.
25
THEORY OF HEAT.
386 be the time
t
[CHAP. IX.
maximum
which corresponds to the whose distance is x.
of temperature
at a given point
"We have seen, in the preceding Articles, that the variable temperature at any point is expressed by the equation "
The
C the
To write
&/(a)e ""
1
_(a-x?
f
iis/ 2 Jirkt
k represents
coefficient
ducibility,
=
yf=.
capacity for heat, and
simplify the investigation,
Jet
or -~=. instead of
v
=
K being
,
D the
make k =
The expression
t.
— ~ j=
&
d% e
\
is
the integral of the equation
density.
and in the
l,
for v
result
becomes
.
d
dv
This
the specific con-
v
= -^-
-=-
2
.
The function
dv
-=-
measures the velocity with which the heat flows along the axis of dv the prism. Now this value of --.- is given in the actual problem without any integral sign.
dv doc or, effecting
387.
-
"We have in fact 9
o-^
J£±&
J^t\
-'f U*°- X *t ZjirtJ-g
f
the integration,
dv
f
{
dx
2 Jirt
{
The function
sign of integration:
now
d 2v
J.
may
-=-,
?
it is
be expressed without the
also
onnol to +n a o fluxion flnvinn of nffnd the equal
dv
hence on equating to zero this value of
-=-
,
Tn pof first
which measures the
instantaneous increase of the temperature at any point,
the relation sought between x and d?v da?
_
/
f-2(œ+g) to 2jrt\
t.
_£+£>!
We
dv
nvnar -=-; order dt
we have
thus find
2(x-g) J£Z^1\ _ dv .
M
J
dt'
SECT.
TIMES OF HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.
III.]
387
which gives (.T+/7)
(x
+ g) e ~
2
(X-P)*
=
«
(x
— g)
et
e
whence we conclude
gX
t=
{x
+g
se
— g,
\oz
We
K
have supposed
must write
-^rn
-^ instead of
t,
=1
To
.
restore the coefficient
we
and we have
_gCD
x
\x-g The highest temperatures follow each other according to the law expressed by this equation. If we suppose it to represent the varying motion of a body which describes a straight line, x being the space passed over, and
t
the time elapsed, the velocity of
the moving body will be that of the
maximum
of temperature.
When
the quantity g is infinitely small, that is to say when the initial heat is collected into a single element situated at the origin, the value of
development in
We
have
t
series
left
reduced to ^
is
we
Kt find -^yc
an(i
,
by
differentiation
2
= x—
.
out of consideration the quantity of heat which
escapes at the surface of the prism;
we now proceed
and we shall suppose the initial heat in a single element of the infinite prismatic bar. of that loss,
388.
or
In the preceding problem we
have
to take account to be contained
determined the
variable state of an infinite prism a definite portion of which affected throughout with
an
initial
temperature
f.
We
was
suppose
that the initial heat was distributed through a finite space from
œ=
to
x=
We now in
an
b.
suppose that the same quantity of heat bf is contained from x = to x = co. The tempera-
infinitely small element,
25—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
388
[CHAP. IX.
fh ture of the heated layer will therefore be
—
,
and from
this follows
(O
what was
said before, that the variable
of the
state
solid
is
expressed by the equation
v= Aj=
—
-j=r-e-
u
(a);
Jir2 Jkt this result holds
when the
differential equation
-j-
coefficient
= -^ïj\
~j~*
" hv
777
coefficient h,
section of the prism,
is
S
equal to 7777™;
is
it
>
K
-^
which enters into the
denoted by
k.
As
denoting the area of the
the contour of that section, and
I
to the
H
the
conducibility of the external surface.
Substituting these values in the equation (a)
v=*f±l^f e-^ A
f
represents the
mean
we have
t
(A);
WCD temperature, that
initial
is
to say, that
which a single point would have if the initial heat were distributed equally between the points of a portion of the bar whose length It is required to determine is I, or more simply, unit of measure. the value t of the time elapsed, which corresponds to a maximum of temperature at a given point.
To
solve this problem,
dv (a)
the value of
dv
di=hence the value
-=-
,
it
and equate 2
T
hv+ 0,
v
,
-2t-
and
1
from equation
we have
;
2I;1
4
?-^«=^
must x may attain
of the time which
point situated at the distance is
to zero
it
1 v
a;
m'
sufficient to derive
is
„s
W'
elapse in order that the its
highest temperature,
expressed by the equation
0k=
1
1 x*
+
(c).
1
.
V
x*
*h
+ kx*
SECT.
VALUES OF HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.
III.]
To
we remark that the
ascertain the highest temperature V,
exponent of
e
2
gives ht
l
x = -£j-g
in equation (a)
x2
is
ht
1
hence
;
fis
+
+ -^-
_x = ~x _ 2
2
389
.
Now
equation
1
and putting
,
(I)
1
for
-
its
t
known
value,
ponent of
1
we have
e' in
#a
ht
equation
+ jr- = (a),
W/ï + Ât -j
2
a?
;
substituting this ex-
we have - I 1 J"
6/ e-Vi+t^
2^ V^ and replacing */#& by of the
maximum
its
known
value,
we
the expression
find, as
V,
-^-^vwïr The equations
(c)
and
(^)
contain the solution of the problem
us replace h and & by their values -pfTq an(^
ttfj
;
let us also
9
1
write =
;
1Z
777
let
»
«7
instead of
prism whose base the equations
y is
,
representing by # the semi-thickness of the
a square.
We
have to determine
U^
l v= ¥e_Z_^lJ V + V Kg » 2 Vtt
é«-
fm
F and
X
+4 (C)
,
6,
-
!
These equations are applicable to the movement of heat in a We suppose the middle of is very great. this prism to have been affected by a certain quantity of heat hf which is propagated to the ends, and scattered through the convex surface. V denotes the maximum of temperature for the point whose distance from the primitive source is x; 6 is the time which has elapsed since the beginning of the diffusion up to the instant at which the highest temperature F occurs. The coefnthin bar, whose length
THEORY OF HEAT.
390 cients
C, II,
K,
D
denote the same specific properties as in the
preceding problems, and g a section of the prism.
In order to
389.
numerical application, the prism
is
[CHAP. IX.
formed
the half-side of the square formed by
is
make these results more intelligible by a we may suppose that the substance of which is
and that the
iron,
side 2g of the square is
the twenty-fifth part of a metre.
H
We
measured formerly, by our experiments, the values of those of G and D were already known. Taking the metre as the unit of length, and the sexagesimal minute as the unit of time, and employing the approximate values of H, K, G, D, we shall determine the values of V and 6 corresponding to a given distance. For the examination of the results which we have in view,
and
K
it is
not necessary to
;
We
see at
first
know
these coefficients with great precision.
that if the distance
half or two metres, the term
2H -^- x
2 ,
x
is
about a metre and a
which enters under the
has a large value with reference to the second term -
•
radical,
The
ratio
of these terms increases as the distance increases.
Thus the law of the highest temperatures becomes more and more simple, according as the heat removes from the origin. To determine the regular law which is established through the whole extent of the bar, we must suppose the distance x to be very great, and we find
'-*4?©' K
Q 7^6=
x ,
or Q
0=
^ : CD Jg JLi=x 3
,
.
(7).
M Kg 390.
We
sponds to the
see
by the second equation that the time which
maximum
corre-
of temperature increases proportionally
Thus the velocity of the wave (if however we apply this expression to the movement in question) is constant,
with the distance.
may
or rather
it
property in
more and more tends its
movement
to
to infinity
become
so,
and preserves
from the origin of heat.
this
SECT.
LAW OF THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURES.
III.]
We may fe
a
Ko
different
remark
391
also in the first equation that the quantity
permanent temperatures which the points of the bar would take, if we affected the origin the
expresses
with a fixed temperature /,
as
may be
seen in Chapter L,
Article 76.
In order to represent to ourselves the value of V, we must therefore imagine that all the initial heat which the source contains
is
length
equally distributed through a portion of the bar whose is
or the unit of measure.
b,
The temperature/, which manner the
would
result for each point of this portion, is in a
mean
temperature.
If
we supposed the
origin to be retained at a constant
time,
all
layer situated at the
temperature/ during an
infinite
the layers would acquire fixed temperatures whose
general expression
is
Kg
fe
}
denoting by x the distance of the
These fixed temperatures represented by the ordinates of a logarithmic curve are extremely small, when the distance is considerable they decrease, as is known, very rapidly, according as we remove from the origin.
layer.
;
Now the equation (S) shews that these fixed temperatures, which are the highest each point can acquire, much exceed the highest temperatures which follow each other during the diffusion To determine the latter maximum, we must calculate of heat. the value of the fixed
/2H\i
number tance
1
maximum, multiply
it
by the constant
.
.
and divide by root of the J the square X
r—-
\KgJ J2tt
dis-
x.
Thus the highest temperatures whole extent of the
follow each other through the
the ordinates of a logarithmic curve
line, as
divided by the square roots of the abscissae, and the
movement
of
According to this general law the heat collected at a single point is propagated in direction of the length the wave
is
uniform.
of the solid.
391.
If
we regarded the
of the prism as nothing, or
2g were supposed
infinite,
if
conducibility of the external surface
the conducibility
we should
K or the thickness
obtain very different results.
THEORY OF HEAT.
392
[CHAP. IX.
25"
We
2
could then omit the term -=-
Kg
ce
In this case the value of the
,
and we should have
maximum
is
1
inversely propor-
Thus the movement of the wave would must be remarked that this hypothesis is
tional to the distance.
not be uniform.
It
purely theoretical, and
if
the conducibility
H
is
not nothing, but
wave
only an extremely small quantity, the velocity of the
is
not
variable in the parte of the prism which are very distant from the
In
origin.
fact,
as also those of
whatever be the value of H,
K and
g,
and
if
increases without limit, the term
greater than \
the term
2H r-— Kg
The
.
x2
to
distances
if this
we suppose
-z=-
may
a? will
value
is
given,
that the distance x
always become
enough
for
The times
are
at first be small
be omitted under the radical.
much
then proportional to the squares of the distances but as the heat flows in direction of the infinite length, the law of propagation ;
and the times become proportional to the distances. The is to say, that which relates to points extremely near to the source, differs very much from the final law which is established in the very distant parts, and up to infinity but, in
alters,
initial law, that
:
the intermediate portions, the highest temperatures follow each other according to a mixed law expressed by the two preceding
equations (D) and (G). 392.
It
remains
for the case in
determine the highest temperatures
for us to
which heat
is
propagated to infinity in every direc-
tion within the material solid.
with the principles which
This investigation, in accordance
we have
established,
presents
no
difficulty.
When and
all
a definite portion of an infinite solid has been heated,
other parts of the mass have the same initial temperature
0,
and after a certain time the state of the solid is the same as if the heat had been originally The time collected in a single point at the origin of co-ordinates.
heat
is
propagated
1
in
all directions,
See equations (D) and (C), article 388, making 6 = 1.
[A. F.]
SECT.
GENERAL INVESTIGATION.
III.]
which must elapse before great
Each
when the
303
this last effect is set
up
exceedingly-
is
points of the mass are very distant from the origin.
had at
of these points which
the temperature
first
is
temperature then acquires the greatest value which it can receive; and it ends by diminishing more and The more, until there remains no sensible heat in the mass. represented the general equation by variable state is in imperceptibly heated;
its
~
v
The a
The
=
Ida jo \db\dc
integrals
= —a
limits
—a
= 1
,
a2
b
,
+a
2
= — bv
,
—b
b
—
+b
t,
2
(E).
f(a,b,c)
l\
must be taken between the a
1}
a-xf+{b-y) 2 +(c-z)?
(
e
b2 ,
= — cv
c
—c
,
x
limits
,
+c
2
c
=
c2
.
are given; they
include the whole portion of the solid which was originally heated.
The function f(a,
b, c)
is
also
It expresses the initial
given.
temperature of a point whose co-ordinates are nite integrations
make
the variables
remains for v a function of
x, y, z,
the time 6 which corresponds to a
a, b, c
a, b, c.
and constants.
t
maximum
The
defi-
disappear, and there
of
v,
To determine at a given point
m, we must derive from the preceding equation the value of -^
;
we thus form an equation which contains and the co-ordinates of the point m. From this we can then deduce the value of 6. If then we substitute this value of 6 instead of t in equation (E), we find the value of the highest temperature V expressed in x, y, z
and constants. Instead of equation {E) v
denoting by
g--ll + 393.
Pthe
=
us write
Ida Idb jdc
P f (a,
multiplier of /(a,
/^/
We
let
("-«') ,+
(fe
must now apply the
b, c),
b, c),
y
we have
+ («-')
,
f/(«,M)...w.
last expression to points of the
solid which are very distant from the origin.
Any
point what-
ever of the portion which contains the initial heat, having for coordinates the variables a,
b, c,
and the co-ordinates of the point
m
THEORY OF HEAT.
394
whose temperature we wish
to determine being x, y,
the distance between these two points
and
[CHAP. IX.
is
(a
— xf +
z,
(b
this quantity enters as a factor into the second
Now
m
the point
the square of
— y) + (c — zf\ 2
term of
-y-
being very distant from the origin,
evident that the distance
A
it
is
from any point whatever of the heated
D of the same point from the m removes farther and farther
portion coincides with the distance origin
that
;
to say, as the point
is
from the primitive source, which contains the origin of co-ordinates, the final ratio of the distances D and A becomes 1. from this that in equation
It follows
dv of
— x) + 2
the factor (a
-j,
dt
x2 + y
+z
2
2
the origin.
2
or r
,
We it
(b
— yf +
(c
which gives the value
(e)
— zf may
be replaced by
denoting by r the distance of the point
m
from
have then
="
i i
+
2
dv
(
y\da \dh \dc p f( a
b>
>
°)>
3
r
v
dt= V If
we put
for v its value,
re-establish the coefficient
and replace
by
t
K
~~ which we had
j^j.,
in order to
supposed equal to
1,
we have _ (a-a;) 2 +(5-
dv di
=
r
(
2
(Kt\*
\
3
1
~~TBl
f \
Ç
f
da'\ dh dG
e
\
rim
394.
fl
)2+(c-g)2
mm CB
/(a,ft,c)...(g).
This result belongs only to the points of the solid whose is very great with respect to the greatest
distance from the origin
dimension of the source. it
It
must always be
does not follow from this condition that
carefully noticed that
we can omit
the varia-
under the exponential symbol. They ought only to be omitted outside this symbol. In fact, the term which enters under the signs of integration, and which multiplies f(a,b,c), is the
bles a,
b,
c
SECT.
CONDITIONS FOR DISTANT POINTS.
III.]
product of several
factors,
such as
-a 2
Now
ten metres, and 2
e
we
CD
e
.
we may suppress the two first factors. we suppose a equal to a decimetre, and x equal to
in order that
for example,
iron,
cz>
e
not sufficient for the ratio - to be always a very
is
number
great If,
it
Kt
Kl
4
cd
-x 2
ax
2
Kt_
q
395
if
the substance in which the heat
see that after nine or ten hours
propagated
is
is
have elapsed, the factor
ax
cd
is
still
greater than 2
;
hence by suppressing
reduce the result sought to half
as it belongs to points very distant
from the
origin,
time whatever, ought to be expressed by equation not the same
if
we
we should
Thus the value
value.
its
it
and
(a).
dv of
-=-
for
any
But
it is
consider only extremely large values of the
time, which increase in proportion to the squares of the distances in accordance with this condition
we must
omit, even under the
exponential symbol, the terms which contain condition holds
when we wish
The value
dv of
-y-
must
at
question
;
we have
may
acquire
c.
Now
this
we proceed
to prove.
in fact be nothing ° in the case in
therefore
KtY
Kt
CD)
CD
= 0,
its
or
'
—-t =
CD
-xr.
6
elapse in order that a very distant
Thus the time which must point
a, b, or
to determine the highest tempera-
ture which a distant point can acquire, as
395.
:
highest temperature
is
proportional to the
square of the distance of this point from the origin.
by
its
4
we
If in the expression for v
2 2 value k ^ the exponent of à ,
3
1
e'
which
is
THEORY OF HEAT.
39 3
may be
reduced to ^
unity.
Consequently we find v
The
since the factors
,
=
-3
which we omit coincide with
Ida jdb jdcf (a,
jdcf (a,
integral Ida jdb
[CHAP. IX.
b, c).
represents the quantity of
b, c)
the volume of the sphere whose radius is r is 4 3 k irr so that denoting by / the temperature which each molecule o the initial heat
:
,
would
of this sphere
receive, if
we
distributed amongst
its
parts
/~6~ all
the initial heat,
The
results
we
shall
have v
—if
= a/
which we have developed in
this chapter indicate
the law according to which the heat contained in a definite portion of an infinite solid progressively penetrates all the other parts
whose initial temperature was nothing. This problem more simply than that of the preceding Chapters, attributing to the solid infinite dimensions,
consists
in
the employment of those conditions.
movement
of the
results
obstacle of surfaces.
natural
properties
speaking,
that
It
of
is
is
since
by
con-
difficulty
The general
of heat in a boundless solid
very remarkable, since the movement
solved
we make the
and the chief
ditions relative to the surface disappear,
is
mass are
not disturbed by the
accomplished freely by means of the
heat.
This
investigation
of heat within
of the irradiation
is,
properly
the material
solid.
SECTION Comparison of 396.
The
IV,
the integrals.
integral of the equation of the propagation of heat
presents itself under different forms, which pare.
It is easy, as
we have
it
is
necessary to com-
seen in the second section of this
Chapter, Articles 372 and 376, to refer the case of three dimensions to that of the linear
movement
;
integrate the equation
dv
_
K
d2v
lî~~CDdâ?'
it
is
sufficient therefore to
FORM OF THE INTEGRAL FOR A
SECT. IV.]
397
RING.
or the equation 2
_dv dt~dx dv
W"
2
To deduce from
this differential equation the laws of the propa-
gation of heat in a body of definite form, in a ring for example, it
was necessary
to
know the
and
integral,
under a which could be
to obtain it
certain form suitable to the problem, a condition
by no other form. This integral was given for the first time in our Memoir sent to the Institute of France on the 21st of December, 1807 (page 124, Art. 84) it consists in the fulfilled
:
following equation, which expresses the variable system of tem-
peratures of a solid ring
:
v=Y~jy^ IdaF (a)
-s^cos
e
J
v
R is the radius of the mean
(a).
circumference of the ring the integral with respect to a must be taken from a. = to a = %7rR, or, which
same
;
= — irR
= ttR
i is any integer, and the sum 2 must be taken from i = — oo to i = + oo v denotes the temperature which would be observed after the lapse of a time t, at each point of a section separated by the arc x from that which is at the origin. We represent by v = F (a?) the initial temperature at any point of the ring. We must give to i the succes-
gives the
result,
from a
to a
;
;
sive values 0,
and instead
+1, +2, +3, &c, and -1, -2, -3, &c, of cos
-^—D
—
-
write
id ix cos -~ cos JX
ô+
li
.
sin
ix -jy
M
.
id
sin -^
.
II
We thus obtain all the terms of the value of v. Such is the form under which the integral of equation (a) must be placed, in order to express the variable Art. 241).
We
movement
of heat in a ring (Chap, iv.,
consider the case in which the form and extent of
the generating section of the ring are such, that the points of the
same
section sustain temperatures sensibly equal.
also that
no
loss of
We
heat occurs at the surface of the ring.
suppose
THEORY OF HEAT.
398 397.
The equation
can suppose in
B
it
being applicable to
(a)
infinite
in which, case
;
The
the following problem.
[CHAP. IX.
it
small thickness and of infinite length, being
by
v
= F'(x),
B
values of B,
we
gives the solution of solid
prism of
known and
expressed
a
of
state
initial
all
to determine all the subsequent states.-
Consider the
n times the unit radius of the trigonometrical tables. Denoting by q a variable which successively idq, &c., the infinite number n may becomes dq, 2dq, Sdq, radius
to contain numerically
. . .
1
be expressed by
.
-r-
these substitutions
and the variable number
,
we
F (a) e
di
I
qH cos q (x
enter under the sign
The terms which
by
a
-±.
Making
find
— 2 dq tities,
i
2
becomes that of a
so that the sign
— a).
are differential quandefinite integral;
and
we have =.5-1
v
do.
F (a)
ZlT J -oo
This equation (a)
it
;
integral
398.
cos {qx
— qct)
(/3).
movement
Art. 354).
VII.,
c' 2t
oo
a second form of the integral of the equation
expresses the linear
length (Chap. first
is
dq e~ J -
It is
of heat in a prism of infinite an evident consequence of the
(a).
We
can in equation
we
with respect to q; for
effect
(/3)
the definite integration
have, according to a
known lemma, which
we have already proved (Art. 375), /.+00 I
dze~ z
*
cos 2hz
=e
h2
sJtt,
J —00
Making then
s
2
= (ft, we
find
/.+00
1
Hence the
dqe~ q cos {qx
integral
(/3)
+x f
— qa)
of the preceding Article
doiF(a)
becomes
(7)
LAPLACE'S FORM OF THE INTEGRAL.
SECT. IV.]
we employ
If
instead
— = /3, we
making
v
unknown quantity
another
of a
= j=fd/3e-f F(x+2 3jr i2
of the integral
(8)
/3,
find
of equation
*
(S).
t)
l
This form
399
(a)
was given
in
Volume viii. of the Mémoires de l'Ecole Polytechnique, by M.Laplace, who arrived at this result by considering the infinite series which represents the integral.
Each
of the equations
(/3), (7), (8)
expresses the linear diffusion
of heat in a prism of infinite length.
It
is
evident that these are
and that not one can be conthree forms of the same Each of them is contained sidered more general than the others. in the integral (a) from which it is derived, by giving to R an integral,
infinite value.
It
399.
equation
is
easy to develope the value of v
deduced from
in series arranged according to the increasing powers
(a)
These developments are self-evident, of one or other variable. and we might dispense with referring to them; but they give rise Denoting by to remarks useful in the investigation of integrals. d d2 dz <}>",
<jj,
",
&c, the functions
-7-
(x), (f>
-^ <£ (x),
-7-3
(x),
&c, we
have -T7
1
A
— v",
and v
= c+ldtv"
direct proof of the equivalence of the 1
j=
f
+x
_
_ dj8 e
\
^0 [x + 2pjt) and
e
forms
t— d^
<j>
(see Art. 401),
(as),
Mr Glaisher in the Messenger of Mathematics, June 1876, p. 30. Expanding
terms involving uneven powers of *Jt vanish, and we have the second form which is therefore equivalent to
T from which the
first
dq e~ qH cos q (a — x) ;-«,
(f>
(a)
;
,
Jo
form may be derived as above.
generalized form of Fourier's Theorem, p. 351.
[A. F.]
We
have thus a
slightly
THEORY OF HEAT.
400
[CHAP. IX.
here the constant represents any function of value c"
+
ldtv
iv ,
x.
and continuing always similar
Putting for v"
its
substitutions,
we
find
v
=c+
\dt v"
=c+
fdt(c"
= c+jdt or
v
c"
+ jdtv u ) + fdt
f = c + t c"+ f-c + iv
\1
In
t
+ fdt vA
lv
3 rl
4
+ r7 G m + &c. /
-^c
,{T).
U
\2
an arbitrary function of
this series, c denotes
to arrange the
(c
development of the value of we employ
v,
If
x.
we wish
according to ascend-
ing powers of x,
d2v dx
_ dv
2,
and, denoting by $,,
<£„, <£ /y/ ,
~dfi
we have
first v
=a+
two functions of t
We a,
and
for v tl its value
au
'
&c. the functions
dt'*>
+
bx
dt
&C
df*'
\dx jdx v
t
;
'
a and
b here represent
can then put for v
its
+ bpc +
;
+ b x 4lt
jdx jdx v n
value
jdx jdx v/M and so on. ,
By continued
substitutions
v=a + bx +
jdx \dxv
l
= a + bx+jdxjdx [a + lp i
= a + bx +
jdx jdx
a t
-f-
+ bx +
jdx jdx v „) jdx jdx (a u
4-
any
b ux
+
jdx dx vul I
NUMBER OF ARBITRARY FUNCTIONS.
SECT. IV.]
v
or
=a+
x2 rêjj
xa
x*
a
t
+ -^ a + -^ aNI + lt
+ xb + ^b + l
In this
series,
401
p+ ll
&c.
&c
(X).
a and b denote two arbitrary functions of t
by equation (X) we put, instead of yjr (t), and develope them according functions and two a and b, <£ (t) only a single arbitrary function find to ascending powers of t, we and We owe this remark to b. of x, instead of two functions a M. Poisson, who has given it in Volume vi. of the Mémoires de T Ecole Polytechnique, page 110. If in the series given
Reciprocally, if in the series expressed
velope the function
c
by equation (T) we de-
according to powers of x, arranging the
same powers
result with respect to the
of x, the coefficients of
these powers are formed of two entirely arbitrary functions of
which can be
The value
400.
ought in
easily verified
of
v,
developed according to powers of
fact to contain only
equation
differential
(a)
t
;
on making the investigation.
one arbitrary function of x
shews clearly
that,
if
;
we knew,
function of x, the value of v which corresponds to
t
t,
for the
as a
= 0,
the
other values of the function v which correspond to subsequent values of It
is
t,
would be determined by
no
less
this value.
evident that the function
v,
when developed
according to ascending powers of x, ought to contain two completely arbitrary functions of the variable d?v
equation
~r-r2
dv
= -,-
shews
that, if
t.
we knew
In
fact the differential
as a function of
value of v which corresponds to a definite value of
not conclude from
it
x,
we
the values of v which correspond to
t
the
could
all
the
would be necessary in addition, to give as a function of t the value of v which corresponds to a second value of x, for example, to that which is infinitely near to the first. All the other states of the function v, that is to say those which correspond to all the other values of x, would then be determined. The other values of
x.
It
differential equation (a) belongs to
ordinate of any point being F. H.
v,
a curved surface, the vertical
and the two horizontal co-ordinates 26
THEORY OF HEAT.
402
x and and
from this equation
It follows evidently
t.
form of the surface
[CHAP. IX.
the
(a) that
when we give the form of the which passes through the axis of x from the physical nature of the problem for
is
determined,
vertical section in the plane
:
and
this follows also
it is
evident that, the initial state of the prism being given,
;
But we could not
subsequent states are determined.
the
all
construct
were only subject to passing through a curve plane of t and v. It would be necessary traced on a second vertical plane curve further the to know parallel to the first, to which it may be supposed extremely near. The same remarks apply to all partial differential equations, and the surface,
if it
traced on the
we
first vertical
see that the order of the equation does not determine in all
cases the
401.
number The
of the arbitrary functions.
which
series (T) of Article 399,
derived from the
is
equation
dv
2
_dv
W .
dt~d? may be put under
the form v
=e
tI)2
$
(os).
.
Developing the ex-
d
l
ponential according to powers of D, and writing -j-i instead of considering
i
'
as the order of the differentiation,
D\
we have
Following the same notation, the first part of the series (X) which contains only even powers of x, may be expressed
(Art. 399),
under the form cos (x J- D) ^ (t). Develope according to powers d of x, and write -p instead of D\ considering i as the order of the l
differentiation.
from the
first
function
$
(t)
The second part
of the series (X) can be derived
by integrating with respect
to x,
into another arbitrary function
and changing the yjr (t). We have
therefore
v
and
= cos (x J^D)
W=
I
idx cos
(x
>
(t)
+ W,
J - D)\
ijr (t)
SYMBOLICAL METHODS.
SECT. IV.]
known abridged
This
notation
403
derived from the analogy
is
which exists between integrals and powers.
As
to the use
here, the object is to express series,
and
to verify
of
it
without any development.
under For example, from the
It is sufficient to differentiate
the signs which the notation employs.
equation v to
t
=e
tl)2 <j>
we deduce, by
(x),
made them
differentiation with respect
only,
which shews directly that the equation
Similarly, if
(a).
we
series
satisfies
consider the
first
the differential
part of the series
(X), writing v
we
— cos
(x
J- D)
(t),
(j>
have, differentiating twice with respect to x only,
^=.Dco S (xJ^D)<j>(t) = Dv = ^ Hence
f
this value of*v satisfies the differential equation (a).
We
should find in the same manner that the differential
equation
—
d?v -,
d2v
\-—,
=A
,
n
(6),
gives as the expression for v in a series developed according to
increasing powers of y, v
We D
:
= cos (yD)
must develope with respect
(j>
2
instead of
fact,
(yD) <\>{œ)=-
The value sin (yD) ty (x) hence the general value of v
= cos (yD)
d
-=-
z
2 j- = -J> cos
v
and write
to y,
from this value of v we deduce in
d2v
(x).
cj>
(x)
satisfies also
d D v = --^ 2
2 v.
the differential equation;
is
+ W,
where
W=
sin (yD) ty (x).
26—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
404
If the proposed differential equation
402.
d2v _ d 2 v
+ d?~drf
and
if
[CHAP. IX. is
d2v
.
.
{C) '
djf
we wish to express v in a series arranged according we may denote by Dj> the function
powers of
to
t,
d?$ + dy^> d2v
= Dv, we
and the equation being -^
= cos
v
From
we
this
have
J— D)
(t
>
(x, y).
infer that
_ n _d v d v d?~ VV ~dx* + 2
cfo)
2
djf'
We of
t,
must dev elope the preceding value
write
d2 V
/ d? I
-*-, 2
+ -5— J 2
instead of
,
of v according to
D\ and then regard i as
powers
the order
of differentiation.
The following
value jdt cos
(t
J— D) -^ (x, y)
condition; thus the most general value of v
= cos (* J^D)
v
W=
and v
is
a function f(œ,
have/=
{co,
we have/'
y,0) (a?,
=
y,0)
I
y,
=
dt cos
t)
<£
0, y)
J— D)
(t
i/r
(x,
and denoting
y)
yjr
(x, y).
;
If the proposed equation
the same
is
+ W; y)
of three variables.
(x,
satisfies
;
If
we make
^/O, y,
t
by/'
=
(a?,
d4 v
^ ^= t?
we
y, J),
is
d2v the value of
0,
+
in a series arranged according to powers of
.
.
W' £
will
A DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION.
SECT. IV.]
be v
= cos
(tD
2 ) (f>
d2
denoting
(x, y),
-y-j
by D;
405
for
we deduce from
this value
dt
2
da?
The general value of v, which can contain only two x and y, is therefore
arbitrary
functions of
v
= cos (tD ) 2
W=\
and
(x, y)
dt cos (tD
Jo
Denoting v by f{x,
and
y, t),
2
)
+ W,
f {x, y).
-=-
by /'
we have
(x, y, t),
to
determine the two arbitrary functions,
4>{x>y)=f(x>y>%
d2v de
we may denote by
D
"&&!/)=/ x>y>°)>
If the proposed differential equation is
403.
or
and
d*v
+ d^i+ D
dïv
_
Mdf
d*v + dy _ ~
the function
,
-j-£
+ -y-^, /
2
<£
.
W'
i
d
2
can be formed by raising the binomial (^~2
so that
d
DZty
2
+ ^—2) \
to the
second degree, and regarding the exponents as orders of differentiation.
of
v,
from
Equation
(e)
then becomes
ce 2 -^ + D v = 0; and
arranged according to powers of this
we
t,
is
cos (tD)
the value
<£ (x,
y)
;
for
derive
™ dë~~ VV 2
dv_
d?v
0T '
df
+
d*v :'
dœ
_ e?V cfv _ + dxY + df df~
_ )'
The most general value of v being able to contain only two arbitrary functions of x and y, which is an evident consequence of the form of the equation, v
= cos
(tD)
may be (x, y)
+
expressed thus
I
:
dt cos (tD) ty (x, y).
THEORY OF HEAT.
406
The
functions
and
j>
function v hyf(sc, y,
and
& y) =f fo
$
determined as follows, denoting the
ty are
t),
[CHAP. IX.
d
jf
by/,
(x, y, t)
f 0>
y> o).
2/)
=/i
Lastly, let the proposed differential equation
dv Tt
the coefficients equation
is
d
=a
2
4
v
,
+h
d^
8
6
dv
dv
c + dë + tâ
, c£
d
v
drf
(x, y,
t),
0». y» °)-
be „
,
+ &c
d are known numbers, and the order
a, b, c,
»,
(/) ' of the
indefinite.
The most general value of v can only contain one arbitrary for it is evident, from the very form of the equafunction of x tion, that if we knew, as a function of x, the value of v which ;
corresponds to
t
= 0,
all
successive values of
ty
the other values of
should have therefore the equation v
We
denote by
is
_
to say, in order to
according to powers of
and then write
with respect to
In
only,
de tB
dv
t,
,
,
To
express
v,
to
we
(as).
v
<}>
form the value of
v,
we must develop
the quantity
d
t
=e tJ) (p d6
d'é
-y- instead of a,
of differentiation.
which correspond
the expression
Dcf>
d% that
v,
would be determined.
considering the powers of a as orders
fact, this
value of v being differentiated
we have -r,
d2v
,
d*v
dGv
„
would be useless to multiply applications of the same process. For very simple equations we can dispense with abridged expresbut in general they supply the place of very complex insions vestigations. We have chosen, as examples, the preceding equa-
It
;
tions,
because they
expression first,
(a)
is
and
all relate
(b),
phenomena whose analytical movement of heat. The two
to physical
analogous to that of the
belong to the theory of heat
;
and the three
OTHER MODES OF INTEGRATION.
SECT. IV.]
following presses
(d),
(c),
(e),
to dynamical problems;
what the movement
407 the last (/) ex-
would be in
of heat
solid bodies, if
the instantaneous transmission were not limited to an extremely
We
small distance.
movement
the
haye an example of
this kind of problem in which penetrates diaphanous
of luminous heat
media.
We
404.
equations
:
can obtain by different means the integrals of these
we
shall indicate in the first place that
which
results
from the use of the theorem enunciated in Art. 361, which we
now proceed If
to recal.
we consider the expression r+oo
r+<x>
di
I
J -
we
see that
it
(a)
d(p cos
I
(px— pi),
(a)
J -00
00
represents a function of x
integrations with respect to
two
for the
;
definite
and p make these variables
a.
dis-
The nature of the function which we shall have chosen for
appear, and a function of x remains. will evidently <£ (a).
depend on that ask what the function
We may
that after two definite integrations
<£ (a),
we may
ought to
be, in order
obtain a given function
f(x). In general the investigation of the integrals suitable for the expression of different physical phenomena, is reducible to
The
object of these problems
to determine the arbitrary functions
under the signs of the may be example, that the general
problems similar to the preceding. is
definite integration, so that the result of this integration
a given function.
It is easy to see, for
integral of the equation
dv Tt
=a
would be known determine
(p (a),
given function / of
v,
2 dv
^ if,
,
d4v
de v
-.dh
in the preceding expression
,
(x).
In
fact,
we form
v
(a),
= e~ mt cospx,
up
2
+
bpt
we could
might be a
directly a particular value
find this condition,
m—
;.,
(/)
so that the result of the equation
expressed thus,
and we
„
+ b dx* + C dx-° +d dx-« +&C
+ tp* + &c.
THEORY OF HEAT.
408
We
might then
also take
v
= Q-mt cos (p X —jjz),
giving to the constant a any value.
v
=
[ dx
[CHAP. IX.
(a) e
$
We
have similarly
-^ aP'1+bP i+cP e+&c) cos (px -pa).
It is evident that this value of v satisfies the differential equation
(/)
;
it is
merely the sum of particular values.
Further, supposing
f(x)
Now
it
t
Denoting
function of x.
=
0,
we ought
this function
= \d*$
(a)
to find for v an arbitrary hy f(x), we have
jdp cos {px
— pi).
follows from the form of the equation (/), that the
most
general value of v can contain only one arbitrary function of x.
In
fact, this
of
x the value
values
equation shews clearly that
of v
which correspond
necessarily determined. as a function of
if
we know
of v for a given value of the time
t
and
x,
as a function t,
all
the other
to other values of the time, are
It follows rigorously that if
a value of v which
satisfies
we know,
the differential
if further, on making t = 0, this function of x and t an entirely arbitrary function of x, the function of x and becomes The whole t in question is the general integral of equation (f). problem is therefore reduced to determining, in the equation (a), so that the result of two integrations above, the function may be a given function f (x). It is only necessary, in order that
equation; and
>
the solution may be general, that we should be able to take for f(x) an entirely arbitrary and even discontinuous function. It is merely required therefore to know the relation which must always exist between the given function f(x) and the unknown function Now this very simple relation is expressed by the theorem > (a). of which we are speaking. It consists in the fact that when the integrals are taken
—/
(a)
;
that
is
between
to say, that
infinite limits, the function
we have
f (*) ~ ^ j_,fx f( a
)
>
(a) is
the equation
cos j J??
(pa;
-pa)
(B).
VIBRATION OF ELASTIC LAMINA.
SECT. IV.]
From
this
we conclude
409
as the general integral of the proposed
equation (/),
=—
dxf(oL)\
I
^7T J -
405.
If
,.+ 00
,.+00
-1
l>
dp e- t
(
aP°- +b P i+cP e+&c
)cos(px-2)0L)
...(c).
J -oo
oo
we propose the equation d4v
t^y
»+s-«
=0_
, T.
w>
which expresses the transverse vibratory movement of an elastic 1 we must consider that, from the form of this equation, the
plate
,
most general value of v can contain only two arbitrary functions of x: for, denoting this value of v by f(x,t), and the function ~rf(x,
f all
by /'
t)
(x, 0),
that
is
(x, t),
it
is
evident that
to say, the values of v
if
and
we knew fix,
0)
and
dv at the
-7-
first
instant,
the other values of v would be determined.
This follows also from the very nature of the phenomenon. fact,
consider a rectilinear elastic lamina in
its
the distance of any point of this plate from ordinates; the form of the lamina
drawing
it
from
is
In
x
is
the origin of co-
very slightly changed, by
position of equilibrium, in
its
state of rest:
with the axis of x on the horizontal plane; it its own forces excited by the change of form.
is
which it coincided then abandoned to
The displacement
supposed to be arbitrary, but very small, and such that the
is
initial
form given to the lamina is that of a curve drawn on a vertical plane which passes through the axis of x. The system will successively change its form, and will continue to move in the vertical plane on one side or other of the line of equilibrium. general condition of this motion
is
d2v
Any distance 1
An
elastic
The most
expressed by the equation
d4v
n
point m, situated in the position of equilibrium at a
x from the
origin 0,
and on the horizontal plane,
has, at
investigation of the general equation for the lateral vibration of a thin
rod,
of
which
(d)
is
a particular case
corresponding to no permanent
internal tension, the angular motions of a section of the rod being also neglected, will be
found in Donkin's Acoustics, Chap.
ix. §§
169—177.
[A.F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
410 the end of the time
x and
The
t.
initial
been removed from
t,
perpendicular height
[CHAP. IX. place through the
its
This variable flight v
v.
value of v
is
arbitrary;
it is
is
a function of
expressed by any
Now, the equation (d) deduced from the funda(as). mental principles of dynamics shews that the second fluxion d2 o and the fluxion of the fourth of v, taken with respect to t, or
function
—
,
ctt
order taken with respect to x, or
dAv
-^
are two functions of
x and
t,
(ZOO
which
differ
We
only in sign.
do not enter here into the special
question relative to the discontinuity of these functions;
we have
in view only the analytical expression of the integral.
We may suppose
also,
that after having arbitrarily displaced
we impress upon them very
the different points of the lamina,
small initial velocities, in the vertical plane in which the vibrations
The
ought to be accomplished. point
m
has an arbitrary value.
initial
given to any by any function
velocity
It is expressed
ty (x) of the distance x.
It is evident that if
we have given the
initial
form of the
system or $ (x) and the initial impulses or yjr (x), all the subsequent states of the system are determinate. Thus the function v orf(x,
form
and
t),
of
which represents,
the
lamina,
after
any time
contains two
t,
the corresponding-
arbitrary
functions
(x)
ty (x).
To determine the function sought f(x,
t),
consider that in the
equation
d2v df
we can
or else
d4 v
~
w
_
,
+ S?=°
give to v the very simple value
u
— cos
u
= cos qH cos (qx — qa)
;
denoting by q and a any quantities which contain neither x nor
We
therefore also have
= IdzF (a)
jdq cos q
2
t
cos (qx
— qct),
t.
SOLUTION OF EQUATION OF VIBRATION.
SECT. IV.]
F (a) may
411
being any function, whatever the limits of the integrations be.
This value of v
merely a sum of particular values.
is
Supposing now that t = 0, the value of v must necessarily (ai). We have be that which we have denoted by/(#, 0) or <j>
therefore
= \d%F (a)
(x)
<j)
F (a)
The function
jdq cos (qx
must be determined
— qot). so that,
when the two
integrations have been effected, the result shall be the arbitrary
function
(f>
Now
(x).
when the
that
the theorem expressed by equation (B) shews
— oo
limits of both integrals are
+ oo we
and
,
have
F(a)=~(a).
Hence the value u
= ^—
u
of
da
I
given by the following equation
is
dq cos
(a)
(j)
(ft
cos (qx
— qa).
If this value of u were integrated with respect to it
being changed to
by W) would again and we should have
yjr,
This value
Ida ^r
(a)
t,
the
cf>
in
evident that the integral (denoted
it is
satisfy the
W= ^—
:
proposed differential equation
\dq—2 sin qH cos
W becomes nothing when
t
—
qa).
and
if
(qx
= 0;
we take
(d),
the
expression 1 dW -j- = g-
we
is
nothing when It follows
v
=— ATT
\
+0°
f dct.
ty (a)
making
see that on
The same
+0° f I
t
=
dq cos
I
in
it,
(qx
becomes equal
it
not the case with the expression t
=
0,
and u becomes equal
to
<£
(x)
da
J -co
I
-j-;
(a)
I
J -
«^ cos ^
2 ^
cos (£«
— qa) +
00
cfa i/r (a)
1.7T J -00
I
^q
J -en
~i
sm 2^ cos
(##
"
!Z
a )-
it
to ty (x).
becomes
when t = 0.
from this that the integral of equation
and T7 = ^—
— qa),
(d) is
W= u + W,
THEORY OF HEAT.
412 In also
fact, this
function it
value of v
when we make t = 0,
(x)
;
it
satisfies
the differential equation
becomes equal
and when we make
t
is
(d)
;
to the entirely arbitrary
=
in the expression -^
reduces to a second arbitrary function
of v
[CHAP. IX.
(x).
yjr
Hence the value
the complete integral of the proposed equation, and there
cannot be a more general integral.
The
406.
may be
value of v
reduced to a simpler form by This reduction, and
effecting the integration with respect to q.
that of other expressions of the same kind, depends on the two results expressed
by equations
and
(1)
(2),
which
will
be proved
in the following Article. l>+<x>
^cos^cos^=-^sin^ + c
j -co J
JjqsmqHcosqz = From
this
y
-^sm(^-^
(1).
(2).
we conclude h,
-i^/**«' 6 Denoting
-=
£
by another unknown
+et
fi,
«^
<&
we have
si t a.
= x + 2fi Jt,
Putting in place of sin
( -j
dd
+/x2
= 2d/u, Jt.
its
value
J
j|sin^2 + j|Cos^2
,
we have u
We
= -j~-
dji (sin
2 n + cos ^)
cf>(a
+ 2}i Jt)
„(S').
have proved in a special memoir that (S) or (§'), the (d), represent clearly and completely the
integrals of equation
motion of the different parts of an
infinite elastic lamina.
They
contain the distinct expression of the phenomenon, and readily explain
all its laws.
It is
from
this point of
view chiefly that we
TWO DEFINITE INTEGRALS.
SECT. IV.]
413
have proposed them to the attention of geometers. They shew how oscillations are propagated and set up through the whole
how
extent of the lamina, and
ment, which
is
the effect of the
initial displace-
more and more as soon becoming insensible, and leaving
arbitrary and fortuitous, alters
it recedes from the origin, only the existence of the action of forces proper to the system, the
forces
namely
of elasticity.
The
407.
upon the
by equations
results expressed
(1)
and
(2)
depend
definite integrals
I
g
let
=
dx
dx
I
J
cos
x2
cos
and dx
x2 and h ,
x2
sin
I
,
=
dx
I
— oo
;
J —
sin
2
a;
;
CO
and regard g and h as known numbers. It is evident that in the two preceding equations we may put y + b instead of x, denoting by b any constant whatever, and the limits of the integral will be the same. Thus we have r+oo
g=\ J —
/•+«,
dy cos (y 2
cos
it
+ 2by + b ),
cos 2by cos b
2
sin 2by cos b
2
2
easy to see that
is
\
J —CO
00
-/*{_ sinyy Now
h=
2
2
dy sin (y 2 + 2by +
— cos y2 sin 2by sin b — sin y cos 2by sin b
2 I
The equation
,_[, J
the integrals which contain the
all
— sin b
y.
— co
We
and + oo for have therefore
= cos
b
+ cos
2 I
;
dy sin y 2 cos 2by
2 I
2 2 y cos 2by cos b 2 2/
sin 2by cos &
z
+ cos y — sin y
2
2
cos 2?»/ sin &
(a).
dy
sin
2 y cos 2by
+
sin 6
2 /
2
sin 26?/ sin 6
and, omitting also the terms which contain sin 2by,
h
\
in h also gives sin
(
1
2 dy cos y cos 2by
),
2
sin 2by changes sign at the same time as
= cos b
2
2
factor sin 2by are nothing, if the limits are
g
b
) 2
'
J
we have
2 dy cos y cos 2by
(&).
THEORY OF HEAT.
414
The two equations two
and
(a)
[CHAP. IX.
give therefore for g and h the
(b)
integrals
I
which we
dy
sin
2 y cos 2by and
2
jdy cos y cos
shall denote respectively
by
A
2fo/,
We may
and B.
now
make 2
y
we have
and2by = pz;
=p%
y=p\Jt
or
£
i
=
—
=
:
2Vé
therefore
t/tldp cos pH cos pz
The values
1
g and
of
/i
= A,
\/tldp sin pH cos pz
= B.
are derived immediately from the
known
result
_
r+°°
VV=| J
The
last
equation
not cease to be
The /-
V
71"
in fact an identity,
is
when we
substitute for
=
—+ J^l
i
-7|
r
J
o
and consequently does the quantity
readily
,
member of the nothing. Whence we
= -j=
(jdy
du sin u 7=
I
(fesins
In — = \/ V „
^u
Jo
3
.
Let u
= z2
2
/
Jo
last
equation
conclude
§ 360,
,
viz.—
du
,
A -r==dz, then M
^
=J>y/^. and
So for the cosine from
- 1 sin/).
2
f + jdy sin y J
cos
from the known results given in
/°°
/
r
Jdy (cos/ - V
real part of the second
Jïr
More
—+j=n/^i — i
V-T1 d7V e-y^=
Jtt and the imaginary part
1
a?
substitution gives
Thus the is
so,
dxe~ x \ — 00
/
cfcsmz2 =2
— = V2/ 1r
;
sjn
.
m
/"
±S --t L-
[
v'-Ji I!
= a/J.
SECT. IV.]
VALUES OF THE INTEGRALS.
and
=
or
It
and
2
—
Idy sin?/
2 ,
Jdysmy* = h = A^?.
dycosy2 ^g = ^/~,
^
J
idy cos y
415
/
remains only to determine, by means of the equations
(b),
(a)
the values of the two integrals
dy cos y2
I
and
cos 2by
They can be expressed thus
A= B=
dy sin
I
2 ^/
2
sin 2by.
:
2 dy cos y cos 2by
I
dy sin y
|
cos 263/
= h sin
&
2
+ g cos &
= h cos J — # sin b 2
2 ,
2 ;
whence we conclude fi cosp 1, cospz dp t
—
2
s 1 / = Vtt -j= ^cos^ + sin
J f ,
J^ writing
'.
sin
sin
-
1
,
^
/
cos
cos
or cos
7-
instead of
<%>
sin^
cosps
==
.
2
\
;
*/ ^ we have ,
j
I
£
^- sin 4-J
J^cos^cos p« = -^sm^ + and
,
-J
2
^„ ^ = 7rvil v/tT
2
z \
.
—j= sin (7-
y
(1)
—71)
(2).
408. The proposition expressed by equation (B) Article 404, by equation (E) Article 361, which has served to discover the integral (S) and the preceding integrals, is evidently applicable to a very great number of variables. In fact, in the general equation or
/ or
x)
(
/{x)
d cos = 2^ _ da f^) j_„ P J m
= —\
dp]
da cos
(P x
~
a
(px- pot)/ (a),
^
THEORY OF HEAT.
416
[CHAP. IX.
we can regard f(x) as a function of the two variables x and y. The function /(a) will then be a function of a and y. We shall now regard this function f (a, y) as a function of the variable y, and we then conclude from the same theorem (B), Article 404, f( a ,y)=
that
We
—
f («, /3) J\dq cos
V)
>
- q/3).
have therefore, for the purpose of expressing any function
whatever of the two variables x and
f{x
(qy
-^vr J —oo
y,
the following equation
= U^.) ]_dz\_d$f{a., ^)J_JP cos I
cZ^
J — oo
We form
in the
(P® ~ P*)
cos (qy
—
qfi)
. . .
(BB).
same manner the equation which belongs
to
functions of three variables, namely,
/(*,
= (j^fafafafh &
y> «)
*y)
— qfi)
\dr cos (rs
— ry)
each of the integrals being taken
between
the
jdp cos (px —pz) \dq cos (^y
•
and
(BBB), limits
— oo
+ oo same proposition extends
It is evident that the
to functions
which include any number whatever of variables. It remains to show how this proportion is applicable to the discovery of the integrals of equations which contain more than two variables.
For example, the
409.
differential equation
d?v
2
_dv
df~da? we wish that;
-y-,
or
(XL i/r
(x, y).
d?v
W'
df
to ascertain the value of v as a function of (x, y,
1st,
function of
+
being
on supposing
>
(x, y)
f (x,y,
of t),
t
= 0,
v or f(x, y,
t)
x and y; 2nd, on making
we
t),
such
becomes an arbitrary t
=
in the value
find a second entirely arbitrary function
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SECT. IV.]
From
the form of the differential equation
417
we can
(c)
infer
that the value of v which satisfies this equation and the two pre-
ceding conditions this integral,
we
is
=
cos
mt
cos px cos qy.
The
substitution of v gives the condition
It is
no
v
discover
give to v the particular value v
less
To
necessarily the general integral.
first
evident that
= cos£>
we may
2
2 <
write
— a) cos q (y — /3)
(x
m = Jp' + q
cos
2
t
Jp + q*,
or
v=\da.\dfiF{3.,ft)
I
dp
cos
dq cos (qy — qfi) cos
(px -px)
whatever be the quantities p, q, a, (3 and In fact this value of y, nor t.
neither x,
F t
(a, /3),
2
t
<Jp' +.
q\
which contain
merely the sum of
is
particular values. If
we suppose
t
= 0,
v necessarily
becomes
<£ (x,
y).
We have
therefore
y)=
(x,
idoL jd/3
F (a,
Thus the problem
is
/3)
I
dp cos (px
(a-,
y)
= I
last
I
dq cos (qy — qft)
may
be
d@
<£•
(a, /3)
I
dp
J
(a, /3),
<£ (x, y).
equation with equation (BE),
d%\
F
reduced to determining
the result of the indicated integrations
comparing the
— pu.)
cos (pœ
we
.
so that
Now, on
find
-pa)
,.+00
dq cos (qy-q/3). I
Hence the
v= [k-)
We by
jdz
integral
}dfi(z,
may be
expressed thus
:
2 ft)\dpcos(px— py.) dq cos (qy— qft)cost*Jp +q^.
thus obtain a
I
first
part u of the integral; and, denoting
W the second part, which ought to contain the
function ty
(x, y),
v F. H.
other arbitrary
we have
=
u
+ W, 27
THEORY OF HEAT.
418
W to
and we must take into
In
ty.
with respect to
part,
cf>
tion,
if
changing only
iudt,
(x, y), when t is made u becomes equal to same time IF becomes nothing, since the integra-
and
Further,
be the integral
fact,
= 0;
at the
[CHAP. IX.
t,
changes the cosine into a
we take the value
of
sine.
and make
-r-,
t
=
0,
the
first
which then contains a sine, becomes nothing, and the Thus the equation part becomes equal to ty (x, y).
second v
W
—u+
We
is
the complete integral of the proposed equation.
could form in the same manner the
integral
of the
equation
_ d\ Jr tâ~djf
d 2v
It
would be
i
dy~
d*v
+
d£i
sufficient to introduce a
— cos and
d2 v
(rz
to integrate with respect to r
—
ry)
and
new
required to
factor
,
7.
Let the proposed equation be
410.
'
d
2
v -p:2
d2 dy2
2
v dv + -j— + -j-. =
express v as a function f(x,y,z),
;
it is
such that,
1st,
t
f(x,y,0) may be an arbitrary function cf>(x,y); 2nd, that on d making 3 = in the function -*- f(x,y,z) we may find a second arbitrary function
y\r
[x, y).
It evidently follows,
from the form of
the differential equation, that the function thus determined will
be the complete integral of the proposed equation.
we may remark first that the equaby writing v = cos px cos qy e mz the exponents p and q being any numbers whatever, and the value of m being To
tion
is
discover this equation satisfied
,
2
±
Jf + 2 We might -
v
then
also write
= cos px — po) (
cos (qy
— q/3)
(e
z
v^ +
2 'i
-f-
a 2 e -z^p +q ) )
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SECT. IV.]
41.9
or
v
=
Ida Id/3 F(a,
If a be
/3)
—
jdp jdq cos (px —pu) cos (qy
made equal
to 0,
we
q(3)
F
have, to determine
the
(a, /3),
following condition
<£ (x,
y)
=
Ida
JcZ/3
F
(a, ft)
—pa)
Jdp jdq cos (px
we
and, on comparing with the equation (SB),
cos (^y
— q/3)
;
see that
2
^/3) = (^) we have
u=( —
<M«>/3);
then, as the expression of the
\
Ida Id/3
(f>
(a, (3)
I
first
part of the integral,
dp cos (px —pa) Jdq
(e z
The value substitution
of
u reduces
to
makes the value
We might
(x, y)
when
z
^W
W= ($-]
of
-j-
substitution
2
= 0, and
the same
u with respect
to
ty is
z,
and
a new
:
of TT
(a, /3)
J
dp cos (px - px) Jdq cos (qy - q$)
becomes nothing when
makes the function
«
dW —r- equal
the general integral of the proposed equation 411.
+ e ~ z ^ 2+ « ).
nothing.
also integrate the value of
Ida ld/3 i/r
The value
2
q$)
dit
give to the integral the following form in which arbitrary function
—
cos (qy
Lastly, let the equation d*v dtf
'
= to
is v
0,
yjr
and the same (x, y).
Hence
= u + W.
be
d*v
d*v
d*4
dx*dy 2
d'v
+ dy
4
.
,
,
{h
27—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
420
[CHAP. IX.
y (a?, y, t), which satisfies and the two following conditions namely, 1st, the substitution t = in f(x, y, t) must give an (x, 2nd, the same substitution in arbitrary function y) it is
required to determine v as a function
the
proposed equation
(e)
<j>
;
must give a second arbitrary function
t)
-j,f(x, y,
:
form of equation
It evidently follows from the
the principles which
when determined
ty (x, y).
we have explained
so as to satisfy the preceding conditions, will
the complete integral of the proposed equation.
we
function
and from
(e),
above, that the function
write
To discover
v,
be
this
first,
v
= cos px cos qy cos mt,
whence we derive
d2v
d?
We
d?
>
d*v
,
=pv
= cos px cos qy cos
v=
ldzld/3
F (a,
/3)
„
„
2
2 t
(p
d4v
v^
m=p +
v = cos (px —pen) cos (qy
or
=
-doFdj
'
have then the condition v
or
d*v
„
= ' mv
.
<&-**: Thus we can
q*.
write
2
+ q ),
— q/3)
\dp\dq cos (px
cos (jpH
— pa)
-f-
qH),
cos (qy
—
q/3)
cos (pH
When we make t = 0, we must to determine the function
general equation (BB),
between
we
F
(ce,
have v
/S).
find that,
infinite limits, the value of
=
(x,
y)
+ qH).
which serves
;
we compare this with the when the integrals are taken
If
F
(a, /9) is (
have therefore, as the expression of the
—
first
j
We
(a, /9).
part u of the
integral,
it
=(—)
Ida
Icfy3<£ (a, /9)
jdp \dq cos
(px—pa)
cos (qy
— qjB)
cos (pH
Integrating the value of u with respect to trary function being denoted by
W oî the integral
-v/r,
we
to be expressed thus:
t,
+
qH).
the second arbi-
shall find the other part
OTHER FORM OF INTEGRAL.
SECT. IV.]
W — [n~)
dot
I
\
dfi
yjr (a, {3)
I
dp jdq cos (px-pa.)
421
cos (qy sin
— q/3)
If
we make
t
=
and in W, the
in u
first
=
in -j
u and
in
-j-
W, the
and the second becomes equal
(x,y):
-ty
q*
we
if
also
make
function becomes nothing,
first
to
+
function becomes
equal to
+ q*t)
(pH p*
hence v
= u +W
is
the
general integral of the proposed equation.
We may give
412.
by effectFor this which we have
to the value of u a simpler form
ing the two integrations with respect to
purpose we use the two equations
p and
and
(1)
(2)
q.
proved in Art. 407, and we obtain the following integral,
If, Ho*, Denoting by u the
first
(^-a) 2 +(2/-/3) 2
a\ 1
part of the integral, and by
W the
second, which ought to contain another arbitrary function,
we
have
W= Jo dt u \
If
we denote by
and v
= u + W.
and v two new unknowns, such that we
//.
have a
and
if
we
substitute for
x + 2fijt
we have
dpi
'"'J-oo
could
t
a, /3,
/3
—y_
dx, d/3 their values
y + 2vj~t,
2dp,Jt,
2dvjt,
form of the integral,
this other
v=-
We
—x_
dvs'm(ij?
+ v*)(f>(x + 2nji y + 2vjt) + W.
J -oo
not multiply
further
these
applications
formulae without diverging from our chief subject.
of our
The preceding
examples relate to physical phenomena, whose laws were undifficult to discover; and we have chosen them because
known and
THEORY OF HEAT.
422 the
integrals
fruitlessly
sought
express the
for,
movement
We
413.
consider
might
first series
and sum these equations
equations,
of heat. also,
in the investigation of the integrals,
developed according to powers of one variable,
series
(BB).
(B),
taken from the
worthy of
which have hitherto been have a remarkable analogy with those which
these
of
[CHAP. IX.
by means of the theorems expressed by the The following example of this analysis,
theory of heat
itself,
appeared to us to be
notice.
We have seen, Art. 399, that the general value of u derived from the equation 2 dv _ d v
W .
dt'diï developed in t,
x
;
and that when de-
veloped- in series according to increasing powers of x,
two completely arbitrary functions of first series is
expressed thus
it
contains
t.
:
*-*»+<^*(*)+ra^»+&c The
integral denoted
v
represents the
function
= â~
sum
'
according to increasing powers of the variable
series,
contains one arbitrary function only of
The
.
by
(/3),
\doLJ> (a)
Art. 397, or
\dp
of this series,
(n
e~ pH
cos
(px —poi),
and contains the single arbitrary
<£ (x).
The value
of
v,
developed according to powers of
two arbitrary functions f(t) and F(t), and
is
x,
contains
thus expressed
:
There is therefore, independently of equation (/3), another form of the integral which represents the sum of the last series,
and which
contains
two
arbitrary
functions,
f(t)
and
F{t),
SECONDARY INTEGRAL OF LINEAR EQUATION.
SECT. IV.] It
423
required to discover this second integral of the proposed
is
equation, which cannot be more general than the preceding, but which contains two arbitrary functions.
We
can arrive at
by summing each
it
Now
enter into equation (X).
the form of a function of x and contains
y
(£), it
t,
the
would be necessary,
of the two series which
evident that
is
it
sum
if
we knew,
having multiplied
after
dx, to take the integral with respect to x, and to change
F
We
(t).
should thus find the second
Further,
series.
f it
in
which it by
of the first series
into
(t)
would
be enough to ascertain the sum of the odd terms which enter into the
first series
:
denoting this
for,
the other terms by
v,
rx
v
may be
and the sum of
all
.
at
Jo
remains then to find the value of
It
fx,
$„
rx
=\ dx\ dx -7Jo
f{t)
sum by
we have evidently
/a.
Now
the function
thus expressed, by means of the general equation (B)
f It is easy to
(t)
=
-^
jd* f (a) j dp cos (pt- pu)
t
(B).
deduce from this the values of the functions
pa).
|/(0, §f(t),
&o.
It is evident that differentiation is equivalent to writing in
the second
member
respective factors
We have
of equation
— p +p 4 —p 2
,
,
6 ,
(B),
Thus the problem
(P*
-P*)
common
2
,
1
(
-if" + ^T
consists in finding the
pV
p*x*
the
factor cos (pt—pz),
sum
_ &c
d'y
-}
of the series
which enters into the second member, which presents no In fact, if y be the value of this series, we conclude à*y
}
&c.
then, on writing once the
^ = %r da f( a )JdP cos
under the sign \dp
difficulty.
THEOKY OF HEAT.
424
[CHAP. IX.
Integrating this linear equation, and determining the arbitraryconstants, so that,
may be
nothing,
when x
we
d'y
dx
2
dx
'
dx3
'
+e V2
(e
may be
and
1,
d 3y
sum
the
2
would be useless to
It
'
of the series,
cos
)
^vf-
refer to the details of this investigation
which
sufficient to state the result,
is
it
dy
find, as
y=
nothing, y
is
;
as the integral
gives,
sought,
v
—
- \dxf{%) \dq q
- sin 2q The term
W
integrating the
is
-jcos
2
(t
2q
- a)
— a)
2
(t
x
(e«
(e? x
+
e~i x) cos qx
- e~^x) sin qx \ + W.
the second part of the integral;
first
it is
(/3/3).
formed
x=
part with respect to x, from
to
by-
x = x,
and by changing f into F. Under this form the integral contains two completely arbitrary functions f(t) and F(t). If, in the value becomes nothing byof v, we suppose x nothing, the term hypothesis, and the first part u of the integral becomes f(t). If
W
we make the same evident that the
dW —j—
second,
,
first
which
x
substitution
part
-*-
=
in the value of
T-
dx
it
is
become nothing, and that the
will
from the
differs only
-
first
F being
by the function
F
substituted for f, will be reduced to Thus the (t). integral expressed by equation (yS/3) satisfies all the conditions,
and represents the sum of the two
member This
is
the form of the integral which
in several problems of the theory of heat different from that which 1
Art.
See the article by Sir 1.
which form the second
series
of the equation (X).
is
;
we
necessary to select see that
expressed by equation
W. Thomson,
Camb. Math. Journal, Vol.
it is 1
"
On
III. pp.
(J3),
it is
very
Art. 397.
the Linear Motion of Heat," Part H.
206—8.
[A. F.]
SERIES EXPRESSED BY DEFINITE INTEGRALS.
SECT. IV.]
We may
414.
by
to express,
employ very
different processes of investigation
definite integrals, the
sent the integrals
425
sums
which repre-
of series
The form
of differential equations.
of
these
expressions depends also on the limits of the definite integrals.
We
will cite
a single example of this investigation, recalling the
we
Article
+ tsinu
write x
which terminates that under the sign of the function c£,
If in the equation
of Art. 311.
result
we have 2
[*
1
-
du(f)(x
+
t
sin u)
t*
t
=
(as)
+
J
^
<j>"
(x)
+ ^-^
iv (j>
(x)
yi
,,
(ai)
+
&c.
Denoting by v the sum of the series which forms the second member, we see that, to make one of the factors 2 2 4 2 6 2 &c. disappear in each term, we must differentiate once with respect to t, multiply the result by t, and differentiate a second time with ,
respect to
t.
We
conclude from this that v
satisfies
,
,
the partial
differential equation 2
dv
1
doc'
We
t
d2v
d ( dv\ dt\ dt)' .
°
l
dj?
d2 v df
+
1 dv t
dt'
have therefore, to express the integral of this equation, 1
«;
=—
f"
due
(x
+ tsmu)
-f
IP.
7TJo
The second
part
W of the
integral contains a
new
arbitrary
function.
The form
of this second part
W
of the integral differs very
and may also be expressed by definite integrals. The results, which are obtained by means of definite integrals, vary according to the processes of investigation by which they are derived, and according to the limits of the integrals.
much from
415.
that of the
first,
It is necessary to
examine carefully the nature of the
general propositions which serve to transform arbitrary functions for the use of these
theorems
is
very extensive, and
we
:
derive
from them directly the solution of several important physical The problems, which could be treated by no other method.
426
THEORY OF HEAT.
following proofs, which
we gave
[CHAP. IX.
in our first researches, are very
suitable to exhibit the truth of these propositions.
In the general equation 1 r+
f(x) which
=-
°
+Q0
r
dp cos (pa
daf (a)
7T J _ oo
tegration with respect to p, and
/( a J
we
g )=^r^/( 7TJ
effect the in-
find
sip(yg
a-
)
-cr,
We
we may
the same as equation (B), Art. 404,
is
— px),
Jo
ought then to give to p, in the
"P
a?)
X
last expression,
value; and, this being done, the second
member
an infinite express the
will
We
shall perceive the truth of this result byvalue of fix). means of the following construction. Examine first the definite /.QO
dx
I
J o
If
we
sin x,
,
x
which we know
construct above the axis of
and that whose ordinate
of the first curve
may
x
s in
/
integral
is -,
to
be equal to
\ir,
Art. 356.
x the curve whose ordinate
is
and then multiply the ordinate
by the corresponding ordinate
of the second,
we
consider the product to be the ordinate of a third curve
whose form
it is
very easy to ascertain.
Its first ordinate at the origin is 1, and the succeeding ordinates become alternately positive or negative; the curve cuts the axis at the points where x = ir, 2 37r, &c, and it approaches nearer and nearer to this axis. 77-,-
A second branch
of the curve, exactly like the
to the left of the axis of y.
The
integral
I
dx
—
-
x
Jo
situated
first, is
-
is
the area
included between the curve and the axis of x, and reckoned from
x=
up
to a positive infinite value of x. /•CD
r
The
definite integral
/
Jo
any
positive
fact, let
dx
•
sin
—DX
,
in which
p
is
supposed to be
no
number, has the same value as the preceding.
px — z\
the proposed integral will become
I
dz
Jo
consequently,
it
is
also
equal to
\-n.
This proposition
,
In and,
% is
true,
AREAS REPRESENTING INTEGRALS.
SECT. IV.]
whatever positive number p may be.
p
=
10, the curve
much sin
x ;
x
whose ordinate
and shorter than the
closer
but the whole area from x
=
we suppose,
If
is
427 example,
has sinuosities very J
x
sinuosities
up
for
to
x=
whose ordinate the same.
oo is
Suppose now that the number p becomes greater and and that it increases without limit, that is to say, becomes
The
sinuosities of the curve
whose ordinate
is -
is
—
greater, infinite.
are infinitely 77"
near.
being
Their base so,
is
an
we compare the
if
-
infinitely small length equal to
which
positive area
That
.
on one
rests
IT
of these intervals
— P
with the negative area which rests on the
following interval, and if
we denote by Xthe
finite
and
sufficiently
large abscissa which answers to the beginning of the
we
first
arc,
see that the abscissa x, which enters as a denominator into
the expression
——
of the ordinate, has
-
the double interval
—
,
no sensible variation in
which serves as the base of the two
areas.
V Consequently the integral
is
quantity.
It follows that the
each other
is
of the
if x were a constant two areas which succeed
nothing.
The same
is
not the case
small, since the interval
value of x.
the same as
sum
We
—
know from
when the value
has in this case a
x
of
is
infinitely
the
finite ratio to
this that the integral
I
dx
sin
px *—
m .
,
which we suppose^» to be an infinite number, is wholly formed out of the sum of its first terms which correspond to extremely small values of
x.
When
the abscissa has a finite value X, the area
does not vary, since the parts which compose
two by two alternately.
Jo
We X
it
destroy each other
express this result by writing
J
x
*
THEORY OF HEAT.
428
The quantity
[CHAP. IX.
which denotes the limit of the second integral, and the value of the integral is the same when the limit is co and when it is go co,
has an infinitely small value
;
.
This assumed, take the equation
416.
Having
laid
that axis
the
this curve
is
down the
axis of the abscissae
entirely arbitrary;
it
only in one or several parts of
a,
construct above
The form of might have ordinates existing
curve ff, whose ordinate
/(a).
is
its course, all
the other ordinates
being nothing. Construct also above the same axis of abscissa? a curved line ss
whose ordinate
is
——
z denoting the abscissa and
,
The
great positive number.
which corresponds origin
We
a very
centre of this curve, or the point
to the greatest ordinate p,
of the abscissae
p
may be
placed at the
or at the end of any abscissa whatever.
a,
suppose this centre to be successively displaced, and to be
transferred to
all
points of the axis of
ing from the point
of the second curve,
towards the
a,
right, depart-
Consider what occurs in a certain position
0.
when the
centre has arrived at the point x,
which terminates an abscissa x of the
The value of x being regarded
first
curve.
and a being the only variable, the ordinate of the second curve becomes sin p (a
a If then
we
second, and represent
drawn above the
to say, if
this product is
a, ..
.
f(a) J '
this curve
two curves, for the purpose of
we multiply each ordinate of the the product by an ordinate of a third curve
is
axis of
The whole area
— x)
—x
link together the
forming a third, that
as constant,
sin
(a
p ±-i
— x)
a—x
-.
of the third curve, or the area included
and the axis of
abscissae,
may then
between
be expressed by
EXAMINATION OF AN INTEGRAL.
SECT. IV.]
Now
the
number p being
all its sinuosities infinitely
429
infinitely great, the second curve
near
;
we
has
easily see that for all points
finite distance from the point x, the definite whole area of the third curve, is formed of equal parts alternately positive or negative, which destroy each other two by two. In fact, for one of these points situated at a certain dis-
which are at a integral, or the
tance from the point
when we same
is
x,
the value of /(a) varies infinitely
increase the distance
by a quantity
the case with the denominator a
The area which corresponds
distance. fore the
same
less
than
—
little
The
.
— x, which measures
—p 2-7T
to the interval
that
.
is
there-
and a — x were not variables. when a — x is a finite magnitude. may be taken between limits as near
as if the quantities /(a)
Consequently
it
is
nothing
Hence the definite integral as we please, and it gives, between those limits, the same result between infinite limits. The whole problem is reduced then taking the integral between points infinitely near, one to the the other to the right of that where a
—x
nothing, that
is
is
as to
left,
to say
from a = x — to to a = x + a>, denoting by co a quantity infinitely small. In this interval the function f (a) does not vary, it is equal to f (x), and may be placed outside the symbol of integration.
Hence the value
of the expression
—x a — x = — &>, and
taken between the limits
Now
this integral
we
;
is
the product off(x) by
a
J
ceding article
is
equal to
ir,
as
a
—x =
a>.
we have seen
hence the definite integral
is
in the pre-
equal to irf{x), whence
obtain the equation
=
dx 27rJ
417.
quantities
f&\
dp cos
(Pœ
-P*)-
(B)-
The preceding proof supposes that notion of infinite which has always been admitted by geometers. It
would be easy
to offer the
same proof under another form, examin-
ing the changes which result from the continual increase of the
THEORY OF HEAT.
430 factor
[CHAP. IX.
p under the symbol sin p — x). These considerations known to make it necessary to recall them.
are
(ol
too well
Above
must be remarked that the function /(a?), to which and not subject to a continuous law. We might therefore imagine that the enquiry is concerning a function such that the ordinate which represents it has no existing value except when the abscissa is included between two given limits a and b, all the other ordinates being supposed all, it
this proof applies, is entirely arbitrary,
nothing
;
interval from all
no form or trace except above the and coincides with the axis of a in
so that the curve has
x=a
other parts of
The same
to
x=
b,
its course.
proof shews that
we
are not considering here infinite
We
values of x, but definite actual values.
might
also
the same principles the cases in which the function infinite, for singular
x included between the given limits; to the chief object which we have in
values of
but these have no relation view, which it
is
is
f
examine on becomes
(x)
to introduce into the integrals arbitrary functions
;
impossible that any problem in nature should lead to the
supposition that the function f(x) becomes infinite,
give to
xa
when we
singular value included between given limits.
In general the function f (x) represents a succession of values or ordinates each of which
given to the abscissa
x,
is
arbitrary.
An
infinity of values
there are an equal
number
being
of ordinates
All have actual numerical values, either positive or negative
f{x). or nul.
We
do not suppose these ordinates to be subject to a common law; they succeed each other in any manner whatever, and each of
them It
is
given as
may
if it
were a single quantity.
follow from the very nature of the problem,
the analysis which
is
applicable to
ordinate to the following
is
it,
itself,
is
But
effected in a continuous manner.
special conditions are then concerned,
considered by
and from
that the passage from one
and the general equation
independent of these conditions.
(B),
It
is
rigorously applicable to discontinuous functions.
Suppose now that the function f(x) coincides with a certain analytical expression, such as sin
a-,
e~ x \ or
x a value included between the two
(x),
limits a
when we
and
b,
give to
and that
all
SECT. IV.]
FUNCTIONS COINCIDING BETWEEN LIMITS.
431
the values of f(x) are nothing when x is not included between a and b; the limits of integration with respect to a, in the preceding
equation (B), become then a as for the limits a
= — oo
by hypothesis, when a
is
a
,
= a, = oo
a ,
= b;
since the result
every value of
is
the same
being nothing
<£ (at)
not included between a and
b.
We
have
then the equation
— I
f(x)
=
H-ao
/•»
I
dot
>
The second member
(a)
^ cos
I
— ^3a)
of this equation (B)
variable x; for the two integrations
appear, and
(pic
make
(5').
a function of the
is
the variables a and
x only remains with the constants a and
function equivalent to the second
member
is
b.
p
dis-
Now
the
such, that on substitut-
ing for x any value included between a and b
we
}
find the
same
and we find a nul result if, in the second member, we substitute for x any value not included between a and b. If then, keeping all the other quantities which form the second member, we replaced the limits a and b by nearer limits a and V, each of which is included between a and b, we should change the function of x which is equal to the second member, and the effect of the change would be such that the second member would become nothing whenever we gave to x a value not included between a and b'; and, if the value of x were included between a and b', w e should have the same result as result as on substituting this value of
x
in
<£
(x)
;
r
on substituting
We second
this value of
a?
in <£(#).
can therefore vary at will the limits of the integral in the
member
of equation (B).
This equation exists always for
b, which we may have chosen; and, if we assign any other value to x, the second member becomes nothing. Let us represent
values of x included between any limits a and
;
whose value is/(#), will represent the variable ordinate of a second curve whose form will depend on the limits a and b. If these limits are — oo and + oo the two curves, one of which has (f>(x) for ordinate, and the other f(x), coincide exactly through the whole extent of their course. But, if we give other values a and b to these limits, the two curves coincide exactly through every part of their To course which corresponds to the interval from x = a to x=b. right and left of this interval, the second curve coincides precisely ,
THEORY OF HEAT.
432
at every point with the axis of
[CHAP. IX.
This result
x.
is
very remarkable,
and determines the true sense of the proposition expressed by equation (B).
The theorem expressed by equation
418.
(II)
be considered under the same point of view. serves to develope an arbitrary function
subject or not to a
value
law, and answering and any magnitude X.
of this
This equation function
to say a succession of given values,
common
x included between
The
is
must
in a series of sines or
The function fix) denotes a
cosines of multiple arcs.
completely arbitrary, that
f [x)
Art. 234
function
is
to all the values of
expressed by the following
equation,
fix)
The
integral,
limits a
= a, and
= â~ %
I
dzf(i) cos^^ [x—
a)
[A).
must be taken between the each of these limits a and b is any quantity whatever included between and X. The sign £ affects the integer number i, and indicates that we must give to i every with respect to
a,
a = b;
integer value negative or positive, namely,
..._5 _4, -s, -2, -1,
0,
s
+1, +2, +3, +4, +5,...
and must take the sum of the terms arranged under the sign X. member becomes a function of the variable x only, and of the constants a and b. The general After these integrations the second
proposition
consists in this
:
1st,
that the value of the second
member, which would be found on substituting for x a quantity included between a and b, is equal to that which would be obtained on substituting the same quantity for x in the function y (a;); 2nd, every other value of x included between and X, but not included between a and b, being substituted in the second member, gives a nul result.
Thus there
is
no function f(x), or part of a function, which
cannot be expressed by a trigonometric
The value
series.
member is periodic, and the interval X, that is to say, the value of the second member All its does not change when x + is written instead of x. values in succession are renewed at intervals X. of the second
of the period is
X
TRANSFORMATION OF FUNCTIONS.
SECT. IV.]
The
trigonometrical
433
equal to the second
series
convergent; the meaning of this statement the variable x any value whatever, the
is,
sum
that if
This limit
limit.
is
0,
we have
if
is
we give
to
of the terms of the
approaches more and more, and infinitely near
series
member
substituted for
to,
a definite
x a quantity
and X, but not included between a and h; but if the quantity substituted for x is included between a and b, the limit of the series has the same value as f{x). The last function is subject to no condition, and the line whose ordinate it included between
represents
formed of a
may have any form
;
for example, that of a contour
series of straight lines"
this that the limits
a and
b,
and curved
lines.
We
see by
the whole interval X, and the nature
of the function being arbitrary, the proposition has a very extensignification
sive
property, but
;
and,
leads
problems in nature,
as
it
not only expresses an analytical
it
the solution
also to
was necessary
points of view, and to indicate
its
of several important
to consider it
under different
chief applications.
We
have
given several proofs of this theorem in the course of this work.
That which we
in one of the following Articles
shall refer to
424) has the advantage of being applicable also to non-
(Art.
periodic functions. If
we suppose the
X
interval
infinite,
the terms of the series
become differential quantities the sum indicated by the sign 2 becomes a definite integral, as was seen in Arts. 353 and 355, and equation {A) is transformed into equation (B). Thus the latter equation (B) is contained in the former, and belongs to the case is infinite: the limits a and b are then in which the interval ;
X
evidently entirely arbitrary constants.
The theorem expressed by equation
419.
divers analytical applications,
quitting the
of this
object
(B) presents also
which we could not unfold without work; but we will enunciate the
principle from which these applications are derived.
We
see that, in the second
member
•^ = 2^r!
dp cos (px-pz)
the function f(x) function F.
H.
/
affects
da is
f^] so
transformed,
of the equation (B),
that the
no longer the variable
x,
symbol of the
but an auxiliary 28
THEORY OF HEAT.
434 variable
The
a.
It follows
from
x,
x
is
only affected by the symbol cosine.
that in order to differentiate the function /(cc)
this,
with respect to
as
many times member
as
we
wish,
it is
sufficient to
with respect to x under the then have, denoting by i any integer number
the second
differentiate
symbol
variable
[CHAP. IX.
We
cosine.
whatever,
d2i
f ^if( x = ± Jdzf )
We when
f {<*)
J
dp p 2i cos (px-pv).
when * is even, and the lower sign Following the same rule relative to the choice
take the upper sign
i is
odd.
of sign
dx li
We
f{x)
=+
x— \dzf(a) jdpp 2i+1 sin (px —pz).
can also integrate the second
member
several times in succession, with respect to
x
;
of equation (B) it
is sufficient
to
write in front of the symbol sine or cosine a negative power of p.
The same remark
applies to finite differences
and
to
summa-
tions denoted by the sign 2, and in general to analytical operations
which may be effected upon trigonometrical quantities. The chief characteristic of the theorem in question, is to transfer the general sign of the function to an auxiliary variable, and to place the The function f(x) variable x under the trigonometrical sign. acquires in a manner, by this transformation, all the properties of trigonometrical quantities differentiations, integrations, and summations of series thus apply to functions in general in the same manner as to exponential trigonometrical functions. For which ;
reason the use of this proposition gives directly the integrals of partial differential fact, it
is
evident that
equations with constant coefficients.
we could
and since the theorems of the general and arbitrary functions the
ticular exponential values
are speaking give
to
In
by parwhich we
satisfy these equations
;
character of exponential quantities, they lead easily to the expression of the complete integrals.
The same transformation gives also, as we have seen in an easy means of summing infinite series, when these
Art. 413,
series contain successive differentials, or successive integrals of the
REAL AND UNREAL PARTS OF A FUNCTION.
SECT. IV.]
same function what precedes,
for
;
the summation of the series
is
435
reduced, by
to that of a series of algebraic terms.
We
may also employ the theorem in question for the 420. purpose of substituting under the general form of the function a binomial formed of a real part and an imaginary part. This problem occurs at the beginning of the calculus and we point it out here since
analytical
partial differential equations
of it
;
has a direct relation to our chief object. If in the function result
consists
+ vsJ—1 instead of — 1 ^. The problem +J
f(x) we write
two parts
of
determine each of these functions
We
/jl
and
shall readily arrive at the result if
yfr
we
in terms of
x,
the
is
to
and v. by the
//,
replace f(x)
expression
2^\dy.f (a) dp
cos
(px-pz),
J
problem is then reduced to the substitution of /x + v J — 1 instead of x under the symbol cosine, and to the calculation of the
for the
real
term and the
f(.x)
=/(/& +
= T-
coefficient of
J — 1. We
vj-l) = t^Jdz dp
ldzf(a)
{cos (pfi
(a)
-px)
thus have
dp cos [p
(e?>
v
+ e-? v
J
+ J^Ï sin hence
<j)
-\jr
=— =
(ft
)
{pp-po)
idotf (a) \dp cos (p/x -px) (e^ v
—
doc J
f (a)
I
dp
sin
(pp—poi)
- a) +pvj - i]
(ev v
+
(eP v
-
e~P v)}
e~P v),
— e - ^").
Thus all the functions f(x) which can be imagined, even those which are not subject to any law of continuity, are reduced to the form
M+Ns/— 1,
binomial
fi
+ v J~
when we
replace the variable x in
them by the
1.
28—2
;
THEORY OF HEAT.
43 G
To
421.
give an example of the use of the last two formula?, d?v
us consider the equation -=—2
let
[CHAP. IX.
d?v
+ -^ = 0,
which
relates to the
uniform movement of heat in a rectangular plate. The general integral of this equation evidently contains two arbitrary func-
Suppose then that we know in terms of x the value of v that we also know, as another function of x, the dv value of -r when y = 0, we can deduce the required integral from
tions.
when y = 0, and
that of the equation
d 2v _ d2 v d?~dx~*'
.
which has long been known; but we find imaginary quantities under the functional signs the integral is :
v
= $(x + yJ^l)+$(x-y<]^\)+W.
W of the integral
The second part
is
derived from the
integrating with respect to y, and changing It (x
<£
into
remains then to transform the quantities ${x-\-y J—
— y J— 1),
in order to separate the real parts
find for the first part
=
by
1)
and
from the ima-
Following the process of the preceding Article we
ginary parts.
u
first
^r.
—I *
u
of the integral,
daf(a)
-•'-09
dp cos (px -pa)
I
(e
py
+ e~py
),
' -00
and consequently
W = -^
f
The complete real 1st,
y
=
dot
F(a)
&
\
cos (px
- pa)
(e™
-
e").
integral of the proposed equation expressed in
= u + W\
and we perceive in fact, that it satisfies the differential equation 2nd, that on making in it, it gives v =f(x) 3rd, that on making y = in the terms
is
therefore
v
;
;
dv function y-
,
the result
is
F (x).
DIFFERENTIATION OF FUNCTIONS.
SECT. IV.]
We may
422.
437
remark that we can deduce from equation
also
(B) a very simple expression of the differential coefficient of the i
d
th
l
f*
order, -j-ifÇx), or of the integral
The expression required index
I
i
dx f{x).
a certain function of x and of the
is
under a form an index, but as a
It is required to ascertain this function
i.
such that the number
may
*
not enter
it
as
quantity, in order to include, in the same formula, every case in which we assign to i any positive or negative value. To obtain it we shall remark that the expression
cos
f I
r
•
—
ITT
cos r cos
or
if
+1
ô
.
ITT
.
sin r sin
-=
-~-
becomes successively
— if
sin
— cos r,
r,
+ sin r,
the respective values of
recur in the same order,
second
member
i
are
+
r,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
when we
— sin r, &c.
&c,
The same
increase the value of
i.
results
In the
of the equation
f{x)
=
2^. j
cos (Px
d *f( a ) dP j
we must now
write the factor
p
add under
symbol the term
+i~
this
cos
i
~P*)>
before the symbol cosine, and 7T .
We
shall thus
have
éé
i
dx*
f( x)
=
2^. J
^/(a
)
J
dPP*
cos \PX
-P* + * £ )
The number i, which enters into the second member, may be any positive or negative integer. We shall not press these applications to general analysis it is sufficient to have shewn the use of ;
our theorems by different examples. order, (d), Art. 405,
(e),
The equations of the fourth we have said to
Art. 411, belong as
The integrals of these equations were not known when we gave them in a Memoir on the Vibrations of
dynamical problems. yet
and
THEORY OF HEAT.
438
[CHAP. IX,
Academy
Elastic Surfaces, read at a sitting of the
1 ,
§§ 10 and 11, and Art. Til. §§ 13 and 14). consist in the two formulae 8 and S', Art. 406, and in the two
6th June, 1816 (Art.
They
of Sciences
VI.
integrals expressed, one
by the
last
by the
first
equation of Art. 412, the other
We
equation of the same Article.
other proofs of the same results. integral of equation
(c),
Art. 409, under the form referred to in
that Article.
With regard
Art. 413,
here published for the
it is
then gave several
This memoir contained also the
to the integral first
(J3/3)
of equation (a),
time.
The propositions expressed by equations (A-) and (B'), 418 and 417, may be considered under a more general point of view. The construction indicated in Arts. 415 and 416 applies 423.
Arts.
—-
sm —7JOL
uoo)
(
not only to the trigonometrical function all
other functions, and supposes only that
becomes a,
infinite,
by taking
we
;
but
when the number p
find the value of the integral with respect to
this integral
between extremely near
limits.
this condition belongs not only to trigonometrical functions,
applicable to an infinity of other functions.
the expression of an arbitrary function
remarkable forms
;
With
it
and
this
It will
first.
which occupy
equally easy to
is
be
is
thus arrive at
under different very
us.
respect to the proposition expressed
structions,
at
f{cc)
We
Now but
but we make no use of these transformations
in the special investigations
Art. 418,
suits
make
was the theorem
its
for
by equation (A),
truth evident by con-
which we employed them
sufficient to indicate the course of the proof.
1 The date is inaccurate. The memoir was read on June 8th, 1818, as appears from an abstract of it given in the Bulletin des Sciences par la Société Philomatique, September 1818, pp. 129 136, entitled, Note relative aux vibrations des surfaces élastiques et au mouvement des ondes, par M. Fourier. The reading of the memoir further appears from the Analyse des travaux de V Académie des Sciences pendant Vannée 1818, p. xiv, and its not having been published except in abstract, from a remark of Poisson at pp. 150 1 of his memoir Sur les équations aux différences partielles, printed in the Mémoires de l'Académie des Science's, Tome ni. (year 1818), Paris, 1820. The title, Mémoire sur les vibrations des surfaces élastiques, par
—
—
M. Fourier,
is
given in the Analyse, p. xiv.
The
object, " to integrate several
and to deduce from the integrals the knowledge of the physical phenomena to which these equations refer," is stated in the Bulletin, partial differential equations
p. 129.
[A. F.]
EXAMINATION OF AN INTEGRAL.
SECT. IV.]
439
In equation (A), namely,
^ we can
=
1
Ç
2tt
/
+x _
x
da
sum
fW 2
+ 00 -M
a C0S 2 * 7r
—x
~Z~
;
terms
arranged under the which is derived from known theorems. We have seen different examples of this calculation previously, It gives as the result if we suppose, Section III., Chap. III. in order to simplify the expression, 2ir = X, and denote a — x sign
by
the
replace
X by
the
of
value,
its
r,
+j
y\ -j-
cos Jir
...
= cos Jir + sin Jir
—
sin r :
.
versinr
We
must then multiply the second member of this equation dxf{oL), suppose the number j infinite, and integrate from — = The curved line, whose abscissa is and 7T to a = + 7r. a with the line conjoined whose abscissa is ordinate cos jr, being a and ordinate /(a), that is to say, when the corresponding by
a.
ordinates are multiplied together,
it is
evident that the area of
the curve produced, taken between any limits, becomes nothing when the number j increases without limit. Thus the first term cos jr gives a nul result.
The same would be the
case with the sin
not multiplied by the factor three curves which have a
sm sin Jjr,
—
:
common
term sm jr,
if it
were
7*
;
but on comparing the
abscissa a,
and as ordinates
7*
:
versm r
,
/(a),
we act
J«
see clearly that the integral
.... sm jr
j
(a)
sinr -
versm r
has no actual values except for certain intervals infinitely small,
when the ordinate namelv, J '
take place
if
r or a
—x
a differs infinitely little fix).
Hence the
2/0)
.
=
becomes
.
infinite.
This will
is nothing and in the interval in which from x, the value of /(a) coincides with
integral
jo
—
sin r
versm r ;
becomes
dr sin jr-^, or 4/0) j
-^ sin jr,
THEORY OF HEAT.
440
which
is
[CHAP. IX.
Whence we con-
equal to 2irf(x), Arts. 415 and 356.
clude the previous equation (A).
When
the variable
what
struction shews
x is
is
— rr
exactly equal to
or
+ ir,
the con-
member
the value of the second
of the
equation (A), [|/(-tt) or i/(w)]. If the limits of integrations are not — ir and + 7r, but other numbers a and b, each of which is included between — ir and + 7T, we see by the same figure what the values of x are, for which
the second If
member
we imagine
of equation (A)
is
nothing.
that between the limits of integration certain
values of /(a) become infinite, the construction indicates in what
But we do
sense the general proposition must be understood.
not here consider cases of this kind, since they do not belong to physical problems.
If instead
— it and + it, we
the limits
of restricting
more distant
greater extent to the integral, selecting
and
b',
we know from the same
give
limits a
figure that the second
member
formed of several terms and makes the result of integration finite, whatever the function f (x) may be.
of equation (A)
We
is
find similar results if
we
——^-X OL
write 2ir
It
of
when j
the factor
may this
We to
=
,
the
which we
of different functions
receive
values
may become may also vary
limit.
We
V
versm r
r,
so that the area
increases without
——
S1Ï1
and negative,
at
results
It is sufficient for these functions to
sinjV.
alternately positive
nothing,
instead of
X
— and + X. must now be considered that the have arrived would also hold for an infinity
limits of integration being
X
as well as the limits of integration, °
suppose the interval to become
infinite.
and we
Expressions of
kind are very general, and susceptible of very different forms. cannot delay over these developments, but it was necessary
exhibit
the
employment
of
geometrical
constructions
;
for
they solve without any doubt questions which may arise on the extreme values, and on singular values they would not have ;
served to discover these theorems, but they prove all
their applications.
them and guide
441
DEVELOPMENT IN SERIES OF FUNCTIONS.
SECT. IV.]
We
have yet to regard the same propositions under If we compare with each other the solutions relative to the varied movement of heat in a ring, a sphere, a rectangular prism, a cylinder, we see that we had to develope an arbitrary function f(x) in a series of terms, such as 424.
another aspect.
a$ fax) + a
2
(ji
2
x)
+a
3
(ji
s
+
x)
&c.
which in the second member of equation (^4) is a cosine or a sine, is replaced here by a function which may be very different from a sine. The numbers /x v /x2 /i3 &c. instead of being integers, are given by a transcendental equation, all of whose roots infinite in number are real.
The
function
>,
,
,
The problem
consisted in finding the values of the coefficients
they have been arrived at by means of definite integrations which make all the unknowns disappear, except one.
at
a 2 a3
,
...
,
We
oj
;
proceed to examine specially the nature of this process, and
the exact consequences which flow from
it.
In order to give to this examination a more definite object, we will take as example one of the most important problems,
namely, that of the varied movement of heat in a solid sphere. We have seen, Art. 290, that, in order to satisfy the initial dis-
we must determine
tribution of the heat,
a3
a
...
t
xF{x)
=a
1
+a
sin (fijX)
The function F(x)
is
,
is
x.
sin
2
(fi 2 x) 4-
a 3 sin
entirely arbitrary
(/j>
;
3
x)
it
+ &c
(e).
denotes the value
temperature of the spherical shell whose
v of the given initial
radius
the coefficients a v a 2
in the equation
,
The numbers
fi v fi 2 ...
p. are
the roots
/jl,
of the
transcendental equation
tan fiX
X
is
= l-hX
the radius of the whole sphere
efficient
having any positive value.
h
;
(/).
a known numerical cohave rigorously proved in
is
We
our earlier researches, that all the values of 1 This demonstration equation (/) are real .
1
The Mémoires de l'Académie
des Sciences,
Tome
fi
is
or the roots of the
derived from the
x, Paris 1831, pp.
119
— 146,
contain Remarques générales sur V application des principes de l'analyse algébrique
THEORY OF HEAT.
442
[CHAP. IX.
we should
general theory of equations, and requires only that
suppose known tion may have. place
the form of the imaginary roots which every equa-
We
have not referred to
supplied by constructions which
is
Moreover,
evident.
in determining the
it
in this work, since its
make
the proposition more
we have treated a similar problem analytically, varied movement of heat in a cylindrical body
This arranged, the problem consists in discovering
(Art. 308).
numerical values for a v « 2 a 3 ,...ai} &c, such that the second member of equation (e) necessarily becomes equal to x (x), when ,
F
we
substitute in
it
for
and the
x any value included between
whole length X.
To dx
find the coefficient ai}
we have
multiplied equation
and then integrated between the limits x and we have proved (Art. 291) that the integral sin
lift,
by
(e)
— 0, x = X,
•x
dx
sin [xfc sin \ip
/,o
has a null value whenever the indices that
is
to say
i and j are not the same; and fij are two different roots follows from this, that the definite inte-
when the numbers
fi i
of the equation (/). It gration making all the terms of the second
except that which contains ai} the equation
dx [x
1
we have
F (x) sin figf] = aA
J
member
disappear,
to determine this coefficient,
dx sin fx x t
sin
/j,.x.
J
Substituting this value of the coefficient a in equation t
derive from
it
the identical equation I
da. a
F (a) sin
œF(œ) = XnjiQjtp)lb I
Jo aux équations transcendantes, by Fourier. roots of sec
x=0
do not
/a.
we
a (e).
:
dj3 sin
(e),
(e),
nJ3 sin fiJ3
The author shews that the imaginary them, tana:= *j - 1.
satisfy the equation tana;=0, since for
is satisfied only by the roots of sin x = 0, which are all real. may be shewn also that the imaginary roots of sec x=0 do not satisfy the equation x - m tan x = 0, where m is less than 1, but this equation is satisfied only by the
The equation tan x—0
It
roots of the equation f(x)
= x cos x
-
m sin x = 0,
which are
all
real.
For
if
fr (x )> /r-iW, are three successive differential coefficients of f(x), the values x which make fr (x) =0, make the signs of fr+1 (x) and fr _ Y (x) different. Hence
fr+i(x ), of
by Fourier's Theorem
relative to the
number
of changes of sign oif(x)
successive derivatives, f(x) can have no imaginary roots.
[A. F.]
and
its
WHAT TERMS MUST BE INCLUDED.
SECT. IV.]
In the second member we must give to say
we must
i all its
443
values, that
is
to
u all the roots p of the The integral must be taken for a from a=0 to
successively substitute for
equation (/).
fi
= X,
which makes the unknown a disappear. The same is the /3, which enters into the denominator in such a manner that the term sin /xfc is multiplied by a coefficient a whose value The symbol X denotes depends only on and on the index
a
case with
t
X
*'.
that after having given to
down the sum
The
its different values,
i
integration then offers a very simple
the coefficients directly; origin of this process,
write
the terms, for example,
means
of determining
but we must examine attentively the
which gives
If in equation
1st.
we must
of all the terms.
(e)
rise to
the following remarks.
we had omitted
all
to write
down
those in which the index
part of
an even
is
number, we should still find, on multiplying the equation by dx sin \i x, and integrating from x = to x = X, the same value of ai5 which has been already determined, and we should thus form x
an equation which would not be true
would contain only part of the terms of the general equation, namely, those whose index
is
;
for it
odd.
The complete equation
(e) which we obtain, after having and which does not differ from the equation referred to (Art. 291) in which we might make £=0 and v =.f(x), is such that if we give to x any value included between and X, the two members are necessarily equal; but we cannot conclude, as we have remarked, that this equality would hold, if
2nd.
determined the
coefficients,
choosing for the
first
tinuous law, such as
not included between (e)
member sin x or
xF (x)
we were to give to a? a value In general the resulting equation
cos x,
and X.
ought to be applied to values of
Now
x,
included between
and X.
the process which determines the coefficient at does not
explain
why
a function subject to a con-
why
all
the roots
fit
must enter
into equation
this equation refers solely to values of x, included
(e),
nor
between
and X.
To answer these
questions clearly,
it is sufficient to
revert to
the principles which serve as the foundation of our analysis.
"We divide the interval
X
into
an
infinite
number n
of parts
THEORY OF HEAT.
444
[CHAP. IX.
we have ndx = X, and writing f (x) instead of xF{x), we denote hy f ,f2 ,f3 ...f ...fn) the values of/ (¥), which
equal to dx, so that
i
1
correspond to the values dx, 2dx, Sdx,
x
we make up the general equation unknown coefficients
;
i
...an
.
.
idx
(e)
terms; so that n
a
.
. . .
ndx, assigned to
number n
out of a
enter into
it,
ax a 2 az ,
,
,
of ...
(e) represents n equations which we should form by substituting succesn values dx, 2dx, Sdx,... ndx. This system of n
This arranged, the equation
.
of the first degree, sively for x, its
equations contains
the
third,
f
multiply the
first
in the first equation,
f
x
f
2
in the second,
f
3
in
th
To determine the first coefficient a we equation by c the second by er2 the third by n
in the n
.
x
x
,
,
,
and add together the equations thus multiplied. The factors a 1
3
and
,
so on,
,
,
.
,
an equation all
for
the equations
determining this
anew by other
coefficient.
factors p v p 2
,
We
then multiply
p s ,---p n respectively,
on adding the n equations, all We have then an the coefficients may be eliminated, except a z continued, and determine Similar operations are equation to ar
and determine these
factors so that
.
choosing always
unknown nation
is
dx
factors,
Now
dx
sin (fi^dx),
The
successively determine all the
evident that this process of elimi-
except ai}
is
of the first factors is
series o\, o\, o\,...cr
sin (fi^dx),
general the series of factors efficients
we
it is
exactly that which results from integration between the
and X.
limits
new
coefficients.
dx sin
dx sin (fijidx) ... dx sin (ji^dx). In which serves to eliminate all the co-
(jiflx),
dx
sin
(ji
t
2dx),
dx sin
(ji.
Sdx)
dx sin {^ndx) it is represented by the general term dx sin in which we give successively to x all the values ;
dx,
We
see
by
Idx,
Sdx,
.
.
.
. .
(fax),
ndx.
which serves to determine these no respect from the ordinary process of elimi-
this that the process
coefficients, differs in
first degree. The number n of equations unknown quantities a v a 2 a3 ...a n and is number of given quantities fv f2 ,f3 ---fn The
nation in equations of the is
equal to that of the
the same as the
values found for the coefficients are those which
,
,
*
must
exist in
CONDITIONS OF DEVELOPMENT.
SECT. IV.]
order that the n equations in order that equation
(e)
may hold good together, that is to say may be true when we give to x one of
these n values included between
n
is infinite, it
and
X
;
and since the number
member f (x) necessarily coinwhen the value of x substituted in each
follows that the first
cides with the second, is
445
and
included between
The foregoing proof
^Y.
applies not only to developments of the
form
ax it
sin (fax)
+a
2
sin
(/j,
2
+a
x)
integral
dx
I
sin
(jjl
x)
3
+
. . .
+a
t
sin fax,
(fax) which might be substituted maintaining the chief condition, namely, that the
applies to all the functions
for sin (fax),
3
(fax)
(f>
>
<j>
has a nul value when
(fax)
i
and j are
Jo different numbers.
If
be proposed
it
/, .
N
/(#)
a. cos
= « + / sm
the quantities
•
ol
fi
v
[i
develope/(#) under the form
to
v
x x
a a cos 2x
o + — + +uo sm zx 2
/x ...fa, 3
a,
cos ix •
1.
b t cos ix
„
+ &C
'
&c. will be integers, and the con-
dition
I
dx
cos
(
2iri
^
sin
(
J
2irj -=.
j
= 0,
i and j are different numbers, we by determining the coefficients a i} b if the general equation page 206, which does not differ from equation (A) Art. 418.
always holding when the indices obtain, (II),
425.
If in the second
member
of equation
(e)
we omitted one
more terms which correspond to one or more roots fa of the To equation (/), equation (e) would not in general be true. not to bo containing \l. and c^. this, let a term us suppose prove multiply written in the second member of equation (e), we might the n equations respectively by the factors or
dx sin
(fadx),
dx sin
(faZdx),
dx sin
(fa.Sdx)
...
dx sin (fandx)
;
sum of all the terms of the second members would be nothing, so that not one of the unknown coefficients would remain. The result, formed of the sum of the first members, and. adding them, the
THEORY OF HEAT.
446 that
is
to say the
by the
respectively
dx
sin
sum
fv f f ---fn %
3
,
multiplied
,
factors
dx sin
(/Jbjdx),
of the values
[CHAP. IX.
(fifldx),
dx sin
{jXjodx)
dx sin
...
{jx
5
ndx),
would be reduced to zero. This relation would then necessarily exist between the given quantities f f2 f3 ,fn and they could not be considered entirely arbitrary, contrary to hypothesis. If these quantities f ,f^fo,---fn have any values whatever, the relation in question cannot exist, and we cannot satisfy the proposed conditions by omitting one or more terms, such as a. sin (fijx) in t
,
.
,
.
;
x
equation
(e).
Hence the function f{x) remaining undetermined,. that is to representing the s} stem of an infinite number of arbitrary constants which correspond to the values of x included between say,
7
and X,
necessary to introduce into the second
it is
equation
(e)
all
the terms such as at sin
which
(fijx),
member
of
satisfy the
condition
X dx sin fax sin fijX =
0,
/;o
the indices i and function f(x)
is
j being
but
different;
happen that the
if it
such that the n magnitudes
f ,f ,f 2
x
3
'--fn are
connected by a relation expressed by the equation
dx
sin fijxf(x)
=
0,
Jo it is
evident that the term
tion
(e).
Thus there
a,,
sin fxpc
might be omitted
are several classes of functions/
ment, represented by the second not contain certain terms
member
(x)
in the equa-
whose develop-
of the equation
corresponding to
some
(e),
does
of the roots
fi.
There are for example cases in which we omit all the terms whose index is even; and we have seen different examples of this in the course of this work. But this would not hold, if the funcIn all these cases, we tion y (a;) had all the generality possible. ought to suppose the second member of equation (e) to be complete, and the investigation shews what terms ought to be omitted, since their coefficients
become nothing.
SYSTEM OF QUANTITIES REPRESENTED.
SECT. IV.]
We see clearly by this
426.
447
examination that the function /(.r)
number n of separate x included between and X, and that these n quantities have values actual, and consequently not infinite, chosen at will. All might be nothing, except one, whose value would be given. represents, in our analysis, the system of a
n values
quantities, corresponding to
of
It might happen that the series of the n values f ,f2 ,f •••/„ z was expressed by a function subject to a continuous law, such as l
x
or
x3
sin x, or cos x, or in general
,
<£
(x)
the curve line OCO,
;
whose ordinates represent the values corresponding to the abscissa x, and which is situated above the interval from x= to x = X, with curve coincides then in this interval the whose ordinate is (x), and the coefficients a a 2 ,a z ... an of equation (e) determined x by the preceding rule always satisfy the condition, that any value and X, gives the same result when substiof x included between tuted in {x), and in the second member of equation (e). ,
>
F(x) represents the initial temperature of the spherical whose radius is x. We might suppose, for example, F{x) that
shell
= bx,
to say, that the initial heat increases proportionally to the
is
from the centre, where
distance,
it is
nothing, to the surface
In this case xF(x) or f(x) is equal to bx2 and applying to this function the rule which determines the coeffi-
where
it
cients,
bx2 would be developed in a series of terms, such as
is
a x sin
Now
bX.
(ix y x) 4-
;
a2
sin
(/x
2
x)
each term sin^œ),
+a
bx
z ,
sin
(/x
3
x)
+
. . .
+ an sin
{/Jb
n x).
when developed
of x, contains only powers of
a power of even order.
3
It is
according to powers odd order, and the function bx2 is very remarkable that this function
denoting a series of values given for the interval from
to X, can be developed in a series of terms, such as a sin (fax). t
We
have
already proved the rigorous exactness of
these
results, which had not yet been presented in analysis, and
we
have shewn the true meaning of the propositions which express them. We have seen, for example, in Article 223, that the function cos x is developed in a series of sines of multiple arcs, so that in the equation which gives this development, the first member contains only even powers of the variable, and the second contains only odd powers.
Reciprocally, the function sin x, into
THEORY OF HEAT.
448 which only odd powers
[CHAP. IX.
enter, is resolved, Art. 225, into a series
of cosines which contain only even powers.
In the actual problem relative to the sphere, the value of
xF(x)
is
developed by means of equation
We
(e).
must
then,
we see in Art. 290, write in each term the exponential factor, which contains t, and we have to express the temperature v, which is a function of x and t, the equation as
[X cfosin (fx^) aF(i)
I
xv='Xsin(fi x)e- K^ i i
(^)-
JY d{3 sin
I
Ç^ ft)
sin (/xfî)
The general solution which gives this equation (E) is wholly independent of the nature of the function F(x) since this function represents here only an infinite multitude of arbitrary constants,
which correspond to as many values of x included between and X. If
we supposed the
only of the
solid
primitive heat to be contained in a part
sphere,
example, from x
for
=
to
x = \X,
and that the initial temperatures of the upper layers were nothing, would be sufficient to take the integral
it
|dasin(^cc)/(a), /«
between the limits x =
and x = \X.
In general, the solution expressed by equation (E) suits all cases, and the form of the development does not vary according to the nature of the function.
Suppose now that having written determined by integration the formed the equation
x
sin
x
—a
x
sin fijc
+«
sin
coefficients
2
sin [ijc
F(x) we have and that we have
x instead
+a
3
a
sin
/jl
3
of
x + &c.
on giving to x any value whatever included and X, the second member of this equation becomes between equal to x sin x this is a necessary consequence of our process. But it nowise follows that on giving to a; a value not included and X, the same equality would exist. We see the between contrary very distinctly in the examp^s which we have cited, and, It is certain that
;
SINGLE LAYER INITIALLY HEATED.
SECT. IV.]
particular cases excepted,
we may
continuous law, which forms the
say that a function subject to a
first
member
of equations of this
kind, does not coincide with the function expressed
member, except
for values of
x included between
Properly speaking, equation values which
for all
member
may be
449
is
(e)
by the second and X.
an identity, which exists
assigned to the variable x; each
of this equation representing a certain analytical function
which coincides with a known function f{x) if we give to the variable x values included between and X. With respect to the existence of functions, which coincide for all values of the variable
included between certain limits and differ for other values,
proved by
all
it is
that precedes, and considerations of this kind are a
necessary element of the theory of partial differential equations. (e) and (E) apply not X, but represent, one the initial state, the other the variable state of an infinitely extended solid, of which the spherical body forms part and when in these
Moreover,
it
is
evident that equations
only to the solid sphere whose radius
is
;
we
equations
give to
x values greater than X,
the variable
they refer to the parts of the infinite solid which envelops the sphere.
This remark applies also to solved by
means
To apply the
427.
all
dynamical problems which are
of partial differential equations.
solution given
by equation (E)
to the case
in which a single spherical layer has been originally heated, all
the other layers having nul initial temperature,
take the integral jdx sin a
= r,
and
heated
We initial
aF (a) between two
sufficient to
very near limits,
r being the radius of the inner surface of the
and u the thickness of
this layer.
_
can also consider separately the resulting
effect of
the
heating of another layer included between the limits r
+u
+
and r
a=r + u,
layer,
(jx/x)
it is
2u
;
and
if
we add
the variable temperature due to this
we found when the first two temperatures is that which would arise, if the two layers were heated at the same time. In order to take account of the two joint causes, it is sufficient to second cause, to the temperature which
layer alone was heated, the
f.
h.
sum
of the
29
450
THEORY OF HEAT.
take the integral Icùsin a
= r + 2u.
More
(jip)
[CHAP. IX.
aF(a) between the limits a
= r and
generally, equation (E) being capable of being
put under the form
v
=
ch. ctF(a) sin
[i/x 2,
—
—r x
I
,
d/3 sin jifi sin jaJS
Jo
we
see that the whole effect of the heating of different layers
the
sum
is
which would be determined separately, by supposing each of the layers to have been alone heated. The same consequence extends to all other problems of the theory of heat it is derived from the very nature of equations, and the form of the partial effects,
;
of the integrals
makes
it
evident.
We
see that the heat con-
tained in each element of a solid body produces as if that element
nul
initial
had alone been heated, These separate
temperature.
all
its distinct effect,
the others having
states are in a
manner
superposed, and unite to form the general system of temperatures.
form of the function which represents the must be regarded as entirely arbitrary. The definite integral which enters into the expression of the variable temperature, having the same limits as the heated solid, shows expressly that we unite all the partial effects due to the initial heating of
For
this reason the
initial state
each element. 428.
Here we
which is devoted which we have obtained
shall terminate this section,
almost entirely to analysis.
The
integrals
are not only general expressions which satisfy the differential equa-
they represent in the most distinct manner the natural effect which is the object of the problem. This is the chief condition which we have always had in view, and without which the results of investigation would appear to us to be only useless transformations. tions
;
When
this condition is fulfilled, the integral
the equation of the
and progress
of
it,
line or curved surface
forms.
To
is,
properly speaking,
phenomenon; it expresses clearly the character in the same manner as the finite equation of a
makes known all the properties of those we do not consider one form only
exhibit the solutions,
of the integral to the problem.
;
we seek Thus
to obtain directly that
it is
which
is
suitable
that the integral which expresses the
ELEMENTS OF THE METHOD PURSUED.
SECT. IV.]
movement
451
of heat in a sphere of given radius, is very different
from that which expresses the movement in a cylindrical body, or even in a sphere whose radius is supposed infinite. Now each of these integrals has a definite form which cannot be replaced by It is necessary to
another.
make
use of
it,
if
we wish
the distribution of heat in the body in question.
to ascertain
In general,
we
could not introduce any change in the form of our solutions, with-
out making them lose their essential character, which
is
the repre-
sentation of the phenomena.
might be derived from each other, But these transformations require since they are co-extensive. long calculations, and almost always suppose that the form of the
The
different integrals
known
result is
We may
in advance.
bodies whose dimensions are
finite,
that which relates to an unbounded definite integral for the
consider in the
and pass from
(a) and (/3), referred to depend upon each other. The
the symbol 2.
that equations section,
when we suppose the
place,
Thus
it is
at the beginning of this first
radius It infinite.
from the second equation
derive
first
problem to
We can then substitute a
solid.
sum denoted by
this
becomes the second, Reciprocally
we may
the solutions relating to
(J3)
bodies of limited dimensions.
In general, we have sought to obtain each result by the shortest The chief elements of the method we have followed are
way.
these
:
We
1st.
consider at the same time the general condition given
and all the special conditions which determine the problem completely, and we proceed to form the analytical expression which satisfies all these conditions.
by the
partial differential equation,
We first perceive
2nd.
number it
is
unknown
constants enter, or that
equal to an integral which includes one or more arbitrary
functions.
term
that this expression contains an infinite
of terms, into which
is
In the
affected
first
instance, that
by the symbol
2,
we
is
to say,
ditions a definite transcendental equation,
values of an infinite
The second
number
when
the general
derive from the special con-
whose roots give the
of constants.
when the general term becomes an sum of the series is then changed
instance obtains
infinitely small quantity
;
the
into a definite integral.
29—2
THEORY OF HEAT.
452
[CHAP. IX.
"We can prove by the fundamental theorems of algebra, by the physical nature of the problem, that the transcendental equation has all its roots real, in number infinite. 3rd.
or even
4th.
In elementary problems, the general term takes the form
of a sine or cosine
;
the roots of the definite equation are either
whole numbers, or real or irrational quantities, each of them
in-
cluded between two definite limits.
In more complex problems, the general term takes the form of a function given implicitly by means of a differential equation
However
integrable or not.
equation
exist,
they are
of the parts of which the
important, since
may
it
number. This distinction must be composed, is very the form of the solution, and the
integral
shews clearly
it
be, the roots of the definite
real, infinite in
necessary relation between the coefficients. 5th.
on the
It
remains only to determine the constants which depend
initial state;
from an
infinite
which
number
is
done by elimination of the unknowns
multiply the equation which relates to the differential factor,
are most
We
of equations of the first degree.
and integrate
commonly those
it
state
initial
by a which
between defined limits, which the movement
of the solid in
is
effected.
There are problems in which we have determined the coby successive integrations, as may be seen in the memoir In this case we whose object is the temperature of dwellings. consider the exponential integrals, which belong to the initial efficients
state of the infinite solid
It follows
member
it is
easy to obtain these integrals
from the integrations that
all
nul,
In the value of this
coefficient,
and we always obtain a
1 .
the terms of the second
disappear, except only that whose coefficient
determine.
comes
:
we wish
to
the denominator be-
definite integral
are those of the solid, arid one of whose factors
is
whose
limits
the arbitrary
This form of the result which is the object of movement, would have existed the problem, is compounded of all those which separately, if each point of the solid had alone been heated, and function which belongs to the initial state. is
necessary, since the variable
the temperature of every other point had been nothing. 1
See section 11 of the sketch of this memoir, given hy the author in the
Bulletin des Sciences par la Société Philomatiqiie 1818, pp. 1 ,
— 11.
[A. F.]
ANALYSIS OF THE PHENOMENON.
SECT. IV.]
When we
453
examine carefully the process of integration which
coefficients, we see that it contains a complete proof, and shews distinctly the nature of the results,
serves to determine the
so that
way
in no
it is
necessary to verify
them by other
investi-
gations.
The most remarkable
of the problems
which we have hitherto
propounded, and the most suitable for shewing the whole of our analysis, is that of the movement of heat in a cylindrical body. In other researches, the determination of the coefficients would
we do not yet know.
require processes of investigation which
must be remarked,
it
But
without determining the values of the we can always acquire an exact knowledge of the
coefficients,
that,
problem, and of the natural course of the phenomenon which its
object
;
the chief consideration
When
6th.
unknown
the
is
is
that of simple movements.
the expression sought contains a definite integral,
functions arranged under the symbol of integration
are determined, either by the theorems which
we have given
for
the expression of arbitrary functions in definite integrals, or by
a more complex process, several examples of which will be found in the Second Part.
These theorems can be extended to any number of variables. in some respects to an inverse method of definite integration since they serve to determine under the symbols
They belong ;
/
and
X unknown
integration
is
The same
functions which
must be such that the
result of
a given function. principles are applicable to different other problems
of geometry, of general physics, or of analysis,
whether the equawhether they
tions contain finite or infinitely small differences, or
contain both.
The and
solutions
which are obtained by
consist of general integrals.
extensive.
The
are devoid of
all
No
this
objections which have been
foundation
;
it
method are complete,
other integral can be more
made
to this subject
would be superfluous
now to discuss
them. 7th.
We have
tion proper
to the
said that each of these solutions gives the equa-
phenomenon, since
it
represents
it
distinctly
THEORY OF HEAT.
454
throughout the whole extent of
its course,
[CHAP. IX.
and serves to determine
facility all its results numerically.
with
The functions which are obtained by these solutions are then composed of a multitude of terms, either finite or infinitely small but the form of these expressions is in no degree arbitrary; it is determined by the physical character of the phenomenon. For this reason, when the value of the function is expressed by a series into which exponentials relative to the time enter, it is of necessity that this should be so, since the natural effect whose laws we seek, is really decomposed into distinct parts, corre:
The parts express sponding to the different terms of the series. so many simple movements compatible with the special conditions ;
for
each one of these movements,
all
the temperatures decrease,
In this composition we ought due to the linear form of the not to differential equations, but an actual effect which becomes sensible It appears also in dynamical problems in which in experiments. we consider the causes which destroy motion but it belongs necessarily to all problems of the theory of heat, and determines the nature of the method which we have followed for the solution preserving their primitive ratios.
see a result of analysis
;
of them. 8th.
The mathematical theory
of heat includes
definition of all the elements of the analysis
equations problems.
same
;
lastly,
first,
:
the exact
next, the differential
the integrals appropriate to the fundamental
The equations can be
arrived at in several ways
the
;
integrals can also be obtained, or other problems solved,
introducing certain
We
;
consider that these researches do not constitute a
different 9th.
from our own It has
by
changes in the course of the investigation.
but confirm and multiply
;
method
its results.
been objected, to the subject of our
analysis, that
the transcendental equations which determine the exponents having
imaginary
roots, it
would be necessary to employ the terms which
proceed from them, and which would indicate a periodic character in part of the
phenomenon; but
this objection has
no foundation,
since the equations in question have in fact all their roots real,
and
no part of the phenomenon can be periodic. 10th.
It has
been alleged that in order to solve with certainty
problems of this kind,
it
is
necessary to resort in
all
cases to a
SEPARATE FUNCTIONS.
SECT. IV.]
455
which was denoted as general and 398 was propounded under this designadistinction has no foundation, and the use of a
certain form of the integral
equation tion
(7)
but this
;
;
of Art.
single integral
most cases, of commoreover evident derivable from that which we gave in 1807
would only have the
effect, in
plicating the investigation unnecessarily.
that this integral
(7) is
to determine the
movement
to give to
it is sufficient
11th.
It
is
of heat in a ring of definite radius
R an
been supposed that the method which
It has
R
;
infinite value.
consists in
expressing the integral by a succession of exponential terms, and in determining their coefficients
by means
of the initial state,
does not solve the problem of a prism which loses heat unequally
two ends
at its
by long
or that, at least, it
;
manner the
verify in this
calculations.
We
would be very
difficult
to
solution derivable from the integral (7) shall perceive, by a new examination,
that our method applies directly to this problem, and that a single integration even
is sufficient
1 .
12th. We have developed in series of sines of multiple arcs functions which appear to contain only even powers of the variable,
We
have expressed by convergent
cos
x
by
definite integrals separate parts of different functions, or func-
for
example.
tions discontinuous
between certain
limits, for
measures the ordinate of a triangle.
Our
series or
example that which
proofs leave no doubt
of the exact truth of these equations.
13th.
We find
in the
works of many geometers results and prowhich we have employed.
cesses of calculation analogous to those
These are particular cases of a general method, which had not yet been formed, and which it became necessary to establish in order to ascertain even in the most simple problems the mathematical laws of the distribution of heat. appropriate to
it,
This theory required an analysis
one principal element of which
is
the analytical
expression of separate functions, or of parts offunctions.
By
a separate function, or part of a function, we understand a / (x) which has values existing when the variable x is
function
included between given limits, and whose value
is
always nothing,
not included between those limits.
This func-
tion measures the ordinate of a line which includes a
finite arc of
if
the variable
1
is
See the Memoir referred to in note
1,
p. 12.
[A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
456
and coincides with the axis
arbitrary form,
[cHAP. IX. of abscissas in all the
rest of its course.
This motion
is
we might even
not opposed to the general principles of analysis;
find the first traces of
Bernouilli, of Cauchy, of
Daniel
in the writings of
it
Lagrange and Euler.
It
had always been
regarded as manifestly impossible to express in a series of sines of multiple arcs, or at least in a trigonometric convergent series,
a function which has no existing values unless the values of the variable are included between certain limits, all the other values of the function being nul.
cleared up, and
it
But
this point of analysis is
fully
remains incontestable that separate functions,
or parts of functions, are exactly expressed by trigonometric con-
vergent
series, or
by
We
definite integrals.
have insisted on
this
consequence from the origin of our researches up to the present time, since
we
are not concerned here with an abstract and isolated
problem, but with a primary consideration intimately connected
with the most useful and extensive considerations.
Nothing has
appeared to us more suitable than geometrical constructions to demonstrate the truth of these new gible the forms
14th.
The
results,
which analysis employs principles
and to render
intelli-
for their expression.
which have served to
establish for us the
analytical theory of heat, apply directly to the investigation of the
movement of waves in fluids, a part They aid also the investigation of the
which has been agitated.
of
vibrations of elastic laminas,
of stretched flexible surfaces, of plane elastic surfaces of very great
dimensions, and apply in general to problems which depend upon
the theory of elasticity.
The property
derive from these principles easy,
and to
distinct
offer
is
of the solutions
which we
to render the numerical applications
and
intelligible results,
which really
determine the object of the problem, without making that knowledge depend upon integrations or eliminations which cannot be effected.
We
regard as superfluous every transformation of the
results of analysis
429. tial
1st.
We
equations of
If two
which does not
satisfy this
primary condition.
now make some remarks on the of heat. movement the shall
molecules of the
same body are extremely
at unequal temperatures, that which is the
near,
differen-
and are
most heated communicates
FORMATION OF EQUATIONS OF MOVEMENT.
SECT. IV.]
directly to the other during one instant
which quantity
is 'proportional to
457
a certain quantity oflieat;
the extremely small difference of
became double,
the temperatures: that is to say, if that difference
quadruple, and. all other conditions remained the same, the
triple,
heat communicated would be double,
triple,
quadruple.
This proposition expresses a general and constant is sufficient
to serve as the foundation of the
The mode
of transmission
is
then
fact, which mathematical theory.
known with
certainty, inde-
pendently of every hypothesis on the nature of the cause, and cannot be looked at from two different points of view. It is evident that the direct transfer that
it
is
effected in all directions,
and
has no existence in fluids or liquids which are not diather-
manous, except between extremely near molecules.
The general equations interior of solids of
of
the
movement
any dimensions, and
of
heat,
in
the
at the surface of these
bodies, are necessary consequences of the foregoing proposition.
They
are rigorously derived from
it,
as
we have proved
in our
Memoirs in 1807, and we easily obtain these equations by means of lemmas, whose proof is not less exact than that of the first
elementary propositions of mechanics.
These equations are again derived from the same proposition, by determiniug by means of integrations the whole quantity of heat which one molecule receives from those which surround it. This investigation is subject to no difficulty. The lemmas in question take the place of the integrations, since they give directly
the expression of the flow, that
is
to say of the quantity of heat,
which crosses any section. Both lead to the same result; aud since there is no difference in the principle, there cannot be any difference in the consequences.
calculations ought evidently to
2nd.
We
gave in 1811 the general equation relative to the
It has not been deduced from particular cases, as has been supposed without any foundation, and it could not be; the proposition which it expresses is not of a nature to be discovered by way of induction; we cannot ascertain it for certain bodies and surface.
ignore
it
for others; it is necessary for all, in order that the state
of the surface
may
not suffer in a definite time an infinite change.
In our Memoir we have omitted the
details of the proof, since
THEORY OF HEAT.
458
[CHAP. IX.
they consist solely in the application of known propositions.
It
was sufficient in this work to give the principle and the result, as we have done in Article 15 of the Memoir cited. From the same condition also the general equation in question is derived by determining the "whole quantity of heat which each molecule situated at the surface receives and communicates. These very complex calculations make no change iu the nature of the proof. In the investigation of the differential equation of the move-
ment and
of heat, the
it
mass may be supposed
to
be not homogeneous,
very easy to derive the equation from the analytical
is
expression of the flow;
it is
which
sufficient to leave the coefficient
measures the conducibility under the sign of differentiation. 3rd.
New ton was T
the
first to
consider the law of cooling of
bodies in air; that which he has adopted for the case in which the air is carried
away with constant
velocity accords
more
closely
with observation as the difference of temperatures becomes less; it
would exactly hold
if
that difference were infinitely small.
Amontons has made a remarkable experiment on the establishment of heat in a prism whose extremity is submitted to a definite temperature. The logarithmic law of the decrease of the temperatures in the prism was given for the
Academy
1 by experiment
1
Newton,
first
time by Lambert, of the
Biot and Rumford have confirmed this law
of Berlin. .
at the
end
of his Scala
graduum
caloris et frigoris, Philosophical
Transactions, April 1701, or Opascula ed. Oastillionens, Vol. n. implies that -when a plate of iron cools in a current of air flowing uniformly at constant temperature,
equal quantities of air off
come
in contact with the metal in equal times and carry
quantities of heat proportional to the excess of the temperature of the iron
over that of the air; whence
it
maybe
inferred that the excess temperatures of
the iron form a geometrical progression at times which are in arithmetic progresBy placing various substances on the heated iron, he sion, as he has stated. obtained their melting points as the metal cooled.
Amontons, Mémoires de V Académie [1703], Paris, 1705, pp. 205—6, in his Rémarques sur la Table de degrés de Chaleur extraite des Transactions Philosophiques 1701, states that he obtained the melting points of the substances experimented on by Newton by placing them at appropriate points along an iron bar, heated to whiteness at one end; but he has made an erroneous assumption as to the law of decrease of temperature along the bar.
—
Lambert, Pyrometrie, Berlin, 1779, pp. 185 6, combining Newton's calculated temperatures with Amontons' measured distances, detected the exponential law
LAW OF THE FLOW OF
SECT. IV.]
To
HEAT.
450
discover the differential equations of the variable
movement
most elementary case, as that of a cylindrical prism of very small radius, it was necessary to know the mathematical expression of the quantity of heat which traverses an of heat, even in the
This quantity
extremely short part of the prism.
of the
proportional to the difference sections
which bound the
manner that
it is
It
layer.
is
is
not simply
temperatures of the two
proved in the most rigorous
also in the inverse ratio of the thickness of the
of the same prism were unthe difference of the temperatures of
layer, that is to say, that if two layers
and if in the first was the same as in the second, the quantities of heat traversing the layers during the same instant woidd oe in the inverse
equally thick,
the two bases
The preceding lemma
ratio of the thicknesses.
layers
whose thickness
applies not only to
infinitely small; it applies to
is
prisms of
any length. This notion of the flow is fundamental in so far as we have not acquired it, we cannot form an exact idea of the phenomenon and of the equation which expresses it. It is evident that the instantaneous increase of the tempera;
of temperatures in
a long bar heated at one end.
Lambert's work contains a
thermal measurement up to that time. Biot, Journal des Mines, Paris, 1804, xvn. pp. 203 Eumford, Mémoires 224. de l'Institut, Sciences Math, et Phys. Tome vi. Paris, 1805, pp. 106—122. Ericsson, Nature, Vol. vi. pp. 106 8, describes some experiments on cooling
most complete account
of the progress of
—
—
in vacuo -which for a limited range of excess temperature, 10° to 100° Fah. shew a very close approach to Newton's law of cooling in a current of air. These experiments are insufficient to discredit the law of cooling in vacuo derived by
M. M. Dulong and Petit (Journal Polytechnique, Tome xi. or Ann. de Ch. et de Ph. 1S17, Tome vu.) from their carefully devised and more extensive range of experiments. But other experiments made by Ericsson with an ingeniously contrived calorimeter (Nature, Vol. v. pp. 505 7) on the emissive power of molten iron, seem to shew that the law of Dulong and Petit, for cooling in vacuo, is very far from being applicable to masses at exceedingly high temperatures giving off heat in free ah, though their law for such conditions is reducible to the former
—
law.
Fourier
has published
some remarks
on Newton's law of cooling in his
Questions sur la théorie physique de la Chaleur rayonnante, Ann. de Chimie et de
Physique, 1817,
and radiation
Tome
vi. p. 298.
He
distinguishes between the surface conduction
to free air.
Newton's original statement in the Scala graduum calefactum corporibus frigidis Calor, quern ferrum dato
sibi
is
" Calor
quern ferrum
contiguis dato tempore communicat, hoc est
tempore amittit,
est ut Calor totus ferri."
This supposes
the iron to be perfectly conducible, and the surrounding masses to be at zero
temperature.
It
can only be interpreted by his subsequent explanation, as above. [A. F.]
THEORY OF HEAT.
460 ture of a point
[CHAP. IX.
proportional to the excess of the quantity of heat
is
which that point receives over the quantity which
it
has
lost,
that a partial differential equation must express this result
:
and but
the problem does not consist in enunciating this proposition which is
the mere fact;
it
consists in actually forming the differential
equation, which requires that
we should
consider the fact in
its
employing the exact expression of the flow of heat, we omit the denominator of this expression, we thereby introduce a difficulty which is nowise inherent in the problem; there is no mathematical theory which would not offer If instead of
elements.
similar difficulties,
Not only
proofs.
tion; but there
is
if
are
we began by altering the principle of the we thus unable to form a differential equa-
nothing more opposite to an equation than a
we should be expressing the To avoid some attention to the demonthe foregoing lemma (Art. 65,
proposition of this kind, in which
equality of quantities which could not be compared. this error,
it
is
sufficient to give
and the consequences of and Art. 75).
stration
6Q 67, }
4th.
With
for the first
respect to the ideas from which we have deduced time the differential equations, they are those which
We do not know that anyone imagine the movement of heat as being produced able been to has contact of the surfaces simple bodies the by in the interior of which separate the different parts. For ourselves such a proposition physicists have always admitted.
would appear
to be void of all intelligible meaning.
contact cannot be the subject of any physical quality; heated, nor coloured, nor heavy.
part of a body gives
its
It
is
A surface it is
evident that
of
neither
when one
heat to another there are an infinity
of material points of the first
which act on an
infinity of points of
need only be added that in the interior of opaque material, points whose distance is not very small cannot communicate their heat directly; that which they send out is intercepted the second.
It
by the intermediate molecules. The ones which communicate their heat
layers in contact are the only directly,
when the
thickness
which the heat sent from a point passes over before being entirely absorbed. There is no direct action except between material points extremely near, and it is for this reason that the expression for the flow has the form which we assign to it. The flow then results from an infinite of the layers equals or exceeds the distance
FLOW OUTWARD AND INTERNAL.
SECT. IV.]
multitude of actions whose this
cause that
its
4G1
are added; but
effects-
value during unit of time
measurable magnitude, even although
it
it
is
a
is
not from
finite
and
be determined only by
an extremely small difference between the temperatures.
When
its heat in an elastic medium, or in bounded b} a solid envelope, the value of the outward flow is assuredly an integral; it again is due to the action of an infinity of material points, very near to the surface, and we have proved formerly that this concourse determines the law of the external radiation 1 But the quantity of heat emitted during the unit of time would be infinitely small, if the difference of the temperatures had not a finite value.
a heated body loses
a space free from
7
air
.
In the interior of masses the conductive power greater than that which
is
exerted at the surface.
is
incomparably
This property,
whatever be the cause of it, is most distinctly perceived by us, since, when the prism has arrived at its constant state, the quantity of heat which crosses a section during the unit of time exactly balances that which
is lost
through the whole part of the
heated surface, situated beyond that section, whose temperatures exceed that of the
medium by
a finite magnitude.
When we
take
and omit the divisor in the expression for the flow, it is quite impossible to form the differential equation, even for the simplest case; a fortiori, we should be
no account of
this
primary
fact,
stopped in the investigation of the general equations. 5th.
Further,
it is
necessary to
know what
is
the influence of
the dimensions of the section of the prism on the values of the
Even although the problem is only that movement, and all points of a section are regarded as having the same temperature, it does not follow that we can disregard the dimensions of the section, and extend to other prisms the consequences which belong to one prism only. The exact equation cannot be formed without expressing the relation between the extent of the section and the effect produced at the acquired temperatures. of the linear
extremity of the prism.
We shall not develope further the examination of the principles which have led us to the knowledge of the differential equations ;
1
Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences, Tome
in 1811.
[A. F.]
v.
pp.
204—8.
Communicated
THEORY OF HEAT.
482
we need
[CHAP. IX.
only add that to obtain a profound conviction of the use-
fulness of these principles
necessary to consider also various
it is
we
problems; for example, that which
difficult
are about to in-
wanting to our theory, as we have long since remarked. This problem consists in forming the differential equations, which express the distribution of heat in fluids dicate,
and whose solution
in motion,
when
the molecules are displaced by any forces,
all
combined with the changes
we gave
is
The equations which 1820 belong to general hydro1 branch of analytical mechanics
of temperature.
in the course of the year
d}mamics; they complete this
.
Different bodies enjoy very unequally the property which
430.
have called conductibility or conducibility that
physicists
,
the faculty of admitting heat, or of propagating
We
of their masses.
is
to say,
in the interior
it
have not changed these names, though they
1 See Mémoires de V Académie des Sciences, Tome xn. Paris, 1833, pp. 515—530. In addition to the three ordinary equations of motion of an incompressible fluid, and the equation of continuity referred to rectangular axes in direction of which the velocities of a molecule passing the point x, y, z at time t are u, v,iv,
its
temperature being
C in which À'
di is
=
6,
Fourier has obtained the equation
K (*? +
df
+
cTFJ
the conductivity and
M
- ° [dx
C
+
dy
W + SH
»
the specific heat per unit volume, as
follows.
Into the parallelopiped whose opposite corners are (x, y, z), (x + Ax, y + Ay, z + Az), the quantity of heat which would flow by conduction across the lower face AxAy, di) if
the fluid were at rest, would be
+ Cw Ax Ay At
convection
hence the whole gain respect to
Two
z,
that
is,
;
there
is
is to say,
a corresponding loss at the upper face Ax Ay
the gain
is
equal to
(
(
equal to
C — At Ax Ay Az,
which
is
;
-K-j-+ Cw 6) Ax Ay At with
-C j-(ivB))
K-r-2
similar expressions denote the gains in direction of y is
and the gain by
in time At,
negatively, the variation of
dB
three
-K-r- Ax Ay At
and
z
;
the
Ax Ay Az
sum
the gain in the volume
At.
of the
Ax Ay Az
whence the above equation. and C vary with the temperature and pressure but are usually treated as constant. The density, even for fluids denominated incomin time Ai
The
:
coefficients
K
1
pressible, is subject to a small temperature variation It
may
be noticed that
when
.
the velocities u, v,
w
are nul,
the equation
reduces to the equation for flow of heat in a solid. It
may
also be
remarked that when
K
is
so small as to be negligible, the
equation has the same form as the equation of continuity.
[A. F. ]
PENETRABILITY AND PEKMEAJBILITY.
SECT. IV.]
do not appear to us to be exact. would rather express, according
Each
4G3
of them, the first especially,
to all analogy, the faculty of
being
conducted than that of conducting.
Heat penetrates the whether unequally permeable to in them with more or or less facility,
surface of different substances with it
this element, that is to say, it is
We
think these two distinct properties
might be denoted by the names
Above
propagated
passing from one interior
less facility, in
molecule to another.
more
be to enter or to escape, and bodies are
'penetrability
and permeability 1
.
must not be lost sight of that the penetrability of a surface depends upon two different qualities one relative to the external medium, which expresses the facility of communication by all it
:
contact
the other consists in the property of emitting or admit-
;
ting radiant heat.
With regard
to the specific permeability, it is
proper to each substance and independent of the state
of the
For the rest, precise definitions are the true foundation of theory, but names have not, in the matter of our subject, the same degree of importance. surface.
The
431.
last
contribute very
remark cannot be applied
much
which
to notations,
to the progress of the science of the Calculus.
These ought only to be proposed with reserve, and not admitted but after long examination. That which we have employed reduces itself to indicating the limits of the integral above and below the sign of integration
;
writing immediately after this sign the
J
differential of the quantity
which varies between these
limits.
We
have availed ourselves also of the sign 2 to express the an indefinite number of terms derived from one general term in which the index i is made to vary. We attach this index if necessary to the sign, and write the first value of i below, and Habitual use of this notation convinces us of the last above.
sum
1
of
The
coefficients of penetrability
conduction
(h,
of cast iron,
first
of exterior
and the value
of
The value
h by that of Art. 297.
[A. F.]
and
interior
instance by Fourier, for the case
by experiments on the permanent temperatures
varying temperatures of a sphere.
165, 220, 228.
and permeability, or
K), were determined in the
of
Mem.
-=.
of a ring
by the method
de VAcad.
d.
Sc.
and on the
of Art.
Tome
v.
110,
pp.
THEORY OF HEAT.
464 the usefulness of finite integrals,
it,
especially
when the
[CHAP. IX. analysis consists of de-
and the limits of the integrals are themselves the
object of investigation.
The chief results of our theory are the differential equations of the movement of heat in solid or liquid bodies, and the general equation which relates to the surface. The truth of these 432.
is not founded on any physical explanation of the effects In whatever manner we please to imagine the nature of
equations of heat.
this element, whether we regard it as a distinct material thing which passes from one part of space to another, or whether we
make
heat consist simply in the transfer of motion,
arrive at the
same equations,
since the hypothesis
must represent the general and simple
facts
we
shall always
which we form
from which the
mathematical laws are derived.
The quantity
of heat transmitted
by two molecules whose
temperatures are unequal, depends on the difference of these temperatures.
If the difference
that the heat communicated
is
is
infinitely small it
is
certain
proportional to that difference
experiment concurs in rigorously proving this proposition.
;
all
Now
in order to establish the differential equations in question,
we
consider only the reciprocal action of molecules infinitely near.
There which
is
therefore no uncertainty about the form of the equations
relate to the interior of the mass.
The equation
we have said, normal at the that the flow of the heat, in the direction of the boundary of the solid, must have the same value, whether we calculate the mutual action of the molecules of the solid, or whether relative to the surface expresses, as
we consider the action which the medium exerts upon the envelope. The analytical expression of the former value is very simple and as to the latter value, it is sensibly proportional is exactly known to the temperature of the surface, when the excess of this temperature over that of the medium is a sufficiently small quantity. In ;
other cases the second value must be regarded as given by a series of observations;
depends on the
it
on the nature of the the second
member
medium
;
surface,
on the pressure and
this observed value
ought to form
of the equation relative to the surface.
In several important problems, the equation
last
named
is
re-
THREE SPECIFIC COEFFICIENTS.
SECT. IV.]
placed by a given condition, which surface,
4G5
expresses the
of the
state
whether constant, variable or periodic.
433. The differential equations of the movement of heat are mathematical consequences analogous to the general equations of
equilibrium and of motion, and are derived like
most constant natural
The
coefficients
c,
them from the
facts. h, k,
which enter into these equations, must
be considered, in general, as variable magnitudes, which depend
on the temperature or on the state of the body. But in the application to the natural problems which interest us most, we may assign to these coefficients values sensibly constant.
The
first coefficient c
varies very slowly, according as the tem-
These changes are almost insensible in an interval A series of valuable observations, due to of about thirty degrees. Professors Dulong and Petit, indicates that the value of the specific perature
rises.
capacity increases very slowly with the temperature.
The
h which measures the penetrability of the surand relates to a very composite state. It expresses the quantity of heat communicated to the medium, whether by radiation, or by contact. The rigorous calculation of this quantity would depend therefore on the problem of the movement of heat in liquid or aeriform media. But when the excess
face
is
coefficient
most
variable,
of temperature
is
a
sufficiently small quantity, the
prove that the value of the coefficient
In other
cases, it is easy to
makes the
correction which
may be
derive from
known experiments a
result sufficiently exact.
It cannot be doubted that the coefficient k, the
permeability,
is
subject to sensible variations
;
how
measure of the
but on this impor-
tant subject no series of experiments has yet been for informing us
observations
regarded as constant.
made
suitable
the facility of conduction of heat changes with
1
the temperature and with the pressure. vations, that this quality
may be
We see, from
the obser-
regarded as constant throughout
a very great part of the thermometric
scale.
But the same
obser-
vations would lead us to believe that the value of the coefficient in question, is very
much more changed by increments
of tempera-
ture than the value of the specific capacity. Lastly, the dilatability of solids, or their tendency to increase 1
Reference
F.
H.
is
given to Forbes' experiments in the note, p. 84.
[A. F.]
30
THEOEY OF HEAT.
466
[CHAP. IX.
is not the same at all temperatures but in the problems which we have discussed, these changes cannot sensibly alter the precision of the results. In general, in the study of the grand
in volume,
natural
:
phenomena which depend on the
distribution of heat,
rely on regarding the values of the coefficients as constant.
necessary,
first,
we
It is
to consider the consequences of the theory
from
Careful comparison of the results with those
this point of view.
of very exact experiments will then
shew what corrections must be
employed, and to the theoretical researches will be given a further extension, according as the observations become more numerous and more exact. We shall then ascertain what are the causes which modify the movement of heat in the interior of bodies, and the theory will acquire a perfection which it would be impossible to give to
it
at present.
Luminous heat, or that which accompanies the rays of light emitted by incandescent bodies, penetrates transparent solids and liquids, and is gradually absorbed within them after traversing an interval of sensible magnitude.
It could not therefore be supposed
in the examination of these problems, that the direct impressions of heat are conveyed only to
an extremely small distance.
When
this distance has a finite value, the differential equations take a
different
form
;
no useful were based upon experimental knowledge
but this part of the theory would
applications unless
it
offer
which we have not yet acquired. The experiments indicate that, at moderate temperatures, a very feeble portion of the obscure heat enjoys the same property as the luminous heat
;
it is
very likely that the distance, to which
conveyed the impression of heat which penetrates
solids, is
wholly insensible, and that
is
not
it is only very small: but this occasions no appreciable difference in the results of theory or at least the ;
difference has hitherto escaped all observation.
CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY
C.
J.
CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
mr\wm Ars
x.r\
=*>/ \A^
m^Em£m/m
YÎ$\) *f%. j
[flov o
?i
1995
N\r\f\
1
*
Sip ~ ~
A
p
H»( W"
^i L. B. Cat. No,
1
137
f\f\r\f\f\
QÀÀaÀ
£/5
Âfe
QC254.F56
WQ
}lM
3 5002 0Ô36Ï 6575
Fo Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph The analytical theory of heat,
MXM
iss^lf &*
Tâf
1
1
1. ;
'
'
«cm